THE ANNALS s4

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS ’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.)

CONDUCTED BY

CHARLES C. BABINGTON, Ese., M.A., F.B.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

JOHN EDWARD GRAY, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8. &c.,

WILLIAM 8S. DALLAS, F.LS.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, Ph.D., F.L.S.

_—

——Y

VOL. XIV.—FOURTH SERIES.

<i OOO

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER; SIMPKIN, MARSHALL,

AND CO.; KENT AND CO.; WHITTAKER AND CO.: BAILLIERE, PARIS:

MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :

HODGES, FOSTER, AND CO., DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1874.

‘‘Omnes res create sunt divine sapientiz et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex cconomia in conseryatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sstimata;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.””—Linnavs.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

1767.

Foy SROe TC . .. . The sylvan powers

Obey our summons ; fom their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet ; the Nymphs

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL. XIV.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

NUMBER LXXIX.

Page

I. Observations on a few Graptolites from the Lower Silurian Rocks

of Victoria, Australia; with a Further Note on the Structure of

Ceratiocaris, By R. ErHeripeGr, Jun., F.G.S. (Plate II.) ...... 1

Il. Amphipodous Crustacea. A new Species, and some Items of

Description and Nomenclature. By the Rey. T. R. R. STessrne,

wiles CET rg Is ail 0 bg) Ee tear Eee aun cit Rarer ono 10

Ill. On Calhksoma Branickii, a new Species from Nice. By Av-

GuSTUS WRZESNIOWSKI, Professor of Zoology in the Warsaw

PR TNE Yc & ete sachaaw recaidle\ ce, astm ix.0 ROSE He SAMA Seri Ed 15

IV. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of New Zealand. By H. W.

EARN RES Baca oe 5, oe os a GANS aaseve Spal GRA theses ste af Eeabede hap quat aeons siete 16

VY. On the Skulls of Sea-bears and Sea-lions (Otariade), and on

the Seals of the Auckland Islands. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. 24

VI. Descriptions of new Reptilia and Amphibia from Persia and

Balucniene...By W..T. BoaNnKorn; PRS.) .iwesivl cs alle Sale oe 31

VII. Description of a new Species of Skink. By A. W. E.

O'SHAUGHNESSY, Assistant in the Natural-History Department of

GID3 TETAS AG. SOS TIES Cacao ee aa EN oe ae Ne ae een si)

VIII. A Contribution to the Fauna of the River Tigris, By Dr.

ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S., Assistant Keeper of the Zoological De-

partment, British Museum. (Plates VIII. & IX.).............00. 36

TX. On the Skull and some other Bones of Zoxomma Allmanni.

By D. Empieron, M.D., and Toomas AtrHry. With four Plates

by Witnram Dinning, (Plates IVAVIL) occ. toa de ce cece 38

X. On a new Genus and Species of Bird belonging to the Family

Nectarinide. By R. Bowp.er Suarpr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior

Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum .............. 63

XI. On Priority in the Discovery of the Canal-System in Forami-

nifera. By Messrs. PARKER, JONES, and BRADY ................ 64

XII. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St. Andrews.

By W. C. M‘Inrosx

iv CONTENTS.

Page

New Book :—A History of British Quadrupeds, including the Cetacea, :

by Thomas Bell, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.G.S8., &e. Second

Edition, revised and partly rewritten by the Author, assisted by

Robert F. Tomes, Corr. Memb. Z.S., and Edward Richard

Allston, F'.ZaS 2 0 ete tosis a a see uotaieverers ors 0.c ere ee 75

Proceedings of the’ Royal Society... 2. 66.2 atin wise oa oe ores oe ee 81

New Observations on the Habits of the Ants of the South of France,

by T. Mogeridge ; On Nearctos and A‘lurina, by Dr. J. E. Gray,

F.R.S. &c.; On the Metamorphoses of the Acarina of the

Families Sarcoptide and Gamaside, by M. Megnin ; Observa-

tions on the Fecundation of the Batrachia Urodela, by M. C.

Robin; The Large Seal (Halicharus grypus) in Cornwall .. 89-96

NUMBER LXXx.

XIII. On the Nature of the Seed-like Body of Spongilla; on the

Origin or Mother Cell of the Spicule; and on the Presence of Sper-

matozoa intheSponerpa. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e. (Plate X.) 97

XIV. On some Species of Amphithoé and Sunamphithoé. By the

Rev. THomas R. R. StEsBine, M.A. (Plates XI. & XII.) ...... 111

XY. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of New Zealand. By H. W.

PATHS, PSA oa hiacle: states atislajeisishenedsyaue/Sleleisisia A oes See ee 118

XVI. Descriptions of two new Species of Fudgora from India. By

ARTHUR GARDINER Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., Senior Assistant, Zoo-

logical Department, British Museum ........2..2. 0.5.0.0 eee 131

XVII. On Dendrohyrax Bakeri, anew Species from Tropical North-

eastern Ainica.,. By Dro J. 2. GRAY, ERS. ie... oa » 182

XVIII. On Sexual Variations in the Nestling-Plumage of the

Booted EKagle (Misaétus pennatus). By Howard SaunvERS,F.Z.S, &e. 186

XIX. On the Striz of Foraminiferous Tests; with Reply to Cri-

ficism, By .H.J..CartER, WARS, 0.0 a0 ane oo. ok. eee 138

XX. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St. Andrews.

By. Wis CyJMSENTOSH (ics 51. ereiectnroel are ote oiettle si atevecedsla leh chee ann tna 144

XXI. Descriptions of some new Species of Birds. By Arruur,

Viscount/W ALDEN, P:Z.5), HORIS Ries. tackle « iin seinen eee 156

XXII. Description of a new European Species of Zootoca. By Dr.

ALBERT GUNTHER SERS a0 sevsrincein 10s Sega scree arcu 6) cho eee , 158

XXIII. On the Identity of Lsox Lewini with the Dinolestes Miilleri

of Klunzinger: By THEODORE Gua 2... on. ess ee eee 159

Pelomyxa palustris, a freshwater Ameeboid Organism, by Dr. Richard

Greef ; On Megapodius trinkutensis, Sharpe, by Arthur, Viscount

Walden, P.Z.S.; On the Structure of the Caudal Appendage of

some Ascidian Larvee, by M. A.Giard; Parthenogenesis in Ferns;

On New-Zealand Whales; Small Size of the Brain in Tertiary

Mammals, by Prof. O. C. Marsh ; On Luphysetes Pottsit, by Dr.

Julius Haast, F.R.S.; On a new Genus of Asellide, by Oscar

ETAT Ore Aare eiseta terete Ec isa esd is. c.0.0 161-168

CONTENTS. \/

Page

NUMBER LXXXI.

XXIV. On some new Genera and Species of Araneidea. By the

Rey. O. P. Camspringk, M.A., C.M.Z.S. (Plate XVII.).......... 169

XXYV. On three new Species of Toucans pertaining to the Genus

Aulacorhamphus. By JoHN GOULD, F.RS. &e. wo. cece eee eee 183

XXVLI. Descriptions of four new Species of Glomeride from Sikkim.

By ARTHUR GARDINER BUTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c. (Plate XVI.) 185

XXVII. On a new Genus and Species (Hyleocarcinus Humei) of

Land-Crabs from the Nicobar Islands. By James Woop-Mason,

OL ees CoMepEROxiord Al.,4 wore aes Rowe bs Mel Sie ole se iS iete 187

XXVIII. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St.

PREP ENB SWAIN iG. MOEN TOS 5709) alo. c a)0,sivrars cine sae tie,spele/ears es els 192

XXIX. Descriptions and Figures of Deep-sea Sponges and their

Spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘Porcupine,’ chiefly in 1869; with Figures and Descriptions of some

remarkable Spicules from the Agulhas Shoal and Colon, Panama.

By H. J. Canter, F.R.S. &c. (Plates XIII, XIV., & XV.)...... 207

Breceedings of the Royal Soctety o..s6 60606 sce sna vee oven cveinee 222

On a new Order of Hydrozoa, by George J. Allman, F.R.S. &c. ;

Description of the Skull of a new Species of Dolphin (Feresa

attenuata), by Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; Note on Iphiclides

Ajax, by Raphael Meldola; On Tube-building Amphipoda, by

pM ML A An ace ne mandinescdactvanda aces WMaebees o 237—240

NUMBER LXXXII.

XXX. On the Genera Paradoxurus, Platyschista, and Paguma;

and Notes on some Sl lately received in the British Museum.

Eby irre GPA We BEA /Oo Cat Wail), 5) ateisialoieunie sft oye nissan X ches Ae 241

XXXI. Descriptions and Figures of Deep-sea Sponges and their

Spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up on board H.M.S.

: Poraupine, chiefly in 1869; with Figures and Descriptions of some

remarkable Spicules from the Agulhas Shoal and Colon, Panama.

Papeete OAT TIES, WRU, OCC. oe ce siden. vies ae vhdieln siete sien ssalereiareca 245

XXXII. Description of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus

Celestus. By A. W. E. O’'Suaucunesssy, Assistant in the Natural-

History Departments of the British Museum ................004- 257

XXXIII. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St.

PBR EON Se SEXY AVY ions CUNT OBE... o/c cic aleiers sim deen nrsie) ajay > apblaly ork 258

XXXIV. “ Hozoon” examined chiefly from a Foraminiferal Stand-

point. By Professors W. Kine, Se.D., and T. H. Rowney, Ph.D.

Prema NEI Niner ocala ine) dha a's crarraionevgeiy Wm Sse ohn. Win Stel ele 6 eae 274

XXXYV. Ona Collection of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Descriptions of various new Genera and Species. By Jomn Scorr.. 289

XXXVI. Notes on the Sulphur-bottom Whale of the New-Zea-

land Whalers. By JaAmMres Hector, M.D., F.R.S. With a Note by

Cis TEMP a7) aid do] toys Rt 4 OS eck iI aint rng Rahad ian So eg a 504

vi CONTENTS.

Page

XXXVII. On Priority in the Discovery of the Canal-System in

Foraminifera. By Messss. ParkKER, JONES, and BRADY.......... 305

New Book:—The Birds of Shetland, with Observations on their

Habits, Migration, and Occasional Appearance, by the late

Henry 69 Saxby, M.D., of Balta 2 PUN, Unst. Edited by his

brother Stephen H. 8 Saxby, IMT AS steieioteasseietal 3 xNais:<ieG. de eee 507

Proceedings! of the: Royal Society. ji. .20020..eerer se se se eee 510

On the Annelids of the Gulf of Marseilles, by M. A. F. Marion; The

Pigmy Whale (Neobalena marginata), by Dr. Hector ; On Dol-

chodon Traversii, by Dr. Hector; Remarks on the Revivification

Of Lotifer vulgaris, Dy. WiOUdiyy. 2. x miosciaiats ces ois oleate ayes 313—s16

NUMBER LXXXIII.

XXXVIII. Notes on the Structure and Development of Myrio-

thela phy ygia. By Professor EN, M.D: LL.D, FIRS. Pres:

Marri ;SOCia ces, Pais Side Oe. vie kevlar eae! a/ptelacs ete tuoleasy ace geet eee 317

XXXIX. Development of the Marine Sponges from the earliest

Recognizable Appearance of the Ovum to the Perfected Individual.

By Hey CarTER, F.R.S. &c. (Plates XX., XXI., & XXII) .... 321

XL. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St. Andrews.

JE yea Cm NUE BSfi6):)s (RHO inners MBIA Bio boom ois aout 337

XLI. Description of a remarkable kind of Air-bladder. By Dr.

ArpErr GUntTaER, F.R.S. «(Plate X VIL. ic 7. ... . 2 sen eclerpeeene 349

XLII. List of the Species of Feline Animals (Felide). By Dr. J.

Bis GRA BS SoCo aha. fool a 0a ia tage uid dle scsac st ic ane aloha ee 351

XLII. A List of Butterflies, with Descriptions of new Species,

from the Andaman Islands. By W. C. Hewrrson, F.L.S......... 356

XLIV. Description of a Butterfly from Madagascar forming a new

Genus, from the Collection of Henley Grose ‘Smith and of W. C.

Hewitson.” By WC. ewrrson, TiS... 4 scmgeais sna as eee 359

XLV. On a Collection of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Descriptions of various new Genera and Species. By Joun Scorr.. 3860

KV Descriptions of new Species of Sesia in the Collection of

the British Museum. By Arruur GarpiInER But er, F.L.S.,

IBZ SECes ecta nd hie inxs torn oti teloketetoyAr ce oter ope Oke ak omic ated stoke cepa oi ee 365

XLVII. Descriptions of new Species of Fishes in the British

Museum. By Dr. ArsErt GUnTHER, F.R.S. &. .............; 368

XLVII. Final Note on Eozoon canadense. By WiLu1aM B, Car-

PENTER, MIDS, ETA AB, RS.cserceinieete us iays aaccuae «01 6 ous sinker eee 371

XLIX. Description of a remarkable new Pheasant from Borneo.

By R. Bowpier Suarpr, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant,

Zoological Department, British Museum .... 1.202 sea coos ee 873

CONTENTS. Vil

Page

Notes on the Varieties of the Western-American Weasels, by Dr. J.

E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.; On the Eneystation of Bucephalus Hai-

meanus, by M. A. Giard; Note on the Enemies of Difflugia, by

J. Leidy ; On the Colour of the Kittens of the Species of Cats

(Felide), by Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; A Scarlet Ear Shell,

probably Artificial, by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e. ; a aren

of two new Species of Fishes from the Bermuda Islands, by G.

Brown Goode; on the Embryogeny of the Rhizocephala, by M.

A. Giard; Notice of some new Freshwater Rhizopods, by J.

Leidy; On the Skull of the Leopard (Leopardus pardus), by

Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.; On the Ethology of Sacculina car-

cint, by M. A. Giard; A Record of Geological Literature. .874—588

NUMBER LXXXIV.

L. Development of the Marine Sponges from the earliest recog-

nizable Appearance of the Ovum to the Perfected Individual. By

BADD Ane ET Ets MEER. fOUs! Mah Vewteat lathe ate hi alee iovalet sian: ee fossa TB wi § 389

LI. Description of a new Helix from Southern India. By W. T.

BS eATETLO TED APE Ea 2 ahs osasiiaieinj nieve aves iaattaraire eliscsh ce vou Grants coo NepaNip a 406

LIT. Notes on the Agertide, with Descriptions of new Genera

and Species. By ArTHUR GARDINER ButiseR, F.LS., F.Z.8.,

Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum ........ 407

LI. On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of St.

PERO WSr SY \WVietO Me LNTOSEE Se s/s stew ec cle dceiis ce eiek wale ae ces 412

LIV. On a Collection of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Descriptions of various new Genera and Species. By JoHn Scorr. 426

LV. Descriptions of new Species of Fishes in the British Museum.

By Dry Acer, Gunmen WARS. BC.) crs it. oles sale sieisieisoe's oem 455

LVI. Further Instances of the Sponge-Spicule in its Mother Cell.

By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c. (Plate XXI. figs. 26 & 27.) ...... 456

LVIL. Note on the Planula- or Gastrula-phase of Development in

Moltnses. By KE. Ray Wanmnsrun, MAG? rye ide 458

New Book :—Evenings at the Microscope; or Researches among the

Minute Organs and Forms of Animal Life, by Philip Henry

Merc eaa LU ames.. uGleiuaty nella Sleulahs/ehear esters aide y ARON s 460

Note on Ablepharus pusillus, by W.T. Blanford; The Winged Fruits

of the Carboniferous Genus Cardiocarpus; Remarks on the

Fishes of the Algerian Sahara, by M. P. Gervais; On Fossil

Kyidences of a Sirenian Mammal (Kothertwm egyptiacum, Ow.)

from the Nummulitic Eocene of the Mokattam Cliffs, near

Cairo, by Prof. Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S., &e.; Coal of the Car-

boniferous Era not made of Bark............0000ccce0- 461—463

PLATES IN VOL. XIV.

PENS a New Species of Amphipodous Crustacea.

Ill. Graptolites from the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria.

IV.

we Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni.

Vil

VIII. Macrones Colvillii.

IX. Barbus Sharpeyi.

X. Seed-like body of Spongilla.

iE Species of Amphithoé and Sunamphithoe.

XIIl.

ayy

XV.

XVI. New Species of Glomeride.

XVII. New Genera and Species of Araneidea.

XVUI. Remarkable Air-bladder.

XIX. Structure of “ Eozoon.”

XXI

XXII

| Development of the Marine Sponges.

3 Deep-sea Sponges from the Atlantic and their Spicules.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

oodercecceccenceoee per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, diye, replete canistrum.

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”

NV. Parthenii Giannettasii Ecl, 1.

No. 79. JULY 1874.

I.— Observations on a few Graptolites from the Lower Silurian

Rocks of Victoria, Australia ; with a Further Note on the

Structure of Ceratiocaris. By R. ETHERIDGE, Jun., F.G.S.

[Plate III.]

THE Silurian fauna of certain portions of the Paleozoic dis-

tricts of South-eastern Australia, especially that of the colony

of Victoria, is of peculiar interest, on account of the close re-

lationship existing between it and that of a corresponding age

in Great. Britain. This was originally pointed out by Prof.

M‘Coy in a small pamphlet published for the Intercolonial

Exhibition of 1861*, where he states that he had recognized

numerous species of Graptolites in the rocks of the colony

characteristic of beds of Lower Silurian age elsewhere.

Amongst these were Diplograptus pristis, His., identical with

specimens from the south of Scotland, D. mucronatus, Hall,

and D. ramosus, Hall, similar to those of the Utica slate of

New York, together with many double or twin Graptolites

* Intercolonial Exhibition Essays, 1861, “ On the Ancient and Recent

Natural History of Victoria;” also this Journal, 3rd series, 1862, vol. ix.

p. 137. ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 1

2 Mr. R. Etheridge on Graptolites from

from similar horizons. In addition to these Prof. M‘Coy was

also able to recognize characteristic Bala and May-Hill

Sandstone (Upper Llandovery) fossils from several localities,

extending over a considerable area. Furthermore, from the

occurrence of the Trilobite Phacops longicaudatus, Murchi-

son, the presence of the Wenlock-shale series was surmised,

besides Orthoceras bullatum, a well-known Ludlow form, from

beds on which a part of Melbourne itself stands.

The few forms of Graptolites here noticed were collected,

some by my friend and former colleague, Mr. Norman Taylor,

others by the latter gentleman and myself; whilst a few have

since been received from Mr. G. H. F. Ulrich, through Mr.

R. Daintree, to both of whom Iam much indebted for them.

The majority of the specimens are not in a good state of

preservation.

Genus TETRAGRAPTUS, Salter.

Tetragraptus bryonotdes, Hall. Pl. II. figs. 1-4*.

Graptolithus bryonoides, Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 84, t. 4. figs. 1-11.

PDidymograptus caduceus, Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1855, ix.

p-. 87; zbrd. 1863, xix. p. 157, fig. 15, a, 6.

Didymograptus caduceus, M‘Coy, Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161.

ff er seins bryonoides, Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1868, xxiv.

p. 131.

Frond consisting of four simple stipes, united in pairs at

their bases, and connected by a short funicle of variable

length, from the centre of which proceeds a short pointed

radicle, &ec. (Hall).

Of the Victorian forms of this species four figures are given.

Fig. 1, the impression of a frond showing the four stipes

flattened out, two broken off near the funicle, whilst on the

other two the cast of the solid axis is well defined. Fig. 2 is

a similar specimen, in which the whole of the four stipes are

displayed, but here, again, two more perfect than the others.

These two specimens have the stipes somewhat wider than

in the figures of this species given by Hall; they present

a certain resemblance to G. Brgsbyi, Hall, which I find

Prof. Nicholson considers hardly separable from D. caduceus,

Salter, or Z. bryonotdes, Hall (‘Annals,’ 1870, v. p. 348).

Figs. 3 & 4 are the more common forms under which this

species is found in Victorian rocks, and exactly coincide

with that described and figured by Salter as Didymograptus

caduceus. I have placed this above as a synonym of 7. bryo-

* In drawing these figures, one of the specimens was unfortunately

placed the wrong way up; the stipes should be represented looking down-

wards.

the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria. 3

noides, more in deference to the opinion of others better versed

in this difficult group than myself; but nevertheless the exa-

mination of many Australian specimens has shown the posi-

tion of the two stipes and “apparent radicle”’ to be so con-

stant, that I am led to the conclusion that we should pause

before finally considering the two species synonymous. At

any rate, if they are one and the same, I think Salter’s name

might with advantage be retained as a varietal designation for

such forms as those represented by figs. 3 & 4.

T. bryonoides is characteristic of the Quebec group in Ame-

rica and the Skiddaw group of the north of England.

Localities. Watchbox Ranges, near Baynton’s, county of

Dalhousie, in blue shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor. Castle-

maine, county of Talbot, in chocolate shale; collected by Mr.

G. H. F. Ulrich. Mainroad Gully, Mia-Mia, Spring Plains,

Redesdale, county of Dalhousie, in red and white sandy shale ;

collected by Mr. N. Taylor and the writer.

Tetragraptus quadribrachiatus, Hall. Pl. III. figs. 5-8.

Graptolithus quadribrachiatus, Hall, Grapt. Quebec Gr. p. 91, t. 5.

figs. 1-5, t. 6. figs. 5, 6.

Tetragraptus crucialis, Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1863, xix. p. 187,

fig. 8b.

— quadribrachiatus, Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1868, xxiv,

p-. 181; M‘Coy, Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161.

Frond composed of four simple undivided stipes arranged

bilaterally, or two proceeding from each extremity of the

funicle &c. (Hall.)

The specimens represented by figs. 5, 6, 7, & 8 I have re-

ferred to this species. The stipes appear to be somewhat

wider than in those figured by Hall (but this may perhaps be

due to pressure), and the funicle slighter.

This species is characteristic of the Quebec and the Skiddaw

series.

Localities. Watchbox Ranges, near Baynton’s, county of

Dalhousie, in blue shale; Newham, near Lancefield, county

of Bourke. Collected by Mr. N. Taylor.

Genus PHyLLoGRAPTuUs, Hall.

Phyllograptus typus, Hall. Pl. IIT. figs. 9, 10.

Phyllograptus typus, Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 119, pl. 15. figs. 1-

12; M‘Coy, Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161; Nicholson, Quart. Journ.

Geol. Soc. 1868, xxiv. p. 133, pl. 5. fig. 16.

Stipes robust, composed of four semielliptical parts joined

by their straight sides. In some specimens of this species

4 Mr. R. Etheridge on Graptolites from

the linear central axis is often crenulate from the bases or

impressions of cellules of the other division, which is rectan-

gular to that part of the frond preserved. (//all.)

Numerous specimens of this handsome Graptolite are in my

possession from the under-mentioned locality. These show

elongato-ovate to obovate form; but in none is the radicle well

preserved, and the crenulate axis or midrib only faintly so—

except in one specimen, where the latter is sufficiently ex-

posed to demonstrate the specific affinities of the specimens.

Hall mentions that the cellules are obscure at the margins ;

but in the Australian specimens before me these are mode-

rately well marked and almost denticulate. The largest spe-

cimen measures 1 inch in length by about 34 lines in width.

P. typus is a typical Quebec and Skiddaw species.

Locality. Newham, near Lancefield, county of Bourke, in

blue shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor.

Genus LoGANOGRAPTUS, Hall.

Loganograptus Logant, Hall. Pl. III. figs. 11 & 12.

Graptolithus Logani, Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 100, t. 9. figs. 1-9,

and t. 11. fig. 7; M‘Coy, Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161.

Dichograptus Logani, Nicholson, Quart. Journ, Geol. Soc. 1868, xxiy.

. 128.

Tansee Logani, Hall, Twentieth Annual Report, State Cab. New

York, 1867, p. 226; Nicholson, Monograph Brit. Grapt. 1872, pt. i.

p- 110.

The imperfect specimens represented by figs. 11 & 12 are

the only ones in my possession, although far finer have been

obtained from various localities in the colony, and are, I be-

lieve, in the geological collection of the National Museum,

Melbourne. Only a little more than half the specimen (fig. 11)

is preserved. ‘There is no evidence of a disk ; and the state of

preservation is not sufficiently good to show the true charac-

ters of the cellules. Fig. 12 is also an imperfect specimen,

and, so far as I can judge, is an individual of the present

species, although there are only eleven stipes preserved. No

disk is apparent; but for some little distance around the

funicle the matrix is discoloured, or rather has assumed a

lighter colour, approaching that of those parts of the organism

preserved.

L. Logani is recorded from both the Quebec and Skiddaw

series.

Localities. Newham, near Lancefield, county of Bourke, in

blue shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor. Mainroad Gully,

Mia-Mia, Spring Plains, Redesdale, county of Dalhousie, in

red sandy shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor and the writer.

the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria. 3

Genus Crimacocraptus, Hall. Pl. III. fig. 13*.

On a few pieces of shale accompanying Tetragraptus quadri-

brachiatus, and a few other forms, are fragments probably

referable to this genus. In one of these (fig. 13) the cellules

appear as transverse openings down the right-hand side of the

scalariform impression. There is likewise a faint indication of

the extension of the axis at the proximal end.

Locality. Newham, near Lancefield, county of Bourke;

collected by Mr. N. Taylor.

Genus DipLograptus, M‘Coy.

Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall. Pl. III. figs. 14-17.

ores mucronatus, Hall, Pal. New York, 1847, i. p. 268, t. 73.

o. a-d.

Diplograptus mucronatus, Salter, Mem. Geol. Surv. 1866, iii. p. 330,

t. 11 a. fig. 6, t. 12. fig. 1; M‘Coy, Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161 ;

Nicholson, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1868, xxiv. p. 189,

Prof. Nicholson recorded this characteristic Upper Llandeilo

Graptolite as occurring in the Skiddaw series as far back as

1868 ; it therefore becomes a very interesting point to find it in

company, in Victorian rocks, with other genera and species

indicative of the same beds, such, for instance, as 7. quadri-

brachiatus, P. typus, T. bryonoides, &c. Figs, 14 & 15 repre-

sent a specimen showing the distal extension of the central

axis and the long slender processes from the cells. In figs. 16

and 17 may be noticed the peculiar marginal fibres, considered

by Hall as giving attachment to the reproductive sacs.

Furthermore these fibres are more or less anastomosing,

forming a network similar to instances mentioned by Mr.

Carruthers in specimens from Moffat, and by Mr. Baily from

Meath+. The former remarks, “ It is not easy to determine

how far the processes from the mouths of the hydrothece are

to be depended upon for specific characters,” but would pro-

pose for such forms as the present, should the anastomosing

nature of the fibres be of sufficient importance, the specific

name of D. Baily?.

D. mucronatus is recorded from the Upper Llandeilo beds of

Moffat (Carruthers), Lower Llandeilo beds of Wales (Salter),

Skiddaw series of the north of England (Nicholson), Hudson-

River group of Albany, U.S. (Hall), and has been recorded

by Prof. M‘Coy from Victoria.

Localities. Watchbox Ranges, near Baynton’s, county of

Dalhousie, and Newham, near Lancefield, county of Bourke,

both in blue micaceous shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor.

* The figure of this specimen should also be reversed.

+ Geol. Mag. v. p. 181.

6 Mr. R. Etheridge on Graptolites from

Diplograptus pristis, Hisinger. Pl. III. fig. 18.

I have referred fig. 18 to this species with some hesitation.

There are a series of notch-like projections down each side

the stipe, evidently the denticles of the cellules ; and the distal

extremity is prolonged and expanded into the small globular

body or vesicle often met with in some species of this genus.

D. pristis has previously been recorded from Victorian rocks

by Prof. M‘Coy*.

Locality. Newham, near Laneefield, county of Bourke, in

blue micaceous shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor.

Genus DipymoGcraptus, M‘Coy.

Didymograptus? fruticosus, Hall. Pl. III. fig. 19.

Graptolithus fruticosus, Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 90, t. 5, figs. 6-

8, t. 6. figs. 1-3.

Frond consisting of two pairs of ascending and slightly

curved stipes, arising from the two sides of a long slender

radicle. ‘The stipes are celluliferous on the inner or adjacent

margin, little divergent at the bifurcation, and continuing for

half or two thirds their length nearly straight; above this

they curve gently outwards ..... Radicle half an inch in

length. Cellules short and broad .. . . Aperture wide, apex

pointed, scarcely mucronate, and sometimes acutely rounded.

(Hall.)

I was for some time in great doubt to what species to

refer this form; but its chief characters appear to approach

those of D.? (Grapt.) fruticosus, Hall, nearer than any other,

although three only of the four stipes are preserved. <A defi-

nite attachment is to be seen between the two remaining right-

hand stipes, the second of the opposite side having probably

been removed through injury. The cellules are broad, with a

wide aperture and pointed apex, which projects without be-

coming mucronate. The radicle is not as long as it should be

in this species, according to Hall’s description.

Quebec group.

Locality. Castlemaine, county of Talbot, in hard black

shale; collected by Mr. G. H. F. Ulrich.

Didymograptus nitidus, Hall. Pl. III. fig. 20.

Graptolithus ntidus, Hall, Grapt. Quebec Group, p. 69, t. 1. figs. 1-9,

Didymograptus nitidus, Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, 1863, xix. p. 137,

fig. 13,d; Nicholson, zbed. 1868, xxiv. p. 135.

Frond composed of two simple stipes proceeding from a

* Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161.

the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria. @

small radicle, and diverging at an angle of about 170°. Stipes

narrower at the base, and gradually widening towards the

extremities. Radicle short, abruptly tapering to a point.

(Hall.)

The specimen I have figured as this species appears to

correspond in form and number of cellules with Hall’s species.

It likewise has some resemblance to Hall’s D. (Grapt.) patulus ;

but the angle of divergence is less than in that species. It is

both a Quebec and Skiddaw ferm.

Locality. Castlemaine, county of Talbot, in chocolate-co-

loured shale; collected by Mr. G. H. F. Ulrich.

Didymograptus Pantoni?, M‘Coy. Pl. III. figs. 21 & 22.

Graptolithus Pantoni (M‘Coy), Salter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. 1863,

xix. p. 138 (without description).

To the specimens from which figs. 21 & 22 were drawn, I

have provisionally given the name of Didymograptus Pantont,

M‘Coy. [am not acquainted with any description or figure

of this Graptolite ; but, from a certain resemblance the spe-

cimens bear to Mr. Salter’s D. v-fractus, which he considered

like Professor M‘Coy’s G. Panton?, I have, as before stated,

provisionally given that name to them. Fig. 21 shows two

stipes placed in juxtaposition, with the union of the two with

the radicle wanting. Fig. 22 represents one stipe and a small

portion of the other, and enables us to judge of their angle of

divergence from the radicle, which appears to be much less

than that of Salter’s figure of D. v-fractus, and still less than

Nicholson’s representation of the same species*, That D.

v-fractus, Salter, and D. Pantoni, M‘Coy, are identical, [am

not at all prepared to say; the great difference in the angle of

divergence of the stipes would appear to separate them, of

course presuming the specimens here figured to be the latter

species. Should they be proved to be identical, Prof. M‘Coy’s

name would have priority. The number of cellules in a given

space in D. v-fractus and our present species does not corre-

spond, being greater in the former, so far as an opinion can be

formed from figures only.

Locality. Mainroad Gully, Mia-Mia, Spring Plains, Redes-

dale, in red shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor and the

writer.

Genus GRAPTOLITHUS, Linnzus.

Graptolithus latus, M‘Coyt. Pl. III. fig. 23.

The fragmentary Graptolites referred to under this name

* Mon. Brit. Grapt. 1872, pt. i. p. 104, fig. 48.

+ Quart. Journ, Geol. Soe. iv. p. 223; also Brit. Pal. Foss. p. 4, t. 1 B.

fig. 7 a, b, ¢.

8 Mr. R. Etheridge on Graptolites from

are now generally regarded as portions of other more complex

species, such as Dichograptus octobrachiatus, Didymograptus

patulus, Hall, and others. Prof. Nicholson remarks that,

‘“‘while not representing a true species, the name may be use-

fully retained as a convenient designation for the numerous

specimens which are too fragmentary to admit of specific or

generic determination” *. Such a fragment appears to be

the stipe (fig. 23) provided with the triangular submucronate

denticles of this so-called species. G. latus is recorded as a

Victorian species by Prof. M‘Coy f.

Localities. Watchbox Ranges, near Baynton’s, county of

Dalhousie, and Newham, near Lancefield, county of Bourke,

in blue micaceous shale; collected by Mr. N. Taylor.

Graptolithus, sp. Pl. III. fig. 24.

In this specimen the cellules do not all retain their normal

outline. It is probably only a portion of a stipe of a more

complex form. Professor M‘Coy} has recognized G. tenuis,

Portlock, as accompanying other simple Graptolites in Victo-

rian beds; it may be a variety of this.

Locality. Newham, in blue shale; collected by Mr. N.

Taylor.

Discarding for the moment the form I have here introduced as

Didymograptus Pantoni (?), M‘Coy, we find that the majority

of the foregoing species are particularly characteristic of the

Quebec and Skiddaw groups.

Diplograptus mucronatus is considered in this country to be

chiefly an Upper Llandeilo species, but at the same time has

been placed as a member of the Skiddaw fauna by Prof.

Nicholson§. Its occurrence in Victoria with such truly

Quebec and Skiddaw species as here shown will, in some de-

gree, tend to confirm this.

Grouping the species recorded in this communication under

their respective localities, we find that they range themselves

thus :—

Watchbox Ranges, Baynton’s: Tetragraptus bryonoides,

Hall (D. caduceus); T. quadribrachiatus, Hall; Diplograptus

mucronatus, Hall; Graptolithus latus, M‘Coy.

Newham, near Lancefield: Tetragraptus quadribrachiatus,

Hall; Phyllograptus typus, Hall; Loganograptus Logani, Hall;

Climacograptus ?, sp.; Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall; D.

* Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. xxiv. p. 141.

+ Exhibition Essay, 1861, p. 161. { Loe. cit.

§ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, 1868, xxiv. p. 139.

the Lower Silurian Rocks of Victoria. 9

pristis ?, Hisinger ; Graptolithus latus, M‘Coy ; Graptolithus,

sp. (? G. tenuis, Portlock).

Castlemaine: Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall; Didymograp-

tus (?) fruticosus, Hall; D. nitidus, Hall.

Redesdale (Spring Plains): Tetragraptus bryonotdes, Hall ;

Loganograptus Logant, Hall; Didymograptus Panton ?, M‘Coy.

Further Note on the Structure of Ceratiocaris.

At the Brighton Meeting of the British Association* Mr.

H. Woodward, F.R.S., noticed the discovery of the “ swim-

ming-gills ” of Ceratiocaris, to which I had previously drawn

his attention. On a slab of thin flaggy shale from the

Upper Silurian series of Lesmahagow are exposed the caudal

segments, telson, and caudal appendages of a Ceratiocaris.

From the ventral margin of the terminal segment proceeds a

broad paddle-shaped membranous (?) expansion, presenting a

strong marginal outline, with a transversely striated surface.

This is followed by another similar appendage, proceeding in

the same manner from the penultimate segment. The dorsal

edge of the specimen shows that one of the corresponding

“ foot-gills” of the opposite side has been bent back upon

itself, and thus thrust out of place. The free ends of these

paddle-shaped appendages are attenuated to more or less

rounded points. ‘They do not show any evidence of a mar-

ginal fringe. These gill-feet are no doubt analogous to the

same supplementary abdominal organs in Nebalia.

Locality. Linn Burn, about two miles north of Muirkirk,

Lanarkshire, in thin flaggy shale. Collection of the Geolo-

gical Survey of Scotland. Collected by Mr. A. Macconochie.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IIL

Figs. 1 & = Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall. Spring Plains, Redesdale,

ictoria.

Figs. 3 & 4, Tetragraptus bryonoides, Hall (D. caduceus, Salter). Watch-

box Ranges, near Baynton’s, county of Dalhousie, Victoria.

Fig. 5. Tetragraptus quadribrachiatus, Hall. Watchbox Ranges, near

Baynton’s.

Figs. 6-8. Tetragraptus quadribrachiatus, Hall. Newham, near Lance-

field, county of Bourke, Victoria.

Figs. 9 & 10. Phyllograptus typus, Hall. Newham, near Lancefield.

Fig. 11, Loganograptus Logan, Hall. Spring Plains, Redesdale, Victoria.

Fig. 12. Loganograptus Logani?, Hall. Newham, near Lancefield.

Fig. 13. Climacograptus ?, sp. Newham, near Lancefield.

Figs. 14 & 15. Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall. Watchbox Ranges, near

Baynton’s, county of Dalhousie.

* Brit. Assoc. Report, 1872, p. 823; also Mem. Geol. Survey, Explana-

tion 23, Scotland, p. 93.

10 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Amphipodous Crustacea.

Fig. 16. Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall, with marginal fibres. Newham,

near Lancefield.

Fig. 17. Diplograptus mucronatus, Hall, with marginal fibres. Watchbox

Ranges, near Baynton’s.

Fig. 18. Diplograptus pristis?, Hisinger. Newham, near Lancefield. The

cellules are somewhat too distinctly represented in this figure.

Fig. 19. Didymograptus ? fruticosus, Hall. Castlemaine, county of Tal-

bot. Three only of the four stipes are here seen.

Fig. 20. Didymograptus nitidus, Hall. Castlemaine.

Fig. 21. Didymograptus Pantoni?, M‘Coy. Spring Plains, Redesdale.

Showing the upper portion of two stipes.

Fig. 22. Didymograptus Pantoni?, M‘Coy. Spring Plains, Redesdale.

Showing one stipe, and portion of the other, with radicle.

Fig. 23. Graptolithus latus, M‘Coy. Watchbox Ranges, near Baynton’s.

Fig. 24. Graptolithus tenuis ?, Portlock. Newham, near Lancefield.

Note.—The figures are all drawn as near as possible to the natural size.

I am much indebted to my friend Mr. B. N. Peach for his careful delinea-

tion of the specimens.

II.—Amphipodous Crustacea. A new Species, and some

Items of Description and Nomenclature. By the Rev. T.

R. R. STEBBING, M.A.

[Plates I. & II. ]

Liljeborgia Normanni, n. sp. Pl. I. figs. 1, 1a, 1, Le.

This species comes very near to Liljeborgia shetlandica,

discovered by the Rev. A. M. Norman ; and I have taken the

liberty of naming it in honour of that very distinguished car-

cinologist. Both pairs of gnathopoda agree very closely with

the figures and descriptions given by Bate and Westwood of

those members in L. shetlandica. In the first pair, however,

the finger of the new species is longer, and has a serrated

edge; in the second pair the hand, instead of being only —

fringed with hair, is very prettily covered with it. The coxe

of the fifth and sixth pairs of legs are deeper than those figured

for L. shetlandica; and the thighs of the fifth pair, instead of

being equal to those of the sixth and seventh, are considerably

smaller.

The lenses of the eyes are not numerous, though the eyes

are large—which accords with the description given of the

genus, though the eyes of L. shetlandica are stated to be small.

The magnitude of the eyes is in many species of sessile-eyed

Crustacea a very variable character.

The head has a rather deep slit below the lobe on which

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Amphipodous Crustacea. 11

the eye is situated ; and the effect produced is that of a mouth

with a curiously protruding chin below it.

The principal specific distinction consists in the ornamenta-

tion of the fourth and fifth segments of the pleon: the fourth

has its hinder margin produced centrally into three sharp sub-

equal teeth ; the fifth has a pair of teeth at each side of its

hinder margin. From each interval between two teeth, from

the centre of the sixth segment, and from the two ends of the

deeply cleft terminal tail-piece there is to be seen a conspicu-

ously projecting seta or spine, those of the tail-piece in the

same line with it, the others being directed upwards and

outwards.

The specimen here described and figured was taken under

a stone in Salcombe Harbour. Its colour was orange, mottled

with rose-red; its length, not including the antenne, three

tenths of an inch; the inferior antenne about half the length

of the animal. Another specimen, taken subsequently with

the dredge in the same locality, is evidently the female of this

species, the only observable differences between the two spe-

cimens being that the latter has a pouch containing eggs, and

the second pair of gnathopoda agreeing in shape with the first

pair.

Iphimedia Eblane, variety. Pl. II. fig. 4.

The variety of this species now to be described was dredged

in Torbay. My friend Mr. Arthur Hunt sent me, a few weeks

back, a small pan of sea-water containing crabs and other

marine animals. Among these, two minute crustaceans had

been accidentally included, one of them being unmistakably

Iphimedia obesa, the other apparently Iphimedia Kblane.

The two differed in colour—the former being a speckled brown,

much set off by the bright red eyes, while the latter was bright

salmon-red of two shades mixed all over. This latter agrees

with J. Hblane in the length of the first and last segments of

the body, in having the thighs of the last two pairs of walking-

legs produced posteriorly into two sharp points or teeth, in the

strongly hooked character of the latero-dorsal teeth of the

third segment of the pleon, and in the shape of the coxe of

the last three pairs of walking-legs. It differs, however, in

the entire absence of the remarkable peculiarity assigned to

I. Kblane, of having “the first three segments of the tail

armed with a central dorsal tooth, directed posteriorly.” The

thigh of the fifth pair of legs, moreover, is produced posteriorly

into one point only, instead of into two.

The circumstances above mentioned under which the two

Torbay specimens were obtained suggested the idea that they

12 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Amphipodous Crustacea.

might be sexes of one species. On the other hand, it should

be mentioned that dredging im Salcombe Harbour yielded

several specimens of [phimedia obesa without one of Iphimedia

Eblane. I. obesa appears to be very variable, but always

admirable, in colourmg. Among the Salcombe specimens one

was whitish, striped with rosy pink, another lemon-coloured,

and several purplish grey, most charmingly relieved by scarlet

eyes. Very minute hairs stand erect on the hard brittle skin

of these portly and beautifully dressed little creatures. The

colour of the eyes unfortunately fades rapidly.

Microdeuteropus versiculatus 8. Pl. I. figs. 2,2a-2f

This hitherto unfigured form of Microdeuteropus (Micro-

deutopus, Bate and Westwood) was dredged in Salcombe

Harbour; and I was at first tempted to make a new species of

it, under the name of Microdeuteropus crinitipes, in allusion to

the great beauty of the hairy gnathopoda. But, upon minute

comparison, it appears to differ from the previously described

M. versiculatus, along with which it was taken, only im the

form of the first pair of legs, and is no doubt_the male of that

species. The Rev. Mr. Norman has, I find, already decided

this in his report to the British Association in 1868 on the

Shetland Crustacea. In that report he describes the first

gnathopods, and states that the hand is at least as wide

at the extremity as at the base, his specimens in this one

particular appearing to differ from mine. ‘The chief difference

between the male and female forms is that in the former the

wrist of the first pair of legs is more bulky, and armed at the

infero-distal extremity with a strong tooth-like process curving

slightly outwards. ‘The hand is not nearly so large compared

with the wrist as in the female; but in both the wrist is con-

siderably larger than the hand. The palm is ill-defined ; the

finger is serrated on the inner edge, and is smaller than the

finger in the female. The inner side of the wrist in both

sexes is profusely adorned with hairs, the fringe consisting of

several fine bundles or closely set brushes.

The second pair of legs are very peculiar; they appear to

be exactly alike in both sexes, and have the meros, wrist, and

hand all embellished with copious hairs of great length. Under

the microscope these hairs are seen to be beautifully feathered.

It is, of course, only when the creature is in liquid that these

elegant appendages can be seen to full advantage. The wrist

and hand are both of them long and slender, the wrist being

the longer of the two and rather curiously curved ; the meros

is also long, closely adpressed to the wrist for about two thirds

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Amphipodous Crustacea. 13

of the length of the latter, where it terminates in a fine point.

The hand, at least in dead specimens, is very much inclined

to take a twist, so as not to lie in the same plane with the

rest of the limb. This is also the case with the hand of the

first pair in the male; and the peculiarity complicates the task

of examination as well as that of drawing an exact profile.

As the specimen described in the ‘ British Sessile-eyed

Crustacea’ was imperfect, it may be well to add that the last

pair of legs are (as is surmised in that valuable work, and in

agreement with the description of the genus) much longer than

the rest; while the inferior antenne are the same as those of

Messrs. Bate and Westwood’s Microdeutopus anomalus (on

the precise specific position of which as a female form Mr.

Norman’s very important paper above mentioned should be

consulted), with a peduncle as long as that of the superior

antenne and a flagellum much shorter than the peduncle.

Microprotopus maculatus, Norman. PI. II. figs. 5, 5a, 5d.

This small Amphipod is described by the Rev. A. M.

Norman in the ‘ Annals and Magazine’ for December 1868.

Mr. Norman, who established the genus in which it is

placed, reports it as found among Laminarie at Tobermory,

in the Island of Mull, July 1866. I have obtained it plenti-

fully, and of both sexes, this year as the result of dredging in

Torbay. As only portions of the animal have been hitherto

figured, it seems worth while to give a full-length portrait of

it. It should also be noticed that the wrist in the second pair

of gnathopods is much broader than would appear from the

figure appended to Mr. Norman’s description. _ It receives the

hand into a sort of cup or segment of a cup. When the hand

is viewed on the inner side, the cup-shape of the wrist is not

apparent, while the huge finger also obscures the tooth-like

processes of the hand, with the exception of a portion of the

largest process. The thigh seems to be deeply grooved length-

wise in a line with the back of the hand. ‘The wrist of the

female has been already fully described by Mr. Norman as

“very short, broader than long, and somewhat cup-shaped,

the infero-posteal angle being projected into a rounded lobe.”

Gammarella brevicaudata and Gammarella (brevicaudata ¢ )

Normannt. Pl. II. figs. 3, 3.a-3 g.

There can be no doubt that the above-mentioned names

have been assigned to the male and female of a single species.

Messrs. Bate and Westwood express their suspicion that this

14 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on Amphipodous Crustacea.

would prove to be the case. I first took the female at Anstis

Cove, Torquay, on the 21st of March last, under a stone at

extreme low-water mark, in company with Janira maculosa.

Since then I have taken both forms in companionship, and

again, along with Janda maculosa, under similar circumstances

in Salcombe Harbour. They have probably often been seen

before, but mistaken for the young of the everywhere abundant

Gammarus locusta. The shortness of the tail is an obvious

distinction; but, as the creature when alive keeps it for the

most part curled under its body, it is not such a telltale as

it might otherwise be.

The difference in the length of the flagellum of the superior

antenne, noted by Bate and Westwood as one of the chief

distinctions, was merely an accidental variation in their speci-

mens. The length of this appendage undoubtedly varies in

both forms, as it does in many other species of sessile-eyed

crustaceans—so as to make it a very unsafe character on which

to ground a specific difference, unless a large number of indi-

viduals have been examined and found constant in this

feature*.

The only difference of importance between the two forms

is in the second pair of gnathopoda. In the male the hand is

very large, long, and oval, with a short cup-shaped wrist, and

having the palm fringed with ten or a dozen thorn-like bristles,

along the inner side of which lies the strong and long finger,

tapering almost to the extremity of the palm. The length of

the finger, however, is somewhat variable. The corresponding

pair of legs in the female have the wrist and hand long and

narrow, slightly pubescent, of nearly the same length and

breadth, and terminating in an inconspicuous finger. The

first pair of legs are very similar to the second, but have the

hand shorter than the wrist; they do not seem to differ at

all from the first pair of legs of the male.

The coxe of the first three pairs of legs have a small tooth

at the postero-inferior margin, not particularly easy to observe.

The thighs of the last three pairs, and especially of the last

pair, are serrated in a very conspicuous manner: those of the

last pair differ slightly m the male and female—the male

having the posterior margin almost in a single curve, with a

* Thus in Ampelisca carinata, Bruzelius (Ampelisca Gaimardii of Bate

and Westwood), the inferior antenne are stated by the latter authors to

be two thirds the length of the animal : and so they sometimes are; but

Mr. Norman speaks of the Scotch specimens as having the inferior an-

tenne “extremely long, equalling the whole length of the animal,” and

I have two fine specimens from Saleombe in which they are longer than

the animal.

Prof. A. Wrzesniowski on a new Species of Callisoma. 15

scarcely perceptible indentation ; while in the female the large

bulge of the thigh is contracted rather suddenly by a forward

curve.

It remains only to notice that the sixth pair of legs are

rather longer than the fifth and seventh pairs, and that the

lobe of the head on which the eyes are situated is not curvi-

linear, but angular, and has a slight incision belowit. These

details, as well as the elevation of the fourth segment of the

pleon, are common to both sexes. or other points the reader

may be referred to the standard authorities.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I.

Fig. 1. Liljeborgia Normanni. 1a. First gnathopod. 16. Second gnath-

opod. le. Terminal segments of pleon, seen from above.

Fig. 2. Microdeuteropus versiculatus, male. 2a, First gnathopod, with

the hand twisted and foreshortened, more enlarged than the fol-

lowing figure. 20. First and second gnathopods of another

specimen. 2c, Second gnathopod of the same, seen from the

opposite side. 2d. First gnathopod of female. 2e. Second

enathopod of female. 2 f. Hairs of second gnathopods.

PLATE I,

Fig. 3. Gammarella brevicaudata (G. Normanni) female. 3a. First

gnathopod. 3b. Second gnathopod. sc. First and second

gnathopods of male. 8d. Second gnathopod of another speci-

men, with a shorter finger. 3e. Maxilliped. 3 f. Length of

male. 3g. Length of female.

Fig. 4. Iphimedia Eblane, variety.

Fig. 5. Microprotopus maculatus, male. 65a. First gnathopod. 58,

Second gnathopod,

IW1—On Callisoma Branickiu, a new Species from Nice.

By Avueustus WRZESNIOWSKI, Professor of Zoology in

the Warsaw University.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

You would greatly oblige me by publishing in your valuable

Journal, as soon as possible, a brief description of a new species

of the Amphipodous genus Callisoma, Costa.

I am, Gentlemen, Yours truly,

Warsaw, May 28, 1874. A. WRZESNIOWSKEI.

Callisoma Branickit, n. sp.

The head small; the eyes compound, elliptic. Inferior

16 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

antenn about half the length of the animal in the female and

more than three fourths in the male. Mandibule with a molar

tubercle. The first and second gnathopoda resembling those

of Callisoma Hopet and C. crenata. ‘The cox of the five

anterior pairs of appendages the same as in the above-named

species ; but those of the fourth pair of pereiopoda considerably

deeper than the ones appertaining to the fifth pair. The

meros in the first two pairs of pereiopoda is produced an-

teriorly, and those of the three succeeding appendages, as well

as the carpus of the third pereiopos, are produced posteriorly

into a squamose plate. The basis in the last three pairs of

pereiopoda nearly the same as in Callisoma crenata, but the

basis in the fourth pair considerably broader and higher than

in the fifth pair. The fourth segment of the pleon, very

much smaller than the preceding, has a notch on its dorsal

surface and close to its junction with this segment; the fifth

segment, still smaller, is also remarkable by a like but much

less deep notch. The pleopoda of the sixth pair biramous,

the rami being subequal, subfoliaceous ; the inner one shorter

and fringed on its imner margin with plumous hairs; the

outer margins of both branches bear three to four spinules.

Telson deeply cut, but single.

The whole animal is covered with brownish-yellow, minute,

subovate spots, very regularly disposed, particularly on the

segments of the pleon. The dead specimens preserved in

spirit are yellowish grey, the others preserved in glycerine

tending to a lemon-colour.

Length of the male 7:54 millims., of the female 8°22

millims.

The specimens were taken by Count Constantine Branicki

at Nice in a dead Clypeaster, and presented to the Zoological

Museum at Warsaw.

Being desirous of associating with the discovery one who

has done so much for the advancement of natural history in

his own country, and contributes so profusely to the enriching

of our country museum, I have attached to the species the

name of Count Constantine Branicki.

IV.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of New Zealand.

By H. W. Bares, F.L.S.

THE number of new genera and species of Longicorn Coleo-

ptera described in the following pages, chiefly obtained, without

their devoting especial attention to the family, by two gentle-

men (Mr. Lawson and Mr. Fereday) in the immediate neigh-

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 17

bourhoods of the settlements where they are located, shows

how much yet remains to be done before we can be said to

have a satisfactory knowledge of the insect-fauna of New

Zealand. The representatives of this almost exclusively wood-

eating coleopterous family are evidently, much more numerous

in species there than in the British Isles, 57 being already

known ; whereas in Britain we have only 56, a number not

likely to be increased by future researches. It would be

proper, doubtless, to withdraw from the New-Zealand list four

of the species as being evidently introduced (three from

Australia and one from Europe), thus leaving 53 only ; but, on

the other hand, several undescribed species exist in private

collections.

The remarks I had occasion to make in a former paper on

the family Geodephaga, as to the strong endemicity of the

New-Zealand Coleopterous fauna, are more than justified by

the subsequent study of the family Longicornia. A close and

repeated examination of all parts of the external structure

which afford characters for judging on the affinity of forms in

this difficult group, has resulted in showing that very few

indeed of the New-Zealand genera are found in other parts of

the world. Out of the total number of 35, no fewer than 26,

as far as at present known, are peculiar to the islands; and

about a dozen of these have no near relationship to forms

occurring elsewhere, the rest being more or less related to

genera found in Lord Howe’s Island, New Caledonia, and

Australia. It is in these two latter countries that seven of

the other nine genera occur, one only of them (Demonaz) ex-

tending its range through the Moluccas to South-eastern Asia.

As to species, all, except one (//ylotrupes bajulus) introduced

from Europe and three introduced from Australia, are peculiar

to the islands,

COLEOPTERA LONGICORNIA.

Family Prionide.

Prionoplus reticularis.

Prionoplus reticularis, White, Dieffenbach’s ‘ New Zealand,’ ii. p. 276;

Westwood, Arcana Entomologica, ii. p. 25, t. 56. f. 1.

Northern and Southern islands.

Family Cerambycide.

Division I. Eyes coarsely faceted.

Phoracantha dorsalis, Newm.

I have not seen any specimen from New Zealand of this

Ann. & Mag. N: Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 2

1s Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

well-known Australian insect. White gives it on the authority

of Dr. Sinclair.

LI0GRAMMA, nov. gen.

Ad. gen. Phacodes et Elaphidion affine, sed antennis articulo tertio

apice intus acute producto, articulis reliquis simplicibus. Corpus

lineare, paulo convexum, nitidum sed passim pubescens. Oaput

retractum ; oculi prominuli, grossissime granulati; frons brevis ;

palpi breves, articulis terminalibus triangularibus. Antenne 3

corpore paulo longiores, pilose, haud sulcate, scapo curvato-clavato,

articulo tertio apice intus acute dentato, quarto quam tertio paulo

breviore, quinto usque undecimum eequalibus, precedente longiori-

bus, gradatim attenuatis. Thorax oblongus, postice vix angustatus,

lateribus paulo rotundatis inermibus, supra rugosis, lineis elevatis-

politis. Hlytra thorace vix latiora apice late rotundata. Pedes

modice elongati, femora gradatim clavata; tibise haud suleatee ;

tarsi breves, articulo primo modice elongato. Acetabula antica

postice aperta, extus vix angulata, prosterno angusto, marginato ;

intermedia extus clausa.

This new genus is founded on Callidium zealandicum

(Blanch.), an insect having no near affinity to Callidiwm, but

which Lacordaire was inclined to place in Callidiopsis, and

White included in Gimona. It differs in essential characters

from all those groups, and seems most nearly allied to the

American genus Hlaphidion.

Liogramma zealandicum.

Callidium zealandicum, Blanch. Voyage au Pole Sud, Zool. iy. p. 272, pl.

Mt. 4.

Callidiopsis zealandicus, Lacordaire, Gen. ix. p. 857, note.

Rusty brown in colour, with paler pubescence; the smooth

streaks on the thorax consist of a dorsal line and two dis-

coidal ones on each side, the inner of which is connected with

a rounded tubercle, and the outer short and sometimes obsolete ;

the elytra are rugose-punctate throughout.

Sent in some numbers by Mr. Wakefield, with a note

attached—“ Under bark, Akaroa.”’

Didymocantha sublineata.

Eburida sublineata, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. p. 19.

Didymocantha sublineata, Lacord. Gen. ix. p. 344.

Auckland and Port Nicholson.

Didymocantha picta, n. sp.

D. modice convexa, breviter erecte pubescens, castaneo-fusca ; elytris

nitidis, apice conjunctim rotundatis, rugoso-punctatis, utrinque

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 19

maculis quatuor fulvis ; thorace spina laterali et tuberculis quinque

dorsalibus, interstitiis grosse punctatis; scutello albo; antennis

pedibusque castaneo-rufis. Long. 6 lin.

New Zealand. Received from Dr. Baden of Altona.

This species has some points, such as the distinctly clavate

femora and tuberculate thorax, in common with the genus

Ambeodontus; but the form of the muzzle (very short, not

tapering, and with produced acute anterior angles), the antenne,

and the palpi are different and show a nearer affinity with

Didymocantha.

The head is slightly exserted, coarsely punctured, with pro-

minent eyes and short palpi. The antenne are pubescent

throughout, with the fourth joint distinctly shorter than the

third, and much shorter than the fifth. The thorax is much

narrower than the elytra, with the lateral spine placed much

behind the middle, and five tubercles on the disk, three only

of which are much elevated; the depressed parts are covered

with round punctures. The fulvous spots on the elytra are :—

one, rounded, basal; a second, elongated, behind the shoulder; a

third, irregular, meeting the corresponding one on the suture in

the middle ; and a fourth, small, discoidal, before the apex.

Didymocantha diversicornis.

Callidium diversicornis, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. p. 20.

The type (a damaged specimen) in the British Museum

resembles much D. picta, and is congeneric with it. It has,

however, more numerous yellow spots on the elytra.

(mona hirta. °

Saperda hirta, Fab. Syst. Entom. p. 184.

Saperda villosa, Fab. Syst. Eleuth. ii. p. 320.

mona humilis, Newm. Entom. p. 8 (1840).

Isodera villosa, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. p. 21, t. 4. f. 1 (1846).

Auckland, apparently not uncommon.

LEPTACHROUS, nov. gen.

Genus Phlyctenodi affine, a quo differt capite ante oculos magis

elongato, quadrato, palpis gracilibus filiiformibus etc. Corpus

elongatum, gracile. Caput exsertum, antice paulo elongatum,

lateribus parallelis ; tubera antennifera fortiter oblique elevata.

Palpi articulis terminalibus haud dilatatis. Antenne subtiliter ci-

liate, scapo gracili, clavato, quam articulo tertio vel quarto lon-

giore; articulus quintus precedente et sequente longior. Thorav

antice constrictus, supra ineequalis, haud distincte tuberculatus,

spina laterali validissima, Elytra costata, apice acute rotundata.

20 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

Pedes modice elongati; femora vix incrassata. Prosternwm inter

coxas exsertas angustum ; acetabula intermedia extus aperta.

Founded on Cerambyx strigipennis, Westwood, which

White referred with doubt to Phlyctenodes, but which differs

in all essential points from that genus. The much shorter

maxillary palpi, long square muzzle, and elongated scape are

the most obvious structural peculiarities.

Leptachrous strigipennis.

Cerambyx strigipennis, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 27, pl. 56. f. 6.

Port Nicholson. Christchurch.

Ambeodontus tristis.

Saperda tristis, Fab. Syst. Entom. p. 186.

Phlyctenodes trituberculatus, Redtenb. Reise Novara, Col. p. 188.

Three examples received from Mr. Fereday, of Christchurch,

belong undoubtedly to the same species as the type specimen

of Saperda tristis still preserved in the Banksian collection at

the British Museum. They agree also wellwith Redtenbacher’s

description cited above.

Ambeodontus retiferus, Lacord. Gen. ix. p. 374 (note).

Agapanthida pulchella, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. p. 22,

pi Atel0:

Placed by Lacordaire near Phlyctenodes.

Ophryops pallidus, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. p. 19,

pl 4 £8.

Port Nicholson. I have not been able to examine the type

of this and the preceding species.

ASTETHOLEA, nov. gen.

Corpus lineare, depressum, fere glabrum. Caput breve, rotundatum,

exsertum, inter antennas latum, planum, post oculos gradatim

angustatum, genis brevibus haud angulatis. Antenne breviter

pubescentes, scapo gradatim clavato, articulo tertio quam scapo

vel articulo quarto breviore. Ocwli magni, reniformes, grosse

granulati, supra longe distantes. Thoraw rhomboideus, plana-

tus. lytra linearia, apice obtuse rotundata. Pedes modice

elongati; femora gradatim incrassata. Cove antice conice,

contiguz, exserte, prosterno ante coxas truncato; cox inter-

mediz contigue, mesosterno antice triangulari, inter coxas haud

continuato. Abdomen ( 9 ) normale.

This is another of the anomalous forms of Longicornia, of

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 21

which there are so many in Australia and New Zealand.

Its nearest ally seems to be Tricheops; but the head is nearly

plane between the antenne, and the antenniferous tubers are

almost horizontal, with a continuous impressed dorsal line.

Astetholea pauper, n. sp.

A, fulvo-testacea, glabra, pedibus pallidioribus ; capite thoraceque

leevibus subsericeis, hoc medio utrinque angulari haud spinoso ;

elytris punctulatis, utrinque bicostulatis, apud latera et apicem

levibus. Long. 34-4 lin. ¢ 9°.

Linear and depressed, nearly glabrous, but moderately

shining. The head and thorax in their wider parts are as

broad as the elytra; the latter are smooth on the sides (which

are vertical) and near the apex, but punctulate and with two

raised discoidal lines from the base to beyond the middle.

Auckland (fr. Lawson) ; three examples.

Blosyropus spinosus, Redtenb. Reise Novara, Col. p. 192,

teva LO;

The author does not specify the structure of the eyes, so that

it remains uncertain whether this large and remarkable Lon-

gicorn belongs to this or the following division. The form of

the head, according to the figure, much resembles that of

Astetholea.

Psilomorpha tenuipes, Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. 2nd ser.

i. p. 80; f, 4. f. 1.

Found in New Zealand, according to Redtenbacher (Col.

Novara, p. 188).

Division 2. Eyes finely faceted.

Stenoderus suturalis, Oliv.

Recorded by Redtenbacher as taken in New Zealand.

Calliprason Sinclatrt.

Calliprason Sinclairi, White, Dieffenb. New Zeal. ii. p. 277; Westw.

Are. Ent. ii. p. 27, t. 56. f. 3.

Calliprason marginatum, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins.

p. 23, t. 4.-f. 6.

The exact locality of neither of these two species is recorded,

and I have not yet seen examples of them.

22 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

Zorvon minutum.

Callidium minutum, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 192.

Obrium Fabricianum, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 28.

I have seen a large number of specimens from Auckland.

Amongst them are several varieties, in one of which the white

elytral fascia is reduced to a round spot margined with violet,

and the pale bases of the femora are terminated by a dusky

ring.

Zorion guttigerum, Westw. Arc. Ent. u. p. 28, t. 56. f. 4.

Port Nicholson.

A specimen from Mr. Lawson, taken near Auckland, differs

from Westwood’s description by having the head and greater

part of the thorax testaceous yellow, nearly as in Z. minutum ;

the tibize and tarsi are also violet-brown, like the clubs of the

femora. It remains with New-Zealand coleopterists to decide

by observation on the spot whether these diversities of color-

ation really indicate specific differences, and whether there

are really more than one variable species in the islands.

GASTROSARUS, nov. gen.

Corpus lineare, nitidum, sparsim erecte pubescens. Caput exsertum,

post oculos paulo angustatum sed haud elongatum ; frons brevis,

verticalis. Oculi magni, modice convexi et granulati, laterales,

supra distantes. Palpi paulo elongati, articulis terminalibus vix

dilatatis oblique truncatis. Antenne basi distantes, haud ciliate ;

scapo et articulis tertio et quarto squalibus, brevibus, quinto

usque undecimum paulo longioribus. Thoraw rhomboideus, levis.

Elytra linearia, utrinque postice leviter attenuata, apice acute

truncata, supra fere levia. Prosternum inter coxas angustum ;

mesosternum oblongum; metasterni episterna fere parallela,

apicem versus tantum angustata; acetabula antica et intermedia

extus paulo aperta. Abdomen ( @ ) lineare, elongatum ; segmentis

primo usque quartum normalibus, quinto ventrali late excavato et

dense atque longe piloso; pygidio valde convexo et arcuato.

Pedes robusti; femora gradatim incrassata; tarsi breves, pos-

ticorum articulo primo yix secundo tertioque conjunctim lon-

giore.

Another anomalous genus, having no near affinity with any

other known form; it seems, however, to come nearest such

genera as Callimus, and especially the Australian Harinis.

1 know only the female, which differs from the same sex in

Earinis in the concentration of the hairiness of the abdomen

on the fifth ventral segment and on the arched borders of the

pygidium. The form of the metathoracic episterna is very

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 23

similar to that of Harinis, as is also the thorax—oblong, with

an angular dilatation in the middle of each side. The head

and thorax together are small relatively to the rest of the

body. The antenn ( ¢) are not much more than three fourths

the length of the body. |

Gastrosarus nigricollis, u. sp.

G. yiolaceo-nigra, nitida; ore, pedibus, abdomine et elytris fulvo-

testaceis, his apice violaceis. Long. 53 lin. @.

The head is sparingly but strongly punctured, except the

middle of the crown, which is convex and glossy. The thorax

is small, very faintly punctured, and with a transverse de-

pression near the anterior and posterior margins. Each elytron

tapers gradually from base to apex, the latter being broadly

and sharply truncated, and not reaching the tip of the abdo-

men; the surface is glossy, and bears only a few punctures,

strongest near the base.

One example. Christchurch (Zr. Fereday).

Eburida sericea, White, Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 299.

Waypa River.

The type specimen of this insect in the British Museum has

no resemblance whatever to HL. sublineata, with which White

associated it, and which has been found to belong to Didymo-

cantha. . sericea has finely faceted eyes and broadly angu-

lated anterior acetabula, and will therefore find its proper place

in the Callidiine ; it will probably remain a distinct genus,

but I am doubtful whether White’s name can properly be

applied to it.

Hylotrupes bajulus, L.

T'wo specimens taken by Mr. Lawson at Auckland, differing

in no respect from the Huropean insect. Evidently introduced.

Demonax spinicornis.

Clytus spinicornis, Newm. Zoologist, 1850, Suppl. p. exix; White,

Cat. Long. Col. Brit. Mus. p. 286.

New Zealand. I have not seen this species.

Coptomma variegatum.

Callidium variegatum, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 189. }

Coptomma virgatum, Newm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vy. 1840, p. 18.

Northern and Southern islands.

24 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Skulls

Navomorpha lineatum.

Callidium lineatum, Fab. Syst. Ent. i. p. 189.

Coptomma lineatum, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 20, t. 4. f. 5.

Navomorpha sulcatum.

Callidium sulcatum, Fab. Syst. Ent. i. p. 189.

Coptomma acutipenne, White, 1. c. t. 4. f. 2.

I have examined Fabricius’s type in the Banksian collection,

and fail to detect any differences between it and the acutipenne,

White.

Auckland ; Christchurch.

[To be continued. |

V.—On the Skulls of Sea-bears and Sea-lions (Otariade),

and on the Seals of the Auckland Islands. By Dr. J. E.

Gray, F.R.S8. &e.

Tue British Museum contains a large series of the skulls of

Sea-lions and Sea-bears, I believe more numerous than those

of all other museums in Europe or North America put together ;

but the British-Museum collection, though large, does not afford

a complete series of the different ages of any one species.

Thus there are adult skulls of three species of Sea-lions, and

also a number of skulls of the young, but not of the inter-

mediate ages. It is the same with the different species of Sea-

bears; there are skulls of adult and of very young of several

species. The most interesting series is that of the Antarctic

Hairy Sea-bear (Phocarctos Hooker?).

The examination of the Museum series leads one, I think,

to the following conclusions :—

The milk-teeth, like those of the Seals, are very small, and

are changed soon after birth, and are immediately followed by

the permanent series, in the following order :—

The cutting-teeth are changed first, and after them the

grinders, which are followed by the canines, which do not -

appear above the gums until after all the grinders are deve-

Joped, and they continue to develop during the growth of the

young animal. The crowns of the second series of teeth are,

when they are first formed, of the size and form which they

retain during the life of the animal, and are only altered in

the adult age by the wearing away of the edge of the lobes of

the crown which are developed during youth. The roots are

being gradually developed during growth; they are at first

ewe

of Sea-bears and Sea-lions. 25

hollow, but become solid,-and some rather thickened in old

age. The grinders of the second series, when they are first

developed in the very young animal, are rather crowded; but

they soon become regularly placed, and they occupy the same

length in the margin of the jaw and the same situation relative

to the front edge of the zygoma and other parts of the jaw in

the young and the perfect animal ; so that the position of the

erinders in these parts affords a very good character for the

distinction of the species, and the dividing them into generic

groups.

Zoologists who have not had the opportunity of examining

the skulls of the Sea-lions and Sea-bears seem to believe that

the teeth of these animals vary greatly in the form of their

crowns and their position relative to other parts of the jaw

during the age of the animal, and find a difficulty in making

out the characters of the species.

The skulls, during the growth from youth to adult age,

chiefly lengthen between the back of the face and the brain-

case; and the palate of the young is generally broad behind,

with a broad opening and a broad front margin to the internal

nostrils ; but as the skull ages, the back of the palate and the

opening to the internal nostrils gradually become narrower,

and the lobes on the hinder part of the side fold together over

the internal nostril.

The lower edge of the lower jaws of the large skulls of old

Sea-lions, probably all males, is much spread out and ex-

panded.

Judging by the very few specimens of the skulls of the very

oung Sea-bears in the British Museum, and by the figures

of the skulls of the young that have been published, they

offer two variations in respect of the shape of the internal

nostrils :—

In the first the opening of the internal nostril at the end of

the palate of the young, as of the adult animal, is short, broad,

truncated in front, with sometimes a central notch ; and the

edge of the internal nostril, in the very young animals, as in

Otaria, is near to the line between the condyles, but not so near

as in that genus; and as the animal grows, and the bones of

the face lengthen, the opening of the internal nostril extends

further forward, and becomes gradually oblong, narrower, and

arched in front, as in Gypsophoca tropicalis, Phocarctos elon-

gatus, and Huotaria nigrescens.

In the second, the hinder opening of the nostril of the

very young skull in Callorhinus, as figured by Mr. Allen, in

Eumetopias Stelleri, as shown by the specimens in the Museum,

and (judging by the half-grown specimens) in Arctocephalus

26 On the Skulls of Sea-bears and Sea-lions.

antarcticus and Zalophus Gilliespii is elongate, coming far

forward, and acute in front, and becomes shorter, narrower,

and rounded in front in the full-grown animals.

It is to be observed that the two forms of the opening to the

palate have been observed in the two species of the genus

Huotaria.

All these variations have been considered characteristic

of species when only one skull has been examined; but the

accession of a larger series of skulls shows how these parts

vary during growth, and perhaps from accidental cireum-

stances, and shows the necessity of examining a series of

specimens of each species.

The British Museum contains some skulls that exhibit the

differences that exist in the skulls of the two sexes of these

animals. The skulls of the males, in common with the males

of the Seals, are known by the larger size of the canines; and

their large size renders a broader muzzle necessary to contain

them. Probably other characters would be observed if we

had a larger series, and knew the sexes to which they belonged.

For example, the British Museum possesses several skulls

of the Phocarctos Hookeri from the Southern seas. The one

figured in the ‘ Zoology of the Erebus and Terror’ appears,

on account of the small size of the canines, to be that of a full-

grown female; and there are two skulls from the same expe-

dition which appear from the size of their canines, which are

being gradually developed, to be skulls of full-sized but young

males. The two males, 3366 and 336 e, have larger crowns

to the grinders, and the lower jaw of each is strong and broad ;

whereas the skull of the older female, 336 a, which has the

canine teeth and outer upper cutting-teeth perfectly developed,

has these teeth much slenderer than in the skulls of what I

consider to be males; the grinders have smaller crowns,

which are placed rather further apart from one another than in

the males, but occupy the same length of the margin of the

jaw. ‘These skulls also present a difference in the size of the

occipital condyles. ‘The occipital condyles of the two young

males are large, 2-4 in. wide, while the occipital condyle of

the adult female is much smaller, only 24 in. wide in the

widest part; and they are of rather a different shape in the

skulls of the two sexes.

Since this paper was written, I have received the third part

of the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society ’ for 1873, which

contains a paper by Mr. J. W. Clark, the keeper of the Anato-

mical Museum of the University of Cambridge, ‘‘On the Kared

Seals of the Auckland Islands,” from which it appears. that

On the Seals of the Auckland Islands. 27

Mr. Clark has bought two skulls and the fragments of a third,

now in the Museum of Cambridge, obtained from the Auck-

land Islands during the French expedition of the ‘ Astrolabe’

in the years 1837-1840. He has determined, with the assist-

ance of Mr. E. Gerrard, and by comparison of them with the

named skulls in the British Museum, that they belong to

Otaria Hooker’; and he concludes, from the size of the canine

teeth, that the larger is the skull of a male of this species (of

which a side and a palatine view are figured P. Z. 8. 1873,

pp. 754, 755), and the two smaller ones those of females.

Mr. J. W. Clark observes, p. 757 :—“‘ It follows that

Otaria Hookeri has been determined and hitherto known only

from female skulls ;” and at p. 760 he further observes :—“ It

is curious that no male specimen ”’ (skull) ‘‘ should have been

brought back, except the one that M. Dumoutier reserved for

himself” (which is now in the Museum of Cambridge, and

figured by Mr. Clark).

There were in the British-Museum collection, at the time

Mr. Clark consulted it to identify the skulls he bought in Paris,

the skulls of an adult and a younger male and three skulls

of females of this species. The skulls belonged to stuffed

specimens of a male and two females, and the skeletons with

their skulls belonged to two males and a female.

All except one skeleton of these were brought home by the

Antarctic Expedition under the command of Captain Si. J.

Ross; and the skull of the female specimen was chosen to be

figured in the ‘ Zoology of the Krebus and Terror’ as being in

the most perfect state. The other skeleton was brought from

New Zealand.

Mr. Clark observes, ‘‘ It will be most interesting to discover

whether Otarita Hookert is restricted to the Auckland Is-

lands, or whether it extends to any part of New Zealand or

Australia.” There is in the British Museum the skeleton of

a young male from New Zealand, presented to the Museum

in 1851 by Sir George Grey.

Mr. Clark goes on to say, “ If I am right in my opinion that

Otaria Hookert is not found at Cape Horn, the identification

of it with the Eared Seal of Pennant, the Phoca flavescens of

Shaw, and the Otaria flavescens of Desmarest, falls to the

ground. Pennant’s specimen came from the Straits of Ma-

gellan.”

It is very true that all the specimens of O. Hooker? in the

Museum, like all the other specimens received from the Ant-

arctic Expedition, were without special habitats. Dr. Bur-

meister, in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’

1866, xvii. p. 99, describes and figures the skull of a specimen

28 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Seals

of Arctocephalus falklandicus, “ about 3 feet long, taken at the

mouth of the Rio de la Plata, where they were formerly com-

mon, on the Islas de los lobos’’—that is, “the islands of the

Sea-wolves.”

On comparing Dr. Burmeister’s figure of the teeth with

those of the skulls of the different Sea-bears, I can only come

to the conclusion, from the size of the lobes of the crowns

of the teeth, that this figure represented the young O. Hooker ;

and therefore if this animal is found at the mouth of the Rio

de la Plata and at New Zealand, there is no reason why it

should not be found at the Straits of Magellan, especially when

we consider the enormous number of the southern seals that

are collected both for their skins and oil, and that several are

recorded as having been found in localities where they are no

longer to be found, or at least not in sufficient abundance to be

“ fished for;”’ and as I know no other Otaria of a pale yellowish

colour, I am still inclined to regard the Eared Seal of Pennant

as a synonym of O. Hookert.

Mr. J. W. Clark gives an abstract of the history of the

Auckland Islands from Mr. Shillinglaw’s introduction to, and

extracts from, his publication of Captain Musgrave’s Journal

of the wreck of the ‘Grafton’ and 20 months’ stay on the

island : an edition of this book was published first at Melbourne

in 1865; and it was reprinted in London in 1866, with the

introduction last. Mr. Clark concludes that there are two

species of Seals in the Aucklands:—(1) a large Black Seal; and

(2) the Sea-lion, called the Tiger Seal because some of the

females are spotted (P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 753). Mr. Clark iden-

tifies the Sea-lion of Musgrave with O. Hookeri. It is to be

observed that the males and females of Otaria Hookert in the

British Museum are plain-coloured and yellowish, and that, of

the two specimens in the museum at Paris examined by Mr.

Clark, brought from the Auckland Islands, the female is of a

uniform yellow colour ; so that I have a suspicion that Captain

Musgrave, who has only a sealing captain’s notion about the

species of seals, confounded another seal with Hooker’s Sea-

bear, more especially as we have authority for believing that the

Spotted Sea-leopard (Stenorhynchus leptonyx) is found in the

Aucklands, and we have in the British Museum the skull of

this seal from New-Zealand, presented by Dr. Knox, and it

is a seal which has a most extensive distribution im the Ant-

arctic and Southern seas. I know no species of Sea-lion or

Sea-bear that has a spotted fur; whereas the Earless or True

Seals are very often more or less spotted or eyed, and the Sea-

leopard is particular among them for being distinctly spotted.

of the Auckland Islands. 29

Mr. Clark observes, “‘ I may mention that I was shown a

skeleton of Otarta jubata marked as from the Aucklands,”’—I

suspect, from the Paris Museum, though it is not stated. There

is no doubt that this is the Black Seal mentioned by Captain

Musgrave; and it would be curious to examinethe skeleton to see

if it is a separate species of the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata) from

that found on the coast of South America. Mr. Clark proceeds,

““ Tf this should be the case, which I do not believe on the

evidence presented to me, it would greatly extend the range

of that species ; but it is very unlikely that there should be two

Hair-Seals as well as a Fur-Seal on the islands.”

I do not quite understand what Mr. Clark means by the

latter sentence. According to his opinion, the Sea-lion of

Musgrave is Otaria Hookert, and the skull figured by Dr.

Hector as the young of A. cinereus is ‘ very probably the

young of O. Hookeri;” and we are at the same time told that

“ QO, Hookeri is a hair-seal.” If the Black Seal of Musgrave,

of which we have no account, is Otaria jubata or an allied

species, it is undoubtedly a hair-seal. ‘Then the fur-seal on

the Auckland Islands is not accounted for, but two hatr-seals

are! It is to be observed that Captain Musgrave, with a true

sealer’s view of seals, believes that the Sea-lions which he is

about to describe are ‘‘common to the higher north and

southern latitudes ;” so that he has not a very clear idea of

zoological species.

I may mention that I have authority for believing the fol-

lowing seals are found on the Auckland Islands :—

1. Stenorhynchus leptonyx, most probably the Tiger Seal of

Musgrave. ‘This is a regular earless seal, without under-fur.

Skull in the British Museum from New Zealand.

2. Otaria (jubata?). Also without under-fur, always of a

dark brown colour. Preserved in the Paris Museum? Most

likely the Black Seal of Musgrave.

3. The pale Sea-bear (Phocarctos Hooker’). ‘The Sea-

lion,” Musgrave; Otarta Hooker’, J. W. Clark. <A hair-

seal without under-fur. Specimens of males and females with

skulls in the British Museum.

4, The smaller fur-seal of the Aucklands, Gypsophoca, sp. ? ;

Arctocephalus cinereus jun., Hector. A true fur-seal. This

may be the fur-seal of the sealers; but most probably what

they went to collect is another, larger species, perhaps the same

as the fur-seal of New-Zealand, Huwotaria cinerea (Arctoce-

phalus cinereus of Hector).

We are informed by Captain Morell, as quoted by Mr.

Clark, that ‘in 1823 Captain Johnson took from this and the

30 On the Seals of the Auckland Islands.

surrounding islets 13,000 as good fur-seal-skins as ever were

brought into the New-York market.” But as yet no small or

large fur-seal from the Aucklands has reached Europe, unless

it is the fur-seal of commerce (Otaria falklandica, Hamil-

ton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1838, ii. p. 81, t. xli., and Jar-

dine, Naturalist’s Library, vi. p. 271, t. xxv.), of which we

have specimens in the Museum without any reliable habitats

and without skulls, which have been compared with the original

specimens in the Museum of Edinburgh, said to have been

brought from South Georgia or South Shetland by Captain

Weddell; but the skins of these seals are very rare in the country

now, which agrees with the account of their being no longer

to be found in the Aucklands in 1830.

Mr. Clark finishes his paper by some remarks on my genus

Gypsophoca. He doubts whether the skull received from the

Auckland Islands and regarded by Dr. Hector as the young of

Arctocephalus cinereus is a Gypsophoca, but thinks it “ may

very probably be a young O. Hookeri;” and he at the same

time observes, “The skull in the British Museum from North

Australia is that of so young a specimen that it would be

difficult, unless one had a very large series of skulls of different

sexes and ages to compare it with, to determine its species

with certainty, though I suspect it will turn out to be Arcto-

cephalus cinereus”? (p. 759).

These observations of Mr. Clark’s are exactly such as it is

the object of this paper to prevent; and the fact of Mr. Clark

having fallen into such a mistake shows the necessity of the

subject being studied, even by the keepers of anatomical

museums. ‘he skull received by Dr. Hector from the Auck-

land Islands and the skull in the British Museum from North

Australia, though neither of them is the skull of a full-grown

or aged animal, are both fully developed and of animals

which have their permanent teeth in a complete state, with

even their canines developed ; and they both have, besides the

peculiarity in the form of the base of the skull, the last two

upper grinders placed behind the back edge of the front of the

zygomatic arch, in a way that is only found in the genus

Gypsophoca, and is not found in either Phocarctos Hookeri or

Luotaria cinerea—or, as Mr. Clark chooses to call one, Arcto-

cephalus cinereus, and, the other, Otaria Hookert, although the

latter has no relation to the restricted genus Otaria.

Mr. W. TI. Blantord on new Reptilha. 31

VI.—Descriptions of new Reptilia and Amphibia from Persia

and Baluchistin. By W. 'T. Buanrorp, F.R.S.*

LACERTILIA.,

Family Lacertide.

9. Lacerta princeps.

LZ. magna, fere sesquipedalis, dentibus palatalibus predita; scutis

postnasalibus utrinque binis, prefrontali unico, verticalis mar-

ginibus lateralibus parallelis, anteriore posterioreque in medio

prominentibus ; squamis temporalibus polygonalibus, antice majo-

ribus ; collari libero, denticulato ; squamis dorsalibus rhomboideis,

carinatis, in series transversas ordinatis, ventralibus in series

10 longitudinales, extremas valde angustiores, dispositis ; poris

femoralibus utrinque 14: supra griseo-olivacea, subtus albida,

maculis 4-5 ceruleis, nigro marginatis, longitudinaliter ordinatis,

utrinque post axillam ornata.

Hab. in Persia meridionali,

Only a single specimen obtained. The form of the back-

scales resembles that in the small species Lacerta Fitzingert

and its allies (Notopholis, Gray, nec Wagler).

10. Hremias persica.

E. major, cauda elongata, corporis longitudinem dimidio vel plus

quam dimidio excedente, membris longioribus quam in peraffini

E. arguta Pall., pede anteriore ad rostrum attingente, posteriore

ultra humerum ; scuto infraoculari ad labrum pertinente; supra-

labialibus ceteris 5-7 antice, 3-4 postice; squamis caudalibus

caudee basin versus haud carinatis: supra grisescenti-castanea,

nigro sparsim maculata, fascia lata nigra vel nigrescente, interdum

albo maculata vel interrupta utrinque ad latus ornata; dorso in

etate juniore albo nigroque longitudinaliter fasciato, lateribus

membrisque superne nigris, albo maculatis: ceterum Z. argute

E. velocique Pall. similis.

Hab. frequens in omnibus fere planitiebus Persicis, que

altitudinem pedum 3000 supra mare superant.

A fine species, distinguished from £. arguta, Pall. (=£.

variabilis), by its longer tail and limbs, and by the infraocular

shield extending to the lip. From £. velox, Pall., it may be

recognized by the caudal scales not being keeled. It is a

larger form than either, growing to a length of between 9 and

10 inches, and somewhat differently coloured.

* Continued from vol. xiii. p. 455,

32 Mr. W. T. Blanford on new Reptilia

11. Hremias fasciata.

E. sexpollicaris, gracilis, elongata, cauda corporis longitudinem

duplam quante vel superante; collari libero, recto; squamis

dorsalibus parvis, rotundatis, convexis; caudalibus superioribus

carinatis, ventralibus in series transversas 32-35, singulas in

medio abdomine e 14-16 scutis oblique nec longitudinaliter

ordinatis compositas ; preeanali uno, seepe (haud semper) majore ;

poris femoralibus utrinque 16-19; scuto prefrontali unico,

a rostrali supranasalibus, et a verticali postfrontalibus longe

discreto; supraciliaribus duobus sequalibus _granulis fere vel

omnino circumdatis ; interoccipitali posteriore nullo; infraorbitali

ad labrum pertinente; dentibus palatalibus nullis: supra albida

vel fulvescenti-grisea, fusco longitudinaliter fasciata, membris

superne fuscis, albo maculatis.

Hab. in Persia meridionali, haud procul ab urbe Karman

et in Gedrosia haud frequens.

Distinguished from young examples of LE. persica by its

more elongate form, duller colours, by the superciliary shields

as a rule being surrounded by granules, and by the entire

absence of palatal teeth.

MESALINA, Gray.

The principal character given by Gray for the distinction

of this genus from Hremdas, the presence of a large preeanal

shield, is variable in individuals. <A better distinction is the

form of the ventral shields: they are more numerous and

arranged in oblique rows in Hremias, less numerous and

arranged in longitudinal series in Mesalina.

12. Mesalina brevirostris.

M. ab M. pardali seutis ventralibus in 12 series longitudinales nec

10 ordinatis, capite breviore minusque depresso distinguenda.

Hab. in insula Tumb dicta sinus Persici, et ad Kalabagh

in regione Punjab Indie.

13. Mesalina pardaloides.

M. peraffinis M. pardali, sed scutis ventralibus in series longitu-

dinales duntaxat 8 (nec 10) ordinatis, serie extrema utrinque

e scutis multo angustioribus composita.

Hab. in insula Henjam seu Angam dicta in sinu Persico.

Both the above are small lizards, closely allied to Mesalina

pardalis.

trom Persia and Baluchistan. 33

14. Acanthodactylus micropholis.

A, squamis dorsalibus carinatis, parvis, antice et ad latera minimis ;

scutis ventralibus in series longitudinales 10, extremis an-

gustioribus ordinatis; poris femoralibus utrinque circiter 25 ;

digitis breviter fimbriatis ; scuto infraorbitali plerumque ad labrum

pertinente: superne griseus vel fuscus, longitudinaliter albo

striatus, membris albo maculatis: csterum A. Cantoris similis.

Hab. in Gedrosia (Baluchistan).

This is distinguished from A. Cantoris and, & fortiori, from

A. Boskianus by its much smaller scales on the back, by the

granular scales, resembling those of an Hremias, on the back

of the neck, by the infraorbital shield resting on two supra-

labials instead of three or four and generally reaching the

lip, by being always striped even in old specimens, &e.

Several specimens were procured.

Family Scincide.

15. Ablepharus pusillus.

A, parvus gracilis, cauda corporis longitudinem fere duplam eequante ;

scuto rostrali mediocri, nasalibus postfrontalibusque discretis,

supraciliaribus tribus anteriore maximo, preeoccipitali (seu fronto-

parietali) unico, interoccipitali mediocri ; palpebris omnino absen-

tibus, annulo circumorbitali e squamis parvulis composito ; meatu

auditorio parvo, haud denticulato; squamis 20 circum medium

corpus, circiter 26 inter axillam et inguinem.

Hab. ad Basrah, ad ripas fluminis Shat el Arab (Tigridis

eum Kuphrate juncti).

Two specimens obtained. It differs from Ablepharus

Brandti, Strauch (?.A. agilis, Stoliczka), in the smaller

number of scales between the axils, which are fifty in that

species.

ZYGNOPSIS, gen. Nov.

Genus affine Ophiomori, naribus inter duo scuta, alium supra, alium

infra, supranasalibus contiguis, sed membris quatuor debilibus

preditum.

16. Zygnopsis brevipes.

Z. corpore elongato, pedibus brevibus, anticis digitis 4, posticis 3

instructis, capite conico, rostro rotundato ; scuto verticali magno,

postice latiore, ad latera emarginato ; occipitali magno, margine

anteriore concava, postica valde convexa ; preoccipitalibus nullis ;

postoccipitalibus minoribus, oblique elongatis ; oculis parvis, palpe-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4, Vol. xiv. 3

34 Mr. W. T. Blanford on new Reptilia.

bris inferioribus transparentibus, meatu auditorio externo nullo;

squamis corporis levibus, in series longitudinales 22 ad medium

corpus dispositis: grisea, longitudinaliter fusco fasciata.

Hab. haud procul a Karman in Persia meridionali.

A single specimen only was procured of this remarkable

new form.

OPHIDIA.

17. Typhlops persicus.

T’. purpurascenti-brunneus, fere unicolor, subtus vix pallidior, antice

parum attenuatus ; scuto rostrali mediocri, subtus parum angus-

tiore, fronto-nasale latitudine haud eequante, nasali cum fronto-

nasali supra narem juncto, preoculari antice valde convyexo,

oculare longitudine subsequante, fronto-nasalibus post nasale ap-

proximatis, prefrontali, frontali, interparietali, supraocularibus

parietalibusque subzequalibus squamas dorsales latitudine paullo

excedentibus ; squamis corporis in 22-24 series longitudinales

atque 376-390 transversas dispositis; cauda brevi, mucronata,

9 seriebus squamarum circumdata.

Hab. in Persia meridionali.

Distinguished from 7. vermicularis, Merrem, and T. syriacus,

Jan, by its uniformly coloured scales, and from the former by

the division between the nasal and fronto-nasal shields not

extending above the nostril, by the head being longer in pro-

portion to its breadth, and by the rostral shield bemg broader

in proportion both above and below. In T. vermicularis the

fronto-nasal is narrower than the rostral; in 7. persicus the

reverse is the case.

18. Dipsas rhinopoma.

D. capite brevi, depresso ; squamis corporis imbricatis in 23 (24)

seriebus longitudinalibus, serie media vix majore ; naribus valvulis

instructis ; seutis supralabialibus 8-10, quarto quintoque oculum

tangentibus ; verticali brevi, vix longiore quam lato, subtriangulari;

preocularibus duobus, superiore ad verticale, inferiore ad nasale

attingente ; loreali distincto nullo; scutis ventralibus 268-274,

anali haud bifido; subcaudalibus 76-77: pallide griseo-fusca,

transversim albido fasciata, squamis nigro puncticulatis.

Hab. in Carmania.

Two specimens obtained : the largest measures 47-5 inches,

of which the tail is 6-75. In one of the specimens the anal

shield is cleft, evidently by accident, the integument beneath

being also divided.

On a new Species of Skink. 35

AMPHIBIA.

19. Bufo olivaceus.

B. affinis B. viridi B. vulgarique, ab ambobus glandulis parotoideis

majoribus, valde latioribus, ovalibus, distinguendus ; dorso sub-

glabro ; supra pallide olivaceus, subtus albescens.

Hab. in Gedrosia.

Four specimens taken.

Fuller descriptions and figures will be given in a forth-

coming work on the natural history of Persia.

VII.—Desecription of a new Species of Skink. By A. W.

K. O’SHauGHnessy, Assistant in the Natural History

Department of the British Museum.

Cophoscincus obscurus, sp. Nn.

Body tetragonal ; tail thick, round. Internasal very large,

covering the upper surface of the snout, concave posteriorly.

Frontal narrow, triangular, rounded anteriorly; fronto-parietals

separated ; supraorbitals five, the fifth very small; frenal

rather large, almost quadrangular, with the front upper angle

pointed. Supralabials six; infralabials four, narrow and long.

Kar-opening none. Lower eyelid not transparent. TF ifty-

two scales in a longitudinal dorsal series, fifty in a ventral

one; twenty-two scales in a series round the body; those on

the back larger. Number of scales between fore and hind

limbs about thirty-four. Preanal scales larger. Limbs small,

toes short.

Colour brown, with rows of black dots along the dorsal

series of scales, and a dark streak from the eye along the

upper lateral margin of the body to the tail.

This species evidently resembles closely the Lygosoma

scutirostrum, Peters (Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1873, p. 743),

but differs in the number of scales between the fore and hind

limbs, and in having no external ear.

Queensland. One specimen in the British Museum.

36 Dr. Albert Giinther on the

VITI.—A Contribution to the Fauna of the River Tigris. By

Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S., Assistant Keeper of the

Zoological Department, British Museum.

[Plates VII. & IX.]

Dr. Suarpey, F.R.S., has presented to the Trustees of the

British Museum a collection of fishes made by his nephew,

William Henry Colvill, Esq., at Bagdad. ‘This collection

was the more welcome as we have hitherto experienced con-

siderable difficulty in obtaining zoological specimens from

Mesopotamia, and as the examples sent were in an excellent

state of preservation and of a fair size. On a close ex-

amination of its contents it proved to add considerably to our

knowledge of the fishes of the Trigris, as will be seen from

the following notes.

Perhaps the most interesting specimen of the collection is

a beautiful example, 24 feet long, of Carcharias gangeticus

(M. & H.). It was previously known that this species enters

freely the large rivers of India, and that it inhabits the fresh

waters of Viti Levu. But it is a matter of surprise to find a shark

in a river at such a distance from the sea, Bagdad being about

350 miles from the Persian Gulf in a straight line, and many

more if all the windings of the river are taken into considera-

tion. It would be a point of great interest to ascertain whether

this fish spawns in the river (as it actually does in Viti Levu,

where it inhabits a lake shut out from the sea by a cataract),

or whether it descends to the sea for that purpose.

Of Acanthopterygians, there is only one adult example of

the eel-shaped Mastacembelus aleppensis in the collection: it has

thirty spines; and its coloration agrees with the figure given

by Heckel.

Of Siluroids there are two species, both of which appear to

be common in the Tigris. The first is the Stlurus triostegus

described and figured by Heckel; the second is an undescribed

species of Macrones, with which I associate with great pleasure

the name of its discoverer :—

Macrones Colvillit. Plate VIII.

Much more slender than I. aleppensis, to which it is closely

allied.

Dil (Zs. eA:

The height of the body is contained six and a half times in

the total length (without caudal), the length of the head five

<a!

ee aie

Fishes of the River Tigris. 37

times. Snout rather depressed, not very broad, its length

being two fifths of that of the head; the upper jaw is the

longer. The nasal barbels extend to the hind margin of the

eye, those of the maxillaries to the origin of the adipose fin.

Dorsal spine rather strong, serrated behind, and nearly as long

as the head. The adipose fin is about twice as long as the

dorsal, and commences at a distance from it which is about

equal to the length of the dorsal. Caudal fin forked, with the

lobes rounded, the upper being the longer. Pectoral spine

nearly as long and strong as that of the dorsal fin, very strongly

serrated interiorly. ‘The ventral fin is inserted immediately

behind the last dorsal ray, and terminates at a considerable

distance from the anal fin. Olivaceous, with three narrow,

white, parallel, longitudinal stripes, one along, one above, and

one below the lateral line.

This species does not appear to be scarce. The specimens

sent are 9 inches long. Vernacular name ‘f Abu Zumare.”’

The remaining specimens belong to the family of Cyprinide,

and to the following species :—

1. Aspius vorax, Heck.

2. Capoéta trutta, Heck.

3. Barynotus luteus, Of this species there was only one

example in the collection ; it seems to occur in the Orontes,

throughout Mesopotamia and Persia. Since I have had the

opportunity of examining specimens collected by the Marquis

Doria at Shiraz, I have convinced myself that it should be

removed from the genus Barbus (or Systomus), to which

Heckel had referred it, and placed in Barynotus.

4, Barbus subquincunciatus, Gthr. When I described this

species in 1868 from a single skin in the British Museum

without known locality, I suggested that it might have come

from Mesopotamia. ‘That this supposition is correct is proved

by a single very fine example in Mr. Colvill’s collection.

It is readily recognized by the large black spots.

5, Barbus scheich, Heck. Appears to be common. The

examples are the first I have seen; they vary considerably in

the comparative length of the dorsal spine; and I have no longer

any doubt that Luciobarbus xanthopterus of Heckel and Lucio-

barbus mystaceus of the same author are founded on individual

variations of the same species.

6, Barbus Kotschyi, Heck., with which most probably

Barbus grypus (Heck.) is identical.

7. The last species is undescribed ; it likewise belongs to

the genus Barbus, and can be readily distinguished from the

38 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

preceding by the absence of barbels and its large scales. Its

characteristics are as follows :—

Barbus Sharpeyt. Plate 1.@

D. 11-12. _A..8..__L. lat.. 80-31... L. transy. 4/5:

Barbels none. The osseous dorsal ray is rather strong, not

serrated behind, and nearly as long as the head (without snout).

There are two and a half longitudinal series of scales between

the lateral line and the root of the ventral fin. Snout rather

short and obtuse. The height of the body is rather more than

one fourth of the total length (without caudal), the length of

the head two ninths. Origin of the dorsal fin opposite to

that of the ventrals. Caudal fin deeply forked. Pharyngeal

teeth 5 | 3 | 2, stout, with rather obtuse crowns. Coloration

uniform.

To judge from the number of specimens sent, this species

appears to be common. The largest specimen is 13 inches

long. Vernacular name “ Aradah.”

IX.—On the Skull and some other Bones of Loxomma All-

manni. By D. Emsreton, M.D., and THomMas ATTHEY.

With four Plates by WILLIAM DINNING.

[Plates IV.-VII.]

In the ‘ Annals,’ 1870, v. p. 374, appeared a paper by our

late lamented friend Mr. Albany Hancock and Mr. Atthey,

“On the Occurrence of Loxomma Allmanni in the Northum-

berland Coal-field.”” In the same periodical, 1871, vii. p. 73,

and in the ‘ Nat, Hist. Trans. of Northumb, & Durh.’ vol. iv.

pp. 201 (1871) and 390 (1872), they noticed and partially

described another skull of Loxomma which had been met

with in the same part of that coal-field by Mr, Atthey.

This specimen, being the most complete that has yet been

found here or perhaps elsewhere, and wanting but little to

make it perfect, demands a detailed description.

The skull has suffered strong compression almost directly

downward, with an inclination from right to left,

The upper surface and right border are perfect; but the

border of the left maxilla is deficient. The two halves of a

lower jaw, right and left, and of the same size, were found

near the skull, to which, as they fitted it, they most probably

belonged. In addition to the skull and mandible, there were

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 39

discovered, at about the same time and place, vertebre, ribs,

and bones of the extremities, presumably belonging to the

same animal; these were not very numerous, but were by far

the most common bones of Labyrinthodonts of any size that

were met with ; and they differed thus considerably from those

of Anthracosaurus and of Pteroplax, the only other large La-

byrinthodonts that have as yet been found in the Northumber-

land coal-field. ;

The present paper contains a description of the cranium,

mandible, and teeth, and a notice of the vertebre, ribs, and

other bones, in the following order—viz. the upper surface of

the cranium, the under surface, the occipital surface, the man-

dible and teeth, and, lastly, the vertebrae, nbs, and bones of

the extremities.

I. The upper surface of the skull is represented in Pl. IV.

Viewed thus the skull of Loxomma resembles generally that of

Archegosaurus and the Crocodilia, and of the latter the alli-

gator rather than the crocodile; the snout, however, is broader

than that of the alligator, as is the whole skull, and the pos-

terior lateral expansions of the cranium for the articulation of

the mandible project a good deal further backward beyond the

occiput than in the above-named animals.

The length of the skull along the median line, from the end

of the snout to the posterior edge of the occiput, is 125 inches,

from the same point to the end of the lateral expansion above

the articular condyle 144 inches.

The breadth from side to side at the widest part, which is

a little in front of the posterior edge of the occiput, is 8 inches,

over the posterior ends of the orbital vacuities 7 inches, over

the anterior ends of the same 5 inches, and over the broadest

part of the snout 34 inches. The snout is broadly rounded

off and rather flattened in front.

This upper surface of the skull is all but perfect; the sculp-

turing, the mucous grooves, the nostrils, the orbital vacuities,

the parietal foramen, the temporal fosse leading to the ex-

ternal ears, are all distinct.

Each bone can (more or less clearly) be seen sur-

rounded by suture; the sculptured pattern on the surface is

the same.as that described in the notice of Loxomma in the

‘Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumb. & Durh.’ vol. iv. pp. 201

(1871) and 390 (1872), namely ‘ the peculiar honeyecombed or

reticular structure ;” but it is distinguishable from that of the

other Labyrinthodonts.

On examining closely the hollows or pits of this surface,

both of the cranium and mandible, one, two, or three minute

but well-defined openings are seen passing into the bone, but

40 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

only penetrating its outer table; when three of these exist in

the same pit they are placed in a straight line: their use is

enigmatical ; perhaps they lodged minute glands for lubrica-

tion of the skin of the head. ‘The skin we infer to have been

naked.

The mucous grooves on the bones, of which there are two

pairs, run obliquely backward from the margins of the pre-

maxillaries and maxillaries: the premaxillary pair commence

at a point midway between the median suture and the opening

of the nostrils, and are 24 inches apart ; thence they run back-

ward and inward for a quarter of an inch, and are united by

a groove running across the median line; beyond this trans-

verse communication they pass almost directly backward for

14 inch, and then abruptly cease, having been impressed for

the last half inch upon the nasal bones : the maxillary pair,

arising on the margins of the maxillary bones, a short way

behind the widest part of the snout and about a quarter of an

inch behind the openings of the nostrils, run obliquely back-

ward and slightly outward on the maxille, and are discon-

tinued on the edges of the lachrymal bones.

The nostrils lie, therefore, between the premaxillary and

the maxillary mucous groove of each side, but nearer to the

latter than to the former. They are openings of about 3 inch

diameter, nearly circular, and bounded in front by the pre-

maxillaries, behind by the maxillaries, and internally by the

nasal bones ; their central points are 3 inches apart ; and a line

drawn across the nasal region between these points is nearly

2 inches behind the mid point of the snout. They are only

about a quarter of an inch removed from the margin of the

aw. ;

The orbital vacuities are large, irregularly elliptical in out-

line, and diverge slightly from each other in front; each

measures 44 inches in length, and 12 inch across the broadest

part. The true orbits occupied only a portion of the vacuities

at the posterior and inner part, as indicated by two nearly

opposite and slightly prominent points on each margin, which

are best seen on the left side of the figure on Pl. IV.; to these

points ligaments and membranes, defining in front the proper

spaces for the eyes, had been attached; on the right side the

malar bone has been partially dislocated, and its imner edge

driven a short way into the vacuity.

The parietal foramen, rather over } inch in diameter, is

formed equally by the parietal bones at the union of the pos-

terior third with the anterior two thirds of the interparietal

suture. It is circular, perforates the top of the cranium, and

opens below as a smooth, inverted funnel-shaped cavity,

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 4]

The broad channels or fosse leading to the external auditory

openings (the temporal fosse) are bounded on the inner side

by the squamous and mastoid bones, and, notwithstanding

that the skull has been subjected to immense pressure, are

still seen to be at a somewhat lower level than those bones.

They pass forward for about an inch from the external pos-

terior angle of the mastoid, are rounded off outwardly in front,

their floor becoming gradually more superficial on the supra-

temporal bones; these constitute nearly the whole of their

floor, the narrow parts of which left on the inner sides are

supplied by the ossa quadrata.

dixternal to these fossee, extend broadly outward and back-

ward, for nearly 2 inches behind the posterior border of the

occiput, the posterior expansions of the sides of the cranium,

or extensions of the maxille.

Individual bones.—These can be distinguished, with a little

trouble, by observing the lines of suture along which they are

united.

The premaxillaries form the whole of the front of the snout,

and are firmly united on the median line; they are bounded

behind, on each side of the mouth, by a small portion of the

maxillaries, which in part they overlap; further in, by the

nasal orifices, and next by the nasal bones.

The maxillaries occupy the edge of the upper jaw, from the

outer ends of the premaxillaries and the nasal orifices to the

suture uniting the malar and quadrate jugals, a distance of

2 inches; they are seen from above as far as a point nearly

opposite to the middle of the length of the orbital vacuities.

These bones nowhere measure more than? inch in breadth;

behind the broadest part they rapidly become narrower, and

form a mere bordering to the jaw, and are only here and there

visible from above. ‘Their inner borders unite in front for an

inch with the nasals, then for 24 inches with the lacrymals,

and further back with the malars.

They belong mainly to the under surface of the cranium,

and will be noticed again in the description of that part.

The nasals lie immediately behind the middle of the pre-

maxillaries and before the frontals; they are more expanded

in front than behind, contributing to keep up the breadth of

the muzzle, and occupying the whole space between the nasal

orifices ; they are bounded on their outer sides by the maxil-

laries, lacrymals, and prefrontals.

The lacrymals are wedge-shaped and pointed in front,

occupying the angles left by the maxillaries and nasals, and

are cleft behind, the outer division being larger than the inner,

to enclose the anterior angles of the orbital openings. They

42 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

are bounded by the nasals and prefrontals at their inner, and

by the maxillaries and malars at their outer border.

The frontals are narrow and elongated, slightly broader

behind than before, united in front to the nasals, behind to the

parietals,and on their outsides to the prefrontals for three fourths

of their length, and to the postfrontals for the remaining one

fourth. The median suture unites them to each other.

The prefrontals, elongated and about half as wide as the

frontals, become gradually wider from back to front; they

rest upon the postfrontals behind, upon three fourths of the

frontals at their inner sides, and form three fourths of the inner

edges of the orbital openings at their outer side. Just in front

of the suture uniting the pre- and postfrontals, at the outer

margins of the bones is a small but distinct prominence, mark-

ing the boundary, on that side, of the true orbit. In front, the

sharply wedge-shaped ends of the prefrontals are received into

retreating angles formed by the diverging sides of the nasals

and lacrymals.

The postfrontals are rather more than half the length of the

prefrontals, somewhat hatchet-shaped, the handle forwards,

and joining the prefrontals; their mner edges are bounded

almost equally by the frontals and parietals ; posteriorly they

abut upon the squamous bones, and externally, besides joming

with the postorbitals, form smooth rounded concave edges,

which look outwards and forwards, and constitute a consider-

able part of the inner border of the true orbit.

The parietals are a good deal shorter, but on the whole

broader, than the frontals, with the posterior borders of which

they articulate. They are much broader behind than in front,

and are joined outside by the postfrontals and squamous bones,

and behind with the pair of bones to be next mentioned.

The parietal foramen has been already noticed.

The pair of bones next behind and articulating with the

parietals, and which, united on the median line, overhang the

occipital segment of the skull, as the parietals themselves in

most Vertebrata do, correspond to the pair called “ supra-

occipitals ”’ by Von Meyer in his description of Archegosaurus,

in his work entitled ‘ Reptilien aus der Steinkohlen-Forma-

tion in Deutschland.’ They are irregular squares of about

2 inch on a side; their outer borders are bounded for a short

space anteriorly by the squamous, and further back by the

mastoids ; behind they articulate on each side of the median

line with the upper border of what appears to be the true

supraoccipital, and, further out, slightly with the exoccipitals.

They form with the mastoids the posterior border of the top

of the cranium.

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 43

These bones do not exist in the Crocodilia or in the great

majority of fishes, though they are present not only in Loxomma

and Archegosaurus but also in Pteroplax; they do not appear

either to form a part of the skull in any other of the Labyrin-

thodonts. Occasion will be taken to notice these bones more

at length under Section III. Occipital Surface.

The mastotds, which are squares of # inch, and form the

posterior external angles of the upper middle cranial surface,

lie external to, and join with, the last noticed bones; in

front they abut upon the squamous bones; externally they

are free, and bound the posterior part of the inner margins of

the fosse leading to the ears.

At the back part of the mastoids, and close under their

external angle, is a somewhat obtusely pointed tooth-like

process, directed backwards from the under surface of the

bone, and marked by muscular impressions.

The squamous bones, of an irregular shape, lie external to

the parietal, and form the anterior curved margins of the tem-

poral fosse, having the postorbital and the supratemporal

(Huxley), the tympanic (Von Meyer), on their outer side.

They are connected in front with the postfrontal and post-

orbital, and behind with the mastoids. By a small posterior

part of their inner margins they are sutured to the so-called

*¢ supraoccipitals.””

The postorbitals are of a somewhat rhomboidal outline ; their

anterior internal borders, concave, form the posterior and ex-

ternal margins of the true orbits ; their inner angles, which are

truncated, abut upon the postfrontals, which bound the orbits

posteriorly and internally. These two bones (the postorbital

and posttrontal), with a small portion of the posterior end of

the prefrontal, form the whole of the bony margin of the true

orbit. The anteriorangles of the postorbitals project into the

orbital vacuities, marking on their outer margins the boun-

dary of the true orbit, as noticed already under the heading

“orbital vacuities.” The postorbitals articulate by their

inner and posterior sides with the squamous, and by their

outer and posterior with the supratemporal of Huxley, the

tympanic of Von Meyer. Their remaining sides, the anterior

and the external, join with the jugal bones.

The malars or jugals, much elongated, form the middle

two thirds of the external borders of the orbital vacuities (on

the right side the bone, as already noticed, has been partially

dislocated), and overlap by their external borders nearly 6

inches of the borders of the maxillaries: they grow narrower

as they extend forward, and have a pointed end received into

the angle formed by the diverging posterior edges of the max-

44 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

illaries and lacrymals; extending backwards they become

rapidly broader, and cease posteriorly in an obliquely running

zigzag line of suture, which unites them, from within out-

wards, to the postorbitals, the supratemporals, and the quad-

rate jugals. The external borders of this upper surface of the

maxillary part of the cranium are formed largely by these

bones, and are completed in front by the maxillaries and pre-

maxillaries, and behind by the bones next to be noticed.

The quadrate jugals, oblong in shape, complete the pos-

terior three inches of the external, somewhat convex border of

the maxillary part of the cranium; they articulate by their

anterior ends with the malar, and by their internal edges, also

convex, with the supratemporal, a small portion of this line

of suture being reserved at the back part for connexion with

the quadrates, together with which they form the great pos-

terior external angle of the skull.

The supratemporals are much larger than the quadrate

jugals, and are of an irregular oblong shape ; they are bounded

in front by the postorbitals and malars, externally by the

malars and quadrate jugals ; and posteriorly they overlap the

quadrates. On their inner side they are opposed, first and in

front, to the postorbitals, then to the squamous bones, and

form, as before said, the greater part of the floor of the tem-

poral fossee, where they overlap considerably the quadrates.

The quadrate bones form only a narrow slip of the inner

side of the floor of the temporal fossee, and stretch as a rather

narrow and irregular border outwards and backwards to join

the quadrate jugals; these form the extreme external angle

of the skull. :

The quadrates enter more largely into the formation of the

under surface of the skull, and there, at the external angle,

form the condyles for articulation with the mandible, and will

be further described with the rest of the under surface.

Il. Under surface of Skull (Plate V.)—The dimensions

are here the same as those of the upper surface. The whole of

the alveolar border of the left maxilla is wanting, except about

two inches of the posterior end ; and there are therefore on this

side no maxillary teeth remaining. ‘The right maxilla is very

nearly perfect. The whole of the middle and posterior part

of the palate is much depressed, except along the median line,

where, for four inches from the posterior edge of the palate,

exists a narrow ridge, formed apparently of the basal part of

the presphenoid and perhaps of the vomer; from this ridge

the palate-bones on each side have been broken off and pressed

down to a lower level. At the beginning of the posterior

third of this ridge there is an oblique fracture through the

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 45

presphenoidal part; in front of the fracture the ridge tapers

gradually to a point, which is probably the anterior end of

the median part of the vomer, and where it is joined by the

vomerine palate-plates.

The teeth are all broken off at about the level of the alveoli,

except four on the right side. ‘The whole surface of the palate

between the palate-plates of the maxillaries, (namely, the

palate-plates of the palate-bones and of the vomers) are covered

all over with small, somewhat pointed, and thickly set granu-

lations ; the vomerine and premaxillary divisions of the palate

are the strongest parts of the upper jaw. ‘There is no anterior

palatine foramen.

The malar or zygomatic arches are open and wide, being

about 4 inches long by 2 inches at the widest part, and of

an elongated ovoid shape, their apices pointing forwards.

The posterior nares are placed far back, at the posterior

part of the pterygoids, and close together, but distinct from

each other.

Behind the nares are two bony projections, apparently from

the basisphenoid; this bone is difficult to define, but is at-

tached to the apex of the basioccipital behind. ‘This is of a

triangular form; and its forward-pointing apex is wedged in

between the converging posterior lateral projections of the

cranium, bordered by the ossa quadrata. At its base is seen

ane cup-shaped cavity for articulation with the body of the

atlas.

Individual bones.—The premaxillaries are well preserved,

and are firmly united by the median suture; their alveolar

border or arch is somewhat elevated above their palate-plates,

and contains four teeth on each side of the symphysis; all are

broken off on a level with the alveoli.

In another specimen of Loxomma in Mr. Atthey’s posses-

sion there are five teeth on the right and six on the left side.

The last two teeth at the extremities of the premaxillary

arch are only half the size of the others, and are placed nearer

to each other than the rest are.

Each dental interspace is fully occupied by a wide and deep

depression, which varies in size with the distance at which the

teeth are apart. These depressions, it has been said, are des-

tined for the reception of the points of the mandibular teeth

when the mouth is closed; as, however, we doubted the cor-

rectness of the assertion, Mr. Atthey made transverse sections

through these depressed spaces and the adjacent parts of the

jaw, taking in some of the teeth; and then, under a low mag-

nifying-power, we discovered in each case, a little below the

surface of the depression, the remains of the root of a former

46 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

tooth. Depressions of the same character existing along the

alveolar border of the maxillee were next, in several instances,

similarly examined in section, and with the same result; the

remains of a tooth existed in each. These depressions, there-

fore, instead of lodging the teeth of the other jaw during closure

of the mouth, are the vestiges of former alveoli from which

old teeth have been shed. Besides, it can be shown that,the

teeth of the mandible are not received into these depressions

when the mouth is closed; for the upper jaw, forming the

larger arch, must, when the mouth is shut, enclose the corre-

sponding part of the mandible; moreover the teeth of the

mandible, when the mouth is closed, do not otherwise corre-

spond to the depressions of the maxilla.

The median suture between the premaxillaries is distinct,

and is thence continued backward, first between the vomerine

palate-plates and then between those of the palate-bones and

the pterygoids as far as the posterior border of these last.

At the posterior border of the premaxillaries this suture is

crossed by a transverse one, uniting these bones with the

vomerine plates. The latter suture is projected forwards on

the median line by a rounded prominence of the vomers ; from

this on each side it curves forward and outward and then back-

ward, thus surrounding a considerable part of the base of the

vomerine tusk, from which it is distant only about an eighth

of aninch. It terminates at the borders of the jaw, uniting at

that part the contiguous ends of the premaxillaries and of

the alveolar borders of the maxillaries.

The vomers, immediately behind the premaxillaries, stretch

almost entirely across the palate, and are separated from the

border of the jaw only by a narrow strip of the maxillary

alveolar border; their external anterior angles have the large

tusks, hence called vomerine, implanted in them: behind each

of these is a large depression, each a little larger than the base

of the tusk, and resembling those of the premaxillary inter-

dental spaces ; and further back there is an aperture on each

side in the jaw, presently to be noticed.

The outer borders of the vomers are next directed backwards

and inwards for about 15 inch; thence they run abruptly in-

wards and forwards, converging to the median line of the

palate. The angles they thus form together are inserted be-

tween the palate-bones on the inner and the maxillaries on

the outer sides.

The vomerine tusks present a clean fracture of circular out-

line, with a diameter of +2, by 5 inch.

The apertures above noticed in the jaw are obscure; they

do not pass through the jaw to its upper surface, but

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 47

merely pierce the nasal cavity. They are not in connexion

with the anterior nares. In Lepidosteus, a short way behind

the snout, there is, on each side of the median line, a com-

plete perforation of the maxilla for the reception of a man-

dibular tooth during closure of the mouth. Perhaps the

apertures in Lowomma have the same use; they are of about

the same size as the depressions in front of them, and are

bounded internally and in front by the vomers, externally by

the alveolar borders of the maxille, and posteriorly by the

anterior ends of the palate-plates of the same bones.

The maxillaries are the longest bones of the skull, and con-

sist of alveolar borders and palate-plates. On the right side

the alveolar border of the bone is very nearly perfect, whilst

that on the left side is nearly all wanting. The palate-plates

are perfect on both sides.

The alveolar border is a narrow tract of bone, 83 inches long,

extending from the premaxillary to the quadrate jugal, with

which latter it articulates at about 34 inches in front of the

posterior end of the lateral part of the cranium. The border

which remains bears thirteen small teeth irregularly disposed,

and has four gaps from which both bone and teeth have dis-

appeared. It is highly probable that the teeth had originally

been more numerous ; for in another specimen, in Mr. Atthey’s

collection, of the skull of Loxomma, im which the maxilla

measured in length very nearly the same as that of the speci-

men before us, there were twenty-four teeth easily counted.

The inner edge of the alveolar border towards the front is

depressed for the space of 1? inch below the level of the outer.

The palate-plates of the maxillaries are about 63 inches in

length, with an average width of 1 inch, and extend from the

aperture in the jaw and the vomerine plates backwards to

articulate with the malars and ectopterygoids. ach is trans-

versely divided into two, if not three, pieces, there being an

undoubted suture at the distance of 2 inches from the anterior

end of the bone, and a doubtful one at nearly the same distance

further back ; the supposed third piece bears no tooth.

The first piece of the palate-plate, a little broader than the

others, lies between the alveolar border externally and the

vomers and palate-bones internally ; in front it forms the pos-

terior margin of the aperture in the jaw; and immediately

behind this edge occurs a large round depression, behind

which again is a tusk, but one of smaller diameter than the

depression ; the tusk is only ? inch in diameter, and its outline

is more circular than that of the vomerine tusk.

The second piece is bounded laterally by the alveolar border

and by the palate-bones, and bears, at a distance of 1} inch

48 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

behind the last-named tusk, another; which has a diameter

of only 4} inch; and behind this is a depression much larger

than the tusk itself.

The third piece, indistinctly divided from the second, is

bounded laterally by the alveolar border and the malar ex-

ternally and the palate and ectopterygoid internally ; and its

posterior extremity forms a small portion of the anterior

boundary of the zygomatic arch.

The palate-bones ave long and rather broad, occupying a

large space on each side of the median line; together they

have an ovate-lanceolate form, pointed in front and inclosed on

each side for about an inch by the vomers, behind this by the

palate-plates of the maxillaries, and next by the ectopterygoids.

Their posterior ends abut upon the pterygoids ; but no connect-

ing suture can be made out.

Had the skull not been so much crushed, these bones would

have been found united by suture along the whole of their

inner edges; as it is, they have, as before mentioned, been dis-

located from the lower edge of the vomer and presphenoid for

a considerable distance along the median line, and can be

observed lying apart with their serrated edges well preserved,

whilst the presphenoid and vomer form the ridge already

named as projecting between them.

At the posterior termination of this ridge two pits, one on

each side of the median line, mark the position of the posterior

nares. Behind these are two projections opposite to each other

and about 4 inch apart, probably belonging to the basisphe-

noid; they are sharply defined posteriorly and internally, and

slope downwards on their anterior and external sides. A well-

defined smooth groove or channel runs along their bases on

the inner and posterior sides from before backwards and is

soon lost. A distinct suture follows this groove, lying on its

outer edge. The grooves seem adapted for vessels or nerves ;

or it may be that they are vestiges of the lateral Eustachian

tubes.

A transverse suture connects the posterior end of the median

ridge before noticed to that part of the base of the skull

immediately behind, which appears to be the basisphenoid,

as it articulates or is continuous posteriorly with the apex of

the basioccipital. The basisphenoid is difficult of definition,

owing to the crushed state of the skull.

The basioccipital. ‘This is the somewhat triangular piece,

which, by its forwardly placed apex, articulates with the basi-

sphenoid: its sides articulate with the quadrates ; and its base is

occupied by a deep cup-shaped cavity (in place of the convex

condyles found in the other Reptilia) for articulation with the

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni, 49

body of the first cervical vertebra. The surface of the bone

in front of the articular cavity is smooth and slightly convex ;

its sides, somewhat rough, are overlapped a little by the

quadrate bones.

The articular cavity, much compressed, has an oval contour;

its transverse diameter is 1,4; inch, and its depth considerable.

In several other specimens of the basioccipital in Mr. Atthey’s

collection its outline is more regularly circular; these speci-

mens are of various sizes, having belonged to examples of

different ages.

Behind and below the cotyloid cavity are partially seen the

facets of the exoccipitals for articulation with the neural arch

of the atlas. The foramen magnum is not visible in this

view.

The quadrate bones can be distinguished as bounding by

their inner borders the basioccipital triangle and the cotyloid

cavity, and then running outward and backward to the pos-

terior external angle of the cranium, joining there with the

quadrate jugals and constituting the condyles for the mandi-

bular joints. The condyles are almost transversely placed,

but have a slight inclination forwards at their inner ends,

about 14 inch long, rounded from before backwards, and their

ends somewhat raised above the middle, which is slightly

depressed.

The quadrates at their internal ends are broad, and become

gradually narrower as they are traced outwards to the condyles,

where they are again enlarged. Their outer borders form a

considerable part of the inner margin of the zygomatic arch ;

in front they appear to articulate with the basisphenoid and

ectopterygoids and perhaps also with the pterygoids ; but it is

impossible clearly to make out these parts. On the left side

the anterior terminations of the quadrate are hidden by the

ectopterygoid, which has been dislocated and thrown over them.

The ectopterygotds complete the sides and back part of the

bony palate by uniting with the palate-bones and the ptery-

goid; but the lines of connexion are not visible.

They are rather broad and strong and articulate behind

with the quadrates; directed thence outwards and forwards

they are sutured to the posterior internal extremity of the

palate-plates of the maxillaries.

The malar or zygomatic arches, as seen from below, are thus

circumscribed by the ectopterygoids, the posterior ends of the

palate-plates of the maxillaries, and a portion of the alveolar

border of the same bones, by the malars, quadrate jugals, and

quadrate bones.

The inferior surface of another skull in Mr, Atthey’s col-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xiv. 4

50 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

lection is shown, of natural size, in Plate VI. fig. 1. The

posterior part only is given.

Ill. The Occipital Surface.—It is impossible to estimate the

height of the occiput, owing to the crushing it has undergone ;

it is much flattened, concave on the whole from side to side

(that is, from the posterior external angle of one mastoid to that

of the other) ; external to the occiput project backwards and

outwards on each side the posterior lateral angles of the

maxillary part of the cranium.

The upper border of the occipital surface is also the posterior

border of the middle part of the skull, and overhangs slightly

the parts beneath it. It is formed externally by the mastoids

and between them by the pair of bones corresponding to those

which, in Archegosaurus, are called by Von Meyer, in his

work before quoted, ‘ supraoccipitals.” Immediately below

this border runs a transverse line of suture connecting the

bones forming the border with those beneath it—namely, next

the median line with the single and, as we deem it, the true

supraoccipital, and laterally with the exoccipitals.

The supraoccipttal is of a subtriangular form, wider from

side to side than from above downwards, and situated on the

median line. It is doubtful whether or not the median suture

passes through it. Below it articulates with the exoccipitals.

The exoccipitals are a pair united by suture on the median

line below the supraoccipital; they form the upper portion

and sides of the foramen magnum; their upper borders arti-

culate next the median line with the supraoccipital and then

with the supraoccipitals of Von Meyer, and further out with the

mastoids; their lower borders, external to the foramen mag-

num, rest upon the basioccipital, and have on each a projec-

tion posteriorly, terminated at its inner side by a flat rounded

articular facet looking backwards, for articulation, doubtless,

with the neural arch of the atlas. Between these facets is a

notch, the uppermost part of the foramen magnum; the lowest

part of the foramen is the upper edge of the cotyloid cavity of

the basioccipital. Owing to the compression of the skull, the

foramen, however, is not easily made out.

External to the facets there is on each side a rather pointed

process, apparently for muscular attachment; and beyond these

again, at a short distance, are the tooth-like processes of the

underside of the mastoids, mentioned in the description of the

upper surface of the skull.

Below these parts is the inferior surface of the skull,

described in section II.

IV. The Mandible (Plate VI. figs. 2 & 3)—Two half-man-

dibles, right and left, occurred, as is stated at the commence-

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 51

ment of this description, 2 or 3 feet apart and not far from the

skull; they are of the proper size to fit it, and most probably

belonged to it.

The right half (fig. 2, half the natural size) is almost perfect ;

its alveolar border is quite so; it exhibits the teeth in a

beautiful state of preservation ; and its exterior is covered with

the peculiar reticular sculpture. It measures nearly 143 inches

in length, and at the widest part, which is about 4 inches from

the posterior end, 23 inches in width; from this point it

tapers gradually to the anterior end, where it is perfect and

little more than an inch in width.

A narrow groove can be observed to run nearly the whole

way along the inferior border of the specimen, beginning below

the articular projection; whether this is a mucous groove, or

what its signification is, is not easily determined.

The inferior margin is slightly convex; the upper or

alveolar somewhat concave, with a slight eminence in front

supporting the first large tooth. The anterior end terminates

in a symphysis which is rather deep, and, as seen in another

specimen, extended downwards and backwards, its depth

being 13 inch, its breadth at top 3 inch, below which it

lessens to + inch.

Near the posterior end the outer layer of the bone in our

specimen is for a short space altogether wanting; but beyond

this the articular end is well preserved, at least at the outer

side. From this specimen, and from another in Mr. Atthey’s

possession, it can be discerned that the articular surface was a

rather deep, transversely elongated, and smooth groove, rather

more elevated in the middle than at the ends, for the reception

of the condyle of the upper jaw, which was similarly elongated,

and whose ends were gently raised above the level of the

middle.

In another specimen in Mr. Atthey’s collection, larger

than the subject of this paper, the length of the articular

groove on the mandible is 1$ inch, the breadth } inch, and

the greatest depth j inch. The posterior border of the articular

surface curves upwards and forwards, so that the joint, though

it was not interlocked, must have been pretty secure. ‘The

articular part of the jaw projects outwards from the plane of

the ramus half an inch. The inner surface is not visible in

this, but can be well seen in the other half-mandible.

It will be observed that the teeth in the right half are all

entire, whilst those of both sides of the maxilla and, as will

be seen in the sequel, those in the left half-mandible are all

broken off short. The difference is thus accounted for: in

the matrix they were all entire; but on this being broken up,

52 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

the teeth, being firmly anchylosed to their sockets, could not

come out; but the parts above the alveoli, being firmly im-

bedded and entangled in the matrix, have been broken away

with it and lost; moreover the weakest part of the teeth is

immediately above the alveolar border. In the case of the

right half-mandible, which was obtained with the shale

around it, this matrix has been carefully worked and cau-

tiously chipped away, leaving the teeth 7m situ, exposed on

their outer surface, but left supported by the shale on the

other side.

There are upwards of twenty teeth in this half-jaw: seven-

teen or eighteen are well preserved ; a dozen are entire. They

vary much in size, and are irregularly arranged, in some parts

being nearly in contact with each other, in others considerably

apart. Three are much larger than the rest, and seem to cor-

respond to the vomerine and palatal tusks of the upper jaw.

These large teeth are 14 inch long, and upwards of $ inch

across at their bases. The first is placed an inch from the

anterior end, upon the eminence already noticed as existing

on the alveolar border; a single small tooth exists in front of

this. The second large tooth is 2 inches further back, and the

third 14 inch behind the second ; the third is therefore 33 inches

behind the first; but the apices of these two are 4} inches

apart—a distance very nearly corresponding to that between

the depressions behind the vomerine and last palatal teeth of

the maxilla. No interdental depressions are visible on this

exterior surface. ‘The smaller teeth vary from % to about

2 inch in length.

The left half-mandible, Plate VI. fig. 3 (represented half

the natural size of the fragment), has been crushed, and the

posterior part broken off and lost. The greater part, however,

9 inches in length (the anterior end), remains in a good

state (see vol. iv. ‘ Nat. Hist. Trans. of Northumberland and

Durham,’ 1872, p. 392).

This fragment shows both inner and outer surfaces, and

contains twelve teeth, of which three only are large; several

gaps exist in the row, the teeth being irregularly placed.

The teeth as seen from the outer surface are, with one ex-

ception, broken off on a level with the outer alveolar border ;

but if we look at the inner surface, the alveolar border there is

found to lie at a much lower level than the outer, forming a

concave irregular line 7 inches long along the jaw, extending

from the front of the third tooth backwards to the fractured

end ; it descends gradually towards the middle of the jaw, and

then similarly rises, approximating to the level of the outer

border. This deficiency of the inner border, which at first

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 53

looks like a fracture, exposes the inner surface of the teeth as

far as to near their roots, and the depressions between the teeth

appear as if in section.

The exposed surfaces of the teeth are closely invested,

however, by a thin layer of osseous tissue continuous with

that covering the surfaces of the depressions, and the inner

alveolar border has not in reality been broken off. ‘The teeth

of this half-mandible are differently arranged as to size and

position from those of the right half.

_ The row of teeth begins in front, as in the other half-

mandible, with a small one; next to this comes the largest

tusk, behind and internal to which is the largest depression, of

a nearly circular outline ; next come two small teeth with a

very narrow depressed interval between them; and below the

former of these it is that the alveolar border begins slightly to

be deficient ; then we have the second depression, followed by

two teeth separated by a depression broader than the last:

immediately behind the latter of these two teeth is a large and,

as it were, double and deep depression 1} inch broad; this is

succeeded by three tusks separated from each other by two

large depressions ; after the last of these three tusks is a broad

depression followed by a rather small tooth; lastly, behind

this are two other teeth still smaller, with very short intervals

between them; and the fractured end of the bone occurs directly

after the latter of these teeth.

The teeth (Plate VII. figs. 2, 3,4,5,6). With the excep-

tion of four on the right side of the cranium, three of which

belong to the maxillary and one to the premaxillary, nearly

half of the teeth of the right ramus, and one of the left half

are broken off, as before stated. ‘Their fracture is transverse,

giving a circular outline, within which can be roughly seen

their beautiful labyrinthodont structure. Several other spe-

cimens, however, of Loxomma have been found, of which the

teeth are entire.

The size of the teeth varies both in the upper and the lower

jaw, those of the vomerine plates and of the palate-plates of

the maxillaries being much larger than those of the alveolar

borders of the maxillaries and premaxillaries; the second

tooth of the left half of the lower jaw is much larger than any

of the others of that part; the ninth, the seventh, and the

eighth come next in order of size, and occupy a middle posi-

tion in the ramus. In the right half, the second, eighth, and

twelfth are the largest, differing but little in size from each

other, and the sixth is next; the twelfth is in advance of the

middle of the jaw. ‘The teeth of the mandible are more deeply

socketed than those of the maxilla; all are expanded at the

54 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

bottom of the alveoli, and gradually become continuous with,

and anchylosed to, the bone at that part.

Each tooth, for about one fourth of its length above the

border of the alveolus, is circular and of unitorm diameter ;

in the upper three fourths it is compressed on its mner and

outer sides, so that its anterior and posterior edges become

sharp and cutting, maintaining at the same time the width of

the lower part of the tooth. It is longitudinally grooved all

round on its outer surface for about one third of its length

from the alveolar border, and is abruptly pointed at the apex.

Some of the teeth are very slightly curved inwards towards

the point. From the apex to within the border of the alveolus

the tooth is clothed with a very thin layer of enamel, which

appears structureless.

The internal structure of the teeth has been carefully drawn

by Mr. Dinning in Plate VII., im which fig. 2 shows a per-

pendicular or longitudinal section, in a line with the jaw, of

one of the posterior mandibular teeth, at the inner side of its

centre, and carried through the contiguous parts of the thin

band of bone mentioned as enclosing the lower part of the

tooth. The longitudinal and slightly converging pillars or

lines lying on each side of the pulp-cavity are the converging

plates of dentine, the plicz, seen in the transverse section,

fig. 5. These plates or lines represent the labyrinthodont ar-

rangement of the constituents of the tooth; and their upper

terminations show the distance to which that peculiar struc-

ture extends—namely, somewhat less than two thirds of the

whole length of the tooth.

The anchylosis of the tooth to the jaw is also seen in fig. 2;

the tooth-structures at the base are, every here and there, in-

terlocked or dovetailed more or less deeply and curiously into

the bone, in which they are gradually lost ; but above the base

the sides of the tooth keep distinct from the alveolus and are

smooth.

Fig. 3, Plate VII., is a transverse section a little way

below the apex; its outline is fusiform; and its extremities,

one of which is rather more pointed than the other, are parts

of the cutting-edges of the tooth; the dentine is enclosed by

a thin plate of enamel, and encloses the small prolongation of

the pulp-cavity.

Fig. 4 of the same Plate is a transverse section near the top

of the wider part of the pulp-cavity, and above the cessation

of the radiating branches of the pulp-cavity ; the arrangement

of the dentine is still peculiar.

In Plate VII., fig. 5 represents a transverse section of a

maxillary tooth (marked in Plate V., left side of figure,

Fee

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 5d

“‘ section”), made a little below the borders of its alveolus,

which are of equal height. In the centre is the somewhat

oval pulp-cavity, which is pretty large as compared with that

of Labyrinthodon Jegeri, figured in Prof. Owen’s ‘ Paleon-

tology ;’ from it pass off, radiating towards the periphery,

numerous channels, separated from each other by the inwardly

projecting plicee or “ infoldings”’ of the external layers of the

tooth. ‘The pulp-cavity and its radiations, being clear and

colourless spaces, contrast well with the plicee, which are

brownish yellow, the osseous tissue around the tooth being of

a lighter yellow.

The solid part of the tooth appears in the section to be

arranged as a nearly circular series of toothlets or denticles,

whose external margins or crowns, rounded but somewhat

flattened, constitute the ridges seen on the outside of the tooth ;

they vary a good deal in size, and in one specimen number

forty-one, in another forty-three. The concave internal mar-

gins, facing the centre of the tooth, correspond to and embrace

the rounded, somewhat expanded ends of the radiations of the

central pulp-cavity, each of which serves as the pulp-cavity

of a toothlet, whose fangs are on each side of the space: each

side of every toothlet is incorporated with that of its next

neighbour ; and these united are inflected towards the central

pulp-cavity forming the plice, which divide the radiations of

the pulp-cavity from each other; these plice are, of course,

sections of the vertical plates shown at fig. 2 in Plate VII.

They vary much in length, the longest forming, by their

inner ends, a series of over twenty blunt projections, like radii

of a circle, pointing to the centre of the pulp-cavity; the

shortest are mere mammillary processes, enclosed between the

bases of the longer ones ; and there are others of intermediate

but different lengths. ‘They pass in from the periphery at

first, for a short distance, straight, but soon form undulating

and then zigzag curves, which continue to the end, where,

in places, two or more may be seen united.

Each concavity on the undulating sides of the plicze answers

to a secondary offset of the pulp-cavity ; and the dentine par-

tially surrounding these little bays is disposed as a secondary

toothlet, of which the bay is its particular pulp-cavity.

If now with the aid of a }-inch object-glass (Powell

and Lealand’s) we look at the dilated end of one of the pri-

mary prolongations of the central pulp-cavity, which serves

as a pulp-cavity to a toothlet, we see the tubules of the den-

tine radiating from its margin through a series of finely

arched lines towards the crown and sides of the toothlet ;

before, however, reaching the outer borders of these, they pass

56 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

into a dark granular-looking layer, which is parallel to the

crown and sides, and in some toothlets double. This layer

consists of black lines forming a close network, the meshes

of which are minute and look like cells, giving this layer

its black and granular aspect. It is usually well defined

on its external side ; but towards the pulp-cavity it is in many

parts gradually thinned away, and continued, here and there,

a good way into the tubular dentine; in such situations the

lines often lose their dark colour, and resemble the tubes of

dentine, with which it is not difficult to observe that they are

continuous. The dentinal tubules can here and there be seen

as black lines approaching the dark network; some can be

observed to divide into two, as is common in human dentine.

Many (perhaps all) of the dentinal tubes are thus, as it were,

arrested in their straight course by the black layer.

Beyond this is a narrower and lighter-coloured tract, which

forms the external boundary of the crown and sides of the

toothlet ; in it numerous closely set straight lines or tubules,

mostly pale, but some black, and of the same size as those of

the black layer, are visible, passing out of that layer to the

exterior surface of the tooth. Thus the whole thickness of

the crown of the toothlet is composed of tubular and granular

dentine. The granular or nodular layer corresponds to that

seen and often figured as commonly existing in the fang and

other parts of the human tooth, and which is commonly black,

but at times light-coloured.

In the tooth of Loxomma nothing like an external layer of

cement is anywhere visible.

If we examine in any of our sections one of the grooves on

the exterior of the tooth, we find it filled with a wedge-shaped

portion of osseous tissue ; but this does not pass beyond the

bottom of the groove: the sides of the groove are formed by

the adjacent borders of two toothlets; these approach each

other at an acute angle, coalesce, and the resultant band passes

inwards to the interior of a plica, being somewhat narrower

than its constituents together before coalescence. The straight

and short dentinal tubes (some pale, others black) are very

distinctly seen on the margins of the groove.

The black granular layer of each of the two toothlets is

bent inwards, and passes into the plica, one on each side of

the now central band, which is of hight colour, and forms, as

it were, the core of the plica. At first, for a short distance,

straight, the central band becomes wavy, and then, in most -

of the long plicw, zigzag; and from each of the angles a

straight process is given off laterally, and ends in a blunt

point, which partially separates two secondary toothlets. The

LSS aS

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 57

concavities of these undulations and zigzags correspond to

the concavities of the borders of the plica, and therefore to_the

secondary pulp-cavities before mentioned.

The granular layer accompanies everywhere on each side

the sinuosities of the central band and its processes, and holds

the same relation to the tubular dentine of the secondary

toothlets as it does to the same tissue of the toothlets of the

exterior of the tooth; and it can anywhere be seen that the

dentinal tubules have a similar course through that layer to

the central band. .

On scrutinizing closely the pale central band of a plica

with a g-inch object-glass, the tubules of dentine are clearly

seen at its margins; many of them end there, or perhaps

are cut off, whilst others (mostly, but not always or every-

where, colourless) are distinctly observed to cross over the

pale band and unite with those of the other side, either as

straight tubes, or ferming with them a delicate and pale net-

work, resembling that of the granular layer, but devoid of its

colour.

V. The other bones of Loxomma that have been picked up

are as follows:—eighteen separate centra of vertebra, and

twenty others imbedded more or less in slabs of shale in

company with entire or fragmentary ribs; twenty-four ribs,

of which a good many are nearly perfect, showing the head

and tubercle; and seventeen bones of the extremities, one of

which is a humerus, the rest digital, large and small. All

these bones are well ossified, and their articular surfaces

mostly perfect.

The centra of the vertebrz are commonly of considerable size,

alternately larger and smaller, strongly compacted, and have the

anterior and posterior surfaces concave, the former being less

so than the latter; several show no facets for the heads of

ribs.

The vertebral canal, where it can be seen, is small. The

arches are therefore short, but strong, and unite above in

a broad and high, but thin, spinous process ; this is entire in

only one specimen, but nearly perfect in two or three others ;

it stands up straight, inclining neither forward nor backward.

All parts of the vertebree are well ossified.

The following are the measurements of the vertebra, a

dorsal, which is the most perfect, and is figured in Plate VI.

fig. 4:—Length of the body +4 inch, transverse diameter 1-3,

inch, vertical diameter 1-2, inch ; height of neural arch ;*; inch,

height of spinous process 2 inches, length of same from front

to back 1,5, inch, thickness =2; inch. The body is grooved

transversely, and has on each side of its upper and lower

58 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

surfaces a more or less distinct half-facet for a half-head of a

rib. The transverse processes are oneinch in length, and have

each a concave articular surface on the front of their ex-

tremities to receive the tubercle of a rib. The articular

processes are sharply defined, their facets nearly circular and

flat; the anterior pair face upwards and a little inwards, and

the posterior downwards and a little outwards.

Of the ribs, the largest (see Plate VII. fig. 1) is 7% inches

long and the distance from head to tubercle 1,3; inch; the

heads, necks, and tubercles of the ribs are strong and well defined,

and there is a well-marked groove on both surfaces running

almost from end to end of the bones. The tubercle has an

articular facet on its posterior face for the transverse process

of a vertebra.

Out of the bones of the extremities it is not possible to con-

struct a single paddle ; there is only one humerus, no femur,

nor are there any other bones of the anterior or posterior girdle.

The humerus is somewhat elongated, flattish, more convex

on its outer than on its inner surface, broad below, narrow at

the upper end; in length 34 inches, in breadth at the upper

end 3 inch, at lower 12 inch.

At each end is a pair of articular facets; these are differently

disposed. The facets at the upper end differ in size, one occu-

pying the whole of the end, the other being placed at the

inner margin of the posterior part of the former; both face

upwards and inwards, the lesser one more inwards than the

greater; those at the lower end look downwards and inwards,

are more on the same plan than the upper pair, and measure

respectively 1 inch and 2 inch in length.

As no epiphyses appear on any of these bones of Loxomma,

the animal must have been adult, though of rather smaller

size than some others the bones of which have been brought to

light.

VI. Some of the relations that Loxomma bears to fishes

and reptiles having been only incidentally mentioned in the

course of this paper, we shall now endeavour to bring together

such of them as at present occur to us, who are very far from

being deeply versed in the intricacies of comparative anatomy ;

and in so doing we are bound to acknowledge with gratitude

the indispensable assistance we have derived from the standard

works of Professors Owen and Huxley.

Loxomma presents all the characters of the order Labyrin-

thodontia of Owen, except “ two occipital condyles ” for articu-

lation with the atlas ; and it has, besides, other characters which

also show its affinity on the one hand with Fishes, and on

the other with Batrachians and the higher Reptiles.

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 59

Its affinities with Fishes are evidenced by the presence of

the following characters :—

By the existence of one concave articular surface, instead of

a condyle or condyles, on the posterior face of the basioccipital

bone, for articulation with the body of the first cervical ver-

tebra. No atlas has been discovered; but it may be fairly

presumed that the anterior face of its centrum was concave,

since all the bodies of vertebree of Loxomma that have been

discovered are doubly concave, and the basioccipital itself is

also concave behind.

By the existence of two facets on the exoccipitals for articu-

lation with the neural arch of the atlas.

The former of these characters is almost altogether piscine ;

it occurs, however, only in Rana among Batrachians (Owen,

‘ Paleontolog.’ p. 208), and is therefore rarely reptilian, The

second appears to be exclusively piscine; for Prof. Owen

(Lect. on Comp. Anat. vol. i. p. 91) says that the ‘ ex-

occipitals are immovably articulated in the cod below with the

basioccipital, behind with the neurapophyses of the atlas,”

also that ‘‘in a few fishes (e. g. Mstularia) the exoccipitals

send back articular processes modified to allow a slight move-

ment upon the corresponding anterior articular surfaces of the

neurapophyses of the atlas ;”’ but we find no such articulations

as these, that we are aware of, in Reptiles. The ossification

of the parts here concerned, however, is less perfect in Fishes

than in Loxomma.

It seems certain that the mode of articulation of the head to

the spinal column has been of such a nature as to allow of only

a very limited amount of motion, that Loxomma had little

facility in turning its head, and that its movements in this

respect resembled rather those of Fishes than of Reptiles.

By the possession of dentigerous vomerine plates on the

palate. Lepzdosteus and the Batrachia have these; but we

also see that ‘in some alligators (Adl. niger) the divided

vomer extends far forward, expands anteriorly, and appears

upon the bony palate”? (Owen, ‘Anat. of Vertebr.’ vol. i.

pp- 138 & 146), though it has no teeth.

By the teeth being anchylosed to the bottom of their alveoli,

the base of the tooth blending gradually into the bony structure

around. This, however, is a reptilian as well as a piscine

character. ‘The same may be said of the inequality in height

of the outer and inner alveolar borders of the mandible and, to

a less degree, of the maxilla also. In Loxomma the inner

border of the mandibular alveolus is very deficient, leaving

the teeth as it were agglutinated to and supported by the

external border only, which stands well up. This character

60 Messrs. Embleton and Atthey on the

exists in many fishes; and in Owen’s ‘Anatomy of Verte-

brates,’ vol. i. p. 388, we find, moreover, the following passage

bearing on this character, and showing that it is found also in

the Batrachia and the Lacertilia :—‘ In the Scincoids, the safe-

guards (Zejus), in most Iguanians, in the chameleons, and

many Lacertian reptiles the tooth is anchylosed by an oblique

surface extending from the base more or less upon the outer

side of the crown to an external alveolar plate of bone, the

inner alveolar plate not being developed; in the frogs the

teeth are similarly but less firmly attached to an external

parapet of bone.”

In structure the teeth are labyrinthodont.

On the other hand the skull of Zoxomma, by its form and

size, its strength and solidity of ossification, its peculiarly

reticulated surface, and by the massiveness of its mandible,

resembles much more the skull of the Crocodilia, and especially

of the alligator, than that of Batrachia or Fishes. The

presence of limbs as paddles allies it with the orders above

Fishes.

The nasal bones are a pair; the nasal apertures being both

anterior and pharyngeal show that Loxomma was an air-

breather like the crocodiles ; and the existence of such ribs as

that figured in Plate VII. fig. 1 confirms this view.

There is no anterior palatine foramen, neither are there

posterior palatines or pterygo-maxillary vacuities as in the

crocodile and alligator.

The doubtful perforation of the upper jaw in Loxomma is

equally suggestive of the actual perforation of the correspond-

ing part in Lepidosteus, and in the old crocodile of the Nile,

for the reception of a tooth of the mandible when the mouth

is closed.

The apertures in each parietal bone, so large in the Cro-

codilia, are not present in Loxomma; but the “ parietal”

foramen, which exists, is a character common to it and the

other Labyrinthodonts, to Ichthyopterygia, Sauropterygia, and

Anomodontia, but does not belong to Fishes.

The temporal fosse are, in Loxomma as in Crocodiles,

Alligators, ‘Tortoises, and Batrachia, placed on the sides of

the top of the skull, and are not arched over by bony plates

as in the Protopteri and Ganocephala.

The articulations of the mandible with the skull resemble

the corresponding parts of the higher reptiles rather than

those of fishes.

The large size and great importance of the superior maxil-

lary bones as compared with the premaxillaries is a decided

reptilian and not at all an ichthyic character.

Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni. 61

The skull of Loxomma has two pairs of bones that are

wanting in Fishes and in the Crocodilia, namely the postorbital

and the supratemporal ; these contribute much to enhance both

the length and the breadth of the cranium; they are present,

however, in the Ganocephalous Dendrerpeton and Archego-

saurus, in the Labyrinthodontia, and in the Ichthyopterygia ;

but the general ossification of the skull is much further

advanced and consolidated in Loxomma than in these other

animals, whilst in Archegosaurus, at least, it is very incom-

plete, having ‘‘been chiefly active at the surface’ (Owen,

Paleont. p. 195).

Besides the above two pairs of bones there is in Loxomma,

as in Archegosaurus, another pair, to which attention was

called above in the description of the bones, and which lies

between the parietals in front and the occipital vertebra

behind. This pair is called by Owen, Huxley, and Von

Meyer “ supraoccipital.”’

Now, in Loxomma at least (though not in Archegosaurus,

on account of incomplete ossification) the occipital vertebra is

formed by the basi- and exoccipitals and a fourth piece of tri-

angular form which is the keystone of the arch, and which in

consequence we have called the true supraoccipital: the same

arrangement exists in the skulls of Crocodiles and Alligators ;

and in these the occipital vertebra so constituted articulates

above with the posterior borders of the parietals, and is more

or less overhung by them; but in Loxomma the pair of bones

above mentioned is interposed between the arches of the

parietal and occipital vertebrae, projecting beyond and over-

hanging the occipital vertebra exactly as the parietal arch

does in Crocodiles &e. .

Is this pair of bones properly designated supraoccipital,

though it is actually so in position? Does it belong at all to

the occipital or to the parietal vertebra, or is it a pair of

dermal bones intercalated between the arches of these two ?

If it belong to the occipital, then there are three supraoccipitals ;

if to the parietal vertebra, then this must have had four pieces

forming its arch. It seems most probable that it belongs to

neither, but is a pair of independent pieces like the post-

orbitals (if these are not merely subdivisions of the postfrontals)

and the supratemporals, and, like them, dermal ossifications,

and let in, so to speak, between the regular vertebral arches.

They cannot be the paroccipitals of Professor Owen.

That Loxomma had limbs, probably four, in the form of

paddles, there can be little doubt; but they were probably not

very large or strong; their digits were perhaps not more

than four in number. The length of our Loxomma cannot

62 On the Osteology of Loxomma Allmanni.

even approximately be estimated, in the absence of caudal

vertebre.

The ribs are long and strong and of reptilian type, showing

that the thorax was capacious, and that respiration must have

been vigorously carried on by means of diaphragm and lungs.

As no scales or scutes have been found with the remains of

Loxomma, the skin may have been soft; perhaps further

researches may show that it had some defensive armour.

On the whole we conclude that Loxomma was a rather

sluggish Reptile, capable, however, of vigorous movements,

and predacious, inhabiting the waters, swimming mostly

like a fish, but guided by its paddles, that it breathed air,

however, like the Alligators and Crocodiles of modern time.

It must find its place in the scale of animals somewhere

between Fishes and Reptiles—between the salamandroid fishes

and the Crocodilia; for whilst it resembles most the Laby-

rinthodontia, it possesses characters, more or less important,

in common with all the orders lying between Ganocephala and

Crocodilia.

It clearly links together, in a very remarkable manner, the

two great classes of Fishes and Reptiles, and adds fresh confir-

mation, if indeed such were needed, to the opinion of Professor

Owen that ‘ other extinct orders (Ganocephala and Labyrin-

thodontia) have demonstrated the artificial nature of the

distinctions between fishes and reptiles, and the close transi-

tions that connect together all the cold-blooded vertebrates.”

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE LV.

Upper surface of cranium of Loxomma Allmanni, half the natural size.

P.max, premaxillary bone; M.g, mucous grooves; A.n.o, ante-

rior nasal orifices; NV, nasal bones; Max, maxillary bone; L,

lacrymal; Ju, jugal; Qu.ju, quadrate jugal; Qu, quadrate ;

S.t, supratemporal; O.v, orbital vacuities; Fr, frontal bone ;

Pr.fr, prefrontal; Pt.fr, postfrontal; Pt.o, postorbital; P, pari-

etals, with parietal foramen ; Sg, squamous; S.o?, supraoccipi-

tals, so-called; Mast, mastoid; 7.f, temporal fossa; S.0, supra-

occipital; Hv.0, exoccipital.

PLATE V.

Under surface of cranium of Zoxomma, half the natural size. P.maz,

premaxillary bone; V.t, vomerine tusks; P.p.v, palate-plates of

vomers; P.p.p, palate-plates of palate-bones; P.p.max, palate-

plates of maxillaries ; A.maz, alveolar border of maxillary; Ap,

aperture in palate; P.t, palate-tusks; Sect, section of this tooth

shown in Plate VII. fig. 5; Ju, jugal; Qu, quadrate; Pter,

peree ; R, ridge on median line between palate and pterygoid

ones; Lc.pter, ectopterygoid; B.sph, basisphenoid; P.n.0,

posterior nasal orifices; B.oc, basioccipital; Ar.cav, articular

NEY of ditto for atlas; F.evoc, facets of exoccipital for arches

of atlas.

Mr. R. B. Sharpe on a new Species of Bird. 63

PLaTE VI.

Fig. 1. Posterior part of inferior surface of skull of Loxomma, a different

specimen from that shown in Plates IV. and V. Natural size,

kt, ridge on median line, fractured ; P.n.o, posterior nasal orifice;

B.sph, basisphenoid; B.oc, basioccipital; -Av.cav, situation of

articular cavity, here broken away; Fm, foramen magnum,

edge of; Fexoc, facets of exoccipitals; Qu, quadrate ‘Done ;

Mast, mastoid bone; Pter, pterygoid bone.

Fig. 2. External surface right half-mandible of Zoxomma, supposed to be

of the same specimen as is figured in Plates IV. & V. Half

natural size. The fractured part, the external end of the

articular cavity, and the marginal groove along the lower

border are well shown.

Fig. 3. Internal surface of fragment of left half-mandible, showing the

symphysis, the difference of level between the alveolar borders,

the teeth, and the interdental depressions. Half the natural size.

Fig. 4. Dorsal vertebra, natural size. C, centrum; NV.c, neural canal ;

S.p, spinous process; 7.p, transverse process; A.z, anterior zy-

gomatic process ; P.z, posterior zygomatic process.

PuaTeE VII,

Fig. 1. Rib, half the natural size.

Fig. 2, Longitudinal antero-posterior section through middle of a small

tooth and its alveolar border, from right half-mandible, magnified

four diameters. A, alveolus; ZL, enamel; D, dentine; P, pulp-

cavity.

Fig. 8. Transverse section near apex of tooth, as indicated in fig. 2,

sect. 3. Magnified 16 diameters. , enamel; D, dentine ;

P, pulp-cavity.

Fig. 4. Transverse section just above the cessation of the plicee, magni-

fied 16 diameters. See fig. 2, sect.4. Z, enamel; D, dentine ;

P, pulp-cavity.

Fig. 5. Transverse section immediately below alveolar border, fig. 2,

sect. 5. Magnified 16 diameters. D, dentine; P, pulp-cavity ;

p, radiations from pulp-cavity ; t, toothlets; B, bone.

Fig. 6. Portion of fig. 5, to show minute structure. Magnified about

48 diameters. B, bone; ex./, external layer of dentine; gr./,

granular layer; D, dentine, tubular ; pl, plicee, long and short ;

ex.in, external layer infolded ; gr.im, granular layer infolded.

X.—On a new Genus and Species of Bird belonging to the

Family Nectariniide. By R. Bowpier Suarre, F.L.S.,

F.Z.8., &c., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department,

British Museum.

Dr. ALEXANDER SmitH has very kindly presented to the

Museum some birds received by him from Old Calabar; and

amongst other interesting species is one which appears to be

the type of a new and undescribed genus. I therefore propose

to call it

LOopornis, gen. nov.

The characteristics may be thus, shortly, described. Very

close to Pholidornis, and of the same diminutive size, but

64 Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady on the

without the peculiarly pronounced scaly appearance of that

genus, from which it is, moreover, at once distinguishable by

the lobes near the gape. When the bird was first taken out

of spirit these lobes were very distinct, three im number, and

pure white ; they have almost disappeared since the bird was

skinned.

The type of this new genus I call

Lobornis Alexandri, sp. n.

General colour of upper surface umber-brown, the feathers

of the head slightly scale-like in character; the upper tail-

coverts rather more rufous brown, with which colour the wing-

coverts and quills are margined; tail dull brown ; entire under

surface light brown, the throat and fore neck strongly tinged

with rufous, as also are the flanks; the breast and under tail-

coverts very slightly varied with wavy cross bars of dark

brown; under wing-coverts light brown, slightly varied with

obscure cross bars of darker brown ; bill horn-brown, yellowish

at base; feet very pale brown. ‘Total length 3°8 inches,

culmen 0°3, wing 1°65, tail 1-1, tarsus 0°6.

Hab. Old Calabar. .

I name this bird after Dr. Alexander Smith, to whom the

Museum has often been indebted for additions to its collection.

XI.—On Priority in the Discovery of the Canal-System in

Foraminifera. By Messrs. PARKER, JONES, and BRADY.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

There is one paragraph in our friend Mr. Carter’s paper,

“On the Structure called Hozoon canadense in the Laurentian

Limestone of Canada,” in the May number of the ‘Annals,’

which can hardly be allowed to pass without comment ; for,

as it at present stands (from some oversight, doubtless, on the

part of the writer), it does serious injustice to two other ob-

servers. Our attention has been called to the passage, with

the suggestion that perhaps its correction would come better

from unbiased lookers on, friends alike of all concerned, than

from those more immediately and personally interested. .,

The question has nothing to do with the Hozoon controversy,

but is simply one of priority in discovery, apparently claimed

Canal-system in Foraminifera. 65

by Mr. Carter, which only requires a few references to papers

with which we have long been familiar to place on its right

footing ; indeed it scarcely requires an expression of opinion

from us. ‘The following is the passage referred to (p. 377) :—

“ Before Schultze’s or Carpenter’s books were published, I

had described and illustrated, in the ‘ Annals,’ the canal-system,

“nummuline’ tubulation, and general structure of the Foramini-

fera, both in the recent Operculina and in the fossilized Num-

multe (‘ Annals,’ 1852, vol. x. p. 161, pl.iv.). Even Schultze

m his book, as well as I can remember (for I have not the

work by me to refer to), gives me the credit of having dis-

eovered the ‘ canal-system,’ which at least proves the priority

of my publications ; and since then up to the present time I

have more or less occupied myself with the structure of

Foraminifera, as my papers in the ‘ Annals’ will show.”

As the first portion of this sentence stands, it appears as

though Mr. Carter claims not only the discovery of the “ canal-

system,” but also, by inference, that of the ‘‘ nummuline tubu-

Jation,”’ and ignores researches on the same subjects published

before Max Schultze’s ‘ Ueber den Organismus der Polytha-

lamien’ in 1854, and Carpenter’s ‘ Introduction to the Study

of the Foraminifera’ in 1862. It seems incumbent upon us

therefore to point out what the real sequence of discovery was ;

and this may be easily done by reference to the following

memoirs, Viz. :—

1. Williamson, ‘On the Structure of the Shell and Soft

Animal of Polystomella crispa,” 1848. ‘Trans. Micr. Soc.

Lond. vol. ii. p. 159.

2. Carpenter, ‘On the Microscopic Structure of Nummulina,

Orbitolites,and Orbitotdes,” 1849. Q. J. Geol. Soc. vol.vi. p.21.

3. Williamson, ‘ On the Minute Structure of the Calcareous

Shells of some Recent Species of Foraminifera,” 1850. ‘Trans.

Micr. Soc. Lond. vol. iii. p. 105.

4, Williamson, ‘‘ On the Minute Structure of a Species of

Faujasina,” 1851. Q. J. Micr. Science, vol. i. p. 87.

These were all published, as will be seen, before Mr. Carter’s

well-known and excellent paper “On the Form and Structure

of the Shell of Operculina arabica,” 1852 (Journal of the

Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, January part,

1853). We are well acquainted with Mr. Carter’s previous

paper “On Foraminifera, their Organization and their existence

in a Fossilized State in Arabia, Sindh, Kutch, and Kattywar”’

(ibid. vol. for 1849) ; but it does not appear to us to contain

anything affecting the present issue. Neither need we allude

to Dr. Carpenter s various contributions to the ‘ Philosophical

Transactions’ between 1856 and 1860, which jtouED published

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv.

66 Messrs. Parker, Jones,.and Brady on the

before his “ book,” were subsequent to Mr. Carter’s memoir

on Opereulina arabica, the question really being how far the

apparently sweeping claim of priority in discovery is justified

by the researches embodied in this latter memoir.

In Professor Williamson’s paper on Polystomella crispa we

have the earliest results of the microscopical investigation of

the minute structure of the shells of Foraminifera based upon

transparent sections. The calcareous shells are therein spoken

of as perforated by a multitude of minute foramina; and

the solid umbilical nueleus is described as “ pitted by small

but deep depressions, which may be designed to facilitate the

exit of pseudopodia from the innermost convolutions.” This

appears to us the first indication of the existence of the canal-

system—an indication, of course,rather thanan actual discovery.

Dr. Carpenter’s paper, presented to the Geological Society

in the following year (1849), “On the Microscopie Structure

of Nummulina, Orbitolites, and Orbitoides,” comes next in point

of time. In it the minutely tubular structure of the shell of the

Nummulite is described with a completeness and figured with

an exactness that has left little for subsequent addition. A

system of ‘‘canals” opening into the chambers by distinct

orifices, and terminating in the “ interseptal spaces,” is de-

scribed and figured ; and the specialized condition of the mar-

ginal portion of each whorl, so far as the perforation by a

smaller number of larger tubuli,is pointed out. Thus, though

the “canal-system” (as a system) was not traced in its

entirety, owing to the research being based upon fossil speci-

mens alone, a large proportion of the facts necessary for its

establishment were correctly laid down.

In 1850 Prof. Williamson made a farther contribution to

the subject in his memoir “On the Minute Structare of the

Calcareous Shells of some Recent Species of Foraminifera,”

which contains chiefly the record of mvestigations on the

structure of two species of Amphistegina, and on a so-called

Nonionina from the Philippines (really an Opereulina), together

with other matters. Not only is the parallel tubulation in the

chamber-walls herein described, but also the “ canal-system ”’

of the marginal portion of the spire, the large radiating tubes

(of Dr. Carpenter’s paper) being shown to be part of a plexus

of canals communicating with the interseptal spaces, which

plexus is minutely described and figured. The connexion of

the interseptal spaces with at least one continuous tube in

each of the spiral parietes separating contiguous canals is de-

monstrated ; im fact Professor Williamson had, in 1850, made

out almost the entire canal-system of the Operculina type.

The following year the same able investigator communi-

cated a third memoir to the Microscopical Society, “On the

Canal-system in Foraminifera. 67

Minute Structure of a Species of Faujasina,” the form now

known as Rotalia Schreteriana, in which he gave a complete

and accurate account, with admirable figures, of the remarkable

canal-system of what may be regarded as the most highly

organized form of the Rotalian type.

Thus before Mr. Carter’s paper of 1852 the ‘nummuline

tubulation ” and the “canal-system ” of the Operculine and

Rotalian types and an important part of that, of Nummulina,

as well as all that concerned the general structure of these, had

been thoroughly worked out. It is no part of our present

purpose to examine critically what Mr. Carter’s paper really

added to the facts established by previous observers ; we have

followed his researches in no unappreciative spirit: nor do we

wish it to be inferred that living in India, as he was at that

time, the papers published only a year or two previous to his

own had prompted or guided his investigations: ina word, we

do not desire in any way to detract from the originality of his

work, except so far as in the memoir itself he acknowledges

previous investigations; but whatever might be the case then,

it cannot be right now, with the opportunity at hand of

ascertaining how far his published results really had_ priority,

to ignore the main facts of the papers we have quoted.

The value of Mr. Carter’s labours seems to us to have been

justly stated in Carpenter’s ‘ Introduction ;’ and the researches

of the three observers we have named are placed in honourable

companionship by D’Archiac and Haime, in their classical

work on Nummulites (published a year after Mr. Carter's

paper), in the following terms :—

“Tétude de la structure intime des Nummulites a fait de

véritables progrés par suite des recherches de M. W.C. William-

son, de M. W. B. Carpenter et de M. Carter.”’

We may just add that the appeal to Max Schultze’s work

in confirmation of priority is not very fortunate ; for the same

three observers are all mentioned in the same paragraph, the

opening sentence of which is “ Eine Erwihnung verdient

hier das eigenthiimliche System von Caniilen welches Carter

in der Schale von Operculina arabica und Williamson an

einer Faujasina beschrieben haben;” and as the dates 1852 and

1851 respectively are given in the footnote, it cannot be said

that the learned German professor assigns priority in dis-

covery specially to Mr. Carter.

We are, Gentlemen,

Yours faithfully,

W. K. PARKER,

T. Rupert JONES,

Henry B. Brapy.

68 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

XI1.—On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andrews. By W. C. M‘Intosu.

{Continued from vol. xiit. p. 432.]

-Subkingdom ANNULOSA.

Series I. ANNULOIDA.

Class ECHINODERMATA.

The Echinoderms of St. Andrews, though plentiful, are by

no means remarkable, being those generally distributed over the

north-east coast. We do not find the rosy feather, the bird’s-

foot, and the little cushion starfishes so abundant on the south-

ern and western shores, the former extending to the tangles

of Shetland and far into the Atlantie. The beautiful pale

bluish-purple Astertas glacialis, so common under littoral

stones at Herm, and the great Luidia Savignii of the sur-

rounding currents are absent (though the former occasionally

occurs on the east coast of Scotland}; and so is Asterdas

Miilleri of the Hebridean lochs. 'The northern waters are

further distinguished by the piper (Cidaris papillata) and

swarms of Lchinus norvegicus; and the southern by the

splendid condition of the purple, Fleming’s, and the silky-

spined urchins. The profusion of sea-cucumbers characteristic

of eertain parts affords another contrast: thus, as truly said

by Prof. Edward Forbes, the giant of the race seems to have

rallied all his subjects around him in the rich tangle-forests

of the Zetlandic voes. ‘The vast numbers of Synapta tenera

on the muddy banks of the numerous islets in the Sound of

Harris is distinctive, just as the abundance of Synapta Gal-

liennii (which the Rev. Mr. Norman seems inclined to link

on to. S. inherens) is in Belgrave Bay, Guernsey, and a large

brownish-purple species on the south-west coast of Ireland.

The places of the rare are: filled by a multitude of the

common forms, which abound on the beach after storms, and

under stones between tide-marks, or are dredged in the sur-

rounding waters. The ease with which the development of

the young of this group can be observed opens up an excellent

field for future investigators.

I have to thank the Rev. A. M. Norman for his kind

assistance in revising the following list, and determining

several Holothuroidea.

Echinodermata of St. Andrews. 69

Order II. OPHIUROIDEA.

Fam. 2. Ophiuride.

Genus 4. OpnioTurix, Miiller & Troschel.

Ophiothrix fragilis, O. F. Miller; Rev. A. M. Norman,

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. February 1865, p. 107.

Abundant under stones in rock-pools and near low-water

mark, and dredged in the water beyond to a considerable depth.

Many of the stones in the pools are covered with the ova of

this species about the middle of November; and some of the

starfishes have them attached to the disk.

Genus 5. AmpHrIuRA, Forbes.

Amphiura filiformis, O. F. Miller; Norman, op. cit. p. 107.

Occasionally in the stomachs of haddocks. Rare.

Amphiura Chiqii, Forbes; Norman, op. cit. p. 107.

Vast numbers are thrown ashore on the West Sands after

storms. It is also common in the stomachs of the cod and

haddock.

Amphiura elegans, Leach ; Norman, op. cit. p. 109.

Frequent under stones in rock-pools and near low water,

especially towards the Rock and Spindle.

Genus 7. OpniocomA, Agassiz.

Ophiocoma nigra, O. F. Miller ; Norman, op. c7t. p. 111.

Not uncommon from deep water (by dredging and the deep-

sea lines of the fishermen). It does not occur in profusion, as

in many parts of the Zetlandic and southern portions of our

seas.

Genus 8. OpHioPHoLis, Miiller & Troschel.

Ophiopholis aculeata, O. F. Miiller; Norman, op. ct. p. 112.

Rather plentiful in deep water, and common in the stomach

of the cod; occasionally under stones near low water at the

East Rocks.

Genus 9. OpHiura, Lamarck.

Ophiura lacertosa, Pennant; Norman, op. cit. p. 112.

Abundant off the West Sands, and thrown on the beach in

70 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

great numbers after storms; it is then much preyed on by

gulls.

Ophiura albida, Forbes ; Norman, op. cit. p. 118.

Dredged off the East Rocks on a sandy bottom, and pro-

cured from the stomachs of haddocks.

Order III. ASTEROIDEA.

Fam. 1. Astropectinide.

Genus 10. AsTROPECTEN, Linck.

Astropecten irregularis, Pennant; Norman, op. cit. p. 116.

Very abundant on the West Sands after storms.

Genus 11. Lurpr1a, Forbes.

Luidia Sarsii, Diiben & Koren; Norman, op. cit. p. 118.

Occasionally from the deep-sea lines of the fishermen. It

takes the place of the larger L. Savignii of the prolific waters

of the Channel Islands.

Fam. 2. Solastride.

Genus 15. SoLasTerR, Forbes.

Solaster papposus, L.; Norman, op. cit. p. 122.

Abundant on the West Sands after storms, and at all times

at low water amongst the rocks.

Solaster endeca, L.; Norman, op. cit. p. 122.

Not uncommon on the West Sands after storms, but much

less abundant than the foregoing.

Genus 18. CrIBRELLA, Agassiz.

Cribrella sanguinolenta, O. F. Miiller; Norman, op. cit.

p- 124.

Very common between tide-marks, often hanging to the

dripping sides and roofs of caverns. A large and much

softer variety occasionally occurs. The greater diameter in

several instances reaches 5 inches; and one exceeds this size.

Echinodermata of St. Andrews. 71

Fam. 3. Asteriadz.

Genus 20. Asrerias, L.

Asterias rubens, L.; Norman, op. cit. p. 128.

Abundant between tide-marks and beyond. Many singular

varieties, from the loss or partial reproduction of the rays,

occur. A specimen shows five large rays, two of which are

formed by the splitting of one arm, while in the interspace

two small rays situated one over the other occur. They spawn

in November; and many are found in the peculiar stool-like

position, grasping the ova, at this season. ‘The same posture,

however, is sometimes assumed when devouring Littorina

obtusata or other mollusks.

Asterias violacea, O. F. Miller; Norman, op. cit. p. 128.

As common as the foregoing, and even more so between

tide-marks.

Asterias hispida, Pennant ; Norman, op. cit. p. 128.

This species has only been seen at St. Andrews by Prof.

Edward Forbes, who found several specimens on the sands

after a storm in 1839. Although hundreds of small forms

have been examined, no specific character has occurred to

separate them from the foregoing (A. rubens and A. violacea).

Order IV. ECHINOIDEA.

Fam. 1. Cidaride.

Genus Ecuinus, L.

Echinus esculentus, L.; Forbes, Brit. Starfishes, p. 149.

Common amongst the tangles at extreme low water, and in

the laminarian region beyond ; young specimens occur under

stones between tide-marks. In many the intestinal canal is

loaded with fragments of laminarian stalks, pieces of Delesseria,

and other seaweeds covered with Membranipora; im some

there are fragments of the shells of Balani and tubes of

Serpule.

Echinus miliaris, Leske ; Forbes, Brit. Starf. p. 161.

Not uncommon under stones in rock-pools.

72 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Echinus Flemingti, Ball; Forbes, Brit. Starf. p. 164.

_ Occasionally in deep water off the bay, and thrown on the

West Sands after storms. The specimens are much less than

those of the Channel Islands.

Genus TOXOPNEUSTES, Agassiz.

Toxopneustes dribachiensis, O. F. Miiller ; Forbes, Brit.

Starf. p. 172 (as Hchinus neglectus).

Not uncommon on the West Sands after storms. The spe-

cimens are smaller than those from the Channel Islands.

Fam. 2. Clypeastride.

Genus Ecuinocyamus, Leske.

Echinocyamus angulosus, Leske; Forbes, Brit. Starf.

p- 175:

Abundant in deep water and in the stomachs of the cod,

flounder, and haddock. Worn specimens also occur at the

East Rocks amongst the shell-gravel.

Fam. 3. Spatangida.

Genus SpaTANGus, Klein.

Spatangus purpureus, O. F. Miiller; Forbes, Brit. Starf.

p- 182.

Not uncommon in deep water, and occasionally thrown on

the West Sands by storms.

Genus EcHINOCARDIUM, Gray.

Echinocardium cordatum, Pennant; Forbes, Brit. Starf.

p- 190.

Very common off the West Sands, and tossed on the beach

at all seasons.

Echinocardium ovatum, Leske ; Forbes, Brit. Starf. p. 194

(as Amphidetus roseus).

Occurs in deep water, and on the beach after storms ; some-

what rare.

Echinodermata of St. Andrews. 73

Order V. HOLOTHUROIDEA.

Fam. Psolide.

Genus Psotus, Oken.

Psolus phantapus, L.; Forbes, Brit. Starf. p. 203.

Occasionally from deep water, and brought in by the fishing-

boats.

Fam. Pentacte.

Genus CucumartA, Blainville.

Cucumaria

A large purplish-brown species, common on the West Sands

after storms. Mr. Norman thinks “this is probably the

species found by Mr. Goodsir off the Fifeshire coast, and re-

ferred to C. frondosa by Ei. Forbes. It is very like that species

in most of its characters, especially in the total absence of

skin-spicules, and in the form of the tentacular spicula, which

are elongated and cribrose. It appears to differ from C. fron-

dosa in its very thick test, and especially in appearing to have

feet scattered over the body between the regular rows. At

the same time it is possible that the firmness may be due to

a state of rigid contraction from having been beaten about in

a storm when alive; and with respect to the latter, the pores

may not mark contracted feet. .... It does not correspond badly

with the description of C. Drummondi, a species unknown to

mie.”

Cucumaria elongata, Diiben & Koren; Norman, Zetlandic

Fauna, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868, p. 316.

= Cucumaria pentactes, Forbes (partim), the centre figure in woodcut,

p. 218.

Specimens are occasionally brought from the coralline

ground by the fishermen.

Cucumaria Hyndmanni, Thompson; Forbes, Brit. Starf.

p. 225.

Not uncommon in the stomachs of haddocks and cod.

Cueumaria lactea, Forbes & Goodsir ; Forbes, Brit. Starf.

p- 231.

Abundant in the coralline region amongst zoophytes.

Young specimens are numerous in June.

74 On the Echinodermata of St. Andrews.

Genus THYONE, Oken.

Thyone fusus, O. F. Miller; Forbes, Brit. Starf. p. 233.

Common in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Genus THyonipium, Diib. & Koren.

Thyonidium Dubent, Norman, op. ect. p. 317.

Occasionally in the stomachs of the cod and haddock. Mr.

Norman states that he has found it on the coast of Ireland, as

well as in Shetland. He observes (én Ut.) that in this form

there are no skin-spicula; feet with a large, circular, cribrose

plate at the end, no spicula on sides; tentacles cased in large

cribrose spicula of varied form—elongated, short, or most

elegantly irregular and branched.

Thyonidium commune, Forbes & Goodsir ; Forbes, Brit.

Starf. p. 217, and Norman, op. cit. p. 317.

A fragmentary specimen in the stomach of a cod.

Fam. Synaptide.

Genus Synapta, Eschsch.

Synapta inherens, O. F. Miller; Dr. Herapath, Journ.

Mier. Sc. 1865, p. 4.

The typical form occurs between tide-marks, as well as in

the laminarian region, the anchor-plates having six apertures

Yoo’

wc bd

surrounding the central, and comparatively few openings in

the narrow part to which the anchor is attached (see smaller

Bibliographical Notice. 75

figure in woodcut, which represents both forms x 210 diam.).

Such agrees closely with examples from the Channel Islands,

the Hebrides, and other parts. An imperfect specimen from

the stomach of a haddock diverges very considerably in the

form of its anchor-plates (woodcut, larger figure), since the

whole plate is much larger, and there are generally seven

apertures round the central, instead of six as in the former

case ; while the slits in the smaller end (to which the anchor

is attached) are much more numerous and linear. Various

abnormal anchors occur in S. ¢nherens, such as one with five

flukes (a bifid process on the summit, a bifid fluke and a

normal serrated fluke), or an anchor with several processes on

the stalk.

[To be continued. |

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

A History of British Quadrupeds, including the Cetacea. By Tuomas

Bett, F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.G.S., &¢. Second Edition, revised

and partly rewritten by the Author, assisted by Rosrerr F. Tomns,

Corr. Memb. Z.S., and Epwarp Ricnarp Aston, F.Z.8. London:

Van Voorst, 1874.

Tuts long-expected volume, which enterprise, science, and art have

alike combined to render attractive, has at last issued from the

press; and we heartily welcome its appearance. Of the beautiful

series of works on British zoology which bear on their titlepages

the name of its spirited publisher, few are likely to become so

popular. Less bulky than its predecessor of five-and-thirty years

ago, it possesses yet stronger claims to our admiration: the species

and numerous varieties of our domestic animals have been wisely

eliminated, and none but ferew nature of the British Islands now

find a place within its pages.

From our previous acquaintance with the productions of the

accomplished author, no less than from the qualifications of those

who have rendered him assistance on the present occasion, we were,

of course, prepared to meet with much that would be appreciated by

the scientific, and that would prove interesting to the general reader :

nor have we been disappointed. For many years it has been no

secret that the delay in the appearance of this edition could not

justly be attributed either to the author or his publisher. His change

of residence from London, ‘the centre of literary and scientific

society and information,” to the classic and appropriate home of

Selborne (the Mecea of field-naturalists), and other circumstances

over which he had no control, induced him to call in the aid of two

gentlemen, which is duly acknowledged on the titlepage, each of

them fully qualified to impart the most recent information in the

particular department to which his attention had been especially

directed ; but, as we are told in the Preface, “ the dilatory manner

76 Bibliographical Notice.

in which, in one case, this assistance was bestowed, caused extreme

uneasiness to both author and publisher, and occasioned the lamented

delay.”” However, ‘‘ All’s well that ends well ;” and we believe we

are correct in saying that, although the charming introductory

chapter to the history of the Vespertilionide appears almost in its

original form, yet the greater part of what is new and interesting

in the subsequent account of that hitherto little-known family has

been contributed by the peccant coadjutor.

Those who are desirous of paying especial attention to the study

of British bats will be grateful for the lucid arrangement of certain

obscure groups, which until now have been frequently confounded.

For example, the shape of the ear and tragus, and the relative pro-

portions of the ear to the tragus and to the head, as well as the den-

tition, were formerly employed to point out two distinct divisions of

the simple-nosed species (the formula of dentition and the shape and

structure of the tragus combining to prove the correctness of this

view); but, besides these well-known characters, the separation in

the present edition of the old genus Vespertilio from Scotophilus,

the arrangement of the former into two groups, and the latter into

three (the distinguishing characters of which are principally ob-

tained from the extent of the wing-membranes, reaching in some to

the base of the toes, and in others only to the distal extremity of

the tibia, leaving the foot free), appear to us equally justifiable and

ingenious, while the author has happily avoided the too common error

(sin we were almost about to say) of elevating these “ groups” to

the rank of subgenera. Many a youthful aspirant, indeed, has been

deterred from prosecuting the scientific study of Natural History by

the Babel of modern nomenclature. It should never be forgotten

that species alone exist in nature ; and the student is frequently lost

in a labyrinth of genera and subgenera which are a mystery to him,

but in the manufacture of which the mere closet-naturalist finds his

chief delight.

We observe the same laudable disinclination to admit, or fabri-

cate, a new species without anatomical evidence, in the account of

the otter (Lutra vulgaris). In the Museum of the Zoological So-

ciety of London there is a specimen of an otter that was killed in

Ireland; and we are told that the gentleman who presented it “ has

long considered the Irish otter as constituting a distinct species from

that of England,” on account of the intensity of its colouring, which

approaches nearly to black, both on the under and upper surface,

and a presumed difference in the size of the ears, and the peculiarity

of its habits and manners, “ being a more marine animal, and con-

stantly betaking itself to the sea when alarmed or hunted.” Now

we have killed many otters in Ireland, both in inland rivers and in

estuaries on the coast, and can corroborate the accuracy of this

account as to their fondness for salt water and salmon (quite suffi-

cient to account for their greater size as compared with their il-fed

representatives in this country); but we do not believe that there is

any difference in the dimensions of the ears ; and as to the colour of

the skin, although generally of a much darker hue than that of

Bibliographical Notice. a

English examples, yet we possess in our own collection a beautiful

specimen taken in the river Rother, in Sussex, a few years ago,

whose fur is still as dark as that of any otter we ever met with in

Ireland. But one species of Lutra can be recognized as a denizen of

the British Islands.

We are reluctantly compelled to point out an error as regards

the geographical distribution of the hedgehog* (Hrinaceus europeus).

“The hedgehog,” our author says, “has not hitherto, so far as we

know, been met with in Ireland.” Now we can state, from our own

experience, that it is generally distributed there; but if he had

applied this remark to a different animal, the weasel (Mustela vul-

garis), though not quite correct, he would have been nearer the

truth. The stoat (Mustela erminea) is common in Ireland, where it

never becomes white during the winter; and the term “ weasel” is

always applied to it and not to its lesser congener, which, in all pro-

bability, is now extinct. During our early youth, about the year

1824, in the far west of Ireland (county of Mayo) we once saw a

weasel run across a road and take refuge under a heap of stones.

Its diminutive proportions and short tail at once attracted our at-

tention; and summoning to our assistance some men who were

engaged in repairing a wall, the stones were removed, one by one,

until at last the little animal made its appearance, and was quickly

despatched. Bewick’s ‘Quadrupeds’ was then a familiar book

with us; and the admirable figure of the weasel, with which

the specimen precisely corresponded, removed all doubt as to the

species. Like “The Last of the Mohicans,” it was probably the

ultimate representative of its race. Such, indeed, was the opinion

of the late Mr. Thompson of Belfast, to whom we related the inci-

dent several years afterwards. At any rate our subsequent exertions

to procure another example of the true weasel proved fruitless ; nor

have we ever succeeded in obtaining a recent specimen in that

country, or met with others who have been more successful than

ourselves.

A propos of Ireland, we are glad to find that the so-called Irish

hare (Lepus hibernicus of the first edition) has been rejected as a

species, and now finds its true place as a geographical variety of the

mountain hare (Lepus variabilis), so common in the hilly parts of

Scotland. In the comparatively mild climate of Ireland this animal,

like the stoat, does not become white in winter, a circumstance

which probably first induced the late Mr. Yarrell to suggest that it

should be specifically distinguished, as the osteological differences

are really unimportant. But even when transported to the south of

England the Inish hare will change colour during severe seasons, as

we can assert from personal experience. About the year 1850 the

late Lord Mayo sent fourteen to the late Lord Leconfield, who

turned them down in Petworth Park, one of the finest in England,

surrounded by a lofty wall of more than twelve miles circumference.

Here they increased rapidly, being much more prolific than the

* This mistake has since been corrected in an erratum slip.

78 Bibliographical Notice.

common hare (Lepus timidus), which also abounded in the same

woods and plantations. Pied examples of the former were of com-

mon occurrence every year, in the months of January and February ;

and during the exceptionally severe winter of 1860 we ourselves shot

one that was perfectly white, and it is now in our collection. In

juxtaposition is a Scotch specimen from Banffshire, exhibiting the

same snowy livery. We fully coincide in our author’s remark that

‘the assertion of Von Tschudi that mules between Lepus timidus

and Lepus variabilis are often met with in Switzerland is a state-

ment which seems to require further confirmation.” Not a single

example of such a hybrid has ever been met with in Petworth Park.

The vexed question as to whether the ferret (Mustela furio) 1s

specifically distinct from the polecat (MZ. putorius) receives but little

light in the volume before us. It is admitted to be ‘“ impossible to

point out any constant anatomical distinction between the animals,

and they are said to breed freely with one another; on the other

hand, the intolerance of cold of the ferret has been considered as

evidence of its having been derived from an original stock brought

from Africa or some other tropical land.” In accordance with this

latter belief in the exotic origin of the ferret, his portrait and bio-

graphy are consistently excluded from the pages of this edition.

Mr. Colquhoun, the well-known author of ‘The Moor and the

Loch,’ in his ‘ Lecture on the Pere Nature of the British Islands,’

expresses his belief that the dark ferrets so common in every rat-

catcher’s hutch owe their dusky hue to polecat parentage. He says,

«‘ Dark ferrets exactly resemble foumarts, only they are smaller and

of lighter shade. Many of these brown ferrets are half polecats ;

in fact the polecat is just a wild ferret.” Now, if these “dark

ferrets ” were ascertained to be prolific inter se, the identity of the

two supposed species would be proved. As we formerly observed in

our notice of Mr. Colquhoun’s lecture*, ‘‘ Surely this questio vevata

might easily be decided by experiment.”

«There is no rule,” it is said, “‘ without an exception ;” and that

which our author and his assistants have so laudably and generally

observed, of excluding our domestic and semidomesticated animals,

appears to us to have been transgressed in a single instance—that

of the fallow deer (Cervus dama), which was originally an inha-

bitant of Asia Minor and countries bordering the Mediterranean, and

therefere seems hardly to deserve a place among the fere nature

of the British Islands, to which the red deer (Cervus elaphus) and

the roe (C. capreolus) are of course entitled. We believe that the

new illustration of the former, in this edition, is from the gifted

pencil of the greatest zoological artist now living, whose well-known

portraits of living animals are beyond all praise. We sincerely wish,

however, that he had not, in a facetious moment, stuck such an ab-

normal pair of antlers on his stag. Horns of this fantastic, semi-

palmated character, though met with in continental collections, are

not typical of the species, are rare in the Scottish forests; and the

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xi. p. 382.

Bibliographical Notice. 79

figure in the first edition, with the characteristic tripods crowning

the antlers, although inferior in every other respect, gives a more

correct representation of the animal’s usual appearance.

Perhaps no portion of the work exhibits more favourably the ad-

vance of zoological knowledge during the last thirty years than that

which comprises the orders Pinnipedia and Cetacea, popularly known

as Seals and Whales. The true seals (or Phocide), with the walrus

(Trichecus), the only representative of its genus, and the eared seals

(Otaride) are comprised in the former order. We have no British

representative of the last-named family; but the walrus, an arctic

animal, which has occasionally been killed on the northern coasts of

Scotland, in some respects constitutes a link between them and the

true seals, agreeing with the latter in its general anatomy, and with

the former in the peculiar mode of using its limbs when on land.

This is so well described by our author that we are tempted to quote

the passage.

“ Instead of resting on its belly and progressing by the action of

its abdominal muscles, as we have seen to be the case with the true

Seals, the walrus walks upright, though in an awkward and shuffling

manner, the fore paws being turned backwards, while the hind feet

are directed forwards and outwards. In its motions in swimming

also it holds an equally intermediate position ; for while the fore feet

are hardly used by the true Seals, and are the main organ of pro-

pulsion in the Otaride, all four limbs are employed by the walrus ;

as Dr. Pettigrew remarks, ‘ so far as the physiology of its extremities

is concerned, it may very properly be regarded as holding an inter-

mediate position between the Seals on the one hand and the Sea-

bears and Sea-lions on the other.’” (Page 270.)

We recommend such of our readers as take an interest in this

subject to pay an early visit to the Zoological Gardens in the Re-

gent’s Park, where they will find the accuracy of the above account

(as regards the different modes of progression, when on land, exhi-

bited by the true seals and the sea-lions) verified by ocular demon-

stration. Two living members of the Otaridw are now to be seen

in the seal-pond, the sea-lion (Otaria jubata) and a smaller species

(O. pusilla), both natives of the southern hemisphere—the former

from the Falkland Islands, the latter from the Cape of Good Hope.

Their intelligent and obliging keeper, Francois Lecomte, for whom

they exhibit the strongest affection, has succeeded in so thoroughly

domesticating them, as well as others of the common British species,

that they come on shore when summoned by his whistle, walk along

a plank that extends into the centre of the pond, and clamber up

into two chairs purposely placed at the further extremity for their

reception. Nay, we have even seen the sea-lion follow Lecomte into

an adjacent building furnished with a sliding door, and on the latter

coming out and shutting it, remain perfectly quiet inside until

ordered by him to open it for himself, a feat which he performed

with facility and expedition.

We may here mention that a living example of that extraordinary

animal the hooded seal (Cystophora cristata) has been lately added

80 Bibliographical Notice.

to the Society’s collection, and occupies a smaller pond by himself.

This species, having occurred twice in the British Islands, of course

finds a place in the volume before us.

It is greatly to be regretted that the annual persecution of the

interesting and intelligent family of Phocide has reduced its num-

bers so sensibly, even on the coasts of Scotland, that in process of

time its members will, in all probability, become as scarce as the wal-

rus. Inthe British Islands, as our author remarks, seals are hardly

plentiful enough to be of more than local importance ; but

“It is very different in the far north, where vast herds of Ph.

grenlandica, Ph. barbata, and Cystophora cristata assemble in spring

on the ice of the Greenland and Spitzbergen seas, as well as in

Davis’s Straits and around Newfoundland. Every spring a large

fleet of European vessels sails northwards, and coasts along the

southern margin of the ice-fields till the seals are met with, when

the hunters endeavour to cut off their retreat to the open water, and

then despatch them with heavy clubs. The numbers thus destroyed

are very great; Dr. R. Brown estimates the value of those killed

in the Greenland seas alone at about £116,000 (Proc. Zool. Soe.

1868, p. 439). It appears inevitable, as Dr. Brown remarks, that

such indiscriminate slaughter must soon greatly diminish the num-

bers of the northern seals, and eventually destroy the value of the

fishery.”

To many, who have never paid any attention to natural history,

the admission of the order Cetacea (in which are included the British

Whales, Dolphins, and Porpoises) into this volume would appear, at

first sight, erroneous and absurd; but this subject is so lucidly ex-

plained in the admirable introduction to the order Cetacea, that we

must quote our author’s own words :—

«‘The outward appearance of the Cetaceans, organized as they are

for a permanent residence in the ocean, resembles so nearly that of

fishes that they have been arranged together by the ancients and by

the ignorant. Ray himself was not prepared to separate them ; and

even the example of the great Linneus, who, with his wonted

correctness and judgment, placed the Whales in their true position,

was not sufficient to counterbalance the prejudices of Pennant, who

regarded the Cetacea as forming a division of the class of Fishes, al-

though he was well aware that they bring forth their young alive,

and nourish them by means of mammary organs, similarly con-

structed to those of the whole class of Mammalia. Their true posi-

tion, however, being established, it becomes a matter of great in-

terest to ascertain what relation the other organs of the body bear

to the corresponding ones in the other groups of this class, and by

what modifications of structure they are rendered subservient to a

mode of life so different from that of the more typical forms. A

brief notice of the principal points of their organization, so far as

they bear on these apparent anomalies, will show that the important

variations in form and habits are provided for by the modification of

the structures which are essentially the type of the class, rather

than by their abolition and the production of new organs.”

Royal Society. 81

Our space will not permit us to indulge in further quotations

from this interesting portion of the volume ; but our readers can form

some idea of the research and labour that have been employed when

we say that no less than ten species of the order Cetacea have been

added to the British list; and although the illustration of Ziphius

cavirostris at page 428 exhibits an impossible tail (being vertical

instead of horizontal), yet the woodcuts and vignettes throughout

the volume are really beautiful as works of art, while the literary

and scientific portion is well worthy of the distinguished naturalist

to whom, principally, we are indebted for this valuable contribution

to the zoology of the British Islands.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

ROYAL SOCIETY,

March 12, 1874.—Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair.

“Contributions to the Developmental History of the Mollusca.

Sections I., I1., I11., IV.” By E. Ray Lanxesrer, M.A., Fellow

of Exeter College, Oxford.

Section I. The ovarian Egg and early development of Loligo.

The points of greatest interest to which the author draws

attention in the present memoir are :—

1. The explanation of the basketwork structure of the surface

of the ovarian egg by the plication of the inner egg-capsule.

2. The increase of the yelk by the inception of cells proliferated

from the inner egg-capsule.

3. The homogeneous condition of the egg at fertilization.

4, The limitation of yelk-cleavage to the cleavage-patch.

5. The occurrence of independently formed corpuscles (the

autoplasts) which take part in the formation of the blastoderm.

6. The primitive eye-chamber, formed by the rising up of an

oval wall and its growing together so as to form a roof to the

chamber.

7. The origin of the otocysts by invagination.

8. The rhythmic contractility of a part of the wall of the yelk-

sac.

9. The disappearance of the primitive mouth, and the develop-

ment of a secondary mouth.

10. The development of a pair of large nerve-ganglia by in-

vagination of the epiblast immediately below the primitive eye-

chambers.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser, 4. Vol. xiv, 6

82 Royal Society :—

General Considerations relative to the Observations contained in

Sections IL., ILL., LV. (containing the developmental histories of

Pisidium, Aplysia, Tergipes, Polycera, and Neritina).

In these observations the author points out briefly their bearing

on two matters of theoretical importance, viz. (1) the origin and

significance of what has been called the G‘astrula-phase of develop-

ment, and (2) the homologies or homogenies (as the author prefers

to say) of the shells, ligaments, and internal pens of the Mollusca.

More facts have to be sought out and brought to bear on these

questions ; but the author, while occupied in that further search,

indicates the anticipations which must guide and stimulate it.

Before doing so he mentions that there are a variety of other

matters of interest in the facts recorded in the paper which cannot

yet be brought into any theoretical structure, but which are not

on that account kept back, as they will probably be of some service

in their isolated condition.

Kowalevsky was the first to describe, in a precise manner, the

formation of the foundations of the alimentary tract in a develop-

ing embryo, by invagination of the wall of a simple primitive

blastosphere, or hollow ball of embryonic cleavage-corpuscles. He

detected this mode of development in Amphiowus, and subsequently

in Ascidia. By later researches he was able to indicate the same

mode of development in certain Vermes (Sagitta, Euaxes, Lumbri-

cus); and he mentioned incidentally that he had observed a similar

development in the Heteropodous mollusk Atalanta. At that

time the author was studying the development of Pisidiwm and

Limax, and obtained evidence of the invagimation of the primitive

blastosphere in those two widely separated mollusks. Subse-

quently at Naples he found the same process occurring in Nudi-

branchs. The probable identity of this process of invagination

with that so well known in the Batrachians, especially through

Stricker’s admirable work on the subject, became clear, to those

occupied with embryological studies, from the facts established by

Kowalevsky ; and the “anus of Rusconi” could now be recognized

in the “ orifice of invagination” present in members of the three

large groups of Vermes, Mollusca, and Vertebrata.

The embryonic form produced by this invagination-process is a

simple sac composed of an ectoderm and endoderm, with an orifice

connecting the exterior with the cavity lined by the endoderm.

It, in short, presents the typical structure of the simplest Ccelen-

terata, and corresponds exactly with the so-called Planula of the

polyps and corals. Hence we are tempted to see in this primitive

invagination-form the representative of the Coelenterate phase of

development of the whole animal kingdom. In a paper published

in May 1873*, containing the substance of lectures delivered in

the preceding October, the author discussed this notion at some

length, and other points connected with the attempt to work out

the correspondences of the embryonal cell-layers of the various

* Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist. 1873, xi. p 32

On the Developmental History of the Mollusca. 83

groups of the animal kingdom. At the end of the year 1872,

Professor Hiickel’s splendid Monograph of the Calcareous Sponges

appeared, in which the same questions are methodically discussed.

The name Gastrula is given by Professor Hiickel to the embryonic

form which the author proposed to designate by the old name

Planula; and the multicellular blastosphere, from which the

Gastrula is developed, which the author had proposed to speak of

as a Polyplast, he well christens the Morula. Professor Hiickel

was able to show in his monograph that the Calcareous Sponges

exhibit a beautifully definite Gastrula-larva, which swims freely by

means of cilia. Lieberkiihn, Miklucho-Maclay, and Oscar Schmidt

had previously shown that certain sponges exhibit such an em-

bryonic form; but Professor Hiickel described it in many cases,

and showed fully its mode of development and structure.

This brings us to an important point in what Hiickel calls the

“Gastra theory ”*. The Gastrula torm of the Calcareous Sponges

is not formed by invagination, but, without any opening in the blasto-

sphere making its appearance, the cells constituting its walls

divide into an endoderm and an ectoderm; then, and not until

then, an orifice is formed from the central cavity to the exterior

by a breaking through at one pole. Careful accounts of the deve-

lopment of Coelenterata, with a view to determine the mode of deve-

lopment of the Planuwla or Gastrula form in regard to the question

of invagination, are not to hand in a large number of cases.

But, on the one hand, we have Kowaleysky’s account of the dev elop-

ment of Pelagia and Actinia, in which the formation of a Gastrula

by invagination is described, as in the cases already cited among

Vermes, Mollusca, and Vertebrata; on the other hand, we have

Allman’s observations on the Hydroids, Schultze’s on Cordylo-

phora, Kleinenberg’s on Hydra, Hiickel’s on the Siphonophora,

and Hermann Foll’s on the Geryonide, in which the ectoderm and

endoderm of the embryo (which is at first a Planula without

mouth, then a Gastrula with a mouth) are stated to arise from

the splitting or “ delamination ” of a single original series of cells

forming the wall of the blastosphere. Hermann Foll’s observa-

tions are of especial value, since he shows most carefully how,

from the earliest period, even when the egg is unicellular, its central

part has the character of the endodermal cells, its peripheral part

that of the ectodermal cells.

The question now arises, can the Gastrule which arise by in-

vagination be regarded as equivalent to those which arise by in-

ternal segregation of an endoderm from an ectoderm? and if so,

which is the typical or ancestral mode of»development, and what

relation has the orifice of invagination in the one case to the

mouth which, later, breaks its way through in the other?

It is not within the scope of the present memoir to discuss these

questions at length; but the author is of opinion that we must

regard the Gastrula-sac with its endoderm and ectoderm as strictly

* His most recent views on this matter are contained in a pamphlet dated

June 7, 1873, ‘ Die Gastraea-Theorie.’

84 Royal Society :—

equivalent (homogenous, to use another expression) in the two

sets of cases. One of the two methods is the typical or ancestral

method of development, and the departure from it in the other case

is due to some disturbing condition. He believes that we shall

be able to make out that disturbing element in the condition of

the egg itself as laid, in the presence in that egg of a greater or

less amount of the adventitious nutritive material which Edouard

van Beneden calls “ deutoplasm.” This and certain relations of

bulk in the early developed organs of the various embryos con-

sidered, determine the development either by invagination or by

delamination. The relation of bulk to the process of invagination

may be illustrated from a fact established in the preceding com-

munications. In Loligo the large otocysts develop, each, by a

well-marked invagination of the epiblast, forming a deep pit which

becomes the cavity of the cyst. In Aplysia the smaller otocysts

develop, each, by a simple vacuolation of the epiblast without in-

vagination. In Loligo the chief nerve-ganglia develop by invagi-

nation of the epiblast, in Aplysia by simple thickening. Again,

in Vertebrata the nerve-cord develops by a long invagination of

the epiblast; in Tubifee and Lambricus the corresponding nerve-

cord develops by a thickening of the epiblast without any groove

and canal of invagination.

The bulkier structures in these cases are seen to develop by

invagination, the smaller by direct segregation. Invagination

therefore acts as an economy of material, a hollow mass being

produced instead of a solid mass of the same extent.

That the presence of a quantity of deutoplasmic matter, or of

a partially assimilated mass of such matter, in the original egg is

not accompanied by well-marked invagination of the blastosphere,

while the absence of much deutoplasm is the invariable character-

istic of eggs which develop a Gastrula by invagination, is shown

by a comparison of Aplysia and Loligo with Pisidium and Lima,

and of the Bird with the Batrachian. In some cases, such as

Selenka has characterized by the term “ epiboly,” it seems that the

enclosure of the large yelk-mass by the overgrowth of cleavage-

cells may be held as equivalent to the invagination of the large

yelk-cells by “emboly;” and the intermediate character which

the development of Ewaxes and Lumbricus presents in this respect,

as described by Kowalevsky, tends very strongly to establish a

transition.

But the mode of development of the Gastrula of Geryonide,

described with so much minuteness by Foll, which is obviously the

same as that of the Gastrule of Spongiade and most Hydroids, is

clearly no masked case of invagination. There is no question of

‘“‘epiboly ” here, but a direct and simple splitting of one cell into

two; so that what was a sac formed by a layer of cells one deep,

becomes a sac formed by a layer of cells two deep, or of two

Jayers each one deep.

It is yet a question for much further inquiry as to how this

mode of forming a double-walled Gastrula can be derived from, or

On the Developmental History of the Mollusca. 85

harmonized with, the formation of Gastrule by the embolic or epi-

bolic forms of invagination.

It would certainly seem at present that the orifice of invagi-

nation of the invaginate Gustrula must not be regarded as the

equivalent of the later erupting mouth of the segregate Gastrula*,

which is the true permanent mouth of the Sponge or Celenterate.

In no case is the orifice of invagination of the invaginate Gastrula

known to persist under any form; it appears solely to effect

the invagination, and when that is effected vanishes.

Enough has been said to show the importance of observations

relating to the Gastrula-phase of development. In the paper

well-marked invaginate Gastrule are described from :—

. Pisidium (Lamellibranch).

. Lergipes (Nudibranch).

. Polycera (Nudibranch).

. Linax (Pulmonate).

. Limneus (Pulmonate).

In addition to these cases of the development of invaginate

Gastrule among Mollusca, the examination of the very beautiful

figures in the papers of Lovén on molluscan development leaves

no doubt that he has observed invaginate Gastrule in the follow-

ing cases, but has not understood their structure :—

6. Cardium (Lamellibranch).

7. Crenella (iamellibranch).

Similarly, Karl Vogt’s observations on Acton indicate the same

state of things as the author has pointed out in Polycera; and

hence we may add :—

8. Actwon (Nudibranch),

and, finally, from Kowalevsky’s statement, though not accom-

panied by figure or description, '

9. Atalanta (Heteropod).

Or we Co

The second matter of theoretical interest (namely, the early

features in the development of the shell) has not been previously

discussed, since the structures described in the paper as shell-

patch, shell-groove, and shell-plug were unknown.

If, as seems justifiable, the Cephalopoda are to be regarded as

more nearly representing the molluscan type than do the other

classes, or, in other words, more closely resemble the ancestral

forms than they do, we might look, in the course of the develop-

ment of the less typical Mollusca, for some indication of a repre-

sentative of the internal pen of the higher Cephalopoda. We might

expect to find some indication of the connexion between this and

the calcareous shell of other forms ; in fact the original shell of all

Mollusca should be an internal one, or bear indications of a possible

development into that condition.

In Pisidium, in Aplysia, and in Neritina the author has submitted

evidence of the existence of a specially differentiated patch of

* In his paper in the ‘Annals’ for May 1875 the author has inclined to

the view that it may be so regarded.

86 Royal Society :—

epidermie cells at the aboral pole, which develops a deep furrow,

groove, or pit in its centre almost amounting to a sac-like cayity

opening to the exterior. The first (chitinous) rudiment of the

shell appears as a disk on the surface of this gland; but also, in

some cases, the cavity or groove is filled by a chitinous plug. *

Let the walls of the sac close and the activity of its lining cells

continue, and we haye the necessary conditions for the growth

of such a “ pen” as that of the Decapod Cephalopoda.

At present the details of the development of the ‘“‘ pen” in the

Cephalopoda are not fully known; but the author has evidence

that it is formed in an enclosed sac-like diverticulum of the epi-

dermis, but he has not yet ascertained the earliest condition of

this sac. The history of its development becomes surrounded with

additional interest in relation to the shell-gland of the other

Mollusca.

The position of the groove of the shell-gland in Pisidium

suggests a possible connexion of its chitinous plug with the liga-

ment, which it will be worth inquiring into in other developmental

histories of Lamellibranchs.

The internal shells of other Mollusca besides the cuttlefish are

certainly not in some cases (e. g. Aplysia) primitively internal, but

become enclosed by overspreading folds of the mantle. But in the

case of Limaw and its allies, it is possible, though the matter

requires renewed investigation, that the shell is a primitively in-

ternal one representing the shell-plug.

There is yet one more possible connexion of this shell-gland and

plug: this is the chitinous secretion by which Terebratula and

its allies fix themselves to rocks &c. The position of the peduncle

exactly corresponds to that of the shell-gland; and an exami-

nation of “Professor Morse’s recently published account of the

development of Terebratulina leaves little doubt that at the pole of

attachment, which very early develops its function and fixes the

embryo, an in-pushing occurs, and a kind of shallow gland is

formed which gives rise to the horny cement. The author’s own

observations on the development of Terebratula vitrea do not extend

to so early a period as this.

It is perhaps scarcely necessary, in conclusion, to point out the

close resemblance of shell-gland and plug te the byssal gland and

its secretion. They are closely similar structures; but there does

not appear to be any reason for considering them “serial homo-

logues,’ or more closely related than are, say, the hairs on the

head of a man with the hairs on his chest.

April 16, 1874.—Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair.

“Studies on Biogenesis.”

By Witi1am Roserts, M.D., Manchester.

The object of the investigation is to inquire into the mode of

Dr. W. Roberts on Biogenesis. 87

origin of Bacteria and toruloid vegetations. The inquiry is divided

into three sections.

Srcrron I. On the sterilization by heat of organic liquids and

mivtures.—W hen beef-tea or a decoction of turnip is boiled for a

few minutes and afterwards preserved from extraneous contami-

nation, it passes into a state of “ permanent sterility.”

This state is characterized by loss of power to originate organisms

with conservation of the power of nowrishing and promoting the

growth of organisins.

All organic liquids and mixtures seem capable of being brought

to this state by exposure to the heat of 212° F.; but the length of

time during which exposure to this heat is necessary to induce

sterilization varies greatly according to the nature of the materials.

Ordinary infusions and decoctions were sterilized by boiling for

five or ten minutes; but milk, chopped green vegetables in water,

pieces of boiled egg in water, and other mixtures were not

sterilized unless the heat was continued for twenty to forty

minutes. Hay-infusion was sterilized, like other infusions, by

boiling for a few minutes; but when the infusion was rendered

alkaline with ammonia or liquor potasse, it was not sterilized

except after an exposure to the heat of boiling water for more

than an hour. Sometimes it germinated after two hours, and

once after three hours of such exposure.

There appeared to be two factors of equal importance in the

induction of sterilization—namely, the degree of heat and the

duration of its application. These two factors appeared to be

mutually compensatory in such fashion that a longer exposure to a

lower temperature was equivalent to a shorter exposure to a

higher temperature. For example, speaking roughly, an exposure

for an hour to a heat of 212° F. appeared to be equivalent to an

exposure for fifteen minutes to a heat of 228° F.

Sxcrion II. On the capability of the normal tissues and juices to

generate Bacteria and Torule without extraneous infection —The

following substances were examined :—egg-albumen, blood, urine,

blister-serum, milk, grape-, orange- and tomato-juice, turnip and

potato. These substances were conveyed into previously prepared

sterilized bulbs and tubes, which were hermetically sealed at one

end and plugged with cotton-wool at the other end. When the

several steps of the experiment were quickly and dexterously

performed, the risks of extraneous contamination, although not

altogether avoided, were reduced to small proportions. The bulbs

and tubes thus charged were afterwards maintained at a tem-

perature ranging from 60° to 90° F., and were finally examined at

periods varying from four to ten weeks. Out of 90 experiments

performed in this way, 67 preparations remained barren and 23

became fertile. When the ideal conditions of the experiment could

be carried out in approximative perfection, as with urine, blister-

serum, orange-, grape-, and tomato-juice (34 experiments), the

preparations, all save one, remained barren; but when the risks

of extraneous infection were (from the mechanical difficulties)

88 Troyal Society.

obviously greater, as with blood, milk, turnip, and potato, the

proportion of fertile preparations was considerable, though even

with these (except in the case of milk) the barren preparations

were in a large majority.

The experiments seemed clearly to lead to the conclusion that

the normal tissues of plants and animals were incapable of breeding

Bacteria and Torule except under the stimulus of extraneous

infection.

Srcrion III. On the bearing of the facts adduced in the preceding

sections on the origin of Bacteria and Torulie, and on the real expla-

nation of some of the alleged cases of Abiogenesis—Seeing that organic

liquids and mixtures sterilized by heat, and the normal juices and

tissues, continued permanently barren under the most favourable

conditions of air, moisture, warmth, and light, so long as they were

preserved from extraneous contamination, and seeing that the

admission of ordinary air or water into contact with them was

invariably followed by germination, it was impossible to avoid the

conclusion that ordinary air and water contain, in addition to

their proper elements, multitudes of particles capable of provoking

germination. The exact nature of these particles may be a

matter of dispute, but the reality of their existence is not doubt-

ful; nor is it doubtful that the ordinary and common development

of Bacteria and Torule is directly due to their agency.

The greatest difficulty hitherto encountered to the general accept-

ance of the panspermic theory has been the appearance of Bacteria

(without the possibility of fresh infection) in certain lhquids which

have been exposed for a considerable time to a boiling heat. Only

two explanations of this fact seem possible—either germs preexist-

ing in them have survived the heat, or the organisms have arisen

in them abiogenetically. These alternatives were subjected to two

series of test experiments. In the first series it was proved directly

that there exist in ordinary air and water particles which preserve

their germinal activity after being boiled for five minutes in pre-

viously sterilized liquids. The second series of experiments showed

that, in the extraordinary increase of resistance to sterilization by

heat exhibited by alkalinized hay-infusion, the action of the alkali is

to heighten the surviving power of preexisting germs, and not to

exalt the abiogenic aptitude of the infusion itself.

The issue of the whole inquiry has been to fully confirm the

main propositions of the panspermic theory, and to establish the

conclusion that Bacteria and Torule, when they do not proceed

from visible parents like themselves, originate from invisible germs

floating in the surrounding aérial and aqueous media.

Nevertheless the author is unable to withstand the impression

that this general and common mode of origin is possibly supple-

mented, under rare conditions, by another and an abiogenetic mode

of origin. The facts on which this impression rests are com-

paratively few. They consist in certain instances of greatly

retarded germination of Bacteria in liquids which had been exposed

to a boiling heat, and in two very remarkable instances of the

Miscellaneous. 89

growth of fungoid vegetations (not identical with those usually

developed after air infection) in plugged bulbs which had been

boiled in a can of water.

If it should be hereafter established that Bacteria and fungoid ve-

getations do, under exceptional circumstances, arise abiogenetically,

this would not overturn the panspermic ‘theory, it would merely

limit the universality of its application.

MISCELLANEOUS.

New Observations on the Habits of the Ants of the South of France.

By T. Moeerinee.

A youne Englishman, Mr. Traherne Moggridge, having been com-

pelled for several years, on account of his health, to pass the winter

at Mentone, has devoted himself with ardour to the study of the

natural history of that portion of the shore of the Mediterranean.

He published first, in 1871, an illustrated Flora* of the principal

plants which blossom during the winter, with very interesting infor-

mation respecting their mode of vegetation—and next, in 1873, a

little work on the habits of the ants and spiders, which indicates a

very remarkable spirit of observation.

We have thought an abstract of Mr. Moggridge’s last memoir

would be interesting as showing that a subject which was believed

to have been long since exhausted, resumed by an intelligent and

patient naturalist, may still reveal much that is new and curious.

This task has, moreover, been singularly facilitated by the author

himself, who has not only most obligingly given us all the informa-

tion that could be desired upon the places where his observations

were made, but communicated several facts which were not known

to him at the time of the publication of his work, for which we beg

him to accept our best thanks.

[The following is the first of the two sections into which the

abstract is divided—that, namely, on the ants. |

In 1869 Mr. Bentham, President of the Linnean Society of Lon-

don, called the attention of naturalists to the paucity of knowledge

possessed on the origin of certain plants which appear suddenly in

localities where they had been previously unknown, after works

necessitating the conveyance of earth. This observation suggested

to Mr. Moggridge the idea that the ants which he had seen at Men-

tone carrying seeds might very probably be an indirect cause of that

dissemination. On communicating this opinion to some naturalists,

he was much surprised to learn that it was unhesitatingly regarded

as a fact by Messrs. Huber, Gould, Kirby, Smith, and recently by

* Contributions to the Flora of Mentone, and to a Winter Flora of the

Riviera, including the coast from Marseilles to Genca. 1 vol. 8vo,

London: L. Reeve & Co.

+ Harvesting Ants and Trap-door Spiders—Notes and Observations

on their Habits and Dwellings. 1 vol. with plates.

90 Miscellaneous.

M. Blanchard, that the ants of Europe make no provision, and that

the good La Fontaine was in error when he took, in his Fables,

those insects as the type of foresight.

Yet, on the other hand, the most positive assertions are found in

several Greek and Latin authors, such as Hesiod, Horace, Virgil, Esop,

as well as in the Proverbs of Solomon, that ants accumulate, during

the summer, provisions for the winter ; and it is also well established,

from the observations of Sykes, Jerdon, Lincecum, Bates, &e., that

the ants of India, Texas, and Brazil hoard up in their ant-hills

a considerable quantity of seeds. Confronted by affirmations so

contradictory, our author determined, immediately on his return to

Mentone in October 1871, to scrutinize with care that which he had

previously observed superficially, and thus endeavour to decide the

three following questions :—

(1) Are the seeds which are carried into the ant-hills employed

as materials of construction ? or are they deposited in the interior as

provisions ?

(2) Do the ants which gather seeds search for grubs as do the

other ants?

(3) Do all the ants of the south of Europe, or only some species,

convey seeds ?

_ Mr. Moggridge ascertained at once that seeds are transported by

three species only :—Aitta barbara, of which there are two varieties—

one entirely black, the other having a red head; Atta structor, a

species very nearly allied to A. barbara; and, lastly, Pheidole (Atta)

megacephala, a minute yellow ant with a very large head. The

facts we will now retrace refer especially to A. bar bare. which is

more readily observed than the other two.

On visiting the ant-hills with which he was already acquainted,

he soon found numbers of ants which, assembling in a little meadow

in the vicinity, returned loaded with seeds and capsules taken from

divers plants (Capsella bursa pastoris, Alsine media, Linn., Cala-

mintha, &c.). When, for example, a capsule of Bursa pastoris is to

be gathered, an ant ascends the cluster, and, neglecting those at the

base (which, being dry, let their seeds drop out too readily), attacks

those of the centre, green and well filled ; vigorously biting the base

of the peduncle, while another ant endeavours to twist it, it is soon

detached ; the capsule falls on the ground, and is then taken up by

other ants.

Can the ants be deceived and carry to their dwelling small bodies

having only the appearance of seeds? ‘To enlighten himself on this

point Mr. Moggridge strewed the ground with minute grains of por-

celain of various colours; a few were carried to the habitation ; but

soon the intelligent animals perceived their error, and, returning to

their plants, paid no more attention to those objects of no use to

them

The seeds and capsules brought are either deposited for the

moment at the entry, or at once carried into the interior of the nest,

which, being always excavated in more or less compact sandy soil,

requires no foreign substance for its construction, and of which the

Miscellaneous. gt

extent may sometimes be very considerable. We may note by the

way that, atthe end of summer, the ground is covered at a great dis-

tance from the entrance with a heap, often considerable, of glumes and

empty capsules continually brought from the interior, where the

seeds alone are preserved.

The nature of the soil in which ant-hills are found renders very

difficult the observation of what takes place within. Mr. Mogegridge,

desiring much to know the end of the history of these seeds, which he

saw enter in so large a quantity, was not discouraged, and at last

found an ant-hill which, being parallel to the wall of a terrace, could be

with sufficient facility explored throughout. Following the galleries,

he ascertained that the seeds (which belonged to more than eighteen

families of plants) were carefully accumulated in little cavities or

granaries, the size of which varies between that of a watch and that

of the palm of the hand. These have a floor carefully made with

small grains of mica and quartz cemented together; the upper part

has in general the form of a vault. He proved moreover the curious

fact that the seeds found in these granaries scarcely ever (hardly

one in some thousands) present a commencement of germination,

although they are often in conditions of humidity, depth, and tem-

perature very favourable to their development. How can the ants

obtain this result? This problem of vegetable physiology has not

yet been solved; but Mr. Moggridge has been able to convince him-

self that it was absolutely necessary, in order that germination

should be arrested, that the ants should be able to visit the granaries.

If the visits are interrupted, then germination commences immedi-

ately. Mr. Moggridge asked himself if formic acid might not be

the cause of the suspension of germination; but his recent experi-

ments do not permit him to conclude so.

When, in consequence of certain circumstances, a seed in one of

the granaries sprouts, as soon as the radicle has attained a certain

length it is cut at its free extremity by the ants; the seed is then

taken out of the nest, exposed to the sun, then brought back to the

interior and devoured with avidity, as at that time it contains a sac-

charine substance.

Different colonies of Atta barbara often wage fierce war for the

possession of their provisions ; and Mr. Moggridge has followed the

various phases of a struggle between two swarms, which lasted 46

days (from the 18th January to the 4th of March). It appears that,

in fighting, the ants mostly try to seize one another by the antennee ;

and when one of them has been thus laid hold of, it immediately

loses all energy. Some of the ants appear to be specially charged

with the office of plunder; for, on several occasions, Mr. Moggridge

observed that the ants which returned loaded with booty delivered

it at the entrance of their dwelling to other workers, and set off

again immediately.

Although Atta barbara and A. structor spend most of their time

in gathering seeds, they also pursue small insects, which they either

devour at once or carry into their habitations.

Having installed a colony of Atta barbara, with their queen and

92 Miscellaneous.

several larvae, in a large glass bottle full of earth placed in his gar-

den, Mr. Moggridge was able to trace their labours during four

months, and to note down the following observations :—

The ants at once commenced digging galleries, working with ardour

day and night. As the earth at their disposal was little for the

number of workers placed in the bottle, instead of making only one

entrance as is usually the case, they made a great number, in order

that all the members of the colony might be able to pass in and out

without obstruction. Afterwards, when the galleries were more

_advanced, the entrances, which have often the form of small cones

(formed by the accumulation of earthy matters proceeding from the

piercing of the galleries), were reduced to three, and at last to one

only. At the end of the nineteenth day the ants, quite settled,

commenced conveying regularly the seeds which Mr. Moggridge had

scattered round the new habitation.

It often happens that the small roots of plants growing at the

surface of the ground penetrate into the galleries, thus obstructing

the traffic of the ants; but they take care to cut them as soon as

they make their appearance, as our author has observed more than

once.

Do ants know the value of the treatment of diseases by cold

water? One might believe so from the fact, observed by Mr. Mog-

gridge, of an ant immersing another in a little pool of water, on the

surface of which a bit of grass floated, which served for a bridge ;

the ant which had been immersed was afterwards, with difficulty,

drawn out of the water, and carried into the sunshine to dry itself.

Mr. Moggridge also convinced himself that the seeds accumulated

in the granaries did really serve for the nourishment of the ants;

for more than once he had occasion to see the inseets detach the

particles of a grain of millet, moist and divested of its perisperm,

and introduce them into their mouths. When seeds of different

sorts were placed at their disposal, some could be eaten at once,

others had to be moistened previously. Never in any case were

these ants attracted by plant-lice which he placed in their vicinity.

Mr. Moggridge having seen the ants he kept in captivity working

at night, he wished to be certain whether this took place habitually.

With this view he visited some ant-hills one very dark and hot

night, and found a colony actively conveying seeds taken from a

neighbouring garden; and if he has not been able to observe the

habits of Phetdole meyacephadla, it is precisely because that species

works mostly at night.

The collection of seeds by Atta barbara has been observed at

Mentone, Cannes, Marseilles, the Isle of Capri, and Algiers. This

species is also found in Germany, Switzerland, and the north of

France. What are its habits in the countries of the north ? does it

there also make provision for the winter? This is not very proba-

ble after the precise study bestowed on them by Huber. Neverthe-

less Mr. Moggridge is very desirous of some naturalist resuming

this subject.— Bibliotheque Universelle, Archives des Sciences Phys.

et Nat. tome |. pp. 49-56.

Miscellaneous. 93

On Nearctos and AXlurina. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.RS. &e.

Dr. Theodore Gill, in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural

History’ for this year, xiii. p. 15, with his usual industry as a com-

piler, points out that I overlooked two generic names that have been

used by Gervais in his ‘ Hist. Nat. Mammiféres,’ ii. 1855. Though

this book bears the date 1855, the second volume is not in the Mu-

seum Library, nor have I seen it in any other scientific or other

library in this country ; and being a history of Mammalia intended

only for popular use, it is scarcely a place in which a zoologist

would look for a new genus.

Dr. Gill states that M. Gervais has established the genus T’re-

marctos on account of a “‘supracondyloid foramen of the humerus,

in which it is said to differ from all other Urside;” but Dr. Gill

points out that this foramen is found in other Urside, and is doubt-

less exceptional and monstrous in them. I would ask, as only one

skeleton of Ursus ornatus is known, may it not be an individuality

in that specimen? Certainly it is a novelty in zoology to establish

a genus on the existence or non-existence of a foramen in the

humerus. My genus Wearctos is established on the peculiarity in

the form of the lower jaw, shown to be a characteristic peculiarity

by the examination of several skulls, a true zoological character.

In 1867, I established the genus Viverriceps for Felis Bennettir

and several other Asiatic cats, because they have an elongate skull

and a complete bony orbit. I referred Felis planiceps to this genus,

because it had the same kind of skull—overlooking the peculiarity of

its having a compressed double-rooted first false grinder in the upper

jaw, which is figured by De Blainville in his ¢‘ Ostéographie,’ and that

Professor Gervais had proposed the genus Ailurin (Zlurina) for

this animal in 1855 ; ‘and Fitzinger called it Adlwrogale in 1869. .

I have examined four skulls of this species and find that the pe-

culiarity of the false grinder is a permanent character of the species,

and therefore propose, as Dr. Gill has done, to retain both 4lurina

and Viverriceps.

The front upper grinder of Viverriceps is subcylindrical and one-

rooted, and differs in size lin different species. Thus, in Viverriceps

Bennettii it is small and conical; in Viverriceps Elliott it is very

small and rudimentary; it is similar in V. rubsgznosa, but very

soon falls out.

Yee the Metamorphoses of the Acarina of the Families Sarcoptide and

Gamaside. By M. Mrenry.

In July and August of last year I communicated to the Academy

two notes on the zoological position and physiological function of the

little parasitic Acarina referred to the genera Hypopus, Homopus,

and T'richodactylus, which, according to my observations, are merely

the heteromorphous nymphs of certain Sarcoptidee—among others, of

the Tyroglyphi.

Since this period I have continued my investigations of the meta-

94 Miscellaneous.

morphoses of the Acarina of this and some other allied families ; and

I now communicate the results to the Academy.

Besides the curious facts of heteromorphism mentioned in the two

notes just referred to, and which are only produced under certain

determinate conditions, I find that the Sarcoptide arrive at the

adult state by a series of moults, by which the little animal gradu-

ally acquires all its organs, but without its general form departing

from the normal type; the hexapod larva becomes the octopod

nymph and then the sexual individual, always presenting the

specific characters in the form and constitution of the rostrum

and legs.

It has hitherto been supposed that these moults were effected as in

the Insects with an incomplete metamorphosis or in the Crustacea—

that is to say, that a sort of caducous epidermis was alone detached,

retaining the impression of the parts of the skeleton which remained

intact, and that the mite issued from it after having successively

drawn its rostrum and its legs from the old envelope as from

asheath. This is the opinion expressed by all French and foreign

authors who have attended to the embryogeny and development of

these microscopic creatures. Claparéde, the last of these authors,

says* with reference to the moults of the Tyroglyphi:—<The

rostrum and the legs are drawn out of their chitinous sheaths, anew

segmentation of the thorax into three parts takes place in the soft

animal, and the octopod mite is gradually formed under the protec-

tion of the integuments of the hexapod larva.”

Nevertheless Claparéde had made so complete an investigation of

the extraordinary moults of the aquatic Acarina known under the

name of Ataxv, that I am surprised he should have found the moults

of the common terrestrial Acarina of the genus T'yroglyphus so

simple.

M. C. Robin*+, while admitting that the rostrum and legs are

drawn out of the envelope corresponding to them, and folded under

the belly between the old and new integuments, has nevertheless

recognized that we cannot see the hairs torn out from the interior

of the older ones, and that, being more numerous, they originate at

the points where they are inserted as soon as the new integument

is separated from the old one, and that this is the case with all the

organs to which there is nothing to correspond in the old form, such

as the fourth pair of legs in the nymphs and the caudal processes of

the males of most of the avicolar Sarcoptide.

My observations show that in all the Sarcoptide all the organs,

both those which are represented in the older form and those which

are not, are completely formed anew, without the assistance of the

old organs and completely independent of them. It isa new birth,

if we may say so—a production of a new creature in the body of

the old one.

Claparéde, in the memoir which I have quoted, proves that in

* “Studien an Acariden,” in Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. xviii. 1868.

T . Mémoire sur les Sarcoptides avicoles, et sur les métamorphoses des

Acariens,” in the Comptes Rendus, tome lxyi. p. 776 (1868).

Miscellaneous. 95

Atax, at each moult, the animal returns to the state of an egg, and

entirely loses all its old apparent organs. Now it is precisely the

same phenomenon that occurs in the Sarcoptide ; only here the new

egg is formed beneath the old envelope, which is not destroyed as in

Atax, no doubt on account of the different medium in which the

animals live: in the water the integuments of the ’male organ of the

Atax disappear by dissolving; in the air the same organs persist,

but desiccated. ;

When the hexapod larva or the octopod nymph of a Psoroptes, a

Tyroglyphus, &c. is about to moult, it becomes inert and as if dead;

then we see its limbs and rostrum empty themselves, by a sort of

liquefaction, of the muscles and other soft parts which they contain.

The product of this liquefaction accumulates in the body, becomes

granular, surrounds itself with a true blastedermic membrane ; and

a true egg is thus constituted within the body of the animal, which

it almost entirely fills.

This secondary egg afterwards presents precisely the same phases

as the primary egg which gave birth to the larva, which have been

so well described by Claparcde: that is to say, its blastodermic

membrane becomes mammillated or buds towards the cephalic extre-

mity and on the sides. At the former point three pairs of mammillx

make their appearance ; two of these give origin to mandibles, two

others to palpi, and the last two to maxilla, which quickly become

soldered together; a new rostrum is thus formed. The lateral

mamumille, of which there are four pairs, become elongated, fold down

upon the ventral surface, become cylindrical, then show perfectly

marked articulations, and finally become legs with all their acces-

sories, such as claws, caruncles, hairs, and spines. When the

animal is fully formed, it issues from the old envelope, which tears

along the dorsal surface and the transverse cephalothoracie furrow,

precisely as the larva escapes from the ruptured shell of the original

egg:

I have traced all these phenomena in two new Tyroglyphi, very

common on Agaries attacked by black*putrefaction ; these I have

named Tyroglyphus mycophagus and ZT’. rostroserratus (Megnin), I

have also followed them in 7’. stro (Latr.), in Sarcoptes incurvatus

(Megn.), and Psoroptes equi (Gerv.), in which they are especially

easy of observation.

I have also observed them in several species of Gamaside, among

others in Pteroptes vespertilionis (L. Duf.). Here, however, pro-

bably im consequence of the enormous volume of the legs, the

secondary egg has diverticula which are produced into each of the

old ones, and it is in the interior of these ceca that the new legs

are formed; thus, at a certain moment, we see the old legs bearing

all their accessories, presenting in the interior of their tarsi another

foot, with its claws, caruncles, and hairs, the latter laid transversely

and lorigitudinally upon the new limb.

In the Gamasidee the old envelope dges not remain entire, as in

the Sarcoptidee, but it breaks up irregularly to liberate the new

animal which it contains. This explains why we do not find the

96 Miscellaneous.

remains of the moults in places inhabited by the Gamaside, as we do

in those frequented by species of T'yroglyphus, Psoroptes, &c.

After the last moult the form acquired is unchangeable, and

broken limbs are not renewed, I have often met with adult

Gamaside, especially males, having one of the posterior legs broken ;

but the stump, formed then by the trochanter, never bore any trace

of renovation such as we see in the crayfish—Comptes Rendus,

June 8th, 1874, pp. 1657-1660.

Observations on the Fecundation of the Batrachia Urodela.

By M. C. Roz.

I have the honour to communicate to the Academy the results of

a series of observations proving that in the oviparous Batrachia Uro-

dela (Siredon, Triton alpestris, palmatus, cristatus, abdominalis, or

punctatus) the fecundation is internal, as in the viviparous Urodela,

and not external, as in the Anura. The ova at the moment of de-

position and even in the cloaca are fecundated ; that is to say, they

contain spermatozoids which have penetrated between the vitelline

mémbrane and the vitellus. On opening the females during ovipo-

sition we find spermatozoids in the cloaca and at 3 or 4 millimetres

up the oviducts. They are also found in pregnant females not en-

gaged in oviposition and the oviducts of which do not even contain

eggs coming from the ovary ; this fact shows that the intromission of

the semen takes place some days before the commencement of the

oviposition. Thus when expelled artificially, or deposited by females

separated from the males, the eggs become segmented at from 4 to

16 hours after their escape, and are developed like those deposited

quite independently of all experimental conditions.

The male axolotl introduces his spermatozoids in bundles forming

a small, solid, white mass 2 or 3 millimetres in thickness, sur-

mounted by a conoidal transparent mass about 1 centimetre in length

and thickness, composed of small, cell-like, hyaline bodies ; the whole

forms a sort of spermatophore, which sometimes, not penetrating into

the cloaca of the female, falls and floats in the water.—Comptes

Rendus, May 4, 1874, p. 1254.

The Large Seal (Halicheerus grypus) in Cornwall.

There is little doubt that this seal inhabits the north coast of

Cornwall. Mr. R. N. Worth, of Plymouth, informs me that “ the

seals there are of a large size, and at times they are even abundant,

and have favourite caverns which they seem to haunt.” It has not

before been recorded as occurring so far south.—J. E. Gray.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 80. AUGUST 1874.

XUL—On the Nature of the Seed-like Body of Spongilla ;

on the Origin or Mother Cell of the Spicule ; and on the

Presence of Spermatozoa in the Sponaipa. By H. J.

Carter, F.R.S. Ke.

[Plate X.]

Ever since 1849, when my figure of the development of

Spongilla from the seed-like body was published (‘ Annals,’

September 1849, vol. iv. pl. iv. fig. 2), 1 have been uncertain

of the real nature of this body; but lately, as I have been

studying the living Grantia compressa in its oviparous state,

light has been thrown on its nature which seems to show its

real import.

By reference to the ‘ Annals’ (/.c. pl. i. fig. 6), it will be

observed that the seed-like body is composed of a horny

globular case with a hiliform opening, the cavity of which case

is filled with spherical transparent cells, each of which again

is charged with a great number of minute capsular granules

that I have termed “ ovules.”

As the contents of the seed-like body grow out into the

water from the hiliform opening, each spherical cell takes up its

place in the “intercellular substance ”’ or sarcodal mass, which

appears at the same time to form the body of the young Spon-

gilla; and all the “ovules” respectively become developed

into monociliated and unciliated, polymorphic, monad-like

organisms, which, in their aggregation, form a pavement layer

around the spherical cell. This is well shown in the figure

to which I have first alluded.

Again, if the so-called ovules be forcibly pressed out into

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 7

98 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Nature of the

the water from the spherical cell, they will also there, in their

isolated state, become monociliated and unciliated polymorphic

organisms respectively.

Lastly, if the young Spongilla which grows out from the hili-

form opening of the seed-like body be fed with carmine or indigo,

these monad-like organisms will be still more evidently seen

ageregated, in the midst of the intercellular substance, into the

form which I have called the ‘‘ampullaceous sac.” I have

also lately termed the monad-like organisms “‘ spongozoa,” as

their peculiar form &c. seem to demand this distinction.

Let us now consider what the ‘ ampullaceous sac” is.

In 1827, Prof. R. E. Grant (my kind friend and former

teacher), with exceeding truthfulness and great ability, described

the “ ova”’ of the marine siliceous sponges (Kdinb. Phil. Journ.

vol. xiii. & Edinb. New Phil. Journ. vol. ii.) as ovoid bodies

covered with cilia, which, after issuing from the sponge, sought

a place to settle down upon and become developed into a

miniature form of the parent.

In 1856, Lieberkiihn discovered and figured the same kind

of body in Spongilla, to which he applied the name of

“¢ Schwiirmspore”’ (Miiller’s Archiv f. Anat., Phys. &c. Heft

iv. pl. xv. figs. 35-39).

In 1872, Hiickel did this also, with his usual ability, in the

Calcisponges (‘ Die Kalkschwiimme,’ 1873, Text & Atlas)—

proposing the terms ‘‘ Planula or Flimmerlarve”’ for the

advanced state of the ovum, and ‘ Gastrula”’ for that of the

following embryonal form—that is, where the internal cavity

is formed but does not communicate with the exterior, and

where it does, respectively.

Moreover Hickel, in several places, rightly figures the

Gastrula as consisting of an ectoderm or crust of monociliated

cells, radiating round the endoderm, which again is a layer of

much larger and unciliated cells lining the internal cavity in

juxtaposition (but not in radiation), and extending out over

the aperture of the Gastrula in a botryoidal form; thus the

convexities of the latter are of course much larger than those

of the mulberry surface formed on the exterior by the ends of

the monociliated cells of the ectoderm, Hiackel’s illustrations

can hardly be too highly praised.

Searching after these ova lately in the marine sponges, I

have as yet, from the examination of several gatherings, only

found them, in the stages of development just mentioned, in

Grantia compressa (Sycandra compressa, H.); that is to say,

the rest of the sponges have either passed through this ovi-

parous state, are coming to it, or, if in it here and there now, the

specimens I have obtained (which have been very numerous)

———— ee

Seed-like Body of Spongilla. 99

do not any of them present it; while its occurrence in every

specimen of G'rantia compressa already becoming effete under

the circumstances, seems to point out that, like the inflorescence

of plants, this state in sponges also occurs and goes at certain

periods, and its elements are in vain sought for before or after

these periods in any individual of the same species.

Having now become acquainted with the ovum of the marine

sponges, and its development from the egeg-like form to the

embryo (for it is probable that in all it is more or less alike),

it appears to me evident that each spherical cell of the seed-

like body is also a distinct ovum ; but its development from

the seed-like body in the midst of the intercellular substance,

where it has to remain, somewhat differs from that of its

comparatively isolated condition in the marine sponges, where

it has to seek an object for itself to settle down and grow upon.

Thus in the former it requires no crust of ectodermal mono-

ciliated cells for locomotion, nor does it require the endodermal

cells for further increase; but the ovum and its capsular

granules at once pass into a pavement of monociliated

spongozoa, which arrange themselves in the form of the

ampullaceous sac, in the midst of the intercellular substance

(see figure in the ‘ Annals,’ to which I have first referred). As

this is going on, the pores and.the branched excretory canal-

system are formed, which become respectively connected with

the two apertures of the ampullaceous sac. But whether this

takes places synchronously, or the cavities of the ampullaceous

sacs respectively push themselves through the intercellular

sarcode, and, as regards the latter, like streams of water, at last

all join together in one common excretory canal, is unknown

tome. (For the further development of the young Spongilla

from the seed-like body see my paper entitled ‘ Ultimate

Structure of Spongilla,” ‘Annals,’ 1857, ser. 2. vol. xx. p. 21,

Lids)

: Viewing the seed-like body, then, as a capsule filled with

ova, which issue from its hiliform opening and thus become de-

veloped en masse into the young Spongilla, it may be a question

whether the entire body may not be the ovarium of a spongo-

zoon in the first place, while, as in hundreds of instances of

the same kind in the animal kingdom, all the other parts have

perished, their functions having ended when sufficient nutri-

ment had been gathered and assimilated to support the

reproductive elements until they could do this for themselves.

But, although this “question”’ of the origin of the seed-like

body remains to be answered, the olject of the process seems

to derive explanation from the fact that the freshwater

sponges are, from their habitat, exposed to aria HeMON of

100 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Origin

long dryness, from the subsidence of the water in which they

dwell; while the marine sponges, in which the absence of a

seed-like body is as constant as its presence in the freshwater

sponges, not only in many instances are never uncovered,

but under no circumstances can be long so, by the sea.

In Bombay most of the freshwater sponges grow many feet

above the bottom of the tanks, probably for the sake of purity ;

so that as the water is withdrawn for domestic purposes, they

are soon left dry, in horizontal lines which they occupy along

the sides. Under these circumstances, most of them are

uncovered by water for six months at least during the year ;

while their increase is so rapid that herbaceous plants which

spring up just below the water’s edge in the month of

July, may have pieces of Spongilla Cartert about them, two

or three inches in diameter, by the time the water again begins

to recede from these plants in the following October and

November.

At last, then, the true nature of the seed-like body of the

freshwater sponges appears to be thus revealed. It is an

assemblage of ova, which are at once developed together into

a young Spongilla; and hence my statement in the last

volume of the ‘ Annals’ (p. 486), that the ampullaceous sac is

Hiackel’s Gastrula developed in situ.

On the Origin or Mother Cell of the Spicule in the Spongida.

In August 1856, Lieberkiihn published, as one of the results

of his study of Spongilla, that the spicule originates in the

interior of a cell, “‘ die Kieselnadeln entstehen innerhalb der

Zellen,” which had been illustrated in the preceding “ Heft”’

(Miller’s Archiv f. Anat. Phys. &c. Hefts iv. & v. p. 513,

and 'l'ab. xv. fig. 22, respectively). In this figure the spicule

may be observed to be enclosed by a cell bearing a distinct

nucleus and granules.

In the following April (1857), my paper on the “ Ultimate

Structure of Spongilla”’ was presented to the Bombay branch

of the Royal Asiatic Society (B. B. A 8. Journ. vol. v. p. 574)

and reprinted with illustrations in England (‘ Annals,’ Jul

1857, ser. 2. vol. xx. p. 21, pl. 1), where in fig. 8 will be found

an almost fac-simile of Lieberkiihn’s representation, with the

exception that in the former the spicule appears to have been

smaller. That there should be such a close resemblance

between our figures is not extraordinary, because we were

studying the same organism with a similar purpose, about the

same time, although one of us was at Berlin and the other at

Bombay, thus working independently of each other.

or Mother Cell of the Spicule. 101

The result of my observations may be found in the paper to

which I have alluded; and at p. 23 (‘ Annals,’ /. c.), on the

development of the spicule, I have thus expressed myself :—

“At the earliest period that a spicule becomes visible it

appears under a hair-like form of immeasurable thinness, and

enclosed in a sponge-cell of a spindle-shape, which has

assumed this figure to accommodate it. The nucleus of the

cell is now seen in its centre, and the spicule, about 1-400th

of an inch in length, lying across it (fig. 8, a’), &c.”

It will be seen by the form of the figures that both

Lieberkiihn’s and my own observations had reference to the

skeleton-spicules, viz. those spicules which are essentially

connected with the horny fibre of the sponge, in contradistince-

tion to those minuter forms which are essentially connected

with the sarcode, for which I have lately proposed the name

of ‘ flesh-spicules.”

Let us now see how far later observations have confirmed

these views in the latter.

In a copy of a report on the siliceous sponges of the North

Sea collected during the German expedition of 1871, kindly

forwarded to me by the author (Dr. O. Schmidt) in July 1873,

my attention is directed to a part where he states that the

anchorates and bihamates of an Hsperia were observed to

originate in genuine cells. ‘ An einer bei Arendal vorkom-

menden Lsperva habe ich nun die sehr interessante Entdeckung

gemacht, das sowohl die Spangen als die Haken aus einem Ver-

kieselungsprocess von Zellmembranen oder wenigstens der

membranihnlichen Oberfliichenschicht von echten Zellen her-

vorgehen, &c.”’ (p. 431). é

This I have just now been able to confirm in Halichondria

egagropila, Johnston (Brit. Sponges, p. 119, and type spe-

cimen in Johnstonian collection, British Museum), the common

Esperia here (Budleigh-Salterton, Devon). It is desirable,

however, before going further, to give the diagnosis of what

I have arranged in the British Museum under the head of

“ Hsperiade.” Briefly this consists in the presence of one

kind of skeleton-spicule only, and an anchorate which is gene-

rally inequi-ended (Pl. X. fig. 12, a, b) ; while Schmidt would

almost as strictly confine his ‘‘ Desmacidine ”’ to the presence

of the tricurvate (Bogen). Still, how far groups or species of

sponges may be determined by the “ flesh-spicule”’ remains to

be seen, since in many, otherwise widely different, | have ob-

served the same form of flesh-spicule, almost, too, as if the

latter prevailed in certain localities.

But to return to our subject: the specimen of Esperia to

which I have alluded was charged with four kinds of cells,

102 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Origin

to each of which separately it is necessary to direct attention,

Viz. -—

1st. A spherical, transparent, empty one, about 10-6000ths

of an inch in diameter, bearing a granular lenticular nucleus in

the periphery about 1-6000th of an inch in diameter, from

which occasionally might be seen very delicate branched lines

of sarcode streaming over the inner aspect (Plate X. fig. 1).

This kind of cell was very numerous, and, shortly after the

fragment of Esperia had been torn to pieces for microscopic

examination, was observed to congregate more or less here

and there together, and become united with the neighbouring

granules and polymorphic bodies of the sponge into separate

agglomerations, well represented by Schmidt in his figure of

the like from Esperia Contarenii (Adriatic Sponges, Histologie,

1864, 1st Suppl. Taf. i. fig. 5). It was observed too that

there were many lenticular bodies about the field, composed

entirely of granules without visible nucleus (fig. 2), almost

identical with the nucleus of the large empty transparent cell ;

while the addition of alcohol caused the latter so to collapse

round its nucleus, that this also then presented the same

appearance: hence it became evident that the large, empty,

spherical cell was derived from a plastic layer united to the

circumference of the lenticular nucleus, but otherwise capable

of being separated from its inner side by aqueous distention

into the globular form mentioned.

2nd. A cell bearing the dneguianchorate of LHsperia in

different stages of development, from 2 to 5 6000ths of an inch

long. This, from the generally elliptical form of the spicule,

assumed by contraction a similar shape, and thus, through its

living plasticity, often became so closely wrapt round its

contents as to leave hardly any thing visible beyond the

nucleus and granular plasma of which the cell was composed

(figs. 13-16).

Here it is desirable to state that, in its early development,

viz. when the cell is perfectly elliptical and about 2 6000ths

of an inch long, the embryo spicule appears in the form of an

equianchorate (fig. 13), and does not pass into the dnequi-

anchorate form until it has got beyond this size, when the

inequianchorate end appears to proceed and the other to be

arrested in its development (fig. 16). This to me is a matter

of interest, inasmuch as I have made the presence of minute

equianchorates, in addition to the others, in some specimens of

Esperia a point of distinction; while it would now appear

that they are merely the early stage of the cneqguianchorate,

and therefore so far valueless. Indeed I am quite convinced

that great confusion will arise from this point having hitherto

at Sn nena

or Mother Cell of the Spicule. 103

been so neglected, that, in many instances, sponges have been

stated to contain, as distinctive characters, spicules which,

although widely differing in form and size from, are neverthe-

less the early stages only of the fully developed ones.

So preeminently living is the sarcode-cell about the ancho-

rates, that in getting them in particular to turn over, it is

frequently necessary to use considerable force to detach them

from the surface of the glass (fig. 15).

drd. A sumilar cell, about 7 by 4 6000ths of an inch in dia-

meter, stretched over a single bihamate like parchment over a

drum. Here the cell, being prevented from contracting beyond

the confines of the spicule, retains the transparency of its wall,

in which the granular, lenticular nucleus is perfectly visible

(fies al 1}: '

4th. A similar cell (differing according to its developmental

size), from 2 to 10 6000ths of an inch long, stretched over a

variable plurality of tricurvates. Here, too, the cetl being pre-

vented from collapsing by the plurality of the spicule, and

its often lying crosswise (fig. 7), the transparency of the wall

remains, making the granular cytoblast or nucleus more

visible (figs. 5-9).

Thus it would appear that all these cells are connected with

the production of the “ flesh-spicules,” and that therefore, with

the foregoing observations by Lieberkiihn, Schmidt, and my-

self, it may now be considered settled that the spicule does

originate in the interior of a cell.

After the spicules have grown beyond the power of their

cells to contain them, the latter, which are still living, would

appear to allow them to pass through their parietes, without

rupture in the manner of sarcode-cells generally. What

becomes of these cells afterwards I know not; but the number

of empty cells of the kind first described, with which the

Esperia may be charged, seems to point out that they have

either thrown off their spicules, have never had any, or are

going to produce more, or never will produce any.

Clear, however, as it now is that the spicule originates in

a cell, the ¢mmediate origin is not known. ‘hat they all

commence from a minute cell within the parent one seems

to derive confirmation from the fact that they grow by the

extension of the central canal (in the flesh- as well as in

the skeleton-spicule), on which the substance of the spicule is

deposited in concentric and therefore successive layers, which

central canal probably commenced in a single point or cell.

Indeed this is proved by the occurrence in some sponges of

globular or ellipsoidal monstrosities, where the natural form

of the spicule is exclusively long and linear.

104. Mr. H. J. Carter on the Origin of the Spicule and

From what part of the mother cell this minute cell or point

comes, can hardly be conjectured. All that can be now said

on this point is, that the nucleus or cytoblast appears to be

entirely composed of a granular plasma, in which the granules

are of a uniform size and may afford the first points or cells

for the development of the spicules ; or this may be furnished

by the granular plasma of which the cell-wall itself is com-

osed.

On the other hand, the final development and finishing of

the spicule must take place in the intercellular substance or

basal sarcode of the sponge; for when even moderately de-

veloped, there is not a single sponge-cell large enough to

contain the spicule. Therefore, however clear it may be that

the spicule originates within a cell, that all-important inter-

cellular substance the basal, so-called “ structureless,” sarcode

must be viewed as the agent or “ contractor” for the finishing

of the spicule as well as for the development of the whole

structure.

I had often noticed, in my mounted specimens of Tethya

lyncurium (Donatia, Gray), that the minute stellates were in

a vacuole of the dried sarcode, and therefore concluded that

each must be formed in its proper cell. But, as Schmidt has

stated, the sponge must be fresh for the cells themselves to be

seen; and the fresher it is, and the quicker viewed with the

microscope after the fragment for observation has been torn to

pieces, the better; for the contraction of the living sarcode goes

on so quickly that after a little, especially as regards the

anchorates, the cell becomes so tightly wrapt round its con-

tents that it is hardly distinguishable.

Again, I had often noticed that among the sheaf-shaped

bundles of minute linear spicules, which exist in many sponges

of different kinds, there seemed to be a passing of them into

the form of a tricurvate; and when I saw Kolliker’s figure

of conjectured spermatic filaments in Esperia (‘ Icones Histo-

logice,’ Feinere Bau, 1864, pl. vi. f. 11), represented within

a nucleated cell, I also saw at once that these were spicules,

and concluded that the tricurvates were produced in like

manner. Now this is confirmed.

As I have only found two examples of the occurrence of

the bihamate in its mother cell, and in each instance it was

single, I am not able to say that it also may not, in some

cases, be produced, like the tricurvates, m greater or less

plurality. We also know that the inequianchorates in Hsperta

often abound in the form of “rosettes’’—that is, where a

great number of them with their small ends inwards radiate

thus in all directions from a common centre. Here, I think,

2) can

S22 25 ss «~~

Presence of Spermatozoa in the Spongida. 105

we must also conclude that the whole bunch is produced in

one cell; but I have not yet seen an instance of it. If de-

veloped from the granules of the nucleus, the whole of this

body of the latter might thus pass into one of these “rosettes.”

In one cell I observed two dnequianchorates together end to

end, or slightly overlapping each other; but this was in the

equianchorate stage—that is, when neither of these embryo

spicules exceeded 2-6000ths of an inch in length (fig. 14).

In order that the full size of the flesh-spicules of Esperta

aegagroptla, C. (Halichondria egagropila, Johnston), might be

compared with the embryonic ones in their mother cells

respectively, figures of the inequianchorate (fig. 12, a, 5),

bihamate (fig. 10), and tricurvate (fig. 3) of Bowerbank

(Haken, Spangen, and Bogen of Schmidt) have been repre-

sented on the same scale among the illustrations.

On the Presence of Spermatozoa in the Spongida.

In January 1856, Lieberkiihn observed, with reference to

my figures conjecturally termed “ zoosperms in Spongilla”

(‘Annals,’ Nov. 1854, vol. xiv. pl. xi.), that they were not so,

but those of “ Trachelius trichophorus”’ (Miiller’s Archiv f.

Anat., Phys. &e. p. 18) ; and, so far as the negative goes, I

believe he was right.

But in August 1856, two years after the “ zoosperms in

Spongilla’””’ appeared, I also published a figure of a minute

monociliated sponge-cell attached to a much larger unciliated

one, with the following explanation in the index to the plates,

viz. “ Fig, 43. Small sponge-cell with so-called ‘ zoosperm ’

attached, &c.”’ (Annals, vol. xviii. p. 245, pl. vi.), and in the

figures close to it, viz. 45 to 48, four representations of Astasia

limpida= Trachelius trichophorus, Khy., with anatomical detail.

Now, without reference to the identity here of the smaller

monociliated sponge-cell with a spermatozoon of Spongilla, I

would submit to the reader whether (on comparing all these

figures, which are within an inch of each other in the same

plate) it is likely, as implied by Lieberkiihn (/. c.), that I could

have mistaken a sponge-cell for a Vrachelius trichophorus,

especially as I allude, in the text of my paper on the supposed

“zoosperms in Spongilla,” to the cilium as the “ tail ’—seeing

that the sponge-cell is propelled by the ciltum from behind,

and Trachelius trichophorus drawn on by the cilium én front,

as shown respectively in the figures to which I have just

alluded. :

With the explanation of this little difference, which may

also tend to show the distinction between a monociliated

106 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Presence of

sponge-cell and Trachelius trichophorus, let us return to the

more valid object of the communication, viz. the developmental

discovery, as it may be termed, of the spermatozoa in sponges.

In January, also of 1856 (p. 18, op. cit.), Lieberkiihn an-

nounced his discovery of the spermatozoa in Spongilla, which

he states, at the conclusion of the article, to have been pre-

viously observed by his respected teacher Johannes Miiller ;

and in August of the same year their development is described,

accompanied by figures of them separately and within the

mother cell (p. 500, pl. xvii. figs. 10 & 15-17, op. cit.). They

are here represented as minute conical bodies, of which the

pointed end is prolonged into a single cilium, but are unac-

companied by any measurement.

From this period up to 1870 I am not aware that any addi-

tional information on the subject was communicated, when, in

the October of that year, I published the following account of

some spermatic-looking monociliated cells which I found in

Microciona atrosanguinea, Bk. (Annals, vol. vi. p. 839) :—

“This monociliated body, which may now [July 30th] be

seen in great plurality, with every portion of the MWicrociona

torn to pieces for microscopical observation, consists of a

rounded triangular head and long cilium [Pl. X. figs 17, 18,

& 20]. The head is pyriform or shaped like a Florence flask

with the neck drawn out to a sharp point or beak, and the

cilium attached to the large end, close to which there appears

to be a single granule or nucleus ; but in other respects the

head is transparent. At first these bodies are in contact with

the glass cover, but soon sink to the plane of the slide, about

which they move with the head foremost, apparently urged on

in a zigzag course by the undulations of the cilium behind.

For the most part they are single; but occasional groups of

four [fig. 19] are seen rolling over the field after the manner

of monociliated cells or spermatozoa which want to become

separated from eachother. When measured, the head, including

the beak, was found to be 1-3000th of an inch long by about

1-12000th broad at the large end, and the cilium seven times as

long as the body, or about 1-400th inch long. Under the action

of iodine, the head became amber-coloured. While portions

of Microciona atrosanguinea taken from different localities

abounded with this body, together with a number of scarlet

gemmules [ova?], in addition to the ampullaceous sacs and

monociliated cells of the rest of the sponge, portions of other

sponges, even on the same piece of rock, failed to present a

similar body when torn to pieces under the microscope. Could

this monociliated body with triangular head have been the

spermatozoon of Microciona ?”’

Spermatozoa in the Spongida. 107

This description was unaccompanied by the figured repre-

sentations which I have now added (Pl. X. figs. 17 to 20), as

there was no plate to the paper; and it was not until I saw the

illustrations of Dr. T. Eimer (Schultze’s Archiv f. mikroskop.

Anat., Band vii. Heft 2, p. 281, 1872) that my attention was

again called to the subject, when I recognized in his figures

almost fac-similes of my own.

In the months of March to July 1871, Dr. Eimer disco-

vered, both in the siliceous and calcareous sponges, on the

shores of the island of Capri, similar bodies to those which I

have described and have now for the first time figured, as may

be learnt from his descriptions and those he has illustrated

from the Calcispongiz (op. et loc. cit.).

Hickel did the same at the island of Lesina in the Adriatic

about the same time, viz. in the month of April (Jenaische

Zeitschr. f. Med. und Naturw., Bd. vi. 1871, p. 644 ap. H). But

he went further; that is, he not only saw the spermatozoa of

certain Calcispongiz in their mother cells én sztw, but actually

saw them entering the ovum of Grantia ciliata, Bk. (Sycortis

quadrangulata, H.) (Die Kalkschwiimme, Atlas, Taf. 48. figs.

6, 7, & 8, and vol. i. p. 396). Thus the fact of spermatoid

development and impregnation in the sponges was so far

established.

The shape of the head of the spermatozoon in Hickel’s

illustrations differs ; for while in most instances it is globular

or conical, with the pointed end prolonged into a cilium (like

that in Spongilla figured by Lieberkiiln), it is elliptical accu-

minated in Grantia ciliata, Bk., where the anterior end is

extended into a kind of beak; but in no instances does it

resemble that of the bodies figured by Eimer or those described

by myself in Microciona and now published. Still, as every

living part of the sponge that is soft 1s subject to polymorphism,

no great stress is to be laid upon this difference.

Taking advantage of Hiickel’s work on the Calcisponges

already mentioned, which is a s¢ne qué non to their study,

I sought among our calcareous sponges here for those which

might be in an oviparous condition, what in plants we should

term in a state of “ fructification ;” but it so happens that there

is only one here in this state now, viz. Grantia compressa

(Sycandra compressa, H.); and it also so happens that there

are no illustrations of the generative elements of this species

in Hiickel’s work.

Nevertheless, as this is the commonest and hardiest form

here, growing on seaweeds in pools easily got at at every fall

of the tide, and well known to me to go through its repro-

ductive functions in the months of March, April, and May, so

108 Mr. H. J. Carter on the Presence of

as to become effete and disappear for the most part in June

(eaten both inside and out by small Crustaceans), it has

afforded me abundance of opportunities of witnessing what

Hiickel has so truthfully and lucidly described and illustrated

of several other species in his work.

Yet in only one instance have I been able to see what

appeared to me to be the spermatozoa of the species, and then

not living but scattered dead about the field in considerable

number (fig. 21).

These bodies, comparing small things to great, were shaped

like a sky-rocket, with a long cilium (figs. 22 & 23); the

head conical and based on the body, which was somewhat

constricted at the point of union, and slightly increasing back-

wards to an obtuse end, from which projected the cilium. The

head and body together measured 1-6000th of an inch long, by

about 1-24000th of an inch thick ; and being divided into three

parts, the body appeared to be just twice as long as the head.

The cilium was 10-6000ths of an inch long.

Had these bodies been active and living instead of still and

dead, I probably, from their minuteness, should not have been

able to obtain the measurements ; but, as it was, these with the

form were too plain to be mistaken, although the general

opacity of the body obscured all differentiation in tts composi-

tion.

That they were not the disintegrated ectodermal cells of the

embryo (Planula or Gastrula), the attachment of the cilium to

the longer portion (that is, the body) instead of to the shorter

one or head (according to Hiickel’s figures of these cells),

seems to point out ; besides, the latter was conical and pointed,

not obtuse and round like the outer or monociliated end of

the ectodermal cell. Again, they could not have been dead

long, or they would have vanished by “ diffluence ;”” while the

adhesive sarcodal composition of the ectodermal cells seems to

defy any separation of them into individuality, although I

often tried to produce it.

Of course | can only state and show what these bodies

were ; for although they may look very much like spermatozoa,

yet, seeing them enter the ovum is the only proof that they

are such and do belong to the sponge.

I have also observed another monociliated body in a fresh

specimen of Halisarca Dujardinit, equally pregnant with ova

as the Grantia compressa, but not so far advanced (figs. 24 &

26, a-i). It was circular in form, like a coin with a rounded

thick obtuse edge, diminishing to extreme thinness towards the

centre, where there appeared to be a single granule, the rest

of the body being homogeneous. From some part, whether

Spermatozoa in the Spongida. 109

towards the centre or at the circumference I could not deter-

mine, projected a single cillum. ‘The body while in activity

exhibited a subpolymorphic form and often became cup-shaped

or conical towards the middle on one side (fig. 26, g) ; while

the rim as often became thicker and seemed to hold the granule

just opposite the cilium, giving the translucent centre a kind

of horseshoe-shape (fig. 26, é).

The cilium propelled the body forwards, but as often too

presented a bulbous soft swelling at the end, which seemed to

act as a sucker in anchoring the body to other cells and sar-

codal objects in the field (fig. 26,4). After a time, when the

body was still, the whole became indolently polymorphic

and ameeboid in shape, while the cilium shrunk up to a short

process (fig. 26,2). They were often seen in twos and fours

together in a flexible mother cell about the field of observation

(tig. 25); and each individual measured 1-6000th of an inch

tor the diameter of the body and 5-6000ths of an inch for the

cilium.

These bodies were numerous while the Halisarca was quite

fresh—that is, on the first day of capture and for three or four

days afterwards, when it disappeared, as vibrios and other

monadine bodies announced coming decadence in the sponge.

While their appearance in this sponge in its fresh state,

together with the presence of the ova considerably advanced,

led me at first to think they might be the spermatozoa of the

species, the bulbous inflation of the tail and its power of

anchoring the body looked so monadine that, together with its

unusual appearance, whether spermatozoon or monad, its publi-

cation may not be altogether useless. Having since seen the

free ends of the ectodermal cells of a Gastrula become bulbous,

this alone is only proof of their sarcodal, polymorphic com-

osition.

I have stated that the specimen of Halisarca Dujardinii in

which these bodies were exclusively observed was “ as pregnant

with ova as that of Grantia compressa, but not so far advanced ;”

that is to say, the ova were in that stage of development when

the granular yelk is clearly seen investing the nucleus, nu-

cleolus, and germinal vesicle, measuring about 7-6000ths of

an inch in diameter, and still reptant; while in a specimen

which came from the Isle of Man and was sent to me by Mr.

T. Higgin of Liverpool, they measure 45-6000ths of an inch

in diameter (nearly seven times as much), and thus are visible

to the naked eye, having passed through the nuclear stage

and become probably nearly ready for delivery.

Hence, as the largest specimens of G'astrula in Grantia com-

pressa, which appear to be equally ready for exit, do not

110 Mr. H. J. Carter on Spermatozoa in the Spongida.

measure more than 15-6000ths of an inch in diameter, it would

seem that there is a difference in size, if not in development,

between the ovum of the siliceous and calcareous sponges,

when sufficiently matured to leave the parent.

From this I almost question whether the ovum in the sili-

ceous sponges does not leave the parent before it arrives at the

Gastrula state—that is, in the state of the Planula, when the

cavity of the endoderm does not communicate with the exterior,

but when the ciliated cells of the ectoderm are sufficiently

developed to give the ovum full power of locomotion. This,

however, is for future observation to determine. One point is

evident, viz. that in the siliceous sponges the spicules are

plentifully developed before the ovum leaves the parent, which

is not the case with the Gastrula in the calcareous sponges, so

far as my observation extends.

Since the above was written, I have obtained specimens of

Grantia ciliata, Johnston (Sycandra, H.), im the oviparous

state, but have not been able to detect any thing like sperma-

tozoa in them. Indeed, only in the instances above mentioned

have I ever met with any thing like spermatozoa, although I

have examined living sponges hundreds of times under the

microscope. Still | am well aware, from long experience,

that, among the lower organisms, the meeting with the sper-

matic element is a matter of chance rather than of certainty.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

N.B.—AIl the figures in this Plate, from 1 to 16 inclusive, have been

taken froma piece of Esperia egagropila, Carter (Halichondria egagro-

pila, Johnston, Brit. Sponges, p. 119, and type specimen, Johnstonian

collection, British Museum). They also have all been drawn to the

scale of 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch (with the exception of 13,c, and

16, a), in order that their relative sizes may be at once appreciated. Of

course the finer lines are diagrammatic.

Fig. 1. Transparent, empty, distended globular cell: «a, cell-wall; 4,

nucleus or cytoblast.

Fig. 2. Granuliferous nucleus or cytoblast (undistended ? ).

Fig. 3. Tricurvate spicule, full-grown.

Fig. 4. Mother cell of tricurvate spicule. The young tricurvates in

plurality arranged parallel to each other in a bundle, as they

are wont to be in natural development: a, cell-wall; }, nucleus ;

c, tricurvates.

Figs. 5 & 6. The same, but with some of the tricurvates reversed.

Fig. 7. The same, where the tricurvates cross each other at nearly right

angles.

Fig. 8, The same as figs. 5 and 6, but at an earlier stage of development,

therefore smaller.

Fig. 9. The same, and the smallest size recognized, being not more than

1-5000th of an inch in longest diameter.

Fig. 10. Bihamate spicule, full-grown.

Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on new Species of Amphithoé. 111

Fig. 11. Mother cell of bihamate spicule, containing a single spicule:

a, cell-wall; 6, nucleus; ¢c, bihamate.

Fig. 12. Inequianchorate spicule, full-grown: a, lateral view; 6, front

view.

Fig. 18. Mother cell of inequianchorate spicule at a very early stage of

development, when the embryo spicule is in the egwianchorate

form: a, cell-wall; 6, spicule; c, the same amplified to show the

equanchorate or hooked ends.

Fig. 14. The same, where two individuals were in one cell.

Fig. 15, The same, where the cell has become polymorphic.

Fig. 16. The same, in a more advanced stage, where the spicule has be-

: come imeguianchorate: a, cell-wall; 6, nucleus; ¢, inequi-

anchorate spicule; d, the same, amplified to show the nucleus

and granuliferous state of the cell-wall.

Fig. 17. Microciona atrosanguinea, Bk., spermatozoid-looking bodies in.

Scale 1-24th to 1-G000th of an inch.

Fig. 18. The same, single one. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th of an inch:

a, head and granule; 3, cilium.

Fig. 19, The same; group of four together. Same scale.

Fig. 20. The same. Scale of 1-4th to 1-6000th of an inch: a, head ;

b, granule ; ¢, cilium.

Fg. 21. Grantia compressa ; spermatozoid-looking bodies. Scale 1-24th

to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 22. The same, single one. Scale 1-6th to 1-G000th of an inch.

Fig. 23. The same. Scale 1-8rd to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 24. Halisarca Dujardinii; spermatozoid (?) bodies. Scale 1-24th

to 1-6000th of an inch.

Fig. 25. The same ; group of four in a cell. Same scale.

Fig. 26. The same: a, individual attached to a group of sponge-cells by

the head; b, rim; c, granule; d, cilium; e, the same, showing

inflation of the rim opposite the cilium ; f, lateral view of head ;

g, cap-like projection of centre of disk; h, individual attached

to a group of sponge-cells by the end of the cilium, rendered

bulbous under polymorphism ; 7, polymorphic state with shrunk-

up cilium.

XIV.—On some Species of Amphithoé and Sunamphithoé.

By the Rev. Tuomas R. R. Stepsine, M.A.

[ Plates XI. & XII. }

Ir will be seen by the following descriptions how very closely

allied these two genera are to one another, and how closely

allied also are certain species within the genera. It will be

seen likewise that some readjustment is probably necessary.

A new species is added to the genus Amphithoé, and one

which appears to have been partially, but only partially,

described before as a species of Amphithoé is found to have

a hooked telson, which will transfer it to the genus Sunam-

phithoé ; but this species, not content with a single hook to

112 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on new

its telson, has a couple, and might, on the strength of this,

almost claim a new genus to itself. It so happens that all

the specimens described in this paper had red eyes, though

some of their kinsfolk have been described from the same

localities as having a more sober and temperate appearance.

No explanation has as yet been offered of this variation in the

colour of the eyes between different individuals of the same

species, a variation which also sometimes occurs, according to

Messrs. Bate and Westwood in Anonyx (Hdwardst) serratus,

even in one and the same individual at different ages.

Amphithoé cuniculus, n. sp. Pl. XI. figs. 1, la, 14, Le,

fd, lke.

This little bright yellow species of Amphithoé has come into

the net from rock-pools both at Meadfoot, Torquay, and at

Prawle Point. It does not appear to be very common. The

head with its bulging cheeks and not very intellectual fore-

head, and something in its general gait and bearing when

alive, are suggestive of a little rabbit, whence the specific

name.

The antenne are short and sturdy, set back in a frontal

concavity ; the two pairs very close to one another, the upper

having the peduncle shorter, and the flagellum longer than the

lower. The last joint in the peduncle of the upper antenne

can scarcely be distinguished from the flagellum. The eyes

are small and red.

The first gnathopods have the wrist and hand parallel-sided

and about equal in length, the wrist, if any thing, the larger.

The finger exceeds the palm, against which it closely 1m-

pinges.

The second gnathopods are large and powerful. The thigh

is dilated into a lobe, which runs the whole length, and at the

distal end swells out so as to occupy a vacant space left by the

reentering angle of the knee. The wrist is short and shallowly

cup-shaped. ‘The hand is large, increasing in width towards

the distal end, but narrowing again before it reaches the finger-

joint. The powerful finger curves across the concave palm,

and, with a slender nail on its truncated tip, closes down upon

the blunt tooth-like process which terminates the palm and

carries a little outwards the thin anterior edge of the hand.

The remainder of the hand may be described as bulging.

There are a few hairs on the tooth and palm and other parts

of these gnathopods. When not in use these limbs are drawn

closely up between the coxe, and are prone to cherish that

position after the death of their owner; so that without great

Species of Amphithoé. 113

care the force required to draw them out ends by breaking

them off. The whole creature is comparatively hard, and

readier to break than to bend.

In the first two pairs of pereiopods the thigh is largely deve-

loped. Of the three following pairs the first is short and the

last long, the second being intermediate in size.

The telson, which, with the preceding segment, is sulcate,

is almost buried between the last pair of pleopoda; these

converge at their distal ends, each bearing a pair of sharp

hooks with their points facing outwards.

The length is one fifth of an inch nearly.

Amphithoé rubricata. FP. XI. figs. 2, 2a.

__This is not an uncommon species, found occasionally within

tide-marks, but generally rather further out. The principal

distinction from its first cousin, A. Lttor’na, which is generally

a pure green speckled with black, consists in its bright red

colouring, sometimes varied by a white pattern along the cen-

tral line of the back. Colour, however, and habitat are in

general so little to be depended on for discriminating species,

that it seems, in the present instance, worth while to pomt out

how minute all the other differences are between A. rubricata

and A. littorina. The former appears pretty constantly to

have the flagellum of the upper antenne slenderer and of

greater comparative length. Its eyes are said by Mr. Spence

Bate to be white with black spots, whilst those of its congener

are described as black. According to my own experience they

are red in both cases. In the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea’

the hands of the first and second gnathopods of A. rubricata

are described as “ having a slightly defined palm;” but in

Mr. Spence Bate’s British-Museum Catalogue the palm is said

to be ‘not defined.” In the former work the second gnatho-

pods of A. Uittorina are said to have the palm “long and not

clearly defined.” We are also there told that “ there is a deep

semilunar fissure between the wrist and the hand and between

the wrist and the preceding joint, which does not occur in

A. rubricata.” Of this nothing is said in the Catalogue, in

which, indeed, the gnathopods of the two species are described

in terms almost identical. The truth seems to be that the

palm of the second gnathopods is subject in both forms to a

certain amount of variation, its tendency being towards a well-

defined concavity in the deep-water form. In this form also

the fingers of both gnathopods have a well-defined serration,

and that in adult as well as in voung specimens. But this

serration occurs certainly also in the finger of the first gnatho-

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 8

114 Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing on new

pods of A. littor’na; and though this form is less conspicuous

than the other for beautiful fringes of shining hairs on various

parts of the meros, the wrist, and the hand, it nevertheless

has these fringes, only of less length, and, what is more, has

them disposed just as they are in the other species: in both

gnathopods they are set round the distal extremity of the meros

and distally round the back and front of the wrist, on the back

and front margin of the hand, on the palm, and on the inner

side of both hand and wrist. The antennz also are adorned

with similar hairs—long ones at the articulations of the

peduncle, and short tufts or fringes at intervals round the

cylindrical or subeylindrical pieces which compose it: these

ornaments, again, are shorter and less attractive in A. lit-

torina.

In the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea’ there is a slight

difference in the figuring of the telsons of the two forms—a

difference, however, not again mentioned by Mr. Spence Bate

in his British-Museum Catalogue. The specimen of which I

have drawn the tail-piece appeared to be A. rubricata, but was

taken within tide-marks. The telson differs from both the

forms previously figured, being truncate and indented at the

distal end. The stems of the last, pair of pleopoda have their

distal ends toothed or crenated.

On the whole we may, I think, accept these two species as

an example of those insensible gradations between varying

forms of a common origin, in which some persons find it so

difficult to believe.

Sunamphithoé gammarordes (male and female). Pls. XI. &

XII. figs. 38, 3a-f

This species is probably the same as Mr. Spence Bate’s

Amphithoé gammarotdes, which, however, was described and

named from ‘“ dried and imperfect specimens” not exhibiting

the telson, in the shape of which consists the one generic

distinction between Amphithoé and Sunamphithoé.

My specimens were taken throughout the year in rock-pools

at Meadfoot and Goodrington, Torquay. The colouring is a

bright yellowish green, with sparse but conspicuous black dots,

chiefly on the coxee. In these respects and in the shape of the

pereiopoda they agree with Amphithoé gammaroides. 'The

eyes, however, are not black but red—a point of minor import-

ance, as the colour of the eyes seems to vary in more than one

species. The peduncles of the antenne agree approximately :

in the upper pair the second joint is scarcely so long as the

first, in accordance with the figure, but not with the description

Species of Sunamphithoé. 115

of A. gammaroides. In one specimen out of five the flagella

agree with those described by Mr. 8. Bate, the lower reaching

beyond the extremity of the superior. In the other four

examples the upper flagellum extends beyond the extremity

of the lower.

The first gnathopods are similar in the two sexes. The

hand with its closed finger may be described as narrowly

ovate. The palm is oblique, but slightly defined, with a few

hairs rising from near the edge; the finger a little overlaps

it. The second gnathopods differ in the two sexes, being more

quadrate in the male, more ovate in the female; in both the

wrist is continuous with the hand, being slightly more dilated

in the female than in the other sex. he palm of the male is

remarkable, differing in shape on the inner and outer sides of

the hand; it is bounded anteriorly by the bulging outwards

to a very moderate extent of the anterior edge of the hand,

whence it runs obliquely in two concave curves on the outer

side to the base of the finger. The finger is large and power-

ful, serrated on the inner edge, and curving over to the extre-

mity of the palm, which, on the inner side, makes three curves,

the central and best-displayed one being not concave like the

others, but convex. The palm on this side has a small trian-

gular spine and several hairs springing from near its margin.

Between the two sides of the palm the hand appears to be

grooved or partially hollowed out.

In the female the palm, though oblique as in the male, is

straight, with no tooth or special prominence to define it,

while the inner edge of the finger seems to be less concave

than in the male.

The fourth, fifth, and sixth pairs of pereiopoda, which gra-

dually increase in length in the order named, agree rather

closely with those of Sunamphithoé hamulus, Spence Bate.

They have the distal extremity of the hand dilated, with a

large arcuate finger; and near to where the inner margin of

this meets the palm, springs a long, blunt, curved spine, while

three or four other spines, also blunt, but short and straight,

are set on the rounded anterior portion of the palm.

The telson, which moves up and down between the last pair

of pleopoda, and is thus sometimes completely hidden from

view in profile, has this peculiarity, that instead of a single

hook at its extremity it has a couple, with apparently a small

intervening level space.

The last pair of pleopoda have two rami each—the inner

foliaceous, the outer (as in the allied species) armed with a

pair of spines so set as in conjunction with the ramus to form

hooks. The two preceding pairs of pleopoda are set with

€

116 Rey. T. R. R. Stebbing on new

spines in the ordinary manner, each branch terminating in a

single long straight one; the antepenultimate pair have a

slightly curved process at the distal end of the stem beneath

the rami.

There is a curvature in the palm of Amphithoé gammarotdes,

as figured both in the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea’ and in

the British-Museum Catalogue of Amphipoda, which is not

noticed in the description in either of those works. But it

seems probable that this curvature really corresponds with the

convexity, spoken of above, on the énner side of the palm of

the present species.

Should it hereafter prove that Amphithoé gammaroides is a

Sunamphithoé, though not the Sunamphithoé we have here

described, this latter species will have to resign its name.

In that case it might well be called ¢neguipalmata.

The length without the antenne is about one fifth of an

inch.

Sunamphithoé conformata, Spence Bate (male and female).

PL. XII. figs. 4, 4a-d.

It may seem like going over old ground to figure and de-

scribe this species; but one important part of it, namely the

telson, had not been clearly observed at the time of the

original description, and there are one or two other points

requiring comment.

Only the male form has been hitherto described, at any rate

under the present name. Another form, which I have taken

at Salcombe in the same dredging with the male, and with

the young upon it at Meadfoot, Torquay, from the same rock-

pools in which the male has also been taken, is undoubtedly

the female of this species. The only observable difference is

in the shape and size of the second pair of gnathopods; these

in the female are similar to the first pair, which have the same

form in both sexes. But hence a doubt arises whether this

female of S. conformata may not probably be the Sunamphithoé

hamulus of Mr. Spence Bate, the first and second gnathopods

of which are described and figured as very similar in size and

shape. When there is a marked distinction between the two

airs of gnathopods, it is quite consistent with analogy that

it should be found in the maie and not in the female. The

flagellum of the upper antenne in S, hamulus is described as

much shorter than that of S. conformata; but the length of

the flagellum is apt to vary, both by accidental circumstances

and with the age of the animal—the female of S. conformata

certainly, in my specimens, having this upper flagellum ex-

Species of Sunamphithoé. 117

ceedingly long, as in the adult male, while in the young ones

it is exceedingly short. The articulations are coloured alter-

nately white and brown.

The eyes of S. hamulus are said to be black, those of S.

conformata white with a red spot in the middle. The eyes of

my specimens, both male and female, are red.

The first gnathopods have the wrist for its distal half and

the hand parallel-sided. The hand is longer than the wrist,

with a straight palm, forming a right angle with the margin.

The finger is stout, projecting beyond the palm, and terminating

in a nail. In the female the wrist is perhaps a little more

triangular than in the male.

The second gnathopods in the male have a short cup-shaped

wrist continuous with the hand, which is large, long-ovate,

tapering ; its palm very oblique, waved, having two lobes,

which are partially obscured when the long, slightly waved, and

much-curved finger is doubled closely against them. In this

position the point of the finger overlaps the hand on the inner

side.

In the first two pairs of pereiopoda the meros is much

dilated and produced distally into a lobe, which overlaps the

carpus; the third pair are considerably shorter than the two

following pairs, the fifth being slightly longer than the fourth.

These three pairs have spines along the anterior of the hand.

The posterior pair of pleopoda have the inner ramus folia-

ceous, and the outer terminating in two powerful hooks. Un-

fortunately, in the ‘ British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,’ the inner

ramus is figured as the outer—no doubt by one of those accidents

which, in small figures of minute parts, it is almost impossible

to avoid. A character of the outer ramus, conspicuous under

the microscope, is not noticed either in the above-mentioned

work or in the British-Museum Catalogue of Amphipodous

Crustacea—namely, that the upper edge is set with a row of

small spines pointing towards the head and looking like a fine

saw. ‘The two preceding pairs of caudal appendages are

strongly spined. ‘The telson with its hook is very short, and

often balks the observer by its aptitude for hiding between the

stems of the pleopoda.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI. & XII.

Fig. 1. Amphithoé cuniculus. 1a, Head and antenne. 16. Front view

of head, showing the insertion of the antenne. lc. First and

second gnathopods, much enlarged. 1d. Second gnathopod,

another specimen, much enlarged. le. Telson and caudal

appendages, seen from above.

Fig. 2. First and second gnathopods of Amphithoé rubricata. 2a. Telson

and posterior pleopoda of another specimen, seen from above.

118 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

Fig. 8. Sunamphithoé gammaroides, male. 8a. First gnathopod. 36.

Second gnathopod. 3c. First and second gnathopods of female.

3d. Last pereiopod of male. 3e. Tail-piece, enlarged, 3f.

Tail-piece, still more enlarged, of another specimen which had

just shed its skin.

Fig. 4. Sunamphithoé conformata, male. 4a. First gnathopod. 46, Se-

cond gnathopod. 4c, First pereiopod. 4d. Tail-piece.

XV.—On the Longicorn Coleoptera of New Zealand.

By H. W. Bates, F.L.S.

(Continued from p. 24.)

Family Lamiada.

Hexatricha pulverulenta.

Lamia pulverulenta, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 26, t. 56. f. 5.

Hezxatricha pulverulenta, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 21.

Waikouaiti ; Port Nicholson.

Xylotoles lynceus.

Saperda lynceus, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 185.

The specimen of this insect still preserved in the Banksian

collection, though in bad condition, is recognizable as a species

of Xylotoles, and doubtless a male; but I have seen no second

example of the species, among the hundreds of specimens of

Xylotoles sent home by Mr. Lawson from Auckland and a

smaller number by Mr. Fereday from Christchurch. It is

remarkably elongate and parallel-sided, 5} lines long, with

the apices of the elytra produced and divaricate; in colour it

resembles X. griseus.

NXylotoles griseus.

Xylotoles griseus, Westw. Arc. Ent. ii. p. 27, t. 56. f. 2.

Saperda grisea, Fab. Syst. Ent. p. 186.

Lamia heteromorpha, Boisd. Voy. de l’Astrolabe, Ent. ii. p. 506, t. 9.

f. 14.

Xylotoles lentus, Newm. Entom. p. 12.

Xylotoles Westwoodi, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1847, p. 170.

The descriptions of Boisduval and Newman agree very well

with acommon species, to which the type of Fabricius belongs.

Mr. Lawson has sent it in great numbers from Auckland, and

I have also received it from Christchurch. It varies in size

from 3 to 6 lines; and the apices of the elytra are singly

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 119

rounded in both sexes (rather more acutely in the male), never

divaricated. 'The shape of the body is elongate-elliptical, the

elytra at the shoulders being scarcely wider than the base of

the thorax. The-colour of the integument is coppery brown,

but veiled with a laid ashy pubescence, never dense enough

wholly to conceal the ground-colour—fresh examples showing,

besides, a few condensed white linear spots, placed some on the

anterior disk and others as an oblique macular fascia behind

the middle; but these spots are sometimes wanting. The

elytra are faintly striated (except the sutural stria), and have

a number of large punctures arranged in irregular rows near

the base. The antenne are pitchy red, with the bases of some

of the joints paler.

Xylotoles humeratus, n. sp.

X. grisco proxime affinis; magis nitidus; elytris ad humeros

thoracis basi distincte latioribus, humeris rectangulatis, maculis

pubescentibus fulvis; oculis pilis fulvis marginatis. Long. 3-5

lim. 3.2.

Difficult at first sight to distinguish from X. griseus, but

certainly distinct. The difference in general form first strikes

the eye—a difference which arises from the thorax being

much shorter and more narrowed at the base, and from the

elytra at the base being much wider, with wide outstanding

rectangular shoulders. The colour is also constantly different,

being more brassy greenish and shining, especially on the

thorax. The general laid pubescence is greyish, and the strie

and punctures are nearly the same as in X. griseus; but the

denser pubescent spots are always orange-tawny and con-

spicuous, arranged in two groups—one near the base (some

of them forming an oblique line), and the other behind the

middle (forming a line oblique in the opposite direction to the

former). The orbit of the eyes has also a dense fringe of the

same tawny-coloured hairs ; and there is a patch of the same

on each side of the thorax.

Many examples from Mr. Lawson of Auckland, mixed with

X, griseus.

Xylotoles subpinguis, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. p. 22.

One example from Mr. Fereday, Christchurch, agreeing

well with White’s description.

The species much resembles Y. griseus, but has a more

spotty pubescence, and the elytra are more prolonged and

pointed at the apices ( @).

120 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

NXylotoles nudus, n. sp.

X. elongatus, angustus, cuprascenti-niger, glaber, nitidus ; elytris

basi thorace vix latioribus, apice utrinque productis et paulo

divaricatis, basi grossissime lineatim punctatis ; antennis pedibus-

que castaneis ; femoribus obscurioribus. Long. 4}-5 lin,

Body entirely destitute of pubescence, except spots on the

sides of the ventral segments ; antenne and legs finely gri-

seous pubescent. Colour giossy coppery black; head and

thorax impunctate and smooth. Elytra elongated, not per-

ceptibly broader at the base than the thorax, very slightly

bulging in the middle, and gradually narrowed and prolonged

at the apex, where they are slightly divaricate; the surface

has rows of very large punctures, from the suture to the sides

and extending to the middle.

Several examples sent from Auckland by Mr. Lawson.

Xylotoles rugicollis, n. sp.

X. fusco-niger, subeneus, nitidus ; thorace elongato-quadrato, supra

passim transverse rugato ; elytris ellipticis, apice utrinque pro-

ductis, acutis, supra striatis interstitiis elevatis, fulyo-guttatis ;

antennis pedibusque castaneis. Long.4-6 lin. ¢ Q.

Distinguished by the thorax being elongate-quadrate in out-

line, a little dilated immediately behind its anterior angles, where

it is widest, and covered with irregular transverse wrinkles.

The sides have some patches or lines of tawny pubescence, as

well as the front of the head. The elytra have no distinct

shoulders, and are dilated in the middle, whence they taper

gradually to the pointed apices, most prolonged in the male,

but not divaricate; their surface is coarsely sculptured,

deeply striated almost to the apex, and marked with large

punctures. The underside is very glossy, with spots of tawny

tomentum on the sides of the breast and abdomen.

Auckland (Ir. Lawson) ; a few examples.

Xylotoles letus, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 22.

This species (if I refer it correctly to White’s X. letus) is

shorter and much more ovate than its allies, the apices of the

elytra not being produced, but somewhat obtusely rounded

together. The colours are more gaily metallic. White

describes the thorax as violet, and the elytra green; but in a

larger series many varieties are seen, some being wholly

brassy green, others coppery or violaceous ; the thorax and

elytra concolorous or not. ‘The elytra are narrow and rounded

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 121

at the shoulders. The thorax has a few coarse ruge on the

sides ; but is nearly smooth on the disk.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson) ; several examples, measuring from

2% to 4+ lines in length.

Xylotoles nanus, n. sp.

? Xylotoles parvulus, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins, p. 22.

Similar in form to X. griseus, but much smaller and more

densely clothed with spotty or lineated griseous pubescence, with

darker spots on the elytra, forming in well-preserved examples

a somewhat tessellated pattern, the dark colour often concen-

trating in a patch on each side of the elytra. The thorax is

very similar in form, but the two transverse impressed lines

are less marked. The elytra are very nearly of the same

width at the shoulders as the base of the thorax, their apices

are not prolonged but singly rounded, and they have an

irregular number of punctures near the base arranged in rows ;

they are destitute of impressed striz, except the usual sutural

one.

A. further distinction from X. griseus, even the ‘smallest ex-

amples, is the colour of the antenne, the apices of the joints

being always distinctly fuscous or black.

The general ground-colour is extremely variable, from

brown with a scarcely perceptible brassy tinge to dull tawny

or pale testaceous. Long. 2-22 lin.

Auckland. Mr. Lawson has sent home a very large number

of this small, variable species.

White’s description (!) of his XY. parvulus consists of the.

following words :—‘ Testaceous, covered with a greyish pu-

bescence ; base of elytra with several dots and four rows of

small punctures in two lines, extending to the middle of

elytra.’ No size is given; and the description applies equally

well to our X. egrotus.

NXylotoles cegrotus, n. sp.

X, elongatus, angustus, omnino fulyo-testaceus, subtiliter griseo-

pubescens ; elytris ¢ apice dehiscentibus, singulatim prolongatis,

perparum divaricatis, 2 acute conjunctim rotundatis. Long.

21°93 lin,

Similar in form to XY. nanus, but always of a tawny testa-

ceous colour, with fine scant grey pubescence, arranged more

or less in lines on the elytra. The antenne are not ringed

with dark colour, but pallid like the rest of the body, or at

most a little, browner at the extreme tips of some of the joints.

The elytra are relatively much longer and are narrowed and

122 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

prolonged towards their apices ; in the male strongly dehiscent

at the suture ; they are a little wider at the base than the base

of the thorax, and have the usual lineated punctuation from

the base to the middle. The sutural stria is deeply sunk.

Auckland, six examples (Mr. Lawson) ; Christchurch (Mr.

Fereday), three examples.

The punctuation at the base of the elytra varies considerably.

In some specimens there are only two simple rows of punc-

tures ; but in others there are two or three rows, each composed

of a larger number of punctures, arranged often without order.

The difference is not sexual, but the two varieties are strongly

pronounced.

Xylotoles pulchellus, n. sp.

X. nano proxime affinis, at differt elytris magis ellipticis fusco

fasciatis, corpore subtus dense cinereo-tomentoso. Parvus, nigro-

cupreus, alutaceus, pube grisea vestitus; elytris ad humeros

angustis, regulariter ellipticis, apice conjunctim subacute rotun-

datis, plagis fuscis magnis duabus fasciiformibus, altera pone

medium, altera apicali. Long. 2} lin.

Closely resembling X. nanus, but the elytra decidedly more

elliptical in form, 7.¢. narrower at the shoulders and more

regularly rounded on the sides, the apex being jointly rounded ;

the surface is of the coppery black or dark brown of the full-

coloured examples of X. nanus; and the grey pubescence is

spotty in the same way on the elytra; but the dark patches lie

in two places, forming irregular broad fascie, one at the middle

and the other at the apex. The antenne are rather more

slender, and have a larger portion of the apices of the joints

pitchy black. Beneath, the insect is more densely clothed

with grey pubescence.

Christchurch (Mr. Fereday) ; one example.

Xylotoles scissicauda, n. sp.

X. elongato-ellipticus, castaneo-fuscus, griseo-pubescens; thorace

medio utrinque dilatato-tumido, supra sulcis duobus transversis

fortiter impressis, alteroque dorsali, basi subtiliter transversim

multistrigoso; elytris humeris paululum productis, obliquis,

postice gradatim attenuatis, apice dehiscentibus ibique sutura.

emarginata, supra fere ad apicem lineatim punctatis, costulisque

utrinque tribus. Long. 33—4 lin.

This very distinct species may be recognized at once by the

thorax—tumid, almost tubercular in the middle on each side,

with the anterior and posterior transverse sulci deeply im-

pressed and united in the middle by a longitudinal dorsal im-

pressed line. The tubercle on each side is coarsely sculptured ;

“~

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 123

and the basal surface is covered with a multitude of fine

transverse strie. The punctuation of the elytra extends

nearly to the apex, and is interrupted by three raised coste on

each elytron; the apex is tapering, and the suture widely

gaping, having on each edge a curved sinuation. ‘The sides

and apex of the elytra have a few whitish bristles. The legs

are concolorous; the antenne have a speckled pubescence and

are robust.

Christchurch (Mr. Fereday) ; three examples. ‘This species

tends to connect Xylotoles with Tetrorea.

MICROLAMIA, nov. gen.

Gen. Xylotoli affine ; differt antennis articulis brevibus, primo basi

extus haud subito dilatato, femoribusque fortiter tumido-clavatis.

Corpus minimum, longe hirsutum ; elytris quam corpore anteriore

haud longiore. /ytra basi transverse depressa, humeris rotun-

datis. Thorax magnus, lateribus tumidis. Mesosternum brevis-

simum. Pro- et mesosterna inter coxas latissima, plana.

Microlamia pygmea,n. sp.

M. clongato-ovata, rufo-castanea nitida, antennis pedibusque palli-

dioribus, illis undique pilosis; capite punctato; thorace lateribus

grossissime punctatis, disco leevissimo, sine linea dorsali, basi et

apice transversim strigoso; elytris sparsim, basi densius punc-

tatis, apice subabrupte declivibus. Long. 1} lin.

This curious and minute Longicorn in the proportions of

its body resembles the genus Dewcalion rather than Xylotoles ;

but the thorax is unarmed at the sides. The basal joint of

the antenne forms a pyriform club, as in the genus Blax. Its

chief peculiarities reside in the great width of the pro- and

mesosterna between the coxee, and in the very thick clavate

thighs, also in the robust filiform antenne—not ciliated, but

hairy on all sides, and with rather short jomts, the third and

fourth not much longer than the rest.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson) ; one example.

SomatipiA, Thomson, Syst. Ceramb. p. 39.

Gen. Parmene affine; differt thorace haud armato, femoribusque

fortiter clavatis basi pedunculatis. Corpus ovatum, grosse punc-

tatum. Caputinter antennas haud concavum. Antenne filiformes,

ciliate ; scapo ovato, articulo tertio ceteris paulo longioribus.

Prosternum inter coxas arcuatum. Mesosternum oblongum, de-

clive. Hpimera mesothoracica obliqua, acetabula haud attingentia.

Tibie intermedi extus emarginate. Ungues divaricati.

Closely allied to the Mediterranean genus Purmena, and

124 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

very similar in facies, except that the general form is shorter

and more ovate.

Somatidia antarctica.

Parmena antarctica, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 22.

The elytra have distinct, almost toothed humeral angles ;

but their outline is very oblique from the angle to the true

base ; each elytron has two small tufts of hair. Long. 23-3

lines.

Port Nicholson; also Auckland (Mr. Lawson).

Somatidia ptinoides, n. sp.

S. cupreo-fusca, fulyo-griseo pubescens, setosa ; thorace ovato, crebre

grosse punctato ; elytris a medio usque ad basin fortiter angustatis

humeris nullis, macula utrinque exteriore basali, fascia mediana

maculaque apicali suturali nigris, penicillis nullis; antennis et

pedibus rufescentibus. Long. 14-23 lin.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson) ; four examples. The fourth joint

of the antennee is very short.

STENELLIPSIS, nov. gen.

Corpus angustum, ellipticum, convexum, subtile tomentosum, leve.

Caput exsertum, inter antennas modice late concayvum, fronte

quadrata. Palpi subelongati, robusti, articulis ultimis fusiformi-

bus. Zhorawv transversus, antice et postice constrictus, medio

convexo, lateribus tumidis, inermibus. LHlytra convexa, prope

basin transversim depressa, apice obtuse rotundata, fere truncata ;

stria suturali solum impressa, versus basin abbreviata. Acetabula

antica et intermedia extus clausa. Prosternum inter coxas vix

arcuatum, angustissimum, apice dilatatum; mesosternum ob-

longum, vix declive. Mesothoravx paululum abbreviatus. Pedes

elongati; coxee magni, globose ; femora fortiter clavata; tibice

intermedi extus leviter emarginate ; tarsi vix elongati, articulo

primo ceteris subeequali; ungues divaricati. Antenne corpore

triente longiores, graciles, sparsim ciliate; articulo primo basi

extus subito sed modice dilatato, czeteris elongatis ab tertio gra-

datim brevioribus.

This genus has many of the peculiar characters of Xy/otoles,

and is evidently allied to it; but its facies is very different,

resembling that of many Acanthocinine (e. g. Driopea). The

metathorax, without being conspicuously abbreviated as in the

Dorcadionine, is so much shortened that the distance between

the middle and posterior cox is somewhat less than that

between the anterior and the middle. The prosternum also,

although very narrow between the coxe, is nearly plane as in

NXylotoles. The head is of precisely the same shape.

Coleoptera of New Zealand. » 125

Stenellipsis bimaculata.

Xylotoles bimaculatus, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 22.

White’s description, though brief, is sufficient to enable

us to recognize his species, as he mentions the “‘ bulging middle

of the thorax,” the anterior and posterior transverse impres-

sions of the same part, and the tomentose yellow spot in the

depressed part near the base of each elytron.

Auckland. Sent sparingly by Mr. Lawson.

Stenellipsis gracilis.

? Xylotoles gracilis, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p, 22.

The above-cited description of this species leaves us in

doubt whether it applies to our insect, as no mention is made

of the “bulging” middle of the thorax, although it is as con-

spicuous as in the allied S. bimaculata. The elytra are

more cylindrical and less ovate than in 8S. bimaculata, and

are clothed with fine grey tomentum, prettily spotted with

brown, and having a brown fascia across the middle and a

streak of the same colour behind, near the suture.

Auckland. Several examples sent by Mr. Lawson.

Stenellipsis latipennis, n. sp.

S. latior, elytris oblongo-ovatis, ad humeros thoracis basi fere

duplo latioribus. Chalybeo-nigra, subtiliter cinereo-pubescens,

antennis (scapo excepto) tibiisque basi et unguibus castaneis ;

thorace breviore, medio rotundato, levi; elytris cinereis, guttis

majoribus rotundis lineatim ordinatis, ad basin, in medio et versus

apicem in plagas aggregatis. Long. 3 lin.

A true Stenellipsis, although differing from its congeners

by the broader shoulders of the elytra; the latter have an

obtuse elevation near the scutellum and a few punctures

arranged in rows; with this exception the body is smooth and

clothed with very fine laid pile, as in the other species.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson) ; one example.

PSILOCN&IA, noy. gen.

Gen. Xylotoli affine, sed corpore lineari, et metasterno haud abbre-

viato. Linearis. subdepressa. Antenne corpore paulo longiores ;

articulo primo basi extus subito dilatato, tertio et quarto cxteris

multo longioribus. Caput exsertum, inter antennas vix concavum.

Thorax fere cylindricus, inermis. Hlytra humeris valde obliquis,

apice singulatim rotundata. Prosternum inter coxas ut in Xylo-

tole planum, apice fortiter dilatatum. Acefabula antica extus

haud angulata; intermedia extus clausa. Memora gradatim in-

crassata. Tibi intermedie extus emarginate. Unques diyaricati,

126 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

This genus partakes of the characters of Xy/otoles and

Tetrorea, and is equally allied to both these genera, which

have been placed by Lacordaire in two widely separated sub-

families.

Psilocneia linearis, n. sp.

P. linearis, pube adpressa cinerea vestita; elytris plaga utrinque

laterali fusca, interdum obsoleta, basi sparsim lineatim punctatis,

stria suturali fortiter impressa. Long. 23-33 lin.

The ground-colour, visible only on portions of the thorax

and head and in abraded parts, is of the same coppery brown

as prevails in the genus Xylotoles; the head is of precisely

similar form. The transverse impressions of the thorax are

only vaguely marked; the fuscous lateral streak on each

elytron is generally varied with grey spots, and is sometimes

reduced to a few dark lineated spots, or disappears altogether ;

the legs and antenne are partly reddish testaceous; the pu-

bescence of the thorax is somewhat lineated and denser on

the sides.

Auckland. Mr. Lawson has sent home a very large number

of specimens.

SPILOTROGIA, noy. gen.

Gen. Stenellipsi affine, sed facies multo diversa. Cylindrica, sub-

tilissime pubescens. Antenne graciles, corpore duplo longiores,

vix pubescentes ; scapo basiextus gradatim dilatato. Caput inter

antennis concayum, fronte infra paulo angustata. Thorax cylin-

dricus. Elytra cylindrica, basi thorace distincte latiora, humeris

fere rectangulis, apice declivia obtuse rotundata, supra prope basin

transversim depressa, stria suturali solum distincta. Pro- et

mesosterna angusta, plana. Cztera ut in Stenellipse.

Belongs to the same group as Stenellipsis, from which it

differs in the mesosternum between the coxe being nearly as

narrow as the prosternum, and in the thorax and elytra being

cylindrical ; the metathorax appears somewhat shortened, the

distance between the anterior and middle coxe being no less

than that between the middle and the hind pair.

Spilotrogia maculata, ni. sp.

S. ochraceo-testacea, subnitida, capite thoracisque disco obscurioribus;

elytris castaneo-fusco maculatis, interdum plaga majore transversa

communi pone medium. Long. 14~—2 lin.

The maculation of the elytra is peculiar in this little Longi-

corn, as it is the derm and not the pubescence merely which

is variegated in colour; the spots are very irregular, and lie

Coleoptera of New Zealand. Oy

chiefly near the suture, the yellow ground-colour prevailing

on the sides.

~ Auckland (Mr. Lawson).

EURYCHANA, nov. gen.

Gen. Enicodi affinis, sed elytris ¢ haud prolongatis. Corpus

parvum, sublineare, sericeo-pubescens. Caput subretractum,

inter oculos latum, planum, ore (¢) latissimo, labro parvo

quadrato, mandibulisque vix exsertis. Antenne corpore vix lon-

giores, graciles, sparsim ciliate; articulo primo subcylindrico,

basi extus angustato, tertio et quarto modice elongatis. Thorax

quadratus, inermis. Elytra apice singulatim rotundata, lateribus

verticalibus ; dorso planato, stria suturali solumimpresso. Pecdes

parum elongati; femora clavata ; tibise intermedi extus emargi-

nate ; tarsorum ungues divaricati. Metathoraw nullomodo abbre-

viatus. Pro- et mesosterna inter coxas angusta sed plana. <Ace-

tabula antica et intermedia extus clausa.

©. Capite antice haud dilatato, ore normali.

Belongs to the same group as the curious New-Caledonian

Enicodes, but differs totally from that genus in facies and in

the narrow pro- and mesosterna. The head of the male is

very similar, the orbit of the eyes being abruptly salient, and

the mouth, though narrow, extremely broad; the eyes are

simply reniform, with the upper portion rather narrow.

Eurychena fragilis, n. sp.

E. fusco-testacea, pube subtili olivaceo-cinerea vestita, antennis

pedibusque olivaceo-testaceis; thorace levi, antice et postice

transversim leviter impresso; elytris basi thorace latioribus,

humeris exstantibus, supra, basi excepta, punctulatis ; corpore

subtus plus minusve rufo-testaceo, Long. 23-3 lin. ¢ 9.

The elytra in the male taper a little towards the apex ; in

fine fresh examples they have a few dark brown spots and an

oblique fascia of the same colour after the middle.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson).

Eurychena Fereday?, n. sp.

E. fragili similis, at differt colore obscuriore ; elytris fusco-submacu-

latis ; capite, corpore subtus, femoribus et tarsis nigro-fuscis ;

antennarum articulis apice fusco-maculatis. Long 2j lin. 9°.

Christchurch (Mr. Fereday) ; one example.

Tetrorea cilipes, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 21,

| t3i4. t...9.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson).

128 Mr. H. W. Bates on the Longicorn

HYBOLASIUS, nov. gen.

Gen. Hebeseci affine. Corpus oblongum, tomentosum. Caput re-

tractum, fronte quadratum. Antenne corpore paulo longiores,

ciliate ; scapo quam articulo tertio multo breviore, breviter cla-

vato ; articulis tertio et quarto ceteris singulis multo longioribus,

hoc paulo curvato. Thorax lateribus tuberculatis. Flytra apice

rotundata, basi utrinque cristata. Pedes robusti ; femora clavata ;

tibie gradatim dilatate, intermediis vix emarginatis.

This genus is founded on a common New-Zealand insect,

the Lamia crista of Fabricius, which White placed in the

genus Pogonocherus. It agrees with Pogonocherus in many

essential characters—such as the structure of the sterna, the

form of the sockets of the anterior and middle cox, and the

divaricate claws ; but the antennze resemble much more nearly

those of Hebesecis and the allied genera, differing chiefly in

the shorter and more regularly clavate scape. There is, how-

ever, scarcely any difference in the formule given by Lacordaire

of the two groups Hebesecides and Pogonocherides, although he

places them so widely apart. The genus is also closely allied

to the Chilian Gctropsis, placed by Lacordaire in the Hxo-

centrides group.

EHybolasius crista.

Lamia crista, Fab. Syst. Entom. p. 170.

Fabricius describes the basal tubercles of the elytra as tri-

dentate; but, as I have satisfied myself by examination of

his type specimen in the Banksian collection, they are not

toothed at all, but surmounted by a compressed pencil of hairs.

This type is a large form of the species (32 lines), of tawny

brown colour, with the narrow black posterior fascia unaccom-

panied by a broader dark belt. Most of the examples I have

seen (from Auckland) are smaller, about 3 lines, with much

darker brown elytra, having the shoulders and an apical spot

tawny, and a broad posterior blackish fascia, the anterior

margin of which is black, margined again anteriorly with

light tawny. But all connecting gradations occur, and I

believe they form only one variable species. It may be

known from its congeners by the elevated penicillated crests,

the robust acute lateral thoracic tubercles, and the finely striated

integument of the thorax.

Hybolasius viridescens, ni. sp.

H. subdepressus, hirsutus, fuscus ; elytris herbaceo-viridibus, medio

dorsi fulvescentibus, strigaque obliqua nigra; thoracis tuberculis

lateralibus magnis obtusis, dorso haud striato, medio trituberculato ;

Coleoptera of New Zealand. 129

elytris cristis basalibus parvis vix penicillatis, costa marginali

altera flexuosa dorsali obtusis. Long. 24-23 lin.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson).

Distinguishable from H. crista at once by the small basal

crests of the elytra, which have a minute pencil of hairs, some-

times absent; the thorax has not the finely sculptured trans-

verse striz of that species, and the lateral tubercles are not

pointed. The elytra are depressed, coarsely and sparsely

punctured, with a raised flexuous dorsal costa; their colour is

brassy green, especially visible on the base and sides, the

middle of the back being tawny with an oblique dusky belt,

sometimes absent. The antennae are much longer than the

body, but of the same form and proportions as in //. cresta,

the cilia only being longer; they are dull reddish, varied

with dusky.

Hybrlasius simplex, n. sp.

H. gracilior, piceo-rufescens, sparsim griseo-pubescens ; elytris sub-

confertim punctatis, haud costatis, cristis basalibus fere obsoletis,

parum conyexis, haud penicillatis; thorace angustiore, fere nudo,

subtilissime et confertissime punctulato-rugoso, tuberculis latera-

hibus conicis. Long. 23 lin.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson); three examples.

Much more slender than H. crista, and less convex; di-

stinguished also by the absence of penicillated crests, which

are replaced by obtuse elevations. The general colour is

pitchy or chestnut-red, lighter on the antenne, and darker on

the undersides of the body and femora and at the apices of

the tibize; the thorax is minutely sculptured throughout, and

has rudiments of three small discoidal tubercles; the pu-

bescence is very scant; the antenne have the “same form

and proportions as in JZ. crista; and there can be little doubt

of the near affinity of these two extreme species, notwith-

standing the great difference in the elytral crests.

PCCILIPPE, nov. gen.

Gen. Nicippe et Disterne prima facie simile, sed antennis basi haud

approximatis, acetabulis intermediis fere clausis et elytris apice

rotundatis. Caput ut in gen. Hybolasio, inter antennas con-

cavum, fronte quadrata. Antenne corpere longiores, graciles,

ciliate ; articulo primo quam tertio multo breviore, clavato,

basi extus magis angustato, tertio et quarto ceteris singulis

multo longioribus. Thoraw brevis, antice et postice transversim

fortiter impressus, medio utrinque tuberculo forti acuto armatus.

Elytra elongato-subtrigona, modice convexa, tubere utrinque

basali elevato. Pro- et mesosterna inter coxas angusta. Ace-

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 9

130 On the Longicorn Coleoptera of New Zealand.

tabula antica extus angulata, intermedia fere clausa. Femora

clavata; tibie intermedi extus perparum emarginate ; tarsi

breves, articalo primo omnium breviter triangulari. Ungues

divaricati.

Although resembling the Australian Disterne in general

appearance, this genus differs much from them in structural

characters and approaches much more nearly Hybolasius, the

form of the scape of the antenne being very nearly the same.

The thorax, however, is much shorter, and has a far larger

and more acute median spine. ‘The apical ventral segment

is much elongated and broadish at the apex in my single

specimen ; but I suspect this is a sexual character ; otherwise

it would be a good structural distinction from Hybolasius.

Pecilippe stictica, n. sp.

P. nigro-fusea, nitida, antennis pedibusque castaneis; thorace

sparsim ochreo-pubescente, impunctato, tuberculis discoidalibus

tribus parvis; elytris apice obtuse rotundatis, grosse punctatis,

punctis versus apicem sparsioribus; griseo maculatim pubescen-

tibus, maculaque tomentosa ochracea reniformi utrinque ad tri-

entem longitudinis ornatis. Long. 4 lin.

Auckland (Mr. Lawson) ; one specimen.

The close grey pubescence of the elytra is divided by the

large punctures, producing a spotty appearance; these large

punctures are very dense near the base, but become confined

to lines posteriorly, leaving smooth spaces, and as such extend

to the apex.

Lamia flavipes, White, Voy. Ereb. & Terr., Ins. p. 21.

I have not seen this insect, which, from the description, re-

sembles somewhat the Pecdlippe above described.

Diastamerus tomentosus, Redtenb. Reise Novara, Col. p. 177,

fish valle

The intermediate tibiz are without notch, the claws divari-

cate, and the pro- and mesosterna broad and plane, with a

dechivity on their opposing extremities. The genus is very

distinct, and approaches the Hebesecine in its chief characters,

with some resemblance to Ranova and Tetradia. I am in-

debted for a specimen to Mr. Pascoe. -

Tympanopalpus dorsalis, Redtenb. Reise Novara, Col.

pa L8O.: tov. digs

The cicatricized apex of the scape of the antenne and general

Mr. A. G. Butler on two new Species of Fulgora. 131

form show that this very remarkable genus belongs to the

Monohammine, or some group nearly allied thereto.

Note.—Dorcadida bilocularis, mentioned by White as a

New-Zealand insect, is from Tasmania, and was doubtless

introduced by White into the New-Zealand fauna by error.

Hesperophanes unicolor (Saperda unicolor, Fab. Mant. i.

p- 147), cited as from New Zealand in Harold and Gem-

minger’s ‘Catalogus,’ t. ix. p. 2808, does not belong to that

country, being, as Fabricius states, from Amsterdam Island.

According to the type, still preserved in the Banksian col-

lection, the species belongs to the genus Cerestwm or Diato-

mocephala, and is distinguished by its clothing of long hairs.

XVI.—Descriptions of two new Species of Fulgora from

India. By ARTHUR GARDINER BUTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum.

THE two following species have been procured from Mr.

Whitely subsequent to the publication of my monographic

list of the species (P. Z. 8. 1874, pp. 97-102). They are

both referable to the subgenus indicated in my paper at p. 101.

Fulgora curtiprora, n. sp.

Closely allied to F. gemmata of Westwood, but with the

cephalic process one third shorter, and the colouring different :

tegmina with corium bright green speckled with black, area

beyond black; the veins green, becoming ochraceous near

apex; the entire surface covered, as in /.. gemmata, with small

orange spots; wings shining black, varied with pale trans-

parent green as in J’. gemmata ; cephalic process, head, and

thorax testaceous, thorax spotted with black ; abdomen black,

the segments edged with green above, with ochreous below ;

legs and anus red. |

Length of body, including cephalic process, 11 lines, of

cephalic process 4 lines; expanse of wings 2 inches.

Hab. Sikkim. Type, B.M.

The above will come into my Section 4, next to /. gemmata.

Fulgora cardinalis, n. sp.

Allied to F. pyrrhochlora and F. virescens, but differing

structurally from both in its short, abruptly compressed

lip | Dr. J. E. Gray on a

cephalic process : tegmina yellowish olivaceous, the veins and

costal area bright green ; the entire surface covered with black-

edged orange spots, arranged as in /” virescens, but larger and

better defined ; outer margin brown: wings carmine ; outer

margin brown, broadest at apex: cephalic process, head, and

prothorax above, and the entire pectus green, spotted with

black ; meso- and metathorax testaceous, black-spotted ; abdo-

men above reddish, below testaceous varied with emerald-

green ; legs emerald-green.

Length of body, including cephalic process, 1 inch, of cephalic

process 4 lines; expanse of wings 2 inches 1 line.

Hab. Nepal. Type, B.M.

Mr. Whitely has shown me a second example from Sikkim.

This species will come at the end of my Section 5.

XVII.—On Dendrohyrax Bakeri, a new Species from Tropical

North-eastern Africa. By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Sir SAMUEL Baker, K.C.B., eollected during his travels a

Dendrohyrax at Latiko, in lat. 3°0! N., in tropical Eastern

Africa, and has presented a skin with its skull to the British

Museum. The skull shows that it is a species of the genus

Dendrohyrax, and is peculiar in that genus for having the

back edge of the orbit incomplete, whereas in the skulls of

the two species of this genus which we have in the British

Museum the bony orbit is complete.

The lower jaw is moderately narrowed in front, with a

straight lower edge, and rather dilated behind, somewhat

as in Dendrohyrax dorsalis—and very different from that of

Dendrohyrax arboreus, which is dilated, and has a rounded

outline to the lower edge.

The fur is short, uniform, soft, and brown, grizzled with

pale tips to the hairs, very unlike the long, soft, fluffy fur of

Dendrohyrax arboreus from South-east Africa, and the harsh

dark brown fur, with a large white dorsal patch, of Dendro-

hyrax dorsalis from West Africa.

It is certainly a species that has not been hitherto entered

in our catalogues; I therefore propose to call it Dendrohyrax

Bakert, after its discoverer.

The skull in many respects, especially in the incompleteness

of the orbits, agrees with a skull without lower jaw in the

British Museum, which we received in 1858 from the museum

of the Zoological Society, without any special habitat, and

new Specres ot Dendrohyrax. 133

which, if I recollect right, was obtained attached to a spear

as a fetish. I figured this skull in the ‘ Hand-list of dentate

and Thick-skinned Animals,’ plate x1. fig. 8, as Dendrohyraa

Blainville’ ; but as it differs in the form of the intermaxillary

bone, in the dilatation of the lower side of the orbit, and in

several other particulars, and as we do not know the lower

jaw, it is very uncertain if it may not belong to a different

species; and therefore [ think it best to give the complete

animal a distinct name. ‘The form of the intermaxillary

of D. Blainville’ is very like that of D. dorsalis, though it

differs from the latter in the orbit being incomplete; but this

may be an accidental variation.

The three species of Dendrohyrax in a perfect state in the

British Museum may be distinguished thus :—

1. Dendrohyrax Bakeri.

Fur soft, short, and close; the hair is reddish, with a black

subterminal band and pale tips, giving the animal a grizzled

appearance, with a very narrow white dorsal streak, which

has a blacker edge; the top of the head is darker, the lips,

throat, chest, and underside of body and inside of limbs

yellowish white.

Hab. Kastern Tropical Africa, Latiko (Str Samuel Baker,

TG C_B,).

This animal has much the appearance of the true Hyraces

from Abyssinia and North-eastern Africa, but has quite a

different form of skull.

Of this animal, or an allied species of Hyrax, Dr. Schwein-

furth, in the ‘ Heart of Africa,’ p. 385, says ‘“‘Abdoo, a native,

observed that the rock-rabbits at Mvolo clamber up and down

smooth rocks that are almost perpendicular, and that, when

you shoot one of these creatures and catch hold of it, it sticks

to the rock with its feet in its death-struggles as though it had

grown there.” Dr. Schweinfurth states :—‘‘ The under part

of the foot is dark and elastic as india-rubber, and has several

deeply indented cushions. This arrangement, which no other

Mammalia or warm-blooded animals seem to possess, enables

the creature, by opening and closing the centre cleft, to throw

off part of its weight and to gain a firm hold upon the smooth

surface of the stone. ‘The toes are nothing but pads of horny

skin without regular nails, the hind foot alone being furnished

on the inner toe with one claw, which is sharply compressed.

For some time I could not at all comprehend how, with such

a plump foot, the rock-rabbit could climb so safely over pre-

134 Dr. J. E. Gray on a

cipitous walls of granite, or even along the polished branches

ot the little trees in the ravines; but the mystery was solved

when I tried to pick up an animal which I myself had wounded.

The granite was as smooth as pavement; yet when I seized

the creature by the neck it clung like bird-lime to the ground,

and required some force before it could be removed.”

The rock-rabbits, called “Kako” by the Nubians, from

the noise that they make, ‘‘ dwell among the crevices of the

gneiss. Immediately after sunset or before sunrise they can

be seen everywhere, squatting like marmots at the entrance to

their holes, into which at the approach of dengan they dart

with wonderful snorts and grunts.”

2. Dendrohyrax arboreus.

Fur very long and soft; hair blackish, with greyish tips;

back with a short, broad, whitish spot ; the ears hairy ; the

lips, throat, chest and underside, and inner side of’ limbs

whitish.

Hab. South-east Africa; Natal.

This species is most eee in appearance from all other

fyraces.

3. Dendrohyrax dorsalis.

Covered with harsh brown fur, rather paler on the chest

and beneath; has a large yellowish-white dorsal streak.

Hab. Western tropical Africa. _‘ Makes a great noise,”

according to the account of Mr. Winwood Reade, who in-

formed me that the specimen of this animal which he gave to

the British Museum was the only mammalian taken during

the march to Coomassie.

This species is known from all other Hyraces by the large

size of the head, the harshness of the fur, and the large size

of its dorsal spot.

The skulls of Dendrohyrax may be divided thus :—

I. The intermaxillaries squarish, with a broad truncated hinder end.

1. Dendrohyrax dorsalis, Gray, Hand-list, pl. xii. fig. 1

Infraorbital foramen large, far in front of the orbit ; orbit

roundish.

2. Dendrohyrax arboreus, Gray, Hand-list, pl. xiii. fig. 2.

Infraorbital foramen small, just in front of the orbit; orbit

nearly circular.

new Species of Dendrohyrax. 135

3. Dendrohyrax Blainville’,Gray, Hand-list, pl. xi. fig. 3.

Infraorbital foramen small, under the front edge of the orbit ;

orbit oblong, longer than high.

IL. The intermacillaries triangular, produced and acute behind

above.

A, Dendrohyrax Bakert.

Interorbital foramen large, in front of the front edge of the

orbit ; orbit longer than high.

I. The lower jaw deep, becoming much broader behind, with an

arched lower edge, being most convex under the condyle, and

with a long rounded hinder edge. The orbit complete. Dendro-

hyrax.

1. Dendrohyrax arboreus, Gray, Hand-list, pl. xiii. fig. 2.

South Africa.

Blainville, in his ‘Ostéographie,’ figures a skull under the

name of Hyrax arboreus (plate ii.) ; but itis from an imperfect

skull. It may represent a specimen of this species; but if it

does, the proposed restoration of the lower jaw gives a very

erroneous idea of the proper form of the jaw.

Il. The lower jaw moderately broad, with a straight lower edge,

having the hinder end rounded and expanded backwards.

2. Dendrohyrax dorsalis, Gray, Hand-list, pl. xin. fig. 1.

Orbit complete behind ; lower jaw very long.

Western tropical Africa.

3. Dendrohyrax Bakert.

Orbit incomplete behind; intermaxillary bone triangular,

acute behind.

North-eastern tropical Africa.

The skull of Dendrohyrax Bakeri has a good deal of re-

semblance to the skull of Huhyrax Bocaget from Angola

(no. 1515 a), ‘ Hand-list,’ pl. xi. fig. 2, which I have referred to

the genus Euhyrax ; but unfortunately the occipital bone is

broken away. However, the comparison of the animals shows

that, should this species prove to be a Dendrohyrax, which I

do not think is likely (as it has a triangular interparietal bone),

it is a species quite distinct from any of the other specimens

of that genus in the British Museum, as the fur of the upper

136 =©Mr. Howard Saunders on Sexual Variations in

part is of a nearly uniform whity brown colour with greyish

tips to the hairs, whiter beneath, and with a small, round,

white dorsal spot.

Til. The lower jaw not known.

4, Dendrohyrax Blainvilled, Gray, Hand-list, pl. xi. fig. 3.

Orbit incomplete behind ; intermaxillary bone square, trun-

cated behind ; lower side of orbit much produced, with a thick,

rounded edge and a large concavity on the underside, as in

D. dorsalis.

Africa.

XVIII.— On Sexual Variations in the Nestling-Plumage of the

Booted Eagle (Nisaétus pennatus). By HowArpD SAUNDERS,

F.Z.S. &e.

THE ordinary adult plumage of the Booted Hagle is so well

known that it is unnecessary to do more than remark that the

upper parts in general are of an umber-brown, whilst the

underparts are of a buff or creamy white, sometimes deepening

into fawn-colour, and with striations more or less distinct down

the shafts of the feathers of the throat, breast, abdomen, and

flanks. That this plumage is common to both sexes has

been abundantly proved by numerous carefully sexed speci-

mens obtained of late years from various localities between

Spain on the west and India on the east. But with regard

to the plumage of the immature bird there has existed some

difference of opinion, although most naturalists have stated

that it has the underparts of a dark colour. Mr. R. Bowdler

Sharpe, in his recently published ‘Catalogue of the Accipitres

in the British Museum,’ p. 254, describes the underparts of the

young as “entirely dull brown ;”” but, on the other hand, Dr.

Jerdon, in his ‘ Birds of India,’ vol. 1. p. 64, has described

an immature bird as having alight breast. Herr A. v. Pelzeln,

again (‘ Ibis,’ 1868, p. 305), mentions a young bird just able

to fly as “ underneath brown :” and subsequently Dr. Jerdon

(‘Ibis,’ 1871, p. 246) was inclined to modify his former

opinion ; but as the specimens there alluded to are the ones I

am about to describe, it is needless to recapitulate his views.

Mr. Hume, however (‘Rough Notes,’ p. 184), hazarded the

opinion that the dark plumage was the adult stage (!), ap-

parently basing this upon an instance of a female in the

the Nestling- Plumage of the Booted Eagle. 137

brown plumage having been shot from her nest. Previously,

however, to the publication of his brochure, MM. Amédée

Alléon and Jules Vian (‘ Rev. et Mag. Zool.’ p. 342 et seq.)

had pointed out that in two instances they had found an adult

male mated with a female in immature plumage. If any of

these naturalists had thought of leaving the eggs for the time,

and revisiting the nests when the young birds were nearly

fledged, they would probably have solved the question of the

immature plumage of this species.

Of the numerous specimens of both sexes which had come

into my possession, many of them shot from the nest, all had

exhibited light-coloured underparts, with merely slight varia-

tions in the intensity of the striations ; until in 1870 my col-

lector at Granada sent to me a pair of Booted Eagles, and the

two nestlings which they were in the act of feeding when shot

from the nest, on the 20th of June, at Soto de Roma, the

Duke of Wellington’s estate. The male was in the usual

adult plumage; but the whole of the underparts of the female

were of a deep coffee-brown, with darker striations down the

shafts of the feathers. ‘This was an interesting stage, and

one which I had not hitherto possessed ; but so far it merely

confirmed what MM. Alléon and Vian had already made

known as to the female breeding inimmature livery. But the

plumage of the young birds, which were fully feathered ex-

cept that the outer primaries were still in the quill, was most

remarkable. The larger of the two had the whole of the

underparts of a dark brown, of a somewhat deeper hue than

those of the female parent, whilst the smaller nestling had the

underparts of a creamy buff, with the usual striations down

the shafts of the feathers covering the breast. It would have

been more than human virtue, especially in a Spaniard, if my

collector had tried to ascertain the sexes of these nestlings by

actual dissection and with the help of a microscope ; but from

the size there can be no reasonable doubt that the dark brown

nestling is the female, and the light-breasted nestling is the

male.

This variation in the nestlings clears up at once the ap-

parent discrepancies in the descriptions of the young. Dr.

Jerdon’s young bird was doubtless a male; and the British-

Museum bird is a female. In further corroboration of this

view, it should be noticed that whilst we have abundant

and independent testimony of various females being obtained

in this dark plumage, yet there is not on record a single

instance of a carefully sexed male with dark brown underparts.

The male evidently starts from the nestling stage with light-

coloured underparts, and with a plumage almost identical with

138 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

his adult livery ; whilst the female does not assume the white

breast &e. until after one or, perhaps, several moults. It is

generally supposed that most eagles in a wild state assume

their adult plumage after the third change; but, from the

comparative rarity of specimens in the brown plumage, it is

possible that the female Wisaétus pennatus may assume the

adult livery at the first moult.

With regard to the male, as I have said, there is little altera-

tion from the nestling-plumage beyond a gradual change to a

paler cream-colour on the abdomen and flanks, and a gradual

narrowing of the striations. These last, however, are by no

means a safe guide to the age of a specimen ; for some indi-

viduals of the same sex are less streaked than others. The

very lightest-coloured male in my series, and lighter also than

any breeding female, is pronounced to be a remarkably clean

young bird which has never moulted, by Col. Delmé-Radcliffe,

ha is probably the highest living authority upon raptorial

birds.

I am not writing the history of the Booted Eagle, and it is

therefore unnecessary to say more upon the subject; but the

fact of the plumage of the two sexes being different in the

nestling stage, and subsequently becoming the same, is, so

far as I am aware, unparalleled in any other raptorial bird ;

and I have consequently deemed it worthy of being placed on

record.

Note.—lam well aware that nestlings of Archibuteo sancti-

johannis are subject to considerable variation; but it has

never been shown that these variations are either sexual or

constant.

X1IX.—On the Strice of Foraminiferous Tests ; with Reply to

riticism. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

WuoEVER has studied fossilized Nummulites must have been

struck with the striated appearance which their sections present;

and hence it is very desirable to remember that this is of two-

fold origin, viz. arising partly from what may be termed minera-

logical, and partly from organic causes.

The mineralogical structure of the foraminiferous test con-

sists of lamine cut perpendicularly by striz, which therefore

in a globular Nummulite may often be seen to run directly

and continuously from the circumference to the centre. The

lamine represent the lines of deposit, and the striz the lines

Strie of Foraminiferous Tests. 139

of cleavage. In some instances the fossilized Nummulite

breaks out in rhombs like the fossilized test of an Echinoderm ;

this also may be worth remembering.

The organic structure, on the other hand, consists of

cavities called ‘“ chambers” superposed upon each other with

straight tubes running between them, and a dendriform

branched canal-system, which pervades the whole Nummu-

lite, both opening on the surface—the former through the

intervention of the chambers, and the latter by themselves.

Such is the general structure of the Nummulite, which, so

far as the “organic” part goes, it is as well to premise can in

its totality or “‘ system ” be seen only in an 7nfiltrated fossilized

specimen, or in a recent one (ex. gr. Operculina arabica) whose

canal-system has been filled with carmine.

Now, taking the chambers and their connecting tubuli first,

we may easily arrive at the principle upon which this structure

has been elementarily built by figuring to ourselves a narrow

cone with its pointed end downwards, and this cone composed

of half a dozen or more lenticular chambers, and as many

short cylinders with concave ends, respectively piled upon

each other, beginning with a cell or chamber at the bottom

and ending with a cylinder at the top, whose end in the un-

worn state is more or less convex, to correspond with the

surface of the test. Further, conceive that each of the cylin-

drical portions consists of a mass of parallel tubuli running

perpendicularly between each pair of chambers ; and, lastly,

place a sufficient number of such cones together, with conical

portions, composed of shell-substance only, here and there

between them, having all their sides respectively in contact

throughout, and you will have a prismatic or columnar struc-

ture which in the aggregate must form a globular or doubly

convex test, as the case may be. On account of the difference

in the form of the chambers, this will be more like an Orbitotdes

than a Nummulite ; but the principle of structure is the same

in all. Of the “dendriform branched canal-system,” which

pervades the whole Nummulite outside the chambers, suffice

it to say that siliceous casts of this present a smooth surface ;

while those of the chambers, towards the tubuli, present a

granulated surface corresponding to the ends of the tubuli,

which are conical.

Still, as the “strie” and the “ tubuli ” all radiate from the

centre, the former are very likely to be confounded with the

latter im the wninfiltrated specimen. This is well proved by

the woodcut which Dr. Carpenter has introduced from one of

D’Archiac and Haime’s illustrations (‘ Annals,’ vol. xiii. p. 457,

June 1874) to “ dispose of the objection” which I have urged

140 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

against the so-called ‘ foraminiferous structure of Hozoon

canadense.”’ Had the illustration been taken from an én-

jiltrated specimen, it might have shown the differences to

which I have alluded, and so have defeated the author’s

purpose, while in its present state it is as unintelligible as it is

harmless.

On the other hand, in a vertical section of an infiltrated

Nummulite or Orbitoides, in which every part of the structure

which was hollow in the recent state is filled with red or

brown oxide of iron, while the white substance of the test

remaining unaltered contrasts strikingly with the dnfiltrated

tubes (some of which are less than the 6000th of an inch in

diameter), the wninfiltrated striz may be observed to run more

or less continuously from the circumference to the centre, while

the cnfiltrated lines running in the same direction are not only

confined to, but interrupted in their course at intervals by, the

chambers of the column to which they belong—being, in fact,

the tubuli which run perpendicularly between each pair of cells,

viz. that above and that below them, and which, as a matter

of course, must be absent in the columns composed of shell-

substance only.

Returning, however, to the “ conical element,” we observe

that each chamber of the lamina (which, it should be re-

membered, is not concentric, but spiral) is formed exogenously,

and that, although the expansion of the circumference, owing

to the increase of size in the test, requires that here and there

new columns should be added to fill up the spreading mass,

like the shorter medullary rays in a woody stem, still the

“tubuli”’ all progress from within outwards. Lach set of

tubuli passes from the chamber below to the chamber above it,

and no new tubuli are formed after this (that is, backwards) ;

so that none belonging to the same column of chambers can

pass by a chamber of that column up or down.

Still, again, it is possible, under certain circumstances, that

the chambers of one column may not be on a level with those

of the neighbouring column, and therefore that the lenticular

chambers and the cylinders of our elementary column may be

so placed that in two neighbouring columns, the tubuli of one

being opposite the chambers of the other, the tubuli may be

said to pass by a chamber, as Dr. Carpenter would have it.

But the tubuli of one column of chambers thus passing by the

chambers of the netghbouring column is totally different from

their passing by these chambers up or down (as I have before

stated) in their own column. Were the latter the case, then the

relative position of the perpendicular striz around the grain

of serpentine, assumed to be cast of a chamber in the so-called

~tll

Strie of Foraminiferous Tests. 141

“Hozoon canadense,” would be identical with foraminiferous

structure. As ?t ts, it is just the opposite !

Having recorded ‘the grounds on which I fail to recognize

in the so-called “Hozoon canadense” the evidence of foramini-

ferous structure, I have no desire to go further in the matter

than to express my satisfaction at having had, after all, the

late Prof. Max Schultze’s opinion that “ the proper wall of

Carpenter ”’ is of “ inorganic origin ” (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiii.

p- 379).

Reply to Criticism.

As an expression used in my observations on the structure

called “‘Hozoon canadense” (‘Annals,’ vol. xiii. p. 377, May

1874) has brought forth a letter from Messrs, Parker, Jones,

and Brady, in “the last number of this periodical (p. 64),

“On Priority in the Discovery of the Canal-system in Forami-

nifera,”’ I reluctantly notice this, as it is painful to see people

so much more concerned in arrogating to themselves directly,

or through others, the worldly honour of discovery than con-

tented with the bare announcement of the fact.

Whoever in a subject attempts the swwm cuique should

have read every thing that has been written on that subject,

should be judicious im his award, and truthful in his com-

mentary—since he has often to deal with the dead who cannot

defend themselves, as well as the living who can. Neither is

it necessary only that he should tell the truth, but the “ whole

truth ;” otherwise he has mistaken his avocation. He should

avoid the “ suppressio vert.”

With reference to the letter above mentioned, the following

“extracts” may show how far, in the present instance, these

points have been fulfilled.

Let us take the last paragraph of this letter first, which

runs as follows :—‘‘ We may just add that the appeal to Max

Schultze’s work in confirmation of priority is not very fortunate ;

for the same three observers are all mentioned in the same para-

graph, the opening sentence of which is ‘Hine Erwiihnung

verdient hier das eigenthiimliche System von Caniilen welches

Carter in der Schale von Operculina arabica und Williamson an

einer Fawasina beschrieben haben;’ and as the dates 1852 and

1851 respectively are given in the footnote, it cannot be said

that the learned German professor assigns priority in dis-

covery specially to Mr. Carter.”

On this I would observe, it so happens that in the passage

here alluded to, in which I stated that “even Schultze in his

book, as well as I can remember (for I have not the work by

me to refer to), gives me the credit of having discovered the

142 Mr. H. J. Carter on the discovery of the

‘canal-system,’” &c., it was not to Schultze’s book of 1854

on “Polythalamia” after all, but to a paper by Schultze

published many years afterwards, in the ‘Archiv fiir Natur-

geschichte,’ 1863, p. 99*, that I referred. ‘The passage is

as follows :—‘ Mir fehlten z. B. die Arten der Carpenter’schen

Nummuliniden, so weit sie noch lebend vorkommen, fast

ganz, wesshalb ich auch nicht Gelegenheit hatte das von

Carter zuerst beschriebene verzweigte Réhrensystem wieder-

zusehen, wie ich p. 15 meines Buches angefiihrt habe.”

[I lacked almost entirely, for instance, any of the living

species of Carpenter’s Nummulinida; I therefore had no

opportunity of examining the ramified canal-system first de-

scribed by Carter, as I have stated in my book, page 15.” ]

If this passage, or the article in which it is contained, has

been read by our authors, it is not mentioned in their letter.

The word “ zuerst’’ here, applied to “ramified canal-

system,” is an emphatic of “first,” apparently indicative of

the author’s intention to show that, although others had pre-

viously pointed out the fragments of this system, the system

itself, but for my having described and figured it in Opercu-

lina arabica, might have remained undiscovered until the

present day; while it also might be added that the speci-

mens were not obtained by others, and “ kindly placed in my

hands for description,” but by myself direct on the south-east

coast of Arabia, while I was attached to its Surveying Ex-

pedition in 1844-45.

We now come to the middle of the third paragraph from

the end; and here we find it stated that, “ It 1s no part of our

present purpose to examine critically what Mr. Carter’s paper

really added to the facts established by previous observers.”

In reply to which, I would state that the “ facts of the

previous observers” are mentioned, and, as follows from the

above quotation, mine are suppressed !

But, critically considered, a far greater omission than this

occurs in neglecting to mention on this occasion the facts

which the following passage from MM. N. Joly et Leymerie’s

‘‘ Mémoire sur les Nummulites,”’ published in the ‘ Mémoires

de Académie des Sciences de Toulouse’ in 1848, records :—

“ Sur plusieurs individus [Nummulites] dont les loges étaient

vides, et dont la fossilisation n’avait pas confondu les diverses

parties en une seule masse compacte, nous avons pu enlever

une a une toutes les tables qui entraient dans la composition

du test. En examinant avec une forte loupe les parties

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 3rd. ser. vol. xii, p. 421.

Canal-System in Foraminifera. 143

séparées par cette espéce d’anatomie, nous avons trés-distincte-

ment apercu, tant sur la face interne que sur la face externe

des tables, des granulations hémisphériques ou de petits en-

foncements circulaires qui correspondaient 4 ces granulations,

et qui n’étaient évidemment rien autre chose que les perfora-

tions dont la coquille ‘était criblée durant la vie de l’animal”’

(Section B, Exposé de nos Recherches, p. 20).

An acquaintance with the contents of this ‘Mémoire’

(which was also printed separately) is a s¢ne gud non to the

study of Foraminifera; and I regret that I did not say more

of it in my paper on Operculina arabica.

Then in the concluding part of the paragraph last men-

tioned in Messrs. Parker, Jones, and Brady’s letter, we read :—

“in a word, we do not desire in any way to detract from the

originality of his [Mr. Carter’s] work, except so far as in the

memoir itself he acknowledges previous investigations; but

whatever might be the case then, it cannot be right now,

with the opportunity at hand of ascertaining how far his

published results really had priority, to ignore the main facts

of the papers we have quoted.”

To say nothing of the word “ detract,” that of “ignore”

would lead to the inference that I had not acknowledged what

others had done on the subject ; while, to the best of my belief,

I, at the time of writing the paper on the structure of Opercu-

lina arabica (‘Annals,’ 1852, vol. x. p. 161), and afterwards

in my paper on Foraminifera generally (¢b. 1861, vol. viii.

p- 310), acknowledged every thing that had been previously

written on the subject.

In fact, so far from such an acknowledgment detracting

from what I had stated, I felt that by acknowledging what

had already been done in the matter I was only substantiating

my own observations. Confirmation of the fact and pro-

mulgation of the truth were much dearer to me than the

trumpery honour of discovery. I knew which would be most

acceptable at the end!

Lastly, was it to be expected that I should go into all the

detail of this acknowledgment again, at a time when all I

wanted for the occasion was Schultze’s independent and

valuable evidence of my having been very early acquainted

with the structure of Foraminifera? I did use the word

“system ;” but let any one refer to my paper on the structure

of Operculina arabica, and, contrasting 1t with what had been

previously done by others (which he will also find there), see

if the claim was unjustifiable. The illustrations to this paper

point out the “system” of foraminiferous structure both in

144 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

the recent Operculina and the fossilized Nummulites, especially

the tubular formation between the chambers, which Joly and

Leymerie demonstrated before Dr. Carpenter, as acknowledged

by the latter in his book, and about which Dr. Carpenter does

not appear to me to have atrue conception yet, or he would not

continue to identify the so-called Hozoon canadense with fora-

miniferous structure. It is a very different thing to describe

from the sections and drawings of others and to argue from a

knowledge which you have worked out for yourself. The

latter requires an amount of time which is quite incompatible

with the former, where quantity is the grand object.

I cannot help adding, in conclusion, my astonishment that

while blame has been imputed to me from not having burdened

my argument against the so-called “ foraminiferous structure

of Eozoon canadense”’ by the insertion of detail which I had

given elsewhere, my able critics should have foregone the

opportunity of expressing their opinion on the grand question

of my argument for the purpose of delivering themselves on a

point in it of the most trivial consequence. That they should

have commenced the second paragraph of their letter with,

“The question has nothing to do with the Hozoon controversy,”

is therefore, to say the least of it, ‘‘ most significant” !

XX.—On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andrews. By W. C. M‘InTOosH.

[Continued from p. 75. |

Class ANNELIDA.

The marine annelids have sometimes been considered an un-

inviting group, dimly associated with parasites and earthworms.

In regard, however, to beauty of form and colour, wonderful

structure and habits, they are not surpassed by any invertebrate

class. The splendid bristles of the Aphroditide, constantly

glistening with all the hues of a permanent rainbow, the bril-

liant colours of the Phyllodocide, Hesionide, and Nereida, and

the gorgeous branchial plumes of the Terebellidze, the Sabel-

lide, and the Serpulidee can only be compared with the most

beautiful types of butterflies and birds. The structures formed

by many exhibit an amount of precision and skill equal to

that of the most remarkable insects. Thus, at St. Andrews,

the common Pectinaria belgica fashions a tube like a straight

horn of minute pebbles, carefully selected and admirably fixed

Annelida of St. Andrews. 145

to each other by a whitish cement. In the placing of these

together there is no haphazard, but angle fits angle as

in a skilfully built wall, and no profusion of the whitish

cement hides slovenly masonry. ‘There is much similarity

in the ordinary tubes; dozens may be examined without

observing any noteworthy structural difference. All have

the same blending of the white or light-coloured grains

with the yellow, the brown, and the black. There is no

chance grouping, so as to cause the tube to be out of harmony

with its surroundings; but the whole tone is such that it can

with difficulty be distinguished from the sand. Some annelids,

again, secrete transparent tubes of the aspect and toughness

of crow-quills; while others cement the mud into caoutchouc-

like pipes, fix gravel, stones, and shells by the same means

into convenient tunnels, or rely on the parchment-like tenacity

of a tube formed solely of one or more layers of their remarkable

secretion. The interest in the group is further heightened by

the brilliant phosphorescence characteristic of many, and the

powers which others have of perforating sand, limestone,

shells, aluminous shale, sandstone, and other rocks.

The annelids are not devoid of interest even in an economical

point of view. All round the coasts of Britain the Arenicola

marina (common lobworm) is generally used as bait, and —

here and there Nephthys and Neretlepas fucata. On the pro-

lific shores of the Channel Islands the great abundance of

the Nereide is of considerable importance to the inhabitants,

since two of the most plentiful (viz. Nereds

cultrifera, Grube, and N. diversicolor, Miiller)

are extensively used in fishing. ‘The fisher-

men constantly search for them with a pointed

instrument resembling a spear (see annexed

woodcut), and keep them in vessels amongst

a little sand and seaweed. They are much

employed in catching whiting, the latter, again,

being used as bait in conger-fishing. In the

same islands one of the most esteemed baits

is the large Marphysa sanguinea, which reaches

the length of two feet. It is termed “ varme’’

by the fishermen, and is highly prized both

for the capture of ordinary white fish and dog-

fish. The annelids are kept alive in vessels

amongst seaweed—or rather the anterior seg-

ments ouly, no more than three or four inches

of this region being retained, since experience

has shown that, unless so treated, the animals will break off

posterior fragments, which, putrefying, soon cause the death

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 10

146 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

of the whole. The natives of the Fiji group much esteem

a form allied to the British Lysidice ninetta as an article

of diet, and they predict its annual appearance in their

seas with unerring precision by observing the phases of the

moon, as at Samoa. It is called “ Palolo”’ by the Samoans

and Tongese, and “ Mbalolo,” Dr. Denis Macdonald informs

us *, by the Fijians. This annelid occurs in numbers so vast

that it is collected by the natives as a dainty and nutritious

food ; and it is so much prized that formal presents of it are

often sent considerable distances from certain chiefs to others,

whose small dominions do not happen to be visited by the

Palolo. Dr. Macdonald thinks the tendency to transverse

fission exhibited by the annelids (since they are seldom got

entire) may be connected with the diffusion of the ova, and

not with the development of new forms—a conclusion the more

likely though by no means necessary. He states that the

species had been supposed to exhibit an alliance with Aven?-

cola, but that the anatomical characters refer it to the Nereidee.

As already mentioned, it ought rather to be classed with the

Eunicide. If the Palolo has similar habits to the Lysidice

of our southern coasts (that is, dwells in fissures and crevices

of the rocks at and near low water), it probably leaves its

retreats for the purpose of depositing ova. Lastly, Hehiwrus

is used as bait by the Belgian fishermen; and a Stpunculus is

employed as food by the Chinese, whose varied taste ranges

from trepangs to edible birds’ nests.

If the uses of the majority of the annelids are restricted in

the case of man, a very different condition holds with regard

to marine animals. An examination of the stomachs of our

most valuable fishes shows how acceptable and important

a part they play in the supply of nutriment. The large

number of species which a few hours’ fishing on a rich coast

will produce with bait of Nereis cultrifera is strongly corro-

borative ; indeed I should be inclined to place them even

before crabs and mollusks in respect of the avidity with which

fishes devour them. The majority of the annelids of St.

Andrews are found in the stomachs of cod, haddock, whiting,

flounders, and other common fishes ; and it is often puzzling

to explain how those which dwell in tubes under stones, in

fissures of rocks, and in other remote places have been ob-

tainel. To give a satisfactory account of the food furnished

by this class to fishes would require an enumeration of every

family, and most of the genera and species, found in this

country ; indeed, I do not know a single form that would be

rejected, It will suffice, on the present occasion, to notice a

* Tinn. Trans. vol. xxii. p. 257 (1859).

Annelida of St. Andrews. 147

few of the more conspicuous at St. Andrews. The stomachs

of cod and haddock are frequently filled with sea-mice and

Polynoidee; and another very common form is Stgalion

Mathilde. The Nereide (from the gigantic Alitta virens,

Sars, which often distends the stomachs of large cod, to the

smaller Nerets pelagica and N. cultrifera) are universally

eaten. ‘The somewhat uninviting Trophonia plumosa some-

times forms the sole food in the stomachs of large haddocks,

many hundreds occurring ina single fish. Owenia filiformis,

with its gravelly tubes, is a favourite diet of the same fish

and of cod and flounders. The Terebellide and their sandy

tubes are also largely devoured; and even Serpulide are not

passed by. Moreover, in their young or larval forms they

constitute an important element in the food of the herring and

other fishes that feed near the surface of the water.

Many of the annelids of St. Andrews are common to the

whole British area; but some have not yet been found in other

parts of our seas: as this, however, is probably due to a larger

amount of attention having been directed to the locality, we

shall not at present particularize.

The fauna at St. Andrews is distinguished, as far as our

present knowledge extends, from the Zetlandic by the absence

of such striking forms as Letmonice, Panthalis, Nothria

conchylega, Terebella nebulosa, Pista cristata, Trichobranchus

glacialis, and Ditrypa arietina; from that of the western regions

by the absence of Spinther, Lepidonotus clava, Polynoé scolo-

pendrina, Ophiodromus vittatus, Nereis Dumerilii, Gattiola

spectabilis, Terebella nebulosa, and Pista cristata; and of the

southern types we miss Huphrosyne, Hermione, Polynoé areo-

lata, Nereis Marionti, Lysidice ninetta, the Eunicide, the

abundance of the Cheetopteride, Sabellaria alveolata, Lepreea

textrix, Sabella saxicava, Protula, and Filigrana between tide-

marks. The great preponderance of Polynoé floccosa in the

south is also an interesting feature.

Amongst the annelids that, besides other very common

forms, abound at St. Andrews, and therefore most characteristic

of it, are Stgalion Mathilde, Sthenelais limicola, Phyllodoce

laminosa, P. grenlandica, Nereis cultrifera, Alittavirens, Auto-

lytus pictus, Aricia Cuviert, Ophelia limacina, Trophonia plu-

mosa, Nerine foliosa, Polydora ciliata, Capitella capitata,

Sabellaria spinulosa, Pectinaria belgica, Lanice conchilega,

Sabella pavonia, and Branchiomma vesiculosum.

Some of the phosphorescent forms at St. Andrews have

already been noticed * ; so that im the mean time the remarks

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. 1872, vol. ix. pp. 6 & 7.

10*

148 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

shall be confined to the Polynoide, three common species

of which afford ready means of experiment. In Harmothoé

imbricata irritation causes a series of bluish-green flashes

at the points of attachment of the scales, and then a steady

light for some time. Very pale specimens seem more irri-

table than ordinary forms. No pulsations of light are ob-

served on the phosphorescent surface of the detached scales.

On the whole the light in this species is characterized by its

steadiness. It does not re eadily emit its phosphorescence when a

little sulphuric ether is added to the water ; nor does mechanical

irritation in these circumstances cause any change in its mani-

festation. Acetic acid acts as a poison, causing a momentary

gleam as the scales are thrown off, which wholly disappears

with the death of the animal and the ejection of the proboscis.

If strong methylated spirit be gradually added to the sea-

water (in a small vessel), there is seldom phosphorescence if

no mechanical irritation occurs ; the animal perishes with all

the scales on its back. The luminous emissions are similar

when spirit is applied to the annelid in the air. Polynoé

floccosa seems to be more irritable, and to emit its phosphor-

escence more readily than the foregoing at the same points.

When one of the scales is detached, the greenish light is given

off as if in pulsations from the surface of attachment, some-

what quickly at first, then slower, and finally disappearing.

In Evarne impar, again, the detached scales give off a flashing

light, such as might be caused by a swift series of waves, and

which quite differs in character from that in P. jfloccosa.

The Gephyreans are not so abundant as on the muddy flats

of the west and south, where swarms of the common forms

are found in a single spadeful. The highly characteristic

Echiurus vulgaris, however, occurs, often in great numbers ;

and though Priapulus caudatus is not met with in the littoral

region, nor so large as in the Hebrides, still it is not rare in

deep water, and is frequent in the stomachs of fishes.

The Nemerteans, again, are especially abundant between

tide-marks, though some range thence to deep water, and a

few occur only in the latter. Amphiporus lactifloreus is

common under stones, and Lineus gesserensis and Cephalothrix

linearis in still greater numbers, especially in muddy places.

The great Lineus marinus 1S frequently found under stones, and

occasionally i in the pools. Near low water the Tetrastemme

(such as 7. melanocephala, T. cai lida, ©. vermicula, T. flavida,

and occasionally 7. dorsalis) occur in varying numbers, the

latter, however, attaining its maximum aniongst the red’ sea-

weeds in the laminarian region. By splitting the rocks at

fissures Nemertes Neestt, Lineus bilineatus, Micrura fasciolata,

Annelida of St. Andrews. 149

M. purpurea, and Carinella annulata are found in great beauty ;

while the intricacies in the roots of the tangles afford favourite

sites for Nemertes gracilis and others already mentioned. ‘The

débris in the fishing-boats is especially productive of fine

examples of Amphiporus pulcher and, Micrura fusca *, both,

besides the ordinary method of progression, swimming grace-

fully through the water like freshwater leeches, by throwing

themselves on edge and striking right and left alternately

with their flattened tails. The curious Nemertes carcinophila

is abundant on the ovigerous abdominal hairs of the females of

the shore-crab.

Almost all the Nemerteans live well in confinement; and

while the development of several is known, that of others

(such as Nemertes Neesi?’, N. gracilis, Lineus marinus, L.

sanguineus, the Micrure, and Carinella annulata) affords a

fine field for further research. The Nemerteans approach the

Annelids proper very closely.

The Rhabdoccela are generally minute, but tolerably numer-

ous amongst the red ascidians hanging from cavern-roots, or

algous and zoophytic growths on the under surface of stones,

in tidal pools and near low-water mark.

The Planarians are fairly represented, the common forms

frequently occurring under stones between tide-marks, and

gliding over the surface of rock or glass like a living skin,

which requires a keen eye for detection. When much disturbed

they swim a short distance through the water, with a horizontal

stroke that has been compared by some to the motion of a

skate but the undulation in the former is much greater than

in the latter, which has a gliding or skimming character.

They also progress on the surface of the water. Even more

active and irritable than the Nemerteans, they move with ease

and swiftness—never avoiding any small obstacle, but spread-

ing their thin mobile bodies over it, and continuing their

course uninterruptedly. Occasionally when a projecting point.

is attained, the anterior part of the body is elevated and waved

to and fro till a convenient branch of seaweed or zoophyte is

reached. Some are very prettily coloured; and though the

large and gaudily striped Lurylepta vittata, so characteristic

of our southern shores, is not found, yet the pink and yellow

hues of Planaria ellipsis are scarcely less attractive. The

little Planaria ulve, which abounds in the brackish waters of

many of the creeks on the western coasts, is absent. ‘The

* A fine specimen of the large Cerebratulus angulatus, O. F. Miller,

was sent me from the neighbouring Bay of Montrose by Dr. Howden ;

but unfortunately no proboscis was present. The two forms closely ap-

proach each other.

150 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

common Leptoplana flexilis may be kept for months in con-

finement, though it is perhaps less hardy in this respect than

the Nemerteans. Even though it perishes, however, it fre-

quently deposits pale brownish masses of agglutinated ova on

the side of the vessel ; and the development of these can easily

be followed.

Subclass TURBELLARIA.

A. APROCTA, Max Schultze.

Order I. DENDROCG@LA.

Fam. Leptoplanide.

Genus Lrepropuana, Ehrenberg.

Leptoplana subauriculata, Johnston, Catologue of the Non-

parasitical Worms, Brit. Mus. p. 6.

Common between tide-marks.

Leptoplana flecilis, Dalyell; Johnst. Cat. p. 6.

Abundant under stones between tide-marks.

Leptoplana atomata, Miller; Johnst. Cat. p. 6.

Common in the same localities.

.»

Leptoplana ellipsis, Dalyell ; Johnst. Cat. p. 7.

Not uncommon between tide-marks.

Order I]. RHABDOCGLA.

Fam. 1. Proboscidea, J. V. Carus.

Genus Prostomum, (Erst.

Prostomum lineare, CErst.; Johnst. Cat. p. 62.

Occasionally found on stones brought from the rocks near

low water.

A curious form, having a pointed snout with a globular

process posteriorly, and a dull pinkish alimentary canal, was

procured from the fishing-boats; but unfortunately I possess

only the drawing, upon which, however, every reliance can be

placed.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 151

Fam. 2. Schizostomea, O. Schin.

Genus Convo.Luta, irst.

Convoluta paradoxa, Abildgaard ; Johnst. Cat. p. 16.

Very common amongst seaweeds and Corallina in tide-

pools.

Convoluta Diesingti, Schmidt (?), Sitzungsb. der k. Akad. 1852.

Occasionally under stones in rock-pools.

Fam. 3. Mesostomea, O. Sch.

Genus Mesostomum (Dugés), M. Sch.

Mesostomum bifidum, n. sp.

On the under surface of stones from low-water mark, Kast

Rocks. One tenth of an inch long, and of a very pretty pale

orange hue. The body is pointed anteriorly, dilates in the

middle, and diminishes posteriorly, terminating in two pro-

cesses which have a few rather large papille on their crenated

edge; these papille seem to have a slight sucker-action.

There are two semilunar eyes, with the concavity external.

The cilia are specially distinct a little behind the snout, on

each side, at pomts corresponding to the long ciliary whips of

the developing Nemertean. The male organ formed a spirally

marked conical process behind the large median sucker; and

the testes were loaded with spermatozoa in various stages of

development.

Fam. 4. Derostomea, Cirst.

Genus Vortex, Ehrenberg.

Vortex capitata, Girst. Entwurf Plattwiirmer, p. 69,

Plead:

Occasionally under stones between tide-marks. Many dia-

toms occur in the digestive canal.

Fam. 5. Opistomea, O. Schm.

Genus Monoce is, Ehrb.

Monocelis unipunctata (Fab.), Girst. Ent. Plattw. p. 56.

This appears to be the Planaria flustre of Dalyell. It is

abundant under stones between tide-marks.

152 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Monocelis rutilans,O. F. Miiller, Zool. Danie. i. p. 49,

tab. 109°.f. 10 AT.

Occasionally in the laminarian region.

Order NEMERTINEA.

Suborder ENOPLA.

Proboscis furnished with stylets.

Fam. 1. Amphiporide.

Subfamily Aaruzzeori zx.

Proboscis proportionally large.

Genus 1. Ampurporus, Ehrenberg.

Amphiporus lactifloreus, Johnst. M‘Intosh, Brit. Annel.

(Ray Society), i. p. 156, pl. 1. f. 1 & 2.

Common under stones between tide-marks.

Amphiporus pulcher (O. F. Miiller), Johnst. Op. ct#. p. 158,

Piemonte:

Frequent in the coralline ground in crevices of shells. A

very large, though fragmentary, specimen appears to be this

species. It was found on the West Sands after a severe storm

in March. The proboscis is extruded, and the tip of the

snout forms a kind of button, which, however, may be due to

the condition of the parts; the cesophageal region protrudes

as a rugose disk on the ventral surface near the tip. A reddish

line along the body is peculiar, and is probably the nerve-

cord, since no vivid colouring has been seen in the vessels of

ordinary specimens. The dull greyish coloration of the body

is also peculiar, and may be partly owing to the brownish-red

ova shining through the other tissues, or to alimentary material.

The posterior end of the specimen shows the pinkish elements

of the digestive chamber and ova.

Genus 2. TETRASTEMMA, Ehrenberg.

Tetrastemma melanocephala, Johnst. Op. cit. p. 165, pl. 2. f. 1.

Not rare amongst the roots of seaweeds on stones near low-

water mark.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 153

Tetrastemma candida, O. F. Miiller. Op. cit. p. 167,

pl. 2. f. 2 & 3.

Abundant amongst seaweeds on stones in the same localities.

Tetrastemma vermicula, De Quatrefages. Op. cit. p. 169,

peyS. f.

Common amongst the roots of seaweeds on stones between

tide-marks.

Tetrastemma flavida, Ehrenberg. Op. cit. p. 170, pl. 4. f. 1.

Not uncommon in the same situations.

Tetrastemma dorsalis, Abildgaard. Op. cit. p. 172, pl. 1. f. 45

& pl. 3. f. 4.

In swarms on Ceramium and other seaweeds in the lami-

narian region, and occasionally under stones near low-water

mark.

Subfamily Newerriz.

Proboscis proportionally small.

Genus 4. NEMERTES, Cuvier.

Nemertes gracilis, Johnst. Op. cit. p. 176, pl. 2. f. 5.

Frequent under tangle-roots at low water, and occasionally

under stones between tide-marks.

Nemertes Neesit, Cirst. Op. cit. p. 178, pl. 3. f. 6,

& pli tf. Gs

Common in the same localities, in fissures of the rocks be-

between tide-marks, and often from deep water.

Nemertes carcinophila, Kolliker. Op. cit. p. 180, pl. 1. f. 5.

Very frequent on the abdominal hairs of female Carcin.

Genus 5. LinEus, Sowerby.

Lineus marinus, Montagu. Op. cit. p. 181, pl. 9.

Common between tide-marks and in deep water.

Lineus gesserensis, O. F. Miller. Op. cvt. p. 185, pl. 4. f. 2,

& pl. 5. £4.

Abundant between tide-marks. Green and red varieties

are equally common.

154 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Lineus sanguineus, Jens Rathke. Op. cit. p. 188, pl. 5. f. 2.

Somewhat less common than the former, in the same sites.

Lineus bilineatus, Delle Chiaje. Op. cit. p. 191, pl. 6. f. 1.

Not uncommon between tide-marks, and in deep water.

Genus 8. Micrura, Ehrenberg.

Micrura fusca, M‘Intosh. Op. cit. p. 196, pl. 6. f. 3.

Common in the coralline ground amongst old shells.

Micrura fasciolata, Ehrenberg. Op. cit. p. 197, pl. 6. f. 2.

Not rare in fissures of the rocks between tide-marks, and

occasionally from deep water. The uniformly tinted variety

frequents the latter.

Micrura purpurea, Dalyell. Op. cit. p. 200, pl. 7. f. 3.

Occasionally in the same localities.

Fam. 3. Carinellide.

Genus 10. CARINELLA, Johnst.

~ Carinella annulata, Montagu. Op. cit. p. 203, pl. 7. f. 5,

& pl. 8.

Common between tide-marks, and in deep water amongst

shells.

Fam. 4. Cephalotrichide.

Genus 12. CePHALOTHRIX, (Erst.

Cephalothrix linearis, Jens Rathke. Op. cit. p. 208,

pl. 4. £4 & 5.

Abundant under muddy stones between tide-marks.

Subclass CHATOGNATHA.

Genus Sacra, Slabb.

Sagitta bipunctata, Quoy & Gaimard (?), Krohn.

Vast numbers were found on the West Sands, after a

severe storm, in January 1867. They were scattered amidst the

Annelida of St. Andrews. 155

foam on the beach along with multitudes of Plewrobrachia ;

and it is curious that very little else was cast ashore at this

time. The season is remarkable, as Prof. Busk, who is the

author of a most valuable paper * on the structure and rela-

tions of the animal, thought it would chiefly be procured in

fine and calm weather in the towing-net. ‘They were re-

cognized by the active movements of their bodies, which

glistened all along the beach like needles of glass.

Subclass GEPHYREA.

Fam. Echiuridea, J. V. Carus.

Genus Ecuiurus, Cuvier.

Echiurus vulgaris, Sav.; Baird, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 109.

Abundant amongst the débris on the West Sands after

storms.

Fam. Sipunculidea, J. V. Carus.

Genus PHascoLosoma, F. 8. Leuck.

Phascolosoma Harveii, Forbes; Baird, loc. cit. p. 82.

Abundant in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Phascolosoma Strombi, Montagu; Baird, loc. cit. p. 86.

Common in deep water in Dentalium, Turritella, and

Aporrhais.

Phascolosoma Johnstoni, Forbes ; Baird, loc. cit. p. 95.

Frequent amongst the roots of corallines and seaweeds on

stones in pools, and in crevices of rocks. Ranges to deep

water in shells.

Fam. Priapulidea, J. V. Carus.

Genus Priapuus, Lam.

Priapulus caudatus, Lam. ; Baird, loc. cit. p. 104.

Frequent in the stomachs of cod and haddock, and from

deep water.

[To be continued. |

* Journ. of Microscop. Science, 1856, p. 14.

156 Viscount Walden on new Species of Birds.

XXI.—Deseriptions of some new Species of Birds.

By Artuur, Viscount WALDEN, P.Z.S., F.R.S.

Alcippe collaris, n. sp.

Throat, chin, lores, a broad supercilium extending to behind

the eye and down the side of the neck, white ; a broad line ex-

tending from the nostrils over the eye, then bordering the

white superciliary band above, and running down the side of

the neck, black; cheeks and ear-coverts black; across the

lower throat a broad ferruginous band or collar, separating

the white throat from the dingy olive-brown plumage of the

breast, flanks, and abdomen; thigh-coverts and under tail-

coverts bright ferruginous; forehead, crown of the head,

and nape ferruginous brown; back, scapulars, and upper

tail-coverts olive-brown, with a ruddy tinge; rectrices above

liver-brown; quills brown, edged exteriorly with liver-

brown; shoulder-edge albescent dashed with ferruginous,

under coverts the same; the median breast-feathers nearly

pure white ; bill black ; legs (in dried skin) yellowish-brown.

Wing 2°3 inches, tail 2°12, bill from nostril 0°36, tarsus 0°85.

Described from a male example obtained by Surgeon-Major

F. Day at Sudya, Upper Assam, on the 12th of January,

1874.

This species possesses an especial interest, as it is a repre-

sentative form of the Formosan Aleippe brunnea, Gould, an

aberrant member of the genus.

Geocichla andamanensis, n. sp.

Geocichla innotata, Blyth, J. A. S. B. 1858, p. 270 (“Andamans”).

Geocichla albogularis, Blyth, apud nos, Ibis, 1874, p. 1388 (“Andamans’’).

When writing on Andaman birds (/. c.) I had not had

the advantage of seeing examples of the Nicobar G'eocichla,

named G. albogularis by Mr. Blyth. Lately a considerable

series has come under my observation; and a comparison

made between them and Andaman examples makes it clear

that they belong to a totally distinct species. Having already

shown (é.c.) that the Andaman species differs from the Malayan

G. ¢nnotata, it remains without a title; and therefore for the

Andaman bird I propose the name given above.

Eurycercus cinerascens, N. Sp.

Chin, throat, breast, cheeks, and under carpal coverts almost

Viscount Walden on new Species of Birds. 157

pure white; remainder of lower surface of body white, faintly

washed with ashy grey, the flanks bemg dark ashy grey; a

distinct white rmg round the eye, formed by the minute

feathers of the eyelids; above ashy olive, each feather, except

those of the uropygium, boldly centred with brown; upper

surface of the rectrices ashy olive like the back, the middle

pair with a narrow dark brown central line on each side of

the shaft; no striations or terminal marks on the rectrices ;

upper surface of the wing, when closed, ashy olive like the

back, the secondary coverts being centred with brown; inner

edges of the basal portion of the quill-webs underneath white,

passing into tawny on the tertiaries. The tail consists of very

broad feathers much graduated ; legs (in dried skin) brown.

Wing 2 inches, tail 3°25, bill from nostril 0°28, tarsus 0°75.

Described from an example of a male obtained by Surgeon-

Major Day at Dobri, Lower Bengal, on the 27th of November,

1873.

Lantheenas nicobarica, n. sp.

Entire head, nape, cheeks, and neck dark French grey, chin

and throat albescent grey; breast and abdomen darker grey

than the head; feathers of the back and sides of the neck

tipped with iridescent colours of changing green and pinkish

violet; lower down a broad zone of dark grey feathers with

bright green reflections, followed by an interscapular zone of

iron-grey feathers with pinkish-violet reflections ; lesser wing-

coverts iron-grey, with semilunar terminal pinkish-violet

edgings. All the iridescent tints described alter from green

to violet or violet to green, according to the light in which

the individual is held. Back, uropygium, and upper tail-

coverts dark ashy grey, many shades darker than the head,

and tinted with iridescent hues; quills and rectrices almost

black ; base of the bill and eyelids bright red.

Wing 9°75 inches, tail 6°50, bill from forehead 1°37,

tarsus 1, middle toe with claw 1°87.

Described from examples obtained in Trinkut and Nang-

cowry islands, Nicobars, by Captain Wimberley.

Like Janthenas palumboides (Hume), this species possesses

twelve rectrices, and is a true Janthenas. It is a representa-

tive form of the Andaman species, from which it is chiefly

distinguished by wanting the pearly-white or greyish-white

head, throat, and nape.

Carpophaga pulchella, n. sp.

Head, neck, throat, breast, lower surface, and under wing-

158 Dr. A. Giinther on a new Species of Lootoca.

coverts delicate pale grey, deeply tinted on the crown, throat,

and abdomen with a roseate hue; forehead pure white; a

broad triangular patch on the nape rich cupreous chestnut ;

entire back, and all the wing-coverts and upper tail-coverts,

rich copper-colour ; first three primaries above dark slate-grey,

the remainder washed with green ; rectrices above green, with

a cupreous tinge ; under tail-coverts chocolate.

Wing 8°50 inches, tail 5°50, bill from forehead 1-25, tarsus 1,

middle toe with claw 1°90.

Described from a male example obtained in the Tojian

islands, Celebes, by Dr. Bernhard Meyer.

It is a representative form of C. paulina, but differs by

being copper-coloured instead of green; its dimensions are

also less.

Alcedo Beavani.

At page 487 of the twelfth volume of this Journal I de-

scribed as new, under the title of A/cedo rufigastra, a species

of kingfisher of which examples had been sent to me from

the Andaman Islands. A specimen obtained by the late

Captain Beavan in Maunbhoom, on comparison, proved to be

identical (‘ Ibis,’ 1874, p. 136). But as no such species had

been procured on the Indian continent by any other collector,

it occurred to me that Captain Beavan’s specimen had become

separated from his Andaman collection, and had accidentally

acquired an erroneous locality. This conclusion subsequent

discoveries now convince me was erroneous, and I unwittingly

did injustice to my late friend’s proverbial accuracy. I have

since obtained examples from Assam. It has, I believe, been

found at the foot of the Himalayas; and Mr. Ball writes to

me that it has occurred in the Rajmehal hills, and he believes

that it has also been obtained in Cuttack. Its claim to rank

as a species belonging to the Indian continent is therefore

established; and I wish, by changing the hybrid title of

rufigastra to that of Beavant, to commemorate the original

discoverer of this species.

XXII.— Description of a new European Species of Zootoca.

By Dr. ALBERT GUnruer, F.R.S.

AmonG the reptiles collected by Lord Lilford during his last

Dr. T. Gill on Esox Lewini. 159

cruise in the Mediterranean, and kindly presented by him to

the British Museum, there is a remarkable new species of

Zootoca, which he found inhabiting in great numbers a very

small island (Ayre Island) on the south-east of Minorca. [

have named it, after its discoverer, Zootoca Lilfordi; its

distinguishing characters are as follows :—

All the upper parts deep shining black, lower parts of a

beautiful sapphire-blue. Back and sides covered with minute,

round, granular scales, of which there are between 90 and 100

in one of the transverse series in the middle of the length of

the trunk. Ventral shields in six longitudinal and twenty-

seven or twenty-eight transverse series. Collar very distinct.

Gular scales much larger than those of the body, and

shghtly larger than those on the temples. Temporal scales

uniformly granular, with the exception of a large central

seute. Scutellation of the head otherwise similar to that of

Z. muralis.

The largest of four examples is 5}? inches long, of which

the tail takes 34 inches.

To this species I refer also the lizard which is so common

on the Filfola Rock, a very small island south of Malta.

Structurally there is no difference between them; but the

Filfola race, instead of being uniform black above, has the

back and sides ornamented with small bluish-green specks,

and the lower parts are bluish black. It appears also to

attain to a larger size, viz. 8} inches, of which the tail takes

54 inches.

The occurrence on these small islands of a black repre-

sentative of the continental Zootoca muralis is a remarkable

fact, which deserves attention inasmuch as it is in accordance

with other instances of a race having assumed a deep black

coloration when confined to a small island—for example, Co-

ronella phocarum from Robben Island.

XXI1.— On the Identity of Esox Lewini with the Dinolestes

Miilleri of Klunzinger. By THropore GIL.

In the tenth volume (‘the class Pisces”) of the ‘ Animal

Kingdom’ of Cuvier, edited by Edward Griffith (1834), are

160 Dr. T. Gill on Esox Lewini.

a figure (pl. 60) and a brief notice (p. 465) of a fish which has

long been a puzzle to me. It is called Hsoxw Lewini, and only

noticed as follows:—“‘Our figure of Hsox Lewini is from a

drawing by Mr. Lewin, made in New Holland, of a species

not hitherto noticed.” It was very evident that the species

thus named belonged neither to the genus Hsox nor anywhere

near it; and (1) the relations of the fins, (2) the position of

the ventrals with a spine and five rays each, (3) the form of

the head, and (4) the teeth indicated for it affinity to Chilo-

dipterusand allied forms ; but no first dorsal fin was represented.

The question then arose whether that fin had been atrophied

(as in Aspidophoroides, Gobiopus, &c.) or (as was more likely)

had been overlooked. After nearly forty years the species

has been recovered, and, singularly enough, after having

escaped the observation of the numerous collectors in the

Australasian seas for so long a time*, has in the same year

been obtained and described by three different naturalists

under as many names, viz. Dinolestes Miilleri by Klunzinger,

Neosphyrena multiradiata by Castelnau, and Lanioperca

mordax by Giinther. There can be no question about at

least the generic identity of the Hsox Lewini with the

fishes described by the three contemporaries; and it now

appears that the first dorsal fin exists, but is quite small,

and sustained by only four or five spines. Klunzinger and

Castelnau refer the type to the family Sphyrenide, and

Giinther (with more justification, I think) to the “f Apo-

gonina,” 7@. e. Chilodipteride. Whether the name Dinolestes

Lewint should be now given, in view of the absence of a

description (although supplied by a figure), is questionable ;

but in any event the synonymy referable to this type will

stand as follows :—

1. Esox Lewini (Griffith ?), Cuvier’s Animal Kingdom, Griffith ed. x.

p. 465, pl. 60 (1854).

2. Dinolestes Miilleri, Klunzinger, Archiv fiir Nat. 38, Jahrg. i. p. 30

(1872). Hobson Bay, South Australia.

3. Neosphyrena multiradiata, Castelnau, Proc. Zool. and Acclim. Soc.

Victoria, i. p. 96 (1872). Melbourne.

4, Lanioperca mordax, Giinther, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, x.

p- 183 (September 1872). Tasmania.

* It is said, however, by Castelnau to be “ common [at Melbourne |

in the months of May, June, and July; it attains 2 feet in length. The

fishermen call it ‘Skip Jack ;’ but that name is more particularly applied

to Temnodon saltator.”

Miscellaneous. 161

MISCELLANEOUS.

Pelomyxa palustris, a freshwater Ameboid Organism.

By Dr. Ricnarp Greer.

Tue genus which forms the subject of this memoir was briefly de-

scribed by the author in 1870, under the name of Pelobius ; but this

denomination has been abandoned by him, on account of its being

previously applied to a genus of Coleoptera.

Pelomyxa palustris, the only known species, is found abundantly

at all seasons at Bonn and Marburg; but it is in spring and the

beginning of summer that it seems especially to develop itself; and

it then covers the upper layers of the mud in great masses. It is

observed in the form of little greyish bodies averaging 1 millim. in

diameter, but sometimes attaining 2 millims., or even more. The

smallest individuals are little points, scarcely visible with the simple

lens.

Under the microscope the contracted Pelomyxa usually appears

spherical, ovoid, or lenticular. It is composed of protoplasm, in

which two layers of different nature may be distinguished—a cortical

layer, and a parenchyma.

The outer layer, which appears to be pure protoplasm, is hyaline,

homogeneous, and of a more viscid consistency than the parenchyma.

It swells up into rounded vesicles projecting at the surface of the

mass, and sometimes lobed or digitate, into which the inner surface

penetrates as into a sac. These processes creep or flow by ameeboid

movements, which cause the advance of the whole Pelomywa.

The inner parenchyma is of a more fluid consistency, and so closely

filled with vacuoles that it appears quite reticulated. It seems only

to take a passive part in the movements, and is merely carried in

one direction or another as mobile contents under the action of the

contractions of the outer layer. It is this inner substance that

contains all the other parts, both those belonging to the organism

itself and those which have penetrated from without. The very

dark coloration which it often presents is due to the nature of the

ingested food, which consists of animal and vegetable substances, to

which a great quantity of grains of sand and fragments of mud is

added. .

The vacuoles are of different sizes, and more or less closely

packed; and they constantly change their positions under the in-

fluence of the amceboid movements of the whole body. They are

simple cavities, the perfectly clear contents of which rarely contains

a few dark granules and is of a totally different nature from the

enveloping substance. Dr. Greef believes that they contain nothing

but water.

Besides the vacuoles, there are in the inner parenchyma three

sorts of distinct bodies—which Dr. Greef names nuclei (“ Kerne”’),

shining bodies (“ Glanzkorper’’), and bacilli (*« feine Stiibchen ”).

The nuclei, which are always disseminated in great quantities

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xiv. 11

162 Miscellaneous.

among the vacuoles, are thin-walled, usually spherical bodies,

0-012 millim. in diameter, with hyaline contents, more or less

furnished with dark granulations. By the examination of series of

specimens, Dr. Greef convinced himself that these granulations

become converted into larger rounded bodies, within which a puncti-

form centre may be recognized. This centre enlarges simultaneously

with the body which contains it, and soon leaves nothing more than

a thin ring surrounding it. The envelope of the mother nucleus

appears finally to burst under the constantly increasing influence of

the nucleoles, which are found scattered in great numbers side by

side with others still contained in their mother nuclei. The internal

cavity of the nucleole constantly enlarges, so that the peripheral

layer completely disappears, and there remains a simple, spherical,

hyaline brilliant corpuscle with distinct contours.

These bodies, when set free, continue to grow in the interior of the

Pelomyxa; and it is probably from them that the shining bodies,

which must be regarded as the zoospores of Pelomywxa, originate.

These shining bodies, which are easily recognizable by their aspect

and size even under a low magnifying power, are disseminated

through the inner parenchyma in still greater abundance than the

nuclei. Most of them are spherical ; but some are oval or pyriform,

or even irregular; the smallest are not more than 0-006 millim. in

diameter, and correspond to the corpuscles originating from the nuclei;

the largest are 0-06 millim. in diameter. They consist of a solid

shining capsule, with perfectly hyaline and homogeneous contents.

These shining bodies seem to be able to multiply in the interior of

the Pelomyxa itself, by a constriction which separates them into two

often very unequal parts. Otherwise no important change is to be

observed in them so long as they are still enclosed in the inner

parenchyma. It is outside this that they must continue their trans-

formations.

A Pelomyxa, which seemed to be dead and on the point of becoming

decomposed, presented to Dr. Greef a totally unexpected spectacle.

All round the animal there appeared a considerable number of little

Amoebee, which soon surrounded the body of their parent in close-

set bands. All these Amcebe had the same aspect and the same

dimensions, and executed the same movements. Witha high power

it was easy to detect in their interior a nucleus with its nucleoli, and

a contractile vesicle. The constantly increasing circle of the Amcebee

gradually dispersed; and in about half an hour the movements

became slower and feebler. Instead of amceboid contractions of

the whole body, nothing was to be seen but the extrusion of a few

isolated, hyaline, lobed or digitate processes. The little Amba

soon contracted, and became spherical or pyriform. Then appeared

a long undulating filament, which effected their transformation from

the Amceboid to the Flagellate form. Dr. Greef saw them move by

means of this flagellum; but he was unable to trace their ultimate

destiny. It is consequently impossible to say whether the Flagellate

form is developed directly into a Pelomywa, or, as Dr. Greef thinks

is more probable, only attains the latter phase after having passed

Miscellaneous. 163

again through the form of an Amceba. The little Amoebze always

issue perfectly formed from the body of the Pelomyaa, and they

seem to originate from the shining bodies. The latter, therefore, must

be regarded as germs or spores, originating in the nuclei.

Besides the nuclei and the shining bodies, there are in the paren-

chyma of the Pelomyxa innumerable fine hyaline bacilli, which are

generally not more than from 0-006 to 0-008 millim. in length.

They are found free among the vacuoles, and often also adhere in

great numbers to the whole surface of the shining bodies. Dr. Greef

sometimes thought that he could perceive transverse strie at their

surface and a longitudinal canal in their interior; but he can assert

nothing positive upon these points. Reagents prove that they are

composed of an organic substance.

Dr. Greef concludes his memoir with some considerations on the

affinities of Pelomywa. He remarks that this creature resembles

the plasmodium of the Myxomycetes, but that this plasmodium only

represents a transitional state due to the coalescence of amceboid

spores, from which afterwards originates an organism of a much

more complex structure, while the Pelomy«a represents the phase of

of complete development, having numerous nuclei in its interior.

Pelomyxa is consequently a multicellular organism which represents

a group of amceboid creatures with multiple nuclei, belonging to

the class Rhizopoda, and allied in many respects to the Myxo-

mycetes.— Archiv fur mkrosk. Anat. vol. x. (1873), p. 51; Bvbl.

Uni. Dec. 15, 1873, Bull. Sci. p. 358.

On Megapodius trinkutensis, Sharpe.

By Arruur, Viscount Watney, P.Z.S.

In the ‘ Annals’ of this year (xiii. p. 448), Mr. Sharpe described

a Megapode from Trinkut island (Nicobars) as belonging to a species

distinct from Megapodius nicobariensis, Blyth.

At least four of the islands composing the Nicobar group are in-

habited by a species of Megapode; but as Mr. Blyth did not record

the name of the island which furnished him with the type of his

species, it is impossible to say which is the habitat of J. nicoba-

riensis. A considerable series of individuals has recently reached

me—consisting of six males, four females, and one unsexed from

Camorta island, nine males, four females, and two unsexed from

Nangcowry island, two males, three females, and one unsexed from

Katschal island, and seven males, seven females, and one unsexed

from Trinkut island; and they all belong to one species. Every

phase of plumage is represented ; and several of the Trinkut examples

exhibit the French-grey tinge on the throat and sides of neck, as do

some, but not all, from each of the other islands. Aegapodius trin-

kutensis must therefore be regarded as equal to WV. nicobariensis.

Three of the forty-seven individuals I have received present a

feature not hitherto recorded, namely a tendency to assume a naked

callosity on the crown, as is observable in Megacephalon maleo. One,

a female from Katschal island, has the occiput and vertex naked of

11>

164 Miscellaneous.

feathers and covered with a black, hard, thick skin, overlapped in

part by the lengthened frontal plumes. Another, a male from Ca-

morta island, is similar; but the frontal plumes being shorter, the

naked callosity is more evident. In a third, a female from Nang-

cowry island, the naked area extends almost from the forehead to

low down the nape. At the anterior edge of the naked skin is a

large fold, the true nature of which it is difficult to ascertain in the

dry specimen.

On the Structure of the Caudal Appendage of some Ascidian Larve.

By M. A. Grarp.

We know, from the brilliant discovery of M. Lacaze-Duthiers,

that certain species of the genus Molgula issue from the egg in an

amoeboid form, having no external resemblance to the larve of the

other Ascidia. Kupffer soon extended this discovery to several other

types of the same genus. Hancock, on the other hand, has shown

that this exceptional mode of evolution does not occur generally in

all tne species of the group Molgulide. Thus Molgula complanata

and M. ampulloides have a urodelous larva furnished with a well-

developed caudal appendage. I have also indicated some analogous

cases, and called the attention of zoologists to the interesting fact

that the Molgule with abnormal embryos are free in the adult state,

whilst the regularly constructed larve belong to species which

become permanently fixed.

The investigation of a species of Molgula which is very common

on the shores of the Boulonnais enables me now to enunciate this

law with more certainty, and furnishes a new example of a very

singular peculiarity of structure which I had previously observed in

the caudal appendage of the larve of the genus Cynthia.

The rich shores of Wimereux and Portel, to the east and west of

Boulogne, are literally carpeted, in the first part of the laminarian

zone, by a fine Molgula which, instead of living isolated like its con-

geners, occurs in gregarious masses of individuals adhering firmly to

each other, and often even rendered polyhedral by mutual pressure.

From this mode of life this species might be supposed to be the one

described by J. Alder under the name of Molgula socialis (Ann. &

Mag. Nat. Hist. March 1863, p. 159); but the anatomical characters

given by the English naturalist are not sufficient to establish their

identity. He does not mention the length of the siphons, which is

very remarkable ; the size (half an inch) is less than that of the

Wimereux specimens, which average two to three centimetres in

height ; lastly, the only specimen of the above species examined by

Alder was a colony attached to a Pecten maximus dredged at twelve

miles from Hastings. Now the Molgula of the Boulonnais is no

longer abundant in deep water, where it is replaced by the twisted

masses formed by the tubes of the Hermelle.

The Wimereux Molgula often establishes itself on the lower surface

of stones, but more frequently on the upper surface of the Jurassic

rocks (Portland sandstones) which constitute the sea~bottom. The

Miscellaneous. 165

form varies according to the position which they occupy in the masses:

the individuals placed in the centre become elongated, in order that

they may not be covered up by their neighbours; frequently there

is even developed at the side opposite the siphons a peduncle, which

may attain a length of two centimetres.

As might be foreseen, this Ascidian, being fixed, produces a

urodelous larva, the caudal appendage of which even attains a con-

siderable development. The terminal portion of the tail presents

rays of firmer texture than the rest of the membrane, which I

cannot better compare to any thing than the natatory rays of the

embryos of fishes.

But this arrangement is not strongly marked in the larva of our

Molgula ; and I have only cited this species in the first place because

it seemed to me remarkable to find in the same genus, side by side

with anurous larve, others presenting a caudal appendage so highly

organized.

A much higher degree of complication is observed in the embryos

of certain Cynthie, and especially in the species belonging to the

group Styela of Savigny. I have more particularly investigated a

little Ascidian (4—6 millims. in height), the anatomical structure of

which closely approaches that of Styela, but which, in accordance

with the antiquated and perfectly artificial nomenclature still adopted

in recent works on the Ascidia, must be placed in a very different

group. In fact this species, which I shall call Polystyela Lemirri,

is a composite, or at least a social, Ascidian. The individuals (blasto-

zoites) forming each colony (cormus) are arranged upon a common

basal lamina, like the coral-polyps of the genus Sympodium. Poly-

styela approaches the Synascidia by other morphological and even

by physiological characters: the embryos issue fully formed from

the maternal organism, within which the incubation has been effected.

The caudal appendage of the embryo of Polystyela presents

throughout its length perfectly developed and very regularly arranged

rays. These rays, which are perpendicular to the dorsal cord in the

first part of the tail, become gradually more inclined towards the

axis in proportion as they approach the extremity. This extremity

itself also surprisingly resembles that of a young fish ; a drawing

representing it could hardly be distinguished from that which might

be made of the embryo of Macropodus viridis ornatus, for example.

In the first portion of the tail, and nearly to the posterior third

of the dorsal cord, the natatory rays, which are very slightly inclined

to this cord, present a cartilaginous base of granular aspect, occupy-

ing about one third of the membranous limb of the appendage.

We have consequently at this point a structure nearly identical with

that which is observed in the caudal appendage of the young salmon

about the tenth day of its development, namely cartilaginous

supports resting or not resting upon the cord, and terminated by

rays sustaining a delicate membrane. I content myself at present

by indicating these curious facts, proposing some day to revert to

the signification which may be ascribed to them.—Comptes Rendus,

June 29, 1874, pp. 1860-1863.

166 Miscellaneous.

Parthenogenesis in Ferns.

An interesting paper by Dr. William G. Farlow, late Assistant in

the Botanical Department at Harvard University, and at the time a

student in the laboratory of Professor De Bary, of Strasburg, entitled

“An asexnal growth from the Prothallus of Pteris serrulata,’ was read

in January last at a meeting of the American Academy of Arts and

Sciences, and is just printed in its ‘ Proceedings.’ A fern, as is well

known, comes to fructification and produces spores without any ferti-

lization. The spores in germinating produce a liverwort-like

structure, the prothallus, on which the two kinds of sexual organs

are developed; the fertilization of a cell in the one by a spermatozoid

from the other results in the development and growth of the former

into a bud, and so intoafern-plant. Now Dr. Farlow has discovered,

in a sowing of the spores of the common Pteris serrulata, prothalli -

which were developing fern-plantlets from their substance quite

apart from any archegonium, starting in a different way by a direct

outgrowth from the prothallus, beginning with a scalariform duct,

but producing plantlets thus far undistinguishable from those which

arise from an archegonium through fertilization. The paper is

illustrated by figures, which show the earlier stages and the difference

between this asexual outgrowth and the ordinary development.

Dr. Farlow, confining himself strictly to the facts of the case and

their direct interpretation, does not use the word parthenogenesis.

But the case seems to be substantially analogous to that of partheno-

genesis in phenogamous plants, the few cases of which that have

been probably, if not unequivocally, made out are much fortified by

- the present discovery. If it be demurred that the case is one of bud-

growth and therefore not of the nature of parthenogenesis proper, the

reply is that it comes from a parthenogenctic spore, which here

develops plants without the sexual fertilization of that class of plants.

The conclusion, if the facts hold good, is that sexual fertilization,

however necessary, is not absolutely necessary in every generation

of plants, somewhat as cross-fertilization, however necessary in the

long run, is generally unnecessary in every generation; only the

rule in the former is far more strict.—Asa Gray in Silliman’s

American Journal, April 1874.

On New-Zealand Whales.

The Museum at Auckland has what Dr. Hector believes to be

the foetus or very young of Neobalena marginata ; it is only 23 feet

in length, and has the baleen perfect. All the characters agree

exactly with the previous and larger specimen of that whale. It

was called a calf of a right whale, the old one being described as of

an enormous size !

Dr. Haast has received a fresh and complete animal of Dolichodon,

perhaps D. Layardi; and he has also an Hpiodon, the skeleton of

which agrees with Burmeister’s Epiodon australis in every part but

the sternum; and in that it only differs slightly. Is it different from

E. chathamensis.—J. EF. Gray.

Miscellaneous. 167

Small Size of the Brain in Tertiary Mammals.

By Prof. O. C. Marsu.

At the last meeting of the Connecticut Academy of Arts and

Sciences, June 17th, Prof. Marsh, of Yale College, made a communi-

cation on the size of the brain in Tertiary mammals. His researches

on this subject have been mainly confined to the larger extinct

mammals which he had obtained in the Rocky-Mountain region ;

and the results are of peculiar interest. The Eocene mammals all

appear to have had small brains; and in some of them the brain-

cavity was hardly more capacious than in the higher reptiles. The

largest Eocene mammals are the Dinocerata, which were but little

inferior to the elephant in bulk. In Dinoceras, Marsh, the type

genus, the brain-cavity is not more than one eighth the average

size of that in existing rhinoceroses; in the other genera of this

order (Tinoceras, Marsh, and Uintatherium, Leidy) the smallness of

the brain was quite as remarkable. The gigantic mammals of the

American Miocene are the Brontotheridz, which equalled the Dino-

cerata in size. In Brontotherium, Marsh, the only genus of the

family in which the skull is known, the brain-cavity is very much

larger than in the Eocene Dinoceras, being about the size of the

brain in the Indian rhinoceros. In the Pliocene strata of the West

a species of Mastodon is the largest mammal, and although but

little superior in absolute size to Brontotherium, it had a very much

larger brain, but not equal to that of existing Proboscidians. The

tapiroid Ungulates of the Eocene had small brain-cavities, much

smaller than their allies, the Miocene Rhinocerotide. The Pliocene

representatives of the latter group had well-developed brains, but

proportionally smaller than living species. A similar progression in

brain-capacity seems to be well marked in the equine mammals, espe-

cially from the Eocene Orohippus, through Miohippus and Anchithe-

rium of the Miocene, Pliohippus and Hipparion of the Pliocene, to the

recent Equus. In other groups of mammals likewise, so far as ob-

served, the size of the brain shows a corresponding increase in the

successive subdivisions of the Tertiary. These facts have a very

important bearing on the evolution of mammals, and open an in-

teresting field for further investigation.

On Euphysetes Potts. By Dr. Junius Haast, F.R.S.

This small Catodont whale was stranded amongst the rocks in

Governor Bay, near Ohinitahi, and was sent by Mr. T. H. Potts to

the Canterbury Museum, New Zealand. It was an adult female,

7 feet 2 inches long, and very like Huphysetes Grayi; but that

species has 7 cervical, 14 dorsal, 9 lumbar, and 21 caudal vertebre

(of which 13 have chevron bones attached), making 51 altogether.

Huphysetes Pottsii has only 50 vertebrae ; and they are differently

arranged. The 7 cervical vertebre are soldered together ; there are

only 12 dorsal (instead of 14), 11 lumbar (instead of 9), and 20

caudal with 8 chevron bones attached (instead of 21),

168 Miscellaneous.

The Australian species has 14 ribs, while the New-Zealand

species has only 12, of which the first one is broad and flat, and

has, like the second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth, two articulating

surfaces; whilst, according to MacLeay, the Australian species has

only one articulating surface on the first rib. The second rib ex-

hibits a considerable breadth, whilst the succeeding ones become

gradually narrower. The last six ribs, which assume a. rounded

shape, possess only one articulating surface.

iven supposing the minor difference in the form of the skull to

be due to sex, the number, arrangement, and form of the vertebra

and ribs would prove the distinct specific character of the New-

Zealand specimen.

The contents of the stomach consisted of a dark slimy matter,

without any beaks of Cephalopods as found in Berardius Arnuci.

There is only a single valve covering the blowholes, the slit being

2 inches long, of which 12 inch lies on the left and 3 inch on the

right side of the top of the head. The skin surrounding the valve

is raised in a lunate form rather conspicuously on the left side, open

posteriorly. The left side of the valve is far more developed and

stronger than the right one.

The skeleton will be figured in the forthcoming volume of the

‘Transactions of the New-Zealand Institute,’ t. xv.

On a new Genus of Asellide. By Oscar Harcer.

The presence of mandibular palpi has been hitherto regarded as

a character of the family of Asellidw, and is thus given by Dana

(U. 8S. Exploring Expedition, Crustacea, p. 714), and by Bate and

Westwood, in their late work on British Sessile-eyed Crustacea,

vol. ii. p. 813. This organ is present and well developed in Jera

copiosa, Asellodes alta, and Limnoria lignorum, marine species of

this family found on the coast of New England. It has been care-

fully figured by G. O. Sars (Hist. Nat. des Crustacés d’eau douce

de Norvége, 1° livr. pl. viii.) for Asellus aquaticus, and occurs in

A. communis, Say, as well developed as in the European species ;

but in A. tenaw, Smith, from Lake Superior, it is wanting. This

species seems to be in all other respects closely related to the

genus Asellus, differing from other species of that genus by cha-

racters of specific value only. The most noticeable of these differ-

ences are the following :—the antennule have the third segment of

the peduncle small, short, and similar to those of the flagellum ;

the ocelli are numerous, as in A. communis; the appendages of

the first abdominal segment in the females are sub-quadrant-shaped,

meeting each other along the median line, much as in A. communis,

instead of subcircular and overlapping as in A. aquaticus. The

caudal stylets resemble those of A. aquuticus, as do also the feet

and the mouth-parts, except in the absence of the mandibular

palpi; and on this character I propose for the species the new

generic name of Asellopsis.—Silliman’s American Journal, June 1874.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 81. SEPTEMBER 1874.

XXIV.—On some new Genera and Species of Aranetdea.

By the Rev. O. P. Campripae, M.A., C.M.Z.S.

[Plate XVII. ]

THE spiders described here belong to widely separated locali-

ties: five are from Australia, one from Natal, and one from

Brazil. All are of great interest, especially the new genus

Mutusca (from Australia); the abnormal position of the in-

ferior spiners in this spider is almost unique, occurring only,

as far as is known (but in a still more striking way), in one

other species, Liphistius desultor ?, Schiddte. In Attus volans,

sp. n., from near Sydney, New South Wales, the wing-like

development of the superior epidermis of the abdomen is also,

as far as [ am aware, hitherto quite unexampled.

Details of these and the remaining species, with all known

particulars concerning them, will be found in the descriptions

given below.

One other circumstance connected with two of the spiders

recorded here is perhaps worth noting in this short introduc-

tion; and that is the occurrence in North Australia of two

remarkable genera, Miagrammopes (Cambr.) and Amycle

(Cambr.), first discovered not long since in Ceylon. ‘The

species representing these genera in Australia are exceedingly

closely allied to those found in Ceylon; in fact (as below re-

marked) it seems doubtful whether one of them, Amycle albo-

maculata, may not eventually prove to be a mere variety

of the only as yet known Ceylon species. How does this

affect the theory of the entire separation of the faunas of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 12

170 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

Australia and the Malay archipelago, by which latter alone

there would seem to be any existing connexion between Ceylon

and Australia? Are there any and what known insects common

to Ceylon and North Australia ?

Family Colophonides.

Noy. gen. COLOPHON (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.

Cephalothorax oblong-oval, moderately convex above, with

the normal indentations strongly marked. Clypeus long, im-

pressed, and prominent.

Eyes eight, unequal in size, closely grouped in a transverse

oblong-oval figure on a slight tubercular elevation, towards the

fore part of the caput; the two largest occupy the centre of

the group in a transverse line; and three others on either side

form a eurved row, the curves directed outwards.

Legs moderately long, relatively 4, 1, 2, 3, strong, parti-

cularly those of the first and second pairs. Tarsal claws strong,

three in number, the two superior ones strongly pectinated.

Falces small and rather projecting ; fangs folding down over

the inner edge of the falces.

Mazxille moderate in length, broad and strong near their

base, somewhat bluntly tapering from the insertion of the

falees to their extremities, strongly inclined to the labium, and

broadly and obliquely impressed in a transverse direction on

the middle of their outer surface.

Labium long, rather broadest near the middle, where it is

broadly compressed, and whence it tapers gradually to the

apex, which is drawn out into an obtuse point to the same

length as the maxille.

Abdomen elongate-oval, joined to the cephalothorax by a

strong and distinct pedicle. Spiracular openings four in

number, the two extra ones placed immediately in front of

the usual pair. Spinners six, those of the superior pair

largest and longest ; and beneath them the remaining four, of

equal length, form a straight transverse row.

Colophon natalensis, n. sp. Plate XVII. fig. 1.

Adult male, length 4 lines.

The whole of the fore part of this spider is of an orange-

yellow colour, that of the abdomen being a pale dull straw-

ellow.

The cephalothorax is very thinly clothed with short hairs ;

the legs are tolerably furnished with hairs, but no spines: the

Genera and Species of Araneidea. 171

ocular tubercle is strongly suffused with black: the three eyes

which form each lateral curved row are nearly equal in size,

irregular in form, and separated from each other by about half

of an eye’s diameter; the two hinder eyes of these rows are

further from each other than the two front ones; those of the

central pair are the largest of the eight and round, separated from

each other by about half a diameter’s space, and forming with

the middle eye of each of the lateral rows a straight, trans-

verse, equally divided line.

The palpi are strong, moderately long, and furnished with

short hairs: the cubital and radial joints are very short, the

latter devoid of projection or apophysis: the digital joint is

oval, bent, and of inordinate size, length, and tumidity, almost

equalling in length the whole of the rest of the palpus. The

palpal organs are simple, resembling in their character those

of the Theraphosides and Dysderides ; they consist of a largish

oval bulb, produced at its extremity, on the outer side, into a

very long, strong, contorted apophysis, with two more slender,

spine-like, sharp-pointed projections at its extremity, the larger

one being bifid, or rather, perhaps, furnished with another spine

towards its termination.

The falces are weak, straight, and rather projecting forwards ;

they have a pale prominence on their inner sides near their

extremities; the fangs are not very long nor strong, except

near their base, a little way from which they become abruptly

weaker.

The mawille and labium have been sufficiently described

above among the generic characters.

The sternum is large, and short-oval in form, truncate

before, pointed behind; its surface appears to be thickly

covered with small pock-marks or shallow punctures.

The abdomen is of an elongate-oval, somewhat subcylin-

drical form, and is thinly but uniformly clothed with short

dark hairs: the four spiracular openings and six spinners

have already been described above.

The genital aperture in the female is scarcely perceptible ;

but in the male it is of a deep black red-brown colour. In

colours and other general respects the female resembles the

male; the digital joint of the palpus in the female is long,

thickly clothed with hairs, and devoid of any terminal claw ;

the maxill are less impressed transversely than in the male.

Adults of both sexes of this very interesting spider were

received in 1873 from Natal. It furnishes the type of a

distinct family, which appears to connect the 'Theraphosides

and Dysderides, and has also strong affinities with the Fili-

statides.

12*

172 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

Family Agelenides ?

Nov. gen. Murusca (nom. propr.).

Characters of the Genus.

Cephalothorax moderately convex above, nearly round (in

fact, broader than long) behind, constricted laterally, but very

little produced before; hinder slope short and abrupt, and

thence falling gradually to the eyes.

Eyes eight, considerably unequal in size, very similar in

position to those of Hnyo and Milt‘a ; six form nearly a circle,

with about a third part of its circumference wanting in front ;

a little way within this point of deficiency are two others, the

largest of the eight, round, and almost contiguous to each

other, the form of the rest being either oval or irregular.

Maxille strong, greatly enlarged, and roundly gibbous at

their base, obliquely and transversely impressed near the

middle, greatly inclined towards the labium, being, in fact,

a little behind that part where they approach it most nearly :

the palpi are inserted rather more than halfway towards their

fore extremities.

Labium short and nearly quadrate, slightly rounded at its

apex.

Sternum short, heart-shaped, and strongly indented between

the points opposite to the insertion of the legs.

The legs were unfortunately all absent, except the basal

joints: these are very strong; and their relative lengths are

4,1, 2,3; the difference between 4 and 1 is scarcely perceptible.

It does not, however, follow that the relative lengths of the

entire legs should agree with those of the basal joints, though

they usually folfow those of the femoral joints.

The palpi are strong, and the digital joint has a strong

Agelenitorm appearance.

The abdomen is of moderate size, and oblong-oval in form.

The position and relative size of the spinners (of which only —

four could be detected) is very characteristic and remarkable:

two, so short as to be scarcely perceptible, are in the usual posi-

tion just beneath the anus; the other two, of which one joint

each only remained, are of great length, nearly cylindrical in

form, and strong, springing from underneath the abdomen not

far behind the spiracular plates, and, extending backwards in

close contact with the inferior surface of the abdomen, project

a little beyond its extremity: I could not ascertain certainly ;

but I suspect that a second joint, with perhaps a third, had

here been broken off.

Genera and Species of Araneidea. 173

Mutusca mammosa, n. sp. Plate XVII. fig. 2.

Adult male, length 24 lines.

The cephalothorax has the normal grooves and indentations

pretty strongly marked; and the junction of the cephalic and

thoracic segments is indicated by a strong and deep indenta-

tion or fovea; its colour is a dark yellow-brown, and its

surface is glossy: the height of the celypeus, which projects

considerably, is rather less than half that of the facial space.

The eyes are in the form of two thirds of a circle, the de-

ficient portion being in front; across and within the deficiency

are the two largest of the eight, in a transverse line; these

are round, dark-coloured, and are separated from each other

by less than half of an eye’s diameter: the rest do not differ

greatly in size; they are, however, of irregular form and

pearly white ; those of the hinder pair are oval, the others

somewhat bluntly subangular; none of the six forming the

circumference of the circle are contiguous to each other; the

interval is least between those of the lateral pairs respectively :

taking the eight eyes as forming two curved rows, those

forming the hinder row are equally separated from each other ;

each fore central eye is very nearly but not quite contiguous

to the fore lateral nearest to it.

The legs, judging from the basal joints (which were all that

remained), are strong, and rather lighter in colour than the

cephalothorax, and their relative length probably 4, 1 (or

1, 4), 2, 3.

The palp? are moderately long, strong, and of a light yellow-

brown colour: the cubital joint is short, bent, and clavate :

the radial is longer, slightly bent, and has its upperside

towards the fore extremity produced into a strongish, taper-

ing, slightly bent-downwards, pointed apophysis ; underneath

this joint, towards the outer side, is a group of strongish

hairs; there are a few hairs on other parts of the palpi, and

a single short, curved spine, directed forwards, near the fore

extremity of the humeral joints: the digital joint is long and

strong, longer than the radial and cubital joints together, of

an oval form, drawn out at its fore extremity, like those of

spiders of the genera Agelena and Tegenaria. The palpal

organs are prominent and well developed, but not very com-

plex; they consist of a principal, large, roundish, corneous

lobe, rather broken up at its fore part (where there is a small

independent corneous projection) and on tie outer side.

The falces are small, projecting, and cut away towards their

inner extremities; their length is just about equal to that of

the height of the facial space ; and their colour is light yellow-

ish brown,

174 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

The macille and labiwm (whose form is described in the

generic characters above) are of a very pale dirty yellow-

brown colour ; the sternum is rather darker.

The abdomen is oblong-oval and of a somewhat cylindrical

form ; it projects slightly over the base of the cephalothorax ;

its colour is a dark blackish brown, finely mottled (in spirit of

wine) with yellowish points ; a largish patch on the upperside

just above the anus is of a pale yellowish colour. The pecu-

liarity of the spinners, which are four in number, has been

sufficiently described above among the generic characteristies ;

they are of a yellow-brown colour, the underside of the abdo-

men being dull whitish yellow-brown.

A single example (minus all the legs and apparently a

portion of the longer spimners) was received in the present

year (1874) from Mr. H. H. B. Bradley, by whom it was

found on Shelley’s Flats, Australia.

I have placed it provisionally in the family Agelenides,

with which, by its long inferior spinners and the form of the

digital joints of the palpi, as well as the position of the eyes,

it has considerable affinity. Generically, however, it is very

distinct from any hitherto characterized genus. The position

of the inferior pair of spinners is, as far as I am aware, only

paralleled in one other instance—that of Liphistius desultor

(Schiddte), in which, from an example in the British Museum,

all the four spinners are in a similar position. Schiddte

appears to have overlooked these, and describes that curious

‘Theraphosid as without any spinners at all.

Family Gasteracanthides.

Nov. gen. CALYDNA.

Characters of the Genus.

Cephalothorax, from above, quadrate, nearly as broad as long,

moderately convex above; upperside of fore part of caput pro-

jecting ; a deep horizontal transverse cleft or chasm on each

side divides the upper part from the lower, the lower being

again divided in the middle by a longitudinal cleft; these

portions, being thin, flattish, transparent, and angular, hardly

appear at first sight to be integral parts of the cephalotho-

rax, having more the appearance of being corneous projec-

tions connected with the base of the falces, over which they

stretch forwards.

yes eight, in three groups ; four central eyes close together

at the extreme point of the upperside of the caput form a

_ Genera and Species of Araneidea. 175

quadrangular figure, whose fore side is shortest; and at the

extreme outer point of each of the flat divisions of the lower

part of the caput are two eyes contiguous to each other; these

correspond to the usual lateral pairs of eyes.

Legs short and not very strong, their relative length being

apparently 1, 2, 4,35; they are furnished only with hairs and

bristles.

Palpi short, slender; but the digital joints (with palpal

organs) epeiriform and of great size.

Falces long, strong.

Maxille strong, moderately long, enlarged and rounded at

their extremities; greatly inclined towards and meeting over

the labium, which is short, broad, pointed at the apex, and with

the appearance of a short piece cut off across the base.

Sternum somewhat subtriangular, the apex of the triangle

directed backwards ; the base, where the labium joins, hollow.

Abdomen short, subtriangular, the three sides curvilinear,

broader than long; the upperside covered with a corneous

shield, and greatly projecting over the base of the cephalo-

thorax; the underside rugulose; the pedicle connecting the

cephalothorax and abdomen projects under and is, to all ap-

pearance, articulated or at least joined to the hinder part of

the sternum.

Calydna prospiciens, n. sp. Plate XVII. fig. 3.

Adult male, length nearly 2 lines.

The cephalothorax is of a uniform yellow-brown colour,

with a greenish metallic reflection in some lights, and its surface

is finely punctuose: the caput is large, nearly equal in width

to the thoracic region, but easily distinguished from it by the

ordinary lateral compressions and oblique furrows: the pecu-

har form of the ocular region has been fully described above

among the generic characters.

The eyes, placed as described above, are of moderate size;

those forming the central square are on black spots and are

of equal size; the two hinder ones are separated from each

other by rather more than an eye’s diameter, the two foremost

by rather less; those of each lateral pair (seated at the extreme

points of the projecting portions of the caput) are small,

obscure, and contiguous to each other.

The legs are short, moderately strong; relative length 1, 2,

4,3; they are furnished with hairs and bristles only, each

tarsus terminating with two curved superior, one smaller in-

ferior, and, below the latter, one or two supernumerary opposed

claws: the colour of the legs of the third and fourth pairs

176 Rev. O. P. Cambridge on some new

is pale brownish yellow, the anterior portion of the femora of

the fourth pair suffused with sooty brown; those of the first

and second pairs have the genual and femoral joints darker

yellow-brown, the latter suffused with a deeper hue towards

their fore extremities, the tibie, tarsi, and metatarsi being of

a sooty brown.

The palpi are short, and similar to the legs in colour; the

humeral, cubital, and radial joints are not strong; the two

latter are very short, the radial bemg rather the longest

and of an oval form, but apparently without prominence or

apophysis: the digital joint 1s very large, and oval in form :

the palpal organs are directed outwards, very prominent,

highly developed and complex, consisting of strong corneous

lobes, processes, and spines.

The falces are long and strong, well rounded and slightly

prominent near their base in front; they are rather directed

backwards ; looked at from the front their sides are hollow,

and they are somewhat depressed near their extremities in

front; their colour is similar to that of the cephalothorax,

and the fangs are short and strong.

The maxille, labium, and sternum, whose form and structure

have been described above among the characters of the genus,

are of a dark reddish yellow-brown colour.

The abdomen is broader than long, of a subtriangular form

with the corners rounded; its upper integument is corneous

and moderately convex, of a dull suffused yellowish-brown

colour, minutely mottled (in spirit of wine) with yellow points,

marked also rather obscurely with depressed spots of a darker

hue, and some pale brownish-yellow lines; the underside is

dusky brownish yellow, suffused on the sides (where it is

obliquely rugulose) with greenish black: the spinners are

short, six in number, and placed in a compact group beneath

the hinder part of the abdomen, but some distance in front of

the termination of the corneous epidermis: the pedicle con-

necting the abdomen and cephalothorax is joined at its fore

extremity, by a projecting process, to the hinder part of the

sternum.

A single adult male of this spider was received from

Minas Geraés, Brazil, where it was found by Mr. Henry

Rogers in 1870. It is generically allied to Cyrtogaster (Keys.)

[changed to Cyrtarachne, Thor.], Hurysoma (Koch), and Gas-

teracantha (Walck.) ; but its various peculiarities of structure

appear to make it necessary to found a new genus for its re-

ception.

Genera and Species of Aranetdea. 177

Family Miagrammopides.

Genus MIAGRAMMOPES (Cambr.).

Miagrammopes Bradleyt, n. sp.

Adult female, length 32 lines.

{In size, form, general colours, and appearance this spider

is scarcely distinguishable from M. Thwaitesii (Cambr.), de-

scribed in Linn. Journ., Zool. vol. x.p. 401, pl. xiv. figs. 1-124.

It may, however, be at once distinguished by the deep-black-

brown tapering band which runs longitudinally through the

middle of the upperside of the abdomen from its fore ex-

tremity almost to the spinners; the legs are also less strong

and shorter.

The whole of the fore part, including the legs and palpi, is

of a light yellow-brown colour, clothed with greyish-yellow

hairs and pubescence, most of which, however, had been

rubbed off in the example described: the abdomen is of a

uniform pale yellowish buff or dirty cream-white colour,

the whole surface as if thickly covered with almost confluent

cretaceous spots; and along the middle of the upperside, in a

longitudinal direction, is a very distinct deep-black-brown

stripe tapering from the fore extremity to its termination, not

far from the hinder extremity, where it appears to dilate a

little and to be abruptly truncated.

The legs are rather shorter and less strong than in J.

Thwaitesri, those of the fourth pair, when extended back-

wards, reaching but very slightly beyond the extreme hinder

point of the abdomen; the metatarsi of this pair have the

calamistrum along their uppersides ; and the correlative infra-

mammillary organ likewise exists in front of the six ordinary

spinners.

A single adult female was submitted to me by Mr. H. H.

Burton Bradley, of Sydney, New South Wales. It was found

in Northern Australia; but I have no other information re-

specting it.

The occurrence of a species of this curious genus so far

from the place where the typical species were not long since

discovered (Ceylon) is very interesting, more especially be-

cause, as above noted, this is so very closely allied to one of

them.

It is with great pleasure that I have conferred Mr. Bradley’s

name upon the present species.

178 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

Family Thomisides.

Genus AMYCLE (Cambr.).

Amycle albomoculata, n. sp.

This spider is remarkably similar to A. forticeps (Cambr.)

(P.Z.S. 1873, p. 122, pl. 13. fig. 6) both in form, general

colour, and structure. In the present species, however, the

abdomen has none of the dark markings of A. forticeps, but

has instead on the upperside a tolerably regular pattern of

distinct white spots of different sizes; these are most con-

spicuous in the female; they form two longitudinal lines

enclosing a very elongated subdiamond-shaped area, with a

few other similar spots on the sides. The two round black

blotches so conspicuous on the hinder part of the upperside of

the abdomen of A. forticeps are also present in A. albomacu-

lata. It is possible that the comparison of a lengthened series

of examples of both these species might prove them to be

merely varieties of each other ; but as the only two examples

of the present spider that have yet been found differ in the

above-mentioned particulars from all the six known examples

of A. forticeps, and the respective localities of the two are

so widely removed from each other, I have thought it best to

record the present as a distinct species.

The occurrence of this genus in Northern Australia (whence

it was received by Mr. H. H. B. Bradley and kindly submitted

to me) so soon after its first discovery in Ceylon, is, like that

of Miagrammopes (supra, p. 177), exceedingly interesting; one

would expect now to find these, as well as other Ceylon

genera and species, occurring all along the Sumatran and

Javan chain of islands, which form the only present con-

nexion of any kind with Australia.

Two examples, an adult male and female, were received from

Mr. Bradley.

Family Salticides.

Genus SALTICUS (Latr.).

Salticus (Attus, Sim.) volans, n. sp. Plate XVII. fig. 4.

Adult male, length rather above 2 lines.

The cephalothorax of this spider is of ordinary form ; the

thoracic region and sides of the caput are black, with a margin

of white hairs; the upper part of the caput between the eyes

is banded longitudinally with alternate bands of a soft greyish

green and bright scarlet, three of the former to two of the

latter; and on the upper part of the thorax are three large

spots of white hairs in a transverse row, the lateral spots being

Genera and Species of Araneidea. 179

considerably the largest: the clypeus, which is retreating, is

clothed with numerous fine pale hairs; and the surface of the

cephalothorax is furnished with others both pale and dark,

and erect.

The eyes are in the ordinary position; they form very

nearly a square, the fore side being very slightly longer than

the hinder one; the small central eye of each lateral row is

slightly within the straight line of the other two forming that

row, and is also a trifle nearer the hinder than the fore one of

these two; the four eyes which form -the front row are of a

dark shining greenish colour ; the two centrals are, like those

of most other species of the genus, far the largest; the row

is curved, the curve being directed forwards.

The legs are moderate in length and strength ; their relative

length is 3, 4, 2, 1 or 8, 4, 1, 2, the difference between those

of the first and second pairs being very slight; they are of a

pale yellowish colour, irregularly marked and banded with

dark brown, and hairy, numerous short adpressed hairs of a

greyish white being mixed with others dark-coloured and

erect: the metatarsi of the third pair are furnished with a tuft-

like group of bristly black hairs on either side; the tibize and

metatarsi are also furnished with spines.

The palpi are short and similar to the legs in colour. The

cubital and radial joints are short, the latter being the longest ;

they are siehished pretty thickly with greyish-white hairs,

especially on the mner sides of the radial and on the digital

joints ; these latter are oval, and of moderate size: the radial

Joint has a small tapering pointed projection at the extremity

of its outer side. The palpal organs appeared to be of very

simple structure, and to consist of a largish oval corneous

lobe.

The falces are small, conical, placed far back behind the

frontal margin, and are of a yellowish-brown colour.

The abdomen is of an elongated oval form and rather flat-

tened ; its upperside is furnished with an epidermis, which is

continued laterally on either side to an extent considerably ex-

ceeding the width of the abdomen, and of a semioval or ellip-

tical form ; the outer portion of this epidermis on either side is

capable of being depressed and folded round beneath the ab-

domen, or elevated and expanded to its full width, after the

manner of wings. The whole of the epidermis is densely

covered with short scale-like hairs, which give the different

tints and hues to the abdomen ; the portion which covers the

abdomen itself is striped longitudinally for rather more than two

thirds of its length alternately with scarlet and greyish green,

the latter reflecting brighter green and blue metallic hues ;

180 Rey. O. P. Cambridge on some new

the hinder part is striped transversely, but, except the first of

the stripes, not so distinctly, with similar colours ; the lateral

flaps are of a soft yellowish colour, tinged with olive-green,

and each is marked with two somewhat oblique, curved, narrow

stripes or linesof greyish green, following nearly the curve of the

hinder part of the flap, and thickly fringed with greyish hairs.

The underside of the abdomen is of a dull brownish-yellow

colour, marked longitudinally, but not very regularly, with dark

brown; and the underside of the flap is of a uniform, pale,

dull yellowish hue: four small black impressed points form a

quadrangular figure near the middle of the upperside of the

abdomen; and there are numerous upturned, bristly, black

hairs just beneath the fore extremity.

It is difficult to describe adequately the great beauty of the

colouring of this spider ; but the unique lateral flaps or appen-

dages of the abdomen will serve to distinguish it readily from all

other at present known Salticz. It is probable, from the great

development of these flaps, as above described, that they are

sexual; but no doubt the female, when discovered, will have

some traces of them more or less developed. Mr. H. H. B.

Bradley, of Sydney, New South Wales, to whom I am indebted

for examples of this exceedingly interesting and remarkable

spider, tells me that he has observed them elevating and de-

pressing the flaps, and also actually using them as wings or

supporters to sustain the length of their leaps. That this, as

with an analogous appendage in the flying squirrel, should

be intended for such sustentation, one could have but little

doubt after examining it even in the preserved specimens. It

appears to be a very rare spider, Mr. Bradley having been

able to procure but three examples (all males in the adult

state) during many occasions of special hunting for it. The

three examples were all found on one spot near Sydney in the

month of October, running and jumpimg on low plants and

flowers.

Salticus (Attus) spectosus, n. sp. Plate XVII. fig. 5.

Adult male, length nearly 23 lines.

The cephalothorax of this beautiful species is of ordinary

form; its colour is a dark reddish brown, nearly black on

the quadrangular area enclosed by the eyes; this space is

clothed with short reddish-yellow hairs, mixed with others

fewer and longer, both dark-coloured and of a hoary hue, the

latter chiefly round the eyes on the anterior portion : the lower

part of the sides all round is thinly clothed with fine hoary

hairs; and there is a largish, oblong, longitudinal, central

Genera and Species of Araneidea. 181

patch of white hairs on and behind the occiput ; behind each

of the eyes of the hinder row is also a small spot of similar

hairs.

The eyes are mother-of-pearl-like, those of the first row being

of a soft green colour, changing to amethyst and bluish grey ;

they form a quadrangular figure, whose transverse is consider-

ably longer than its longitudinal diameter; the minute eye

between the laterals of the first and third rows on each side is

intermediate between and in the same straight line with them ;

the fore lateral eyes are rather less than half the diameter of

the fore centrals, being but very slightly (if at all) larger than

those of the third or hinder row: the height of the clypeus,

which retreats, is less than half the diameter of the fore central

eye.

"The legs are moderate in length and strength; their relative

length is apparently 3, 4, 1, 2 (1 and 2 being almost equal) ;

they are of a brownish-yellow colour, paler in parts, and irre-

gularly, but pretty distinctly and boldly, marked and blotched

with blackish brown: the tibiz and metatarsi of the hinder —

pair are strongly fringed on each side with black bristly hairs ;

other ordinary hairs clothe the rest; all are furnished with

a few spines, and have a strong claw-tuft at the extremity

of each tarsus.

The palpi are short and similar to the legs in colour; they

are clothed with long hairs, nearly all of which are white.

The radial joint is considerably shorter and less strong than

the cubital, and has its outer extremity continued in the form

of a rather slender, tapering, sharp-pointed, thorn-like apo-

physis, equal in length to the joint itself, but not easy to

be seen among the long hairs by which it is concealed; the

digital joint is oblong-oval, not very large, but somewhat

truncated at its fore extremity, and darker-coloured than

the rest of the palpus. The palpal organs consist apparently of

a large oval lobe, most prominent towards the hinder part.

The falces are small, inclined backwards, placed a good way

back, beneath the ocular region, and of a dark yellow-brown

colour.

The abdomen is of a broad-oval form and flattish, sloping

gradually (when seen in profile) from the fore part to the spin-

ners ; the upper surface is densely clothed with short adpressed

scale-like hairs, among which are a few erect ordinary ones ;

the lateral margins, quite round to the spinners, appear to pro-

ject slightly, and are furnished with a rather dense fringe of

long, buff and pale yellowish-white, siiky hairs; these fringes

are very characteristic ; and, from their appearance in the six

examples that have come under my notice, I suspect that the

182 On new Genera and Species of Araneidea.

living spider has power to raise and depress or expand them as a

peacock does its train, and that when so expanded they assist

to sustain the spider in its leaps. The slightly projecting lateral

margins of the upper epidermis appear also to connect this

spider with Salticus volans (last described) ; and there is a general

similarity in the colouring of the two species: the upperside

of the abdomen in the present spider is broadly and trans-

versely banded with alternate and somewhat wavy bands of

scarlet maroon and brilliant emerald-green, changing to blue

with the different incidences of the light ; there are three bands

of the scarlet-maroon colour, and four of emerald, the foremost

and hindmost bands being of this latter colour; the under-

side is of a uniform brownish yellow, marked and spotted with

dark brown, and clothed with hoary hairs.

Six examples of this interesting and lovely species were re-

ceived in 1864 from the Swan River, New South Wales.

List of Spiders described.

Family CoLOPHONIDES.

Colophon natalensis, n. sp., ¢& 2, p. 170, Plate XVII. fig. 1. Natal.

Family AGELENIDES ?

ce mammosa, 1. sp., d, p. 178, Plate XVII. fig. 2. Sydney, Aus-

tralia.

Family GASTERACANTHIDES.

Calydna prospiciens, u. sp., 3, p. 175, Plate XVII. fig. 3. Minas Geraes.

Family MraGRAMMOPIDES.

Miagrammopes Bradleyi, n. sp., 9, p. 177. North Australia.

Family THoMISIDES.

Amycle albomaculata, n. sp.. 6 & 9, p. 178. North Australia.

Family SALTICIDES.

Salticus volans, nu. sp., 3, p. 178, Plate XVII. fig. 4. Sydney, New South

Wales.

Salticus spectosus, n. sp., d, p. 180, Plate XVII. fig.5. Swan River, New

South Wales.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1, Colophon natalensis, 3 & 2: b, spider, enlarged ; a, ditto, in profile,

with legs truncated ; c, eyes, from above and behind ; d, under-

side, showing maxille, labium, and spiracular orifices; e, left

palpus, from outer side; 7, portion of digital joint with palpal

organs of right palpus, from the front and behind; g, palpal

organs of left palpus, from beneath and in front ; h, leg of first

pair, 2; A, m, portion of tarsus of first pair, showing tarsal

claws; , natural length of spider.

Fig. 2. Mutusca mammosa, 3: a, spider, in profile, enlarged ; 6, ditto, from

above; ec, eyes and falces; d, maxillee and labium; e, under-

side of abdomen , f, right palpus, from outer side; g, cubital and

Mr. J. Gould on new Species of Toucans. 183

radial joints of right palpus, from above and behind; 4, natural

length of spider.

Fig. 3. Calydna prospiciens, 3: a, spider, from above, enlarged ; b, ditto,

in profile ; c, caput and falces, from the front ; d, maxillee, labium,

and sternum; e, e’, natural length, and spider in outline, of

natural size.

Fig. 4. Salticus volans, 3: a, spider, from above, enlarged ; 6, ditto, without

legs, showing abdominal flaps folded ; c, ditto, ditto, with flaps

extended ; d, abdomen, from beneath, showing underside of ex-

tended flaps; e, natural length of spider.

Fig. 5, Salticus speciosus, 3 : a, spider from above, enlarged ; 6, ditto, with-

out legs, in profile; c, underside of abdomen ; d, natural length

of spider.

XXV.—On three new Species of Toucans pertaining to the

Genus Aulacorhamphus. By Joun Goutp, F.R.S. &e.

THE remarkable South-American family of Rhamphastide,

or Toucans, of which about six kinds were known to Linneus,

now amount to over fifty very distinct species, each possessing

good and tangible specific characters. The entire family has

been subdivided into five groups, to which the following generic

appellations have been applied—viz. Rhamphastos, Ptero-

glossus, Selenidera, Andigena, and Aulacorhamphus.

It is to the genus Aulacorhamphus (or little green toucans)

that the three new species pertain. They all inhabit the fine

countries of Venezuela and Columbia.

Aulacorhamphus calorhynchus.

Entire plumage green, with the following exceptions:—above

and surrounding the bare space in which the eye is placed

bright blue; throat grey, washed with blue; tail-feathers

green, inclining to blue towards the tips. Bill yellow, with

the central portions of both mandibles greenish yellow, bounded

behind by a narrow line of white; bare skin surrounding the

eye reddish brown; legs greenish blue.

Sexes alike in colour ; female rather smaller than the male.

Measurements of male—total length 14 inches, wing 5

tail 5, bill 83, tarsus 12.

Hab. Merida. Collected by Mr. Goering.

This is by far the finest species of the little section of

the Rhamphastide to which it belongs—a section differing

from the rest of the green toucans by the tail-feathers being

uniform in colour. The present species is altogether larger

than the old A. sulcatus, and very different in the marking of

its bill.

184 Mr. J. Gould on new Species of Toucans.

Aulacorhamphus erythrognathus.

Base of the upper and hinder half of under mandible clear

uniform light chestnut-brown; the remainder of the bill

clouded with black, with horny tips to both mandibles.

Entire plumage green except the throat, which is light blue-

grey ; a blue wash also pervades the six middle tail-feathers ;

over the eye a narrow line of blue, and also a spot of the

same colour on the cheeks next the bill and beneath the naked

skin round the eye, which is reddish brown; legs green.

Total length 12 inches, wing 44, tail 42, tarsus 14, bill 23.

Hab. Caripe, Venezuela.

Remark. It is now many years since the late Jules Verreaux

presented me with a specimen of this little toucan, which

he considered quite distinct from any known species. In the

collection of Mr. Salvin there exists another example, sent, I

believe, to this country by Mr. Goering. If this bird be

compared with its ally A. sulcatus it will be found small in

size, while the bill is deep, short and robust, and not so deeply

channelled on the sides. The tail is perhaps shorter than in

other species of the family.

Aulacorhamphus pheolemus.

General plumage deep grass-green, the green inclining to

yellow on the flanks and to blue on the tail ; throat deep greyish

blue ; a narrow stripe of blue surmounts the eye, and there is

an almost equally narrow line of blue beneath the bare space

at the base of the bill; culmen of the upper mandible yellow,

except at the hinder part next the head, which, with the re-

mainder, is black ; under mandible black, with a deep-chestnut

base ; both mandibles, however, have a broad white line next

the face ; vent and all the tail-feathers tipped with chestnut-

red ; on the last feather the green runs up to the end on the

outer margin, but not so on the rest; a conspicuous narrow

yellow line occupies the front of the shoulder—a mark which

is observable in other species, but much less conspicuous

than in the birds here described ; legs greenish.

Total length 13 inches, bill 23, wing 5, tail 53, tarsus 12.

Hab. Concordia, in Columbia, and Merida, in Venezuela,

from both of which localities I have examples in my collec-

tion—those from Concordia sent by Mr. Salmon, that from

Merida by Mr. Goering.

The nearest ally to this bird is the A. albivitta, a bird

with a white throat.

Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Glomeride. 185

XXVI.—Descriptions of four new Species of Glomeride from

Sikkim. By ARTHUR GARDINER BUTLER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

&e.

[Plate XVI]

THE collection of the British Museum has lately been enriched

by the addition of the following interesting new species of

Zephronia and Spherotherium.

Zephronia levissima, nu. sp. Plate XVI. figs. 4,4 a, 46.

Blackish pitchy, clouded with dark castaneous ; head pitchy ;

antenne castaneous ; nuchal plate black.

Head somewhat coarsely punctured all over, more densely

in front, its anterior area clothed with short bristles ; antenne

clothed with bristles; nuchal plate with a slight anterior ridge,

a few scarcely perceptible punctures along its front margin :

dorsal segments highly polished, finely granulated in front;

lateral segmental wings rather wide ; first dorsal segment with

anarrow sloping lamina, having a narrow lateral marginal ridge;

last dorsal segment unusually perpendicular, its external edge

arched, with a narrow marginal ridge. ~

Length about 1 inch 4 lines; depth of head 2 lines, width

of head (including the eyes) 5 lines.

Hab. Sikkim (Whitely). One specimen. B.M.

I find that a second example, apparently, of this species,

destitute of head and nuchal plate, was referred by me to my

Z. nigrinota. It differs from the latter species in its more

finely and sharply punctured head, much more highly polished

dorsal segments, less pronounced lateral marginal ridge to

lamina of first segment, more perpendicular last segment with

more arched external edge, and deeper coloration.

Zephronia excavata,n. sp. Plate XVI. figs. 1, la.

Testaceous, transversely clouded with olivaceous ; the poste-

rior margin of each segment reddish, the external edge being

pitchy ; occasionally a few rounded testaceous spots and a

number of blackish dots scattered here and there over the

segments.

Head somewhat coarsely but not densely punctured, slightly

hairy; antenne hairy: dorsal segments perfectly smooth ;

first dorsal segment with a narrow sloping lamina, having a

narrow lateral marginal ridge; last dorsal segment oblique,

compressed, arched and distinctly excavated from the centre

to near the outer edge.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 13

186 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Glomeride.

‘Length 8 lines; depth of head 15 line, width of head

3 lines.

Hab. Sikkim (Whitely). Four specimens. B.M.

Differs from all the described species in the form of the

last dorsal segment.

Spherotherium politum, nu. sp. Plate XVI. figs. 2, 2a, 2b, 2.

Blackish pitchy, a few rounded orange spots on last two

segments ; antennz dull castaneous.

Head somewhat coarsely punctured all over, more densely

in front; its anterior area clothed with short bristles ; antennee

clothed with bristles; nuchal plate with ill-defined anterior

ridge: dorsal segments highly polished, scarcely perceptibly

granulated in front ; first dorsal segment with a narrow sloping

lamina, having a well-defined narrow lateral marginal ridge ;

last dorsal segment with a narrow marginal ridge.

Length 1 inch 5 lines; depth of head 23 lines, width of

head 53 lines.

Hab. Sikkim (Whitely). One specimen. B.M.

Allied to Zephronia javanica; but larger, wider, the head

less densely punctured, and the colouring entirely different.

Spherotherium maculatum, n. sp. Plate XVI. figs. 3,3 a, 3d..

Olivaceous, spotted with ochraceous, the hind margins of

the segments castaneous ; head, nuchal plate, and first segment

in young specimens castaneous, spotted with olivaceous; in an

old specimen (which is altogether redder in tint) the head,

nuchal plate, and front of first segment are pitchy; eyes

greenish.

Head coarsely but sparsely punctured, more densely round

the mouth, clothed with short, almost imperceptible bristles ;

antenne clothed with short bristles; nuchal plate with ill-

defined anterior ridge, two or three punctures in front, and a

bisinuate depression on its posterior area: dorsal segments

smooth ; first dorsal segment with a narrow sloping lamina,

having a narrow lateral marginal ridge; last dorsal segment

oblique, slightly compressed.

Length about 9 lines to 1 inch 2 lines.

Hab. Sikkim (Hooker & Whitely). Three specimens. B.M.

Our larger example of this species having come in the same

collection with an example of Zephronia nigrinota, and being in

general appearance very like it, I find that I overlooked its

structural distinction from that species. ‘The two young ex-

amples recently received are altogether more lively in appear-

On a new Genus and Species of Land- Crabs. 187

ance than the older one, the brighter ochraceous spots being

much larger and more numerous.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Zephronia excavata, profile ; 1 a, curled up.

Fig. 2. Spherotherium politum, profile; 2 a, head, nuchal plate, and first

four dorsal segments, from above; 2 6, head, nuchal plate, and

first segment, from below; 2c, last two dorsal segments, from

behind.

Fig. 3. Spherotherium maculatum, adult specimen, profile; 3a, young

specimen, curled up; 3 4, head, nuchal plate, and first segment,

viewed in front.

Fig. 4. Zephronia levissima, profile; 4a, head, nuchal plate, and first

three dorsal segments, from above ; 46, last two dorsal segments,

from behind.

XXVIE.—On a new Genus and Species (Hyleocarcinus

Humei) of Land-Crabs from the Nicobar Islands. By

JAMES Woop-Mason, of Queen’s College, Oxford *.

MILNE-EDWARDS, in his classical work on the entire class

of Crustacea, published in 1837, divides + the four then re-

cognized genera of the small but remarkable group of Gecar-

cinidee, or land-crabs properly so-called, into two divisions,

according as they have the terminal joints of the external

maxillipeds completely exposed or inserted on the internal

face of the third joint near its summit and completely hidden

beneath it; and Dana in his great work not only adopts

these divisions, but gives them subfamily names{. “The

Gecarcinide,” he says, “ pertain naturally to two groups or

subfamilies, one having the termination of the outer maxil-

lipeds exposed as usual, the other having this part concealed

beneath the second and third segments.” The subfamilies

and genera are as follows :—

Subfam. I. UCAINA®. Articulus maxillipedis externi quartus

apertus.

1. Mawillipedes externi non hiantes.

Gen. 1. Uca, Leach, Articulus maxillipedis externi quartus angulo

externo insitus.

Gen. 2. Grecarcrnucus, M.-Edwards. Articulus mayillipedis externi

quartus marginis medio apicalis tertil insitus.

* Communicated by the Author. From the ‘Journal of the Asiatic

Society of Bengal,’ vol. xlii. part 2, 1878, having been read before the

Society August 6th, 1875. The original is accompanied by two plates.

+ Hist. Nat. des Crust. vol. ii. p. 20.

¢ United States Expl. Exped., Crust. vol. i. pp. 374, ae

13?

188 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new

2. Mawillipedes eaterni late hiantes.

Gen. 3. Carprsoma, Latr. Articulus maxillipedis externi quartus

apice tertii externo insitus.

Gen. 4. Grcarcorpra, M.-Edwards. Articulus maxillipedis externi

quartus marginis medio excavato apicalis tertii insitus.

Subfam. II. GECARCININ®. Articulus maxillipedis externi quartus

et sequentes tertio celati.

Gen. 1. Grcarcrnvs, Latr.

This division is unnatural, as separating the genus Grecar-

coidea (hodie Pelocarcinus) from Grecarcinus, to which it is

most closely related, and ranging it with others with which

its relations are more general; and the classificatory value

of the character upon which it is based is moreover much

diminished, if not altogether destroyed, by the discovery of a

new form presenting an interesting transition from the former

to the latter genus in this very character. A more natural

result can, however, be attained, and Dana’s subfamily names

still retained, by the substitution of another maxillipedary

character for the one originally selected, and now proposed to

be rejected. Grecarcinus, Pelocarcinus, and Hyleocarcinus, in

fact, agree with one another, and differ from all other genera of

the family, in that the exopodites of their outer foot-jaws are

short, without flagella, and completely concealed from view

beneath the second joints. The several genera of Gecarcinidee

divided into two groups or subfamilies according as they

have the exopodites of their outer foot-jaws provided with a

flagellum, and applied to the external margin of the second

and third joints so as to be externally visible, or have them

short and rudimentary, without flagella, and concealed beneath

the second joint, will then be distributed as follows :—

Subfam. I. UCAINA.

Genus 1. Uca, Leach.

2. Gecarcrnucts, M.-Edw.

3. Carpisoma, Latr.

Subfam. II. GECARCININ A.

Genus 1. Gecarcrnvs, Latr.

2. Pretocarcinus, M.-Edw.

3. Hyimocarcinus, Wood-Mason.

A careful study of all the numerous figures and descriptions

of species of Gecarcinide, and, in the cases of the genera

Cardisoma and Gecarcinucus, of actual specimens, has con-

vinced me that the Gecarcinine further agree with one another

Genus and Species of Land-Crabs. 189

in the structure of the epdstoma, which in them is of great

length from before backwards and nearly horizontal, thus

differing remarkably from the Ucaine, in which it is short

and nearly vertical. This part has in Pelocarcinus been de-

scribed by Milne-Edwards* as “ grand, complétement a

découvert et confondu en arriére avec le palais;” and it

appeared to me to pass insensibly into the endostoma or

“alate” in Hyleocarcinus also until I had removed the

thick clothing of coarse hairs that obscured the parts, when I

found no difficulty in distinguishing them. Itis also a notable

fact that the three most closely allied species of the former

(viz. Gecarcinus ruricola, Pelocarcinus Lalandet, and Hyleo-

carcinus Hume?) have six rows of strong spines to the terminal

joints of the walking-legs ; and I would also draw attention

to the shallow yellow scars situated in all three on each side

of the eye and on other parts of the carapace—tell-tale marks

of their descent from a common ancestor !

H{YLAZOCARCINUS Ff, n. gen., Wood-Mason,

Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, August 1873, p. 161.

Front not united to the internal suborbital lobes as it is in

the genera Gecarcinus and Pelocarcinus, but separated from

them by spaces at least as wide as the deep bold fissures that

divide to their bases the internal from the external suborbital

lobes ; into these interspaces project the flagella of the antenne,

the basal joints of which appendages lie tightly wedged between

the internal margins of the internal suborbital lobes and the

epistoma. The third joint of the external maxillipeds with

an obtuse-angled emargination in its anterior border; the ex-

ternal margins only of the first of the three terminal joints is

barely visible externally when the appendages are properly

closed, its external surface being flattened for movement upon

the inner face of the preceding joint: in Gecarcinus these

terminal joints are completely hidden from view, the angular

process, that projects like a pillar in demi-relief from the inner

face of the third joint and supports them, ending abruptly so

very far short of the anterior margin of the jomt: in Hyleo-

carcinus the similar but stouter pillar-like projection that

carries these joints at its summit extending much further

towards the extremity of the joint than it does in Gecarcinus,

but certainly failing to reach it; these joints can consequently

be only partially visible ; in Pelocarcinus they are completely:

visible, being articulated to the apex of the third joint.

* Arch. du Mus, 1855, vol. vii. pl. xv. fig. 2 a,

+ vddatos, sylvester, et kapkivos, cancer.

190 Mr. J. Wood-Mason on a new

Hyleocarcinus Humei, n. sp.

The carapace is at once distinguished from that of Pelo-

carcinus Lalandeit, M.-Edw., by its more arched outline in

front, and by the two rounded tubercles on the mesogastric

lobe, which, as in Gecarcinus ruricola, is limited off antero-

laterally from the rest of the gastric region by very shallow

depressions passing off from the hinder end of the profoundly

deep median groove, and joining the branchio-gastric groove

on each side; the straight line representing its greatest breadth

crosses it just in front of these tubercles; in front of this

imaginary line its upper surface is very convex and much

swollen everywhere, but behind it flat; it is just perceptibly

angulated on each side for a short distance beyond the external

margin of the orbits, these angulations corresponding to the

lines of spiniform tubercles seen in the same position in

Gecarcinus ruricola. 'The outer slopes of the branchial re-

gions both anteriorly and posteriorly, and the floors of the

branchial chambers—all the inflected portions of the carapace,

in fact, covered with squamiform tuberculated lines, which,

fine and delicate above, become shorter and coarser as they

approach the bases of the legs and the buccal frame. The

anterior is divided by a shallow transverse impression, slightly

interrupted in the middle line, from the posterior cardiac lobe,

which, just as in the rest of the Gecarcinide, is much expanded

posteriorly between the bases of the posterior pair of legs.

The interantennulary septum is formed mainly by the sub-

frontal lobe, but partly by a short triangular process of the

epistoma, The flagella of the antenne arerudimentary. Both

divisions of the suborbital lobes have their margins roughened

with small tubercles.

The sternal region is much broader than long, its greatest

breadth being between the bases of the second pair of legs.

The male appendages are very stout and long, reaching

beyond the fifth postabdominal somite, and are connected at

their bases with a remarkably stout and highly indurated

semicircular plate, which arches over the intestinal canal; a

similar plate has been observed in the genus Cardisoma by

S. I. Smith *, and is doubtless present in all Gecarcinide,

Postabdomen of the female broadly oval, about as broad as

long, covering all but the margins of the sternal region,

broadest across the posterior third of its fifth somite; last

segment trefoil-shaped, its sides being slightly emarginate,

with its antero-lateral angles slightly covered by the produced

postero-lateral angles of the preceding somite.

The chelipedes are equal and very powerful in the male, sub-

* Trans. Connecticut Academy, 1870, vol. ii. p. 142,

Genus and Species of Land-Crabs. 191

equal and slenderer in the female; their meropodites (which

in the male, as in Pelocarcinus Lalande?, extend much beyond

the lateral borders of the carapace, but which in the female

hardly reach the level of the branchial regions) have a few

obtuse tubercles on their anterior, and some coarse tubercu-

lated squamiform ridges on their posterior angles. The chele

are granulated and ornamented, especially on the fingers,

with minute dark-coloured, smooth tubercles; their toothed

prehensile edges meet, in the male, only at the extremities,

which are feebly excavated spoon-like; the margin of the

spoon-like excavation in the propodite is notched for the re-

ception of the external cutting-edge of the dactylopodite, so

as to form scissor-like organs.

The ambulatory legs are also remarkably powerful ; their

meropodites have their edges and sides much roughened by

squamiform tuberculation ; the upper crest of their carpopodites

is armed with a row of minute spinules; their propodites have

a row of stronger spines on each of their four angles; and the

dactylopodites are provided with six rows of spine-like teeth.

Colours: wpper surface of the carapace and the legs red-

violet, the claws whity brown, faintly tinged with reddish

violet ; the scars at the extraorbital angles, in* the middle of

the branchio-gastric suture, on each side of the mesogastric

region, &c., and the margins of the orbits yellow; the flat

posterior portion of the carapace is also much variegated with

impure yellow.

millim.

Breadth of carapace of the male.................-+. 108

Length at as BOD Win Fea oe Eke. 8 oR ees 80

therefore B: L:: 1°35 : 1.

Breadth of carapace of the female .................. 96

Length Pr DET en a MaRS ee Peace ate tate 73

therefore B: L:: 1°315 &.: 1.

Heameahvot left claw Of Malle jo ccssrc's obs ae sig ee sew dloles 88

se riohtiaclaw: of ‘male. .. i. Ww. snWwwads Geis 87

ieoaiiot lett clawaot palo sg o.oo, cusisysrajtieide)aial'e, ojtesouaien 38

Pee es LISTE CLAW OLGTANG vial orceels atenctias cin cinishe= See 38

Peneth-ot lett claw of female 2.6 6,065 cae o.cieiala sence cone 6 55

PIS (POLS WHOLE TOMAIG™ o.. bic fos (o.e'e c.5 onecoves oa 57

Height of lett clawvof female... i. saccdaiiat..- 214

‘3 Miehivainw OF 1CMAlG. cy wiccs «sci e ae © ce ove 6s 25

Length of postabdomen of female ...............45. 55

Breadth - = Sabi amaaes Cee maiue Fo slietey ca’. 8 51

Hab. The dark, dense, damp forests of the Nicobar Islands.

I captured a male and a female on Treis Island; another spe-

cimen, with a much distorted carapace, was subsequently taken

on Narkondam Island by Mr. Allan O. Hume, C.B., after

whom I have named it.

192 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

XXVIII.—On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andrews. By W. C. M‘IntosH.

[Continued from p. 155.]

Subclass ANNULATA DISCOPHORA.

Fam. 1. Hirudinea, Savigny.

Genus PonroBDELLA, Leach.

Pontobdella muricata, L.; Johnst. Cat. p. 39.

Abundant on skate, and tossed on the West Sands after

storms.

Pontobdella littoralis, Johnst. Cat. p. 42.

Not uncommon on Cottus bubalis thrown on the West Sands

after storms, and occasionally in the stomach of the haddock.

It is curious that an example of Piscicola geometra should have

been found on the former fish on the sands near the mouth of

the Eden.

Fam. 5. Malacobdellea, J. V. Carus.

Genus MALACOBDELLA, Blainville.

Malacobdella grossa, O. F. Miiller ; Johnst. Cat. p. 35.

Occasionally in Cyprina islandica. The late Dr. Fraser

Thomson procured my specimen.

Subclass ANNULATA OLIGOCH ATA.

Fam. Lumbricina, D’Ud.

Genus CLITELLIO, Say.

Olitellio arenarius, O. F. Miiller ; Johnst. Cat. p. 66.

In swarms under stones on sandy and muddy ground between

tide-marks.

Subclass ANNULATA POLYCHATA.

Fam. 3. Aphroditide.

Genus ApHropiTa, L.

Aphrodita aculeata, L.; Malmgren, Annulat. Polycheet. &e.

p: 3.

Abundant in deep water, and thrown on the West Sands

Annelida of St. Andrews. 193

in thousands after some winter storms. It is also a common

diet of the cod and haddock.

Fam. 4. Polynoide.

Genus Lrepiponotus, Leach.

Lepidonotus squamatus, L.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 4.

Frequent in deep water, under stones in pools between tide-

marks, on the West Sands after storms, and in the stomachs

of cod and haddock.

Genus Nycu1a, Mern.

Nychia cirrosa, Pallas; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 5.

Occasionally in deep water, and on the West Sands after

storms.

Genus Lacisca, Mgrn.

Lagisca propinqua, Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 9.

Occasionally in débris of the fishing-boats. It is distin-

guished by its greyish scales mottled with black, by the dark

spots at the bases of the feet, the mottling of the dorsum

beneath the scales, and by the position of the eyes (the posterior

pair only being visible from the dorsum). The dorsal bristles

have a short clear portion at the tip; the ventral are long,

much tapered and minutely bifid superiorly, while the inferior

have shorter and stouter tips, more evidently bifid.

Genus HArMmoTHok, Kinberg.

Harmothoé imbricata, L.; Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 9.

Very abundant under stones between tide-marks, and ranging

to deep water.

Harmothoé lunulata, Delle Chiaje, Descriz. e Not. pl. 144.

f. 5 & 6 ( fide Claparéde).

Occasionally on the West Sands after storms.

Harmothoé Macleod’, M‘Yntosh.

Stomach of the cod. It is allied to Z. zetlandica in regard to

general appearance and processes. Scales fourteen to fifteen

pairs, pale and semitranslucent; dorsal cirri scarcely extend

beyond the bristles; serrations of the dorsal bristles continued

to the tip; ventral bristles boldly bifid, and with rather broad

tips.

194 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Genus POoLYyNo#, Sav.

Polynoé floccosa, Savigny, Syst. des Annél. p. 23.

Not uncommon on the West Sands after storms, and under

stones between tide-marks.

Genus Evarne, Mern.

Evarne impar, Johnst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 10.

Occasionally under stones in pools between tide-marks, and

in littoral sponges.

Genus Lanitua, Mern.

Lenilla setosissima, Savigny, Syst. des Annél. p. 25 ;

Mern. op. cit. p. 12.

Polynoé longisetis, Grube ; Lenilla glabra, Mgrn.; and Harmothoé Malm-

grent, Lankester.

Tossed on the West Sands after storms, amongst tangle-

roots. Not uncommon.

Genus HerMADION, Kinberg.

Hermadion pellucidum, Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, i. p. 105,

pls. 8 & 4.

Occasionally in deep water amongst corallines and shells.

Hermadion assimile, M‘Intosh.

Amongst the débris in the fishing-boats. This species is

easily discriminated from the foregoing (in spirit) by the

presence of a brownish-black band commencing behind the

head, and continuing along the central line to the tail. Dorsal

bristles with the rows of spikes much less marked, and with

a notch at the tip of each bristle ; the ventral bristles have a

somewhat blunt tip, with processes or beaks which differ

characteristically from those of the foregoing.

Genus HALosypna, Kinberg.

Halosydna gelatinosa, Sars; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 14.

Not uncommon under stones in rock-pools and in the

stomach of the cod.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 195

Genus MautmaGrenta, M‘Intosh.

Malmgrenia andreapolis, M‘Intosh.

Amongst the débris in the fishing-boats, in the stomachs of

cod and haddock, and abundantly on the West Sands after

storms. The scales have a persistent brown belt. Dorsal

bristles terminated by a peculiar knob; ventral bifid, but the

distal process is constituted by a modification of the knob.

Genus Enrpo, Mern.

Enipo Kinhergi, Mgyn. op. cit. p. 15.

Occasionally in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Fam. 6. Sigalionide.

Genus STHENELAIS, Kinberg.

Sthenelais boa, Johnst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 124.

Not uncommon between tide-marks under stones.

Sthenelais limicola, Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer, i. p. 120,

pls. 4 & 5.

Abundant on the West Sands after storms, and in the

stomachs of cod, haddock, and flounders.

Genus S1GALion, M.-Edwards.

Sigalion Mathilde, M.-Kid. Hist. du Litt. de la France, ii.

p- 105, pl. 2..

Common on the West Sands after storms, and in the stomachs

of cod and haddock.

Genus PuHoxod, Johnst.

Pholoé minuta, Fab.; Mgrn. op. cit. p.17.

Frequent under stones between tide-marks, and also in

deep water.

Fam. 7. Nephthydide.

Genus Nreputnys, Cuvier.

Nephthys ceca, Fab.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 18.

Common on the beach after storms, in sand under stones

between tide-marks, and in the stomachs of cod, haddock, and

other fishes.

196 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Nephthys Hombergii, Aud. & Ed. Hist. Litt. olim cit. p. 235,

pl. 5s. f. 1-6.

Not uncommon between tide-marks, and in the stomachs of

cod and haddock.

Nephthys Johnstoni (longisetosa, Johnst.).

Occasionally between tide-marks, and in the stomachs of

cod and haddock. ‘This quite differs from the N. longisetosa

of Garsted, Malmgren, and others.

Fam. 8. Phyllodocide.

Genus NoTorpHyLium, Cirst.

Notophyllum foliosum, Sars; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 19.

Amongst the débris of the fishing-boats. Not common.

Genus GENETYLLIS, Mgrn.

Genetyllis lutea, Mgrn. op. cit. p. 20.

Occasionally in deep water.

Genus PHYLLODOCE, Savigny.

Phyllodoce grenlandica, Cirst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 21.

Thrown in numbers on the West Sands after storms;

stomachs of cod and haddock.

Phyllodoce maculata, O. F. Miller ; Johnst. Cat. p. 177.

Common under stones between tide-marks.

Phyllodoce laminosa, Savigny ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 24.

Frequent between tide-marks, in the laminarian region,

on the West Sands after storms, and in the stomachs of cod,

haddock, and other fishes.

Genus Eumrpa, Mgrn.

Eumida sanguinea, Cirst., and var.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 25.

Common between tide-marks under stones, and on the West

Sands after storms.

Genus EULALIA (Sav.), Mgrn.

Eulalia viridis, O. F. Miller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 25.

Abundant between tide-marks, and ranging to deep water.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 197

Eulalia bilineata, Johunst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 25.

Under stones in rock-pools. Frequent.

Eulalia tripunctata, n. sp.

Amongst the débris of the fishing-boats. Colour pale

yellow, with three rows of black spots on the dorsum.

Genus ETEONE (Sav.), Mgrn.

Eteone picta, De Quatref. Annelés, 1. p. 147.

West Sands after storms, in the stomachs of cod and

haddock, and rarely under stones at the Kast Rocks.

Eteone andreapolis, M‘Intosh.

On the West Sands after storms. The species has large

eyes, a peculiarly shaped head, and madder-brown or purplish

bands on the dorsum. :

Eteone arctica, Mgrn. (?); Mgrn. op. cit. p. 27.

West Sands after storms.

Genus ETEONELLA, M‘Intosh.

Eteonella Robertiane, M‘Intosh.

Found whilst digging for littoral annelids. It appears to

be most closely allied to Eteone longa, Cirsted. Head conical,

with a distinct furrow on each side; and, like Malmgren’s

Chetoparia, the cephalic and buccal segments seem to be

united; for two short filiform tentacles proceed from the

posterior part of the head; the mouth, moreover, opens in

the cephalic segment; no visible eyes in spirit; there is a

distinct elevation in the centre of the head posteriorly; the

lobes of the feet are lanceolate.

Fam. 9. Hesionide.

Genus CASTALIA, Savigny.

Castalia punctata, O. F. Miiller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 31.

Not uncommon in deep water, and occasionally under stones

near low-water mark.

Genus PsAMATHE, Johnst.

Psamathe fusca, Johnst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 182, pl. 14 a. f. 4.

Frequent under stones in pools and moist places between

tide-marks.

198 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. 10. Syllide.

Genus AUTOLYTUS, Grube.

Autolytus prolifer, O. F. Miiller ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 32.

Not uncommon near low-water mark under stones, and

ranging to deep water.

Autolytus (Procerea) pictus, Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer,

1. p. 256, pl. 11. f. 8-17.

Occasionally under stones in tide-pools. This form also

appears to show alternation of generations,

Genus Eusyiuis, Mern.

Eusyllis tubifex, Gosse(?); M‘Intosh, Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb.

vol. xxv. 2. p. 414.

Abundant on laminarian blades cast ashore by storms.

Genus Exocone, Cirst. (Spherosyllis).

Exogone naidina, Cirst. (?), Archiv f. Naturg. xi. 1845,

Ps, LU abe: oe

Occasionally under stones in rock-pools.

Genus SYLLIS, Savigny.

Syllis armillaris, O. F. Miiller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 42.

Frequent between tide-marks under stones and in the

laminarian region.

Genus “ Top,” Johnst.

“Toida macrophthalma,” Johnst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 197,

pl. 14 a. f. 5.

Occasionally between tide-marks. This is the sexual bud

of a Syllis. Four or five of the segments anteriorly are devoid

of the long bristles.

Fam. 11. Nereide.

Genus Nereis, L.

Nereis pelagica, L.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 47.

Everywhere abundant from high-water mark to the coralline

ground, and in the stomachs of many fishes.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 199

Nereis cultrifera, Grube ; Ehlers, Die Borstenwiirmer,

u. p. 461, pls. 18-20.

Frequent between silotharies under stones on muddy

ground, and in the stomachs of various fishes.

Nereis Dumerilii, Aud. & Ed. ; Ehlers, op. cit. p. 535.

It is curious that only the epitocous form (olim [phinerets

fucicola) has yet occurred, viz. in the coralline region and on

the West Sands after storms.

- Genus Hepiste, Mgrn.

Hediste diversicolor, O. F. Miller ; Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 49.

Occasionally between tide-marks, and after storms on the

West Sands.

Genus EuNereIs, Mgrn.

Eunerets longissima, Johust. ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 57.

Occasionally cast ashore on the West Sands after storms.

This is an epitocous form, the relations of which are at present

in obscurity ; there is no known species with which it may be

connected except those mentioned here.

Genus NEREILEPAS, Blainville.

Nereilepas fucata, Savigny ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 53.

Abundant on the coralline ground, chiefly in company with

Pagurus in Buccinum. It also occurs in the stomachs of

various fishes.

Genus Aira, Kinberg.

Alitta virens, Sars; Megrn. op. cit. p. 56.

Sometimes thrown in large numbers on the West Sands

after storms, and not uncommon in the stomachs of cod.

Fam. 13. Lumbriconereide.

Genus LuMBRICONEREIS (Blainyv.), M.-Edwards.

Lumbriconereis fragilis, O. F. Miiller; Mgrn. op. ct. p. 63.

West Sands after storms, and in the stomachs of haddock

and flounders. Not rare.

Lumbriconereis Laurentiana, Grube, Archiv f. Naturg.

Bd. xxix. 1863, p. 40.

Stomachs of cod and haddock.

200 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. 15. Onuphidide.

Genus ONUPHIS, Sars.

Onuphis tubicola, O. F. Miller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 67.

Fragmentary specimen in the stomach of a haddock.

Fam. 16. Goniadide.

Genus Gontapa, Aud. & M.-Ed.

Goniada maculata, Cirst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 68.

Common in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Fam. 17. Glyceride.

Genus GLYCERA, Savigny.

Glycera dubia, Blainv. (vel Rouxti, Aud. & M.-Ed. ?).

West Sands after storms and in fissures of rocks.

Glycera capitata, CErst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 70.

Occasionally in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Glycera Goést, Mgrn. op. cit. p. 71.

Stomachs of cod, haddock, and flounders. Not uncommon.

Fam. 18. Ariciide.

Genus ARICIA, Savigny.

Aricia Cuviert, Aud. & M.-Ed.; Megyrn. op. cit. p. 71.

Common between tide-marks in sand, and thrown on the

West Sands after storms.

Genus ScoLopios (Blainy.), Cirst.

Scoloplos armiger, O. F. Miller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 72.

Frequent between tide-marks under stones on sandy ground.

Fam. 19. Opheliida.

Genus AMMoTRYPANE, H. Rathke.

Ammotrypane aulogaster, H. Rathke ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 73.

Occasionally in the stomachs of haddocks.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 201

Genus OPHELIA (Sav.), M.-Edwards.

Ophelia limacina, H. Rathke; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 74.

Very abundant on the West Sands after storms, and often

in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Genus T'RAVISIA, Johnst.

Travisia Forbesit, Johnst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 75.

Occasionally under stones on gravel at Hast Rocks, and in

the stomachs of flounders.

Fam. 20. Scalibregmide.

Genus EKuMENIA, Cirst.

Eumenia crassa, rst. ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 76.

In the stomach of the haddock. Not uncommon.

Genus ScaLipreaMa, H. Rathke.

Scalibregma inflata, H. Rathke ; Mern. op. cit. p. 77.

In the stomach of a flounder. Rare.

Fam. 21. Telethusidz.

Genus ARENICOLA, Lamarck.

Arenicola marina, L.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 78.

Everywhere abundant in sandy ground.

Fam. 22. Spherodoride. ~

Genus Epuesta, H. Rathke.

Ephesia gracilis, H. Rathke ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 79.

Occasionally between tide-marks, and frequently in the

coralline region. ; .

Fam. 23. Chloremide.

Genus TropHontisA, M.-Edwards.

Trophonia plumosa, O. F. Miller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 82.

Common on the beach after storms, in muddy fissures of

the rocks between tide-marks, and ranging to deep water, as

well as in the stomachs of various fishes. |

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 14

202 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Genus FLABELLIGERA, Sars.

Flabelligera affinis, Sars ; Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 83.

Frequent in deep water, and sometimes between tide-marks.

Fam. 25. Chetopteride.

Genus CHA TOPTERUS, Cuvier.

Cheetopterus norvegicus, Sars; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 88.

Occasionally in the stomachs of haddock.

Genus Mma, Johnst.

Mea mirabilis, Johnst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 278.

Not uncommon amongst gravelly sand off the East Rocks.

The position of this remarkable form may be regarded as

provisional (between the Cheetopteride and Spionide).

Fam. 26. Spicniiie:

Genus NERINE, Johnst.

Nerine foliosa, Sars; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 89.

Common in sandy ground or in muddy sand.

Genus ScoLECOLEPIS, Blainv.

Scolecolepis vulgaris, Johnst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 90.

Not uncommon in muddy sand.

Genus Spro, Cirst.

Spio seticornis, Fab.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 92.

In fine sand tubes under stones at the East Rocks.

Genus PoLypora, Bose.

Polydora ciliata, Johnst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 95.

Very abundant in soft sandstone and shale.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 203

Fam. 27. Cirratulide.

Genus Crrratutus, Lamarck.

Cirratulus cirratus, O. F. Miller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 95.

Common in mud and muddy sand under stones between

tide-marks, and ranging to deep water.

Genus DopeEcacertiA, (rst.

Dodecaceria concharum, Cirst.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 96.

Not unfrequent in tangle-roots and old shells from low-

water mark to the coralline ground.

Fam. 28. Capitellide.

Genus CAPITELLA, Blainville.

Capitella capitata, Fab.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 97.

Common on the West Sands after storms and in fissures

of rocks in mud.

Fam. 29. Maldanidz.

Genus MALpANE, Grube.

Maldane biceps, Sars; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 98.

A fragmentary specimen in the stomach of a haddock.

Genus NicHoMACHE, Megyrn.

Nichomache lumbricalis, Fabr.; Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 99.

Common between tide-marks under stones, and thence to

deep water ; it is especially abundant in vertical fissures of

the soft sandstone at the East Rocks.

Genus PRraxiLia, Mgrn.

Praxilla pretermissa, Mgrn. op. cit. p. 100.

In the stomach of a haddock. Not common.

Fam. 30. Ammocharidz.

Genus OweEn1A, Delle Chiaje.

Owenia filiformis, Delle Chiaje ; Claparéde, Chet. Naples,

p. 446, pl. 26. f. 5.

Common in the stomachs of haddock.

14*

204 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. 31. Hermellide.

Genus SABELLARIA, Lamarck.

Sabellaria spinulosa, R. Leuckart ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 102.

Abundant between tide-marks, and thence to deep water.

Fam. 32. Amphictenide.

Genus PrectinartA, Lamarck.

Pectinaria belgica, Pallas; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 103.

Very abundant off the West Sands, and tossed ashore in

vast numbers after storms. Common in the stomachs of cod

and haddock.

Genus AMPHICTENE, Sav.

Amphictene auricoma, O. F. Miiller; Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 103.

Occasionally off the East Rocks in sandy ground, and in

the stomachs of cod, haddock, and flounders.

Fam. 33. Ampharetide.

Genus AMPHARETE, Mern.

Ampharete arctica, Mgrn. op. cit. p. 104.

Occasionally in deep water and in the stomachs of haddock.

Genus AMPHICTEIS (Gr.), Mgrn.

Amphictets Gunnert, Sars; Mgyrn. op. cit. p. 105.

Not uncommon in the stomachs of haddock.

Genus Meuinna, Mern.

Melinna cristata, Sars; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 106.

Frequent in the stomachs of cod.

Fam, 34. Terebellide.

Subfam. 1. Ampurrerrea, Mgrn.

Genus AMPHITRITE, O. F. Miiller.

Amphitrite figulus, Dalyell; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 107 (as A.

Johnstont).

Not uncommon between tide-marks, and ranging to deep

water.

Annelida of St. Andrews. 205

Genus Lanice, Mgrn.

Lanice conchilega, Pallas; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 108.

Abundant between tide-marks and off the West Sands, and

multitudes are thrown on the beach after storms. A common

food of many fishes.

Genus Nicotea, Mgrn.

Nicolea zostericola, Cirst. & Gr.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 109.

Common between tide-marks amongst tangle-roots, and

ranging to deep water.

Genus THELEPUS, Leuckart.

Thelepus circinatus, Fab.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 110.

Frequent in the laminarian and coralline regions, in the

stomachs of various fishes, and on the West Sands after

storms.

Subfam. 2. Pozrcrrrmras, Mgrn.

Genus PoLycirrus, Grube.

Polycirrus (Ereutho) Smitti, Mgyn. op. cit. p. 111.

Not uncommon between tide-marks,

Subfam. 5. Cawzruormes, Mgrn.

Genus TEREBELLIDES, Sars.

Terebellides Stremti, Sars; Mgrn, op. cit. p. 112.

Large specimens occur in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Fam. 35. Sabellide.

Genus SABELLA, L.

Sabella pavonia, Sav.; Mgrn. op. cit, p. 112.

Abundant in the coralline ground, on the West Sands after

storms, and in the stomach of the cod.

Sabella (Branchiomma, Kolliker) vesiculosa, Mont. ; Johnst.

Cat. Brit. Mus, p. 259.

Frequently thrown on the West Sands after storms.

206 On the Annelida of St. Andrews.

Sabella viridis, M.-Edwards, Rég. An. Ilust. pl. le

(jide De Quatref.).

Amongst mud in the insterstices of Milgrana implexa from

the coralline region.

Genus DasyCHONE, Sars.

Dasychone Dalyelli, Koélliker; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 115.

Occasionally from the coralline ground in the débris of

fishing-boats.

Genus Amputcora, Ehrenberg.

Amphicora Fabricia, O. F. Miller; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 117.

Abundant under stones on muddy ground between tide-

marks and amongst tangle-roots.

Fam. 36. Serpulide.

Genus Prortuta, Risso.

Protula tubularia, Mont. (=protensa, Johnst.) ; Johnst. Cat.

Brit. Mus. p. 264.

Occasionally in deep water.

Genus FinigraNa, Oken.

Filigrana implexa, Berkeley ; Mgrn. op. ett. p. 119.

Fine masses are common in the coralline region.

Genus Hyprorpes, Gunner.

Hydroides norvegica, Gunner ; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 120.

Abundant in deep water, attached to shells, stones, &c.

Genus SERPULA, L.

Serpula vermicularis, L.; Mgrn. op. cit. p. 120.

Common in deep water.

Genus PoMATOocERUS, Phil.

Pomatocerus triqueter, L.; Mgyn. op. cit. p. 121.

Very common from the littoral to the coralline region.

On Deep-sea Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 207

Genus Sprrorsis, Daud.

Spirorbis borealis, Daud. ; Mgyn. op. cit. p. 122.

Abundant on seaweeds and stones between tide-marks.

Spirorbis lucidus, Mont.; Mgyn. op. cit. p. 123.

Common on zoophytes from deep water.

[To be continued. ]

XXIX.—Deseriptions and Figures of Deep-sea Sponges and

their Spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up on

board H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine, chiefly in 1869 ; with Figures

and Descriptions of some remarkable Spicules from the

Agulhas Shoal and Colon, Panama. By H. J. Carter,

F.R.S. &e.

[Plates XII, XIV., & XV.]

I now propose to describe and illustrate for publication a few

more of the deep-sea sponges dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘ Porcupine,’ from the bed of the Atlantic Ocean, off the coast

of Ireland, or between the north of Scotland and the Faroe

Islands—every fragment of which that came into my hands was

immediately sketched and preliminarily recorded in my MNS.

journal, with all the information as regards “ soundings &c.”

that accompanied them, in order that I might possess the

means of referring to any particular specimen directly, and,

in case of accident, thus endeavour to provide against total

loss.

The greater part of these specimens represent sponges which

have already been described ; and the rest will be considerably

reduced by those which I am now about to add. Among

the latter, however, will be found such extraordinary forms of

the flesh-spicule that, unless I first describe a well-known one

for reference, they will probably not be understood.

As regards nomenclature, it is not desirable to give new

names if we wish to speed knowledge ; and hence it is better,

if possible, to retain an old one, although inappropriate, rather

than oppress the mind at the outset by introducing that to

which it is unaccustomed. Much that is valuable is never read

because it is accompanied by new names.

Again, if we can find familiar types in our British sponges

for reference, when engaged in the study of foreign species, it

is better to adopt these than to refer to specimens heh are less

accessible.

208 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

Thus, in the present instance, I shall have recourse to

Johnston’s Halichondria incrustans, whose description, inclu-

ding Col. Montagu’s observations (Johnst. Brit. Sponges, 1842,

p- 122, pl. x1. fig. 3, and pl. xii. fig. 3), leaves no doubt in my

mind that the species grows plentifully about this place (Bud-

leigh-Salterton, Devon); while Johnston’s figures of H. in-

crustans and HH, saburata, together with his specimens now

in the Johnstonian Collection of the British Museum, have

led me, as well as Dr. Bowerbank (B.S. vol. ii. p. 248) to

the conclusion that they all represent one and the same sponge,

viz. Halichondria incrustans.

The reason that I have not yet published descriptions of

more of the sponges that were dredged up on board H.M.S.

‘ Porcupine,’ which were handed over to me for this purpose,

is that the system under which I have arranged the collection

of sponges in the British Museum is not yet sufficiently ma-

tured for publication ; and until I have this for reference, there

is no other arrangement of the sponges that appears to me to

offer any thing so practicable. ‘‘ Why then,” 1t may be asked,

“do you still publish descriptions of these specimens?” My

reply is, that “the examination and arrangement of the collec-

tion of sponges in the British Museum has already taken up so

much time that it seems to me better that I should at once do

a little more to the deep-sea ones, and thus partly anticipate

my arrangement, than leave them all for description until this

is completed.”

Returning, then, to Halichondria incrustans,it will be remem-

bered by those acquainted with the elements of this sponge

that one of the minute or “ flesh-spicules” is an anchorate,

somewhat like that illustrated in my last communication to the

‘ Annals’ (vol. xiv. p. 105, pl. x. fig.12) ; and before proceed-

ing to the description and illustration of the deep-sea sponges,

it is desirable that I should notice this spicule in detail in H.

tncrustans, Which, perhaps, affords the best typical form of it

that can be obtained for this purpose, at the same time that the

sponge producing it is common on our shores.

The term “ anchorate,” first used by Dr. Bowerbank (Haken,

Schmidt), answers very well generically; but as one end of

this spicule is occasionally much more developed than the

other, Dr. Bowerbank has found it necessary to add the specific

terms “‘ equianchorate ” and “ inequianchorate,” which, respec-

tively, are equally appropriate.

It is the “ equianchorate”’ form, as it exists in Halichondria

tncrustans, that, being the most typical of the two, I am now

about to describe 7 detazl, in order that the same kind of flesh-

spicule, which will hereafter be found to be so extraordinarily

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 209

modified in form in the deep-sea sponges, may be under-

stood.

The equianchorate, then, of Halichondria incrustans consists

of a shaft and three arms or hooks of equal size at each end,

whence its specific designation (Plate XIII. fig. 1, a,b,c). The

shaft is curved bow-like equally (fig. 1, a, ¢d), and the three

arms recurved towards the concavity of the shaft (fig. 1, 0, e,f).

Two of these arms are lateral (fig. 1, 6,7), and the other ante-

rior or in front (fig. 1, be, ae); hence the back of the shaft

forms a continuous and uninterrupted curve (fig. 1,d). All

three of these arms are attached to the shaft by falciform ex-

pansions, extending between the shaft and the arms'respectively

(fig. 1, ag,ch), which expansions will be termed in the sin-

gular number the “ falx,” and in the plural “ falces;” and

while the two lateral arms, being opposite to each other, thus

present a wing-like appearance (fig. 1,¢h), the anterior one

being single, median, and in front, presents a linear form ; but

in all the falx is more or less retracted and web-like towards

the end of the shaft (fig. 1, ag).

As the anterior arm of the anchorate in other sponges fre-

quently presents a petaloid or tongue-shaped form of extreme

thinness, while the linear element, when it remains in this

form, represents the midrib of a leaf, but as often is retracted

into an elliptical or circular body, which, at the base of the

petaloid expansion, is joined through the intervention of the

falx to the shaft, we shall call this the “tubercle” (fig. 1, b¢,

and fig. 4, e).

Thus we have to remember the “ shaft,” the “ lateral” and

‘anterior arms ”’ respectively, the “ falx,” and the “ tubercle ”

for this complicated little spicule. |

I should also here add that, in the anchorate of Halichondria

incrustans, there are four lateral convex aliform expansions

of the shaft itself, viz. one on each side towards the ends, thus

causing the shaft to present a constricted form in the centre

when viewed anteriorly or posteriorly (fig. 1, &c). These ali-

form expansions will also be seen, by-and-by, in the ancho-

rate of Chondrocladia virgata and other deep-sea sponges.

In my last communication to the ‘ Annals’ (/. c.) it will be

observed that I have figured three forms of flesh-spicules as

common to Halichondria egagropila, Johnston (Esperia cega-

groptla, Carter) ; and it will also be found that the two additional

ones (viz. the “ tricurvate”’ and the ‘ bihamate”’) are as fre-

quent in their occurrence in many other sponges as the “ an-

chorate ” itself, but, beimg very simple in construction, they do

not require a detailed description like the anchorate. In the

communication to which I have just alluded it will further be

210 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

seen that the anchorate presents the form specifically termed

“‘ nequianchorate,’ and thus affords, with that under de-

scription, the two principal varieties, viz. the “ equi-” and

“ inequi-’’ anchorates respectively of this spicule.

Halichondria incrustans differs from Hsperia (Carter) in

possessing two forms of skeleton-spicules, viz. an acuate or

club-shaped spicule, spined or not, and an acerate (smooth,

curved, fusiform, and pointed at each end), sometimes inflated

round, hastate, or even minutely spined, at the ends; while

Esperia only possesses one form of skeleton-spicule, viz.

smooth, sub-pinlike, fusiform, with the body frequently thicker

than the head, which is the reverse of the acuate in //. ¢ncrus-

tans. The anchorate among the flesh-spicules, too, in ZH.

incrustans is equi-ended (equianchorate), while in Hsperta it

is for the most part ¢vequi-ended (inequianchorate).

I shall retain the term “ Halichondria” for the group of

sponges whose type is that of H. ¢ncrustans and its modifica-

tions, as it is necessary to adopt one for this purpose, and this,

which appears to have been first introduced by Fleming in

1828 (Hist. Brit. Animals, p. 520), has since been most gene-

rally used,

With this short introduction, let us proceed to the descrip-

tion of the deep-sea sponges, which respectively will appear

under the names :—Guwitarra fimbriata, n. gen. et sp. ; Melon-

anchora elliptica, n. gen. et sp.; Hsperia villosa, n. gen. et sp. 5

Esperia cupressiformis, n. gen. et sp.; Chondrocladia virgata,

Wyyvy. Thomson; LHistoderma appendiculatum, n. gen. et sp. 5

Halichondria abyssi, n. gen. et sp. 3 [Halichondria forcipis, Bk. ;

Cliona abyssorum, n. gen. et sp. ; Desmacella pumilio, Schmidt ;

Reniera fibulata, Sdt.; and Dictyocylindrus anchorata, n. gen.

et sp.,—to which will be added descriptions and figures of three

remarkable spicules obtained from arenaceous deposits, respec-

tively dredged up on the Agulhas Shoal, Cape of Good Hope,

by Dr. G.C. Wallich, in 1857, and obtained just now by Mr. F.

Kitton from Colon, Panama; to the former of which the name

Gummina Wallichit, and to the two latter respectively Forcepia

colonensts and Corticium Kittoni, will be given.

Guitarra fimbriata, n. gen. et sp. Pl. XIII. figs. 2-5, and

Pl. XV. fig. 34.

General form conical (figs. 2 & 3); surface villous, even;

villi formed by the projecting ends of the skeleton-spicules,

arranged in tufts close together (fig. 3, d), and somewhat spi-

rally over the body, lengthened into a tubular fringe around

the apex (fig. 3,a). Sessile. Colour grey. Vent chiefly

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 211

apical (fig. 3, a), where it is surrounded by the fringe of long

spicules just mentioned, while smaller vents (fig. 3, c) are scat-

tered over the surface generally. Pores not seen. Internal

structure massive, permeated by the excretory system of canals,

which has its chief vent at the apex; charged with skeleton-

and flesh-spicules, and surrounded by a cortical layer chiefly

composed of the former, whose projecting ends give the villous

surface (fig. 3, d).

Spicules of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules.

Form of skeleton-spicule, of which there is only one, smooth,

acerate, fusiform, finely pointed, and nearly straight; average

largest size 27 by 4-1800th of an inch in its greatest diameters

(Pl. XV. fig. 84), that of the fringe round the apex much

longer, viz. 1-24th inch. Flesh-spicule equianchorate, in which

the lateral arms are so blended with the shaft as to convert the

whole into a flattened plate, of an hourglass- or guitar-shape,

constricted in the centre and round at the ends (Pl. XIII.

fig. 4, abc), bordered inside throughout by a fringe directed in-

wards towards the shaft (fig. 4, @), leaving a trapezoidal, clear

area opposite the constriction, and a narrow, obovate one at

each end (fig. 4,c): anterior arm at each end flat, expanded

into a circular or obtuse, thin, elliptical plate, presenting the

same kind of fringe round its margin, directed inwards, and

leaving, as in the shaft, a transparent ovate area in the centre

(fig.4,5); anterior arm equal in width to the end of the shaft &c.,

to which it is parallel transversely, but longitudinally inclined

from it at an acute angle beginning at the end (fig. 4, a), where

it is united to the shaft by a short falx (fig. 4, f), opposite to

which is a large, clear, circular tubercle (fig. 4,e): average

length of largest form 16-6000ths inch ; widest part 6-6000ths ;

constricted part 3-6G000ths. Size of entire specimen about 6 by

4-12ths of an inch in its largest diameters. Fringe of spicules

round the apex 1-24th inch broad.

Hab. Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean, off the N.W. coasts of the British

Isles.

Obs. The jar containing this, with a specimen of Podospongia

Loventi, Bocage, one of Desmacella pumilio, Schmidt, and a

fragment of an Hexactinellid sponge (Askonema?) bears no

label. It is remarkable for the form of the anchorate spicule,

which, but for reference to that of Halichondria incrustans,

above given, is so modified in form that it could hardly be

otherwise understood. Although the average largest size of

this spicule is figured, it is present of all intermediate sizes down

to an embryonic form not more than 2-5000ths inch long, in

which the outlines alone of the hourglass-shape can be distin-

212 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

guished (fig. 5). Further, it is remarkable for having only one

form of skeleton-spicule, and that acerate, and only one form of

flesh-spicule, which, so far as is known, is unique ; also for the

length of the skeleton-spicules at the apex of the body, where

they present a tubular fringe round an apical vent, like that

seen in some of the Calcispongie, ex. gr. Grantia ciliata &e.

I think, from the villous even surface and general composition

of this sponge, it might be necessary to place it among the

Suberites, in which case it would come into my dth division,

viz. RAYNERIA.

Melonanchora elliptica, n. gen. et sp. Pl. XIII. figs. 6-12, and

Pl. XV. fig. 35, a, b.

General form globular, corrugated, studded with projecting

tubercles over the upper two thirds, smooth below this, where

it partly encloses a small stone (figs.6 & 7,66). Free. Colour

grey. Composed of a stiff, glistening, bladder-like dermis, en-

closing a soft fibreless parenchyma. Dermis formed of a wove-

like texture, composed of linear spicules, intercrossing each other

on the same plane, and held together by tough horny sareode (fig.

8,«), corrugated, and presenting rounded tubercles (figs. 6 &

7,«a), whose heads respectively are cribriform (fig. 8). Poresand

vents respectively situated in the cribriform tubercles (fig. 8).

Internal structure massive, fibreless, permeated by the excretory

canal-systems, which have their vents respectively in the

tubercles ; charged with skeleton- and flesh-spicules, together

with ova sufficiently large to be seen with the unassisted eye.

Spicules of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules. Ske-

leton-spicules of two forms, viz. :—one, the largest, which is

chiefly confined to the parenchyma, smooth, acuate, curved,

and abruptly pointed, averaging, in its largest size, 53 by

1-1800th inch in its greatest diameters (Pl. XV. fig. 35,6); and

the other, which is the smallest, and chiefly confined to the

dermal texture, smooth, slightly curved, fusiform, and inflated

at the ends, averaging, in its largest size, 35 by 1-1800th of

an inch in its greatest diameters (fig. 35,a). Flesh-spicule of

one form only, viz. equianchorate (Pl. XIII. fig. 9), in which

the three arms, growing towards each other (fig. 11), at length

unite, and, with the shaft, ultimately form two ellipses, which,

cutting each other longitudinally and at right angles (fig. 10),

give a melon-shaped appearance to the anchorate (fig. 9), which,

but for the gradation of all its stages of development being pre-

sent, from the simple embryonic eqgu¢anchorate form (fig. 12,a 6),

like that of Halichondria incrustans, to the fully developed

melon-shaped one, would hardly have been thought to have

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 213

come from an ordinary form of the anchorate. Arms, as they

approach each other, becoming compressed, widened, and

knife-shaped, with the thin edge inwards, and presenting, in

their fully developed state, fine parallel striz close together on

the blade, which are perpendicular to its curved outer margin

(fig. 9,6); also presenting, before the union of the arms is

completed, a notch on the inner edge (fig. 9,a), which is filled

up at maturity, at which time the shaft becomes undistinguish-

able from the arms: average largest size of melon-shaped

form 12 by 7-6000ths of an inch in its greatest diameters .

(fig. 9); that of the embryonic form 6-6000ths inch long

(fig. 12). Size of entire specimen about 1} inch in diameter

in all directions; that of the tubercle about 1 to 2-6000ths

inch in diameter.

Hab. Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean, between the north coast of Scotland

and the Faroe Islands.

Obs. This specimen is alone; and the label on the jar only

bears ‘‘ Porcupine, 1869,” which refers to the “ voyage.” It 1s

remarkable for the form of the full-grown anchorate, which

here also, but for the presence of all-minor grades of develop-

ment leading up to the matured one, could hardly have been

understood. It is further remarkable for the general form and

structure of the body, although the presence of a stiff, bladder-

like envelope or dermis, similarly composed and filled with a

soft, parenchymatous, fibreless mass does not, as we shall see

hereafter in Histoderma appendiculatum, appear to be so much

confined to any particular species as to be a peculiarity of some

of the deep-sea sponges. It had grown on, and subsequently

partly round, the pebble at its base (Pl. XIII. figs. 6 & 7, 6d),

which, in the otherwise unattached state of the sponge, must

at once have served to keep it more or less stationary, with

the same side always uppermost. Hence, probably, the re-

stricted position of the pore-aree.

The alliance of the double form of skeleton-spicules here, as

well as their shape respectively, with those of Halichondria

incrustans, would seem to indicate that this sponge should be

placed under the heading “ Halichondrie” in my 5th division

of sponges, viz. RAYNERIA.

Esperia villosa, n. gen. et sp. Pl. XIII. figs. 13-15, and

Pl. XY. fig. 36.

General form massive, lobular, erect (fig. 13), growing from

a contracted portion of stout, naked fibre (fig. 13,a), whose main

filaments, being expanded at the ends, appear to have been torn

214 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

from some submarine object to which the sponge was thus at-

tached. Sessile. Colour grey. Dermal surface villous, even, —

consisting of the ends of linear spicules that project in small

tufts a little beyond the sarcode, which thus holds them in po-

sition (fig. 13,6). Pores in the interstices between the tufts

(fig. 13, ¢). Vents scattered here and there irregularly.

Internal structure parenchymatous and fibrous, surrounded by

a spicular crust, which forms the villous surface (fig. 13,0),

charged with spicules, and permeated by the excretory canal-

_ systems, which respectively end in the vents mentioned. Pa-

renchyma hung on the fibrous structure, which is stout, stiff,

reticulate, anastomosing, and chiefly composed of the skeleton-

spicules, united together by a small portion of horny sarcode.

Spicules of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules. Ske-

leton-spicule of one form only, viz. sub-pinlike, stout, smooth,

slightly curved, abruptly pointed, head less in diameter than

the shaft; average largest size 43 by 3-1800th inch in its

greatest diameters (Pl. XV. fig. 36). Flesh-spicules of two

forms, viz. bihamate and equianchorate. Bihamate very large,

C-shaped, in which thecentral canalis visible (PI. XIII. fig. 15,a),

more or less contorted and sigmoid ; average largest size 40 by

24-6000ths inch in its greatest diameters (fig. 15). Lquian-

chorate very long and narrow (fig. 14,a) ; anterior arm spatu-

loid, terminated at the fixed end by a short, elliptical tubercle,

and attached by an equally short falx to the shaft; the free end,

en profile, curved forwards and inwards, claw-like (fig. 14,0) ;

lateral arms united to the shaft throughout by their falces re-

spectively, and so long as to leave nothing of the shaft visible

beyond a constricted portion in the centre (fig. 14,¢), thus con-

trasting strongly with the half-grown individual (fig. 14,c) ;

average largest size 24 by 3-6000ths inch in its greatest dia-

meters ; distance of the free end of the anterior arm from the

shaft, when viewed laterally, greater than its width. Size of

entire specimen 24 inches high by 1} x 1.

Hab. Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean, between the north coast of Scotland

and the Faroe Islands.

Obs. The No. on this jar is “51,” whose “ station” (for

that is what the No. refers to in the “‘ Reports”’) would give a

depth of 440 fathoms. It is in company with Hymedesmia

Johnsont, Bowerbank (B. 8. vol. i. p. 276), and Axinella mas-

tophora, Schmidt. The specimen is very much injured; but

enough of it remains to enable me to give the above description

and figure in the plate. It is remarkable for the large size of

the bihamate (fig. 15) and this particular weaver’s-shuttle-like

or navicular form of anchorate, which is by far the largest I have

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 215

yet seen (fig. 14). The bihamate presents the central canal ;

and the equianchorate differs so much in form between the half-

and fully-developed states (fig. 14,¢ & ab), that, but for such

gradations, they would hardly be recognized as belonging to

each other. In the half-grown and embryonic form (fig. 14,c d)

the shaft is much less covered in the middle, and the arms much

wider than in the matured form, where the shaft is hardly seen

from the close approach of the lateral arms to each other ; while

all the arms in the matured form appear to be more curved in-

wards than in the half-grown specimen, where their expanded

state chiefly leads to their appearing to be somuch wider. But

for there being only one kind of skeleton-spicule, and this in

singleness and form being evidently allied to Lsperia, the pre-

sence of the anchorate in an equi-ended form would have led me

to reject it from the Esperiade (Carter), whose most prevalent

character is the ¢requianchorate ; while the villous condition of

the dermis, arising from the projecting ends of the skeleton-

spicules, equally differs from the beautiful, subhexagonal, or

polygonal, structure presented by the surface of Hsperta wga-

gropila and the like, in which the spicules do not project, but

are on a level with the dermal sarcode.- The naked, stiff, rigid,

coarse, reticulate fibre at the base, composed almost entirely of

spicules, is very characteristic of Esperia, whose parenchyma

appears to leave and return to the old spiculo-fibrous structure

as required ; or, at all events, the latter when once produced is

more durable than the parenchyma, which often, in the newly

formed state, returns to and partly overspreads an old skeleton.

Hence with the Esperiade a naked portion of this peculiarly

rigid spiculous fibre is as common as it is characteristic.

Esperia cupressiformis, n. gen. et sp. Pl. XIV. figs. 16-19,

and Pl. XV. fig. 37.

General form long, narrow, pyramidal, echinated all round

with short, linear processes, diminishing in length, becoming

thicker as they are inclined upwards towards the summit,

and disappearing altogether towards the base, which is some-

what inflated (Pl. XIV. fig. 16). Matured form club-shaped.

Processes at first pointed, and afterwards inflated at the ends

respectively, becoming more or less united together by a con-

tinuous dermal layer of sarcode (fig. 16,9). Free or fixed.

Colour whitish grey. (Or, in another form (fig. 19), capitate,

head pyriform, compressed (fig. 19, >), supported on a slender

stem, terminating in an expanded discoid root at the base

(fig. 19,c.) Hispid over the lower half of the compressed head,

and also over the root at the base (fig. 19,c). Capitate portion

216 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

divided into two lip-like parts, halfway down from the summit,

parallel with the compression (fig. 19,a).) Dermal surface even,

consisting of sarcode densely charged with minute inequian-

chorates, whose large ends just project above the level of the

structure in which they are otherwise imbedded (fig. 16, f).

Pores not seen, but probably in the dermal sarcode. Vents not

seen. Internal structure dense, consisting of bundles of long

linear spicules, partly erect and parallel and partly transverse,

the former supplying the axial supportof the body of the sponge,

and the latter that of the echinating processes (fig. 16,/). Spi-

cules of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules. Skeleton-

spicule of one form only, viz. long, smooth, acuate or sub-pin-

like, fusiform ; average largest size 65 by 1-1800th of an inch

in its greatest diameters; head narrower than the shaft (Pl. XV.

fig. 37). Flesh-spicules of two forms, viz. inequianchorate and

tricurvate. Inequianchorate (Pl. XIV. fig. 17a, 6) almost with-

out appearance of shaft in the front view, as the lateral arms of

the larger end reach down to those of the smaller one (fig. 17,4);

anterior arm petaloid, much shorter than the lateral ones

(fig. 17,5), presenting an elliptical tubercle where it is united to

the end of the shaft by the falx, which is extended halfway

down the petaloid arm; lower end of spicule much aborted ;

shaft much curved: average largest size 5} by 3-6000ths of an

inch in its greatest diameters. Tricurvate (fig. 18), smooth, in

the form of a minute hair-pin or pair of forceps—that is,

as it were, consisting of a smooth, linear spicule, bent into a

very acute angle, with attenuated arms, here terminated re-

spectively by a bulbous inflation (fig. 18,a) ; round at the bend,

and in its average largest size 9-6000ths of an inch long, with

a distance of 2-6000ths inch between the extremities (fig. 18).

Size of largest entire specimen 34 inches long by 2-12ths in

transverse diameter; that in which the echinating processes

are most developed, 4-12ths inch in diameter.

Hab. Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean, between the north coast of Scotland

and the Faroe Islands.

Obs. This sponge appears in jars with the Nos. 52, 54, 57,

and 27 on them respectively, also in a little bottle with no

number. The three former numbers represent stations at

which the depth was 384, 363, and 632 fathoms respectively.

No. 27 is “‘ Rockall Bank” (lat.57°35'N. and long. 13°41’ H.)—

that is, rocks in the Atlantic, west of the Hebrides and “ 200

miles from the nearest land,” with only 54 fathoms on them.

With the latter isa small Holtenia, but nothing else in either of

the other jars. The capitate variety (fig. 19) is in jar No, 54

by itself. Besides the general form of this sponge—which

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 217

becomes club-shaped at maturity, and the echinating processes

overrun and united together by the dermal sarcode into broken

ridges or rows (fig. 16, h), the surface being formed of a layer

of myriads of the little inequianchorates and forceps-like tri-

curvates (fig. 16,f), through which the ends of the skeleton-

spicules project, especially towards the ends of the echinating

processes—the peculiar form of the inequianchorate, which

here and there is in groups like the well-known rosettes of

Esperia egagropila &e., and the minute little spicule with

bulbous ends which so much resembles a pair of forceps, and.

must be regarded as a tricurvate, all, together with the single

and characteristic form of the skeleton-spicule, point out the

alliance of this sponge with Esperia, while the echinating pro-

cesses in form and composition are very muck like those of

Cladorhiza abyssicola, which will be found to be another

Esperian sponge. The Esperiad# come into my 5th division,

viz. RAYNERLE.

Chondrocladéa rirgata, Vyv. Thomson. Pl. XIV. figs. 20&21,

and Pl. XV. fig. 38. -

General form a tall, narrow stem, branching scantily and

dichotomously, rendered more or less angular by the projection

of conical processes arranged alternately round it in a confused

spiral manner; each process inflated or jointed in the centre,

and surmounted by an attenuated spine-like termination, equal

in length to and of the same structure as the conical process.

Conical processes and their attenuated spine-like portions di-

minishing in length towards the ends of the branches, whose

stems, thus becoming finally divested of them, present a rounded,

naked, Hsperia-like appearance. Fixed by a spreading root.

Colour greenish grey. Surface even, reticulate, composed of

dermal sarcode, charged with the flesh-spicules of the species,

and pierced by the pointed ends of small linear skeleton-spicules.

Pores and vents not seen; probably the former are situated, as

usual, in the interstices of the reticular surface of the dermis,

and the vents scattered here and there. Internal structure,

composed of an axis formed of long skeleton-spicules, arranged

parallelly and perpendicularly together, from which radiate

transversely bundles of the same kind of spicules to form the

“conical processes” &c., imbedded in a parenchymatous sar-

code charged with the flesh-spicules of the species, together

with the smaller skeleton ones, which project through the sur-

face. Axis and its spicules diminishing in size upwards from

the base, where it forms, with the exception of a thin cortical

portion, the whole of the stem, intermixed with parenchymatous

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol, xiv. 15

218 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

structure ; permeated by the excretory canal-system, and pre-’

senting a distinct spiral arrangement of the spicules. Spicules

of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules. Skeleton-

spicule of one form only, viz. smooth, long, linear, slightly

curved, fusiform, acuate or sub-pinlike, fine-pointed ; average

largest size 110 by 2-1800ths mch in its greatest diameters

(Pl. XV. fig. 88); head narrower than the shaft. Flesh-

spicules of two forms, viz. equianchorate and bihamate :—

Ist. Equianchorate (Pl. XIV. fig. 20): shaft curved, expanded

or alate at each end (fig. 20, ae), which end is circular (fig.

20,ce), and from which rises the falx (fig. 20, f), supporting

an umbrella-shaped head of seven arms or claws, of which

the falx supplies the eighth (fig. 20, d), webbed together

for half their length, and recurved obliquely towards the

centre of the shaft; average largest size 16 by 5-6000ths

inch in its greatest diameters, viz. in its total length and

breadth of head respectively. 2nd. Bihamate: C-shaped,

smooth, more or less contort and sigmoid, rather small ;

average largest size 6 by $-6000th inch in its greatest dia-

meters (fig. 21). Size of entire specimen about 3-12ths inch

in diameter at the “base, gradually diminishing upwards

to a height of 8 to 16 inches (20 to 40 centimetres, Wyv.

Thomson, ‘ Depths of the Sea’). Transverse processes about

an inch long, and about 2-12ths inch in diameter at the base. »

Tlab. Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean, between the north coast of Scotland

and the Faroe Islands.

Obs, Although there is no number on the jar containing this

sponge, the allusion to it in the Report of the ‘ Porcupine’ Ex~

pedition for 1869 (Proceed. Roy. Soc. vol. xvii. no. 121, p. 443)

shows, by the station (‘‘ 52’) therein mentioned, that it was

dredged up here (between the north coast of Scotland and the

Faroe Islands) in 384 fathoms. Dr. Wyville Thomson has

inserted an excellent figure of it in his ‘ Depths of the Sea,’

p- 188, to which I must refer the reader for an illustration of

its general form ; but the detail having been left for me to sup-

ply, it alone, with illustrations, is herewith given. There were

four sponges dredged up on board the ‘ Porcupine ’ possessing

allied forms of this anchorate, viz.:—that above described ; that

figured and described by Sars as Cladorhiza abyssicola (‘ Re-

markable Forms of Animal Life from the Great Depths of the

Norwegian Coast’ (Eng.). Published by G. O. Sars. Chris-

tiania, 1872, p. 65, pl. vi. figs. 16-34) ; and another, which I

shall hereafter describe and illustrate under the name of Hali-

chondria abysst, as far as the two very small fragments that

have been preserved of it will permit.

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 219

In Cladorhiza abyssicola, Sars, the general form is a branched,

shrub-like sponge, rising from a thick, solid, Hsperia-like stem

of spicules (that is, a stem very like im appearance to a glass rope,

covered by a cortical layer of sarcode in its natural state), in

which the branches are very numerous, often anastomosing by

contact, and passing into a massive structure ; branches echi-

nated with short filamentous processes, and covered generally

with a parenchymatous sarcode charged with the flesh-spicules

of the species, viz. a small inequianchorate and a very large

bihamate, more or less contort, with everted, fine, whip-like

ends. Although the skeleton-spicule is similar to that of

Chondrocladia virgata, Wyv. Thomson, and the anchorate

presents one end like the anchorate of this sponge, with alate

appendages on the shaft, fully developed (fig. 22), the whole at

the other end is aborted, so as to demand for it the term “ in-

equianchorate ” (fig. 22,¢) ; while the bihamate, on the other

hand, far exceeds in size that of Chondrocladia, beng 37 by

1-6000th inch in its greatest diameters. I have figured the

inequianchorate (Pl. XIV. fig. 22) for comparison, on the same

seale, with the equianchorate of Chondrocladia (fig. 20) and

that of Halichondria abyssi (fig. 27), to be described hereafter ;

but the bihamate is so large that I have not room for the figure

of this spicule in this plate. (It seems to me that, in sponges

possessing both the anchorate and bihamate flesh-spicules, the

larger size of one is always accompanied by a lesser size

of the other.) Besides these differences, the opaque cream-

yellow colour of Cladorhiza abyssicola contrasts strongly

with the translucent, greenish-grey one of Chondrocladia

virgata.

The branched sponge named by Dr. Gray “‘ Axos Cliftonia’

(“ Notes on Arrangement of Sponges,” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867,

p- 546), from Nichol Bay, West Australia, must be very like

Chondrocladia virgata, as the following extract from a note,

with rough sketch, kindly handed over to me by Dr. Gray,

shows, wherein it is stated to have been “ found growing on a

piece of rock about a foot square, in 27 branches, 2 feet long.”

In Azos Cliftonii the short, triangular, compressed processes on

the stem, whose bases respectively rest longitudinally on the

latter, are arranged in an aliform manner spirally round the

stem—the skeleton-spicule, of which there is only one form,

being acuate, and not fusiform, and the flesh-spicule, of which

also there is only one form, being like a Maltese cross, with six

arms, two of which are in a line perpendicular to the plane of

the “cross,” but so densely charging the parenchymatous sar-

code which imbeds the bundles of skeleton-spicules forming the

axis, that, altogether, we cannot help seeing in Awos Clif-

15*

’

220 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

tonit a great resemblance in every way to Chondrocladia

virgata.

The single and peculiar form of the skeleton-spicule in

Cladorhiza and Chondrocladia, with the anchorate and bi-

hamate, point to a strong alliance with Esperia, Carter, at the

same time that their rigid stems, composed of closely united

parallel spicules (in Cladorhiza anastomosing also) present

a strong resemblance to the characteristic fibre-skeleton of

Esperia,

Histoderma appendiculatum, n. gen. et sp. Pl. XIV.

figs. 23-25 and Pl. XV. fig. 39, a, b.

General form subglobular, smooth, furnished with several

narrow tubular prolongations of different lengths, some of

which are longer than the diameter of the body (Pl. XIV.

fig. 23). Free. Colour light grey. Composed of a stiff glsten-

ing bladder-like dermis (fig. 23, a), which also forms the

walls of the tubuli (fig. 23, 6), and encloses throughout a soft

fibreless parenchyma. Dermis a woven-like texture, con-

sisting of a dense layer of linear spicules intercrossing each

other on the same plane, and held together by tough horny

sarcode extending into the tubular prolongations, whose

cylindrical walls respectively are similarly constructed, and,

like the body, retain their form when dry and emptied of

their contents. Tubuli terminating abruptly, each followed

by a small conical eminence (fig. 23,c) which appears to

have had the power of opening and closing itself as required.

Pores and vents not distinctly seen, but probably situated at

the extremities of the tubuli respectively, which, with the ex-

ception of one instance (fig. 23, c), from which the above de-

scription is taken, are all broken off. Internal structure

massive, fibreless, charged with the spicules of the species

and permeated by the excretory canal-systems, which appear

to have had their vents respectively at the ends of the tubuli.

Spicules of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and_ flesh-spicules.

Skeleton-spicules of two forms, viz.:—one, the largest, smooth,

slightly curved, acuate, abruptly pointed, average largest size

64 by 1-1800th of an inch in its greatest diameters (Pl. XV.

fig. 39, a) ; the smaller one smooth, slightly curved, fusiform,

terminating at each extremity in a constricted neck, followed

by a remarkably large elliptical pointed inflation, average

largest size about 40 by 3-1800th inch, inflated ends wider

than the shaft (fig. 89,5). Flesh-spicules also of two forms,

viz. bihamate and equianchorate. Bihamate (Pl. XIV.

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 72+ |

fig. 25) smooth, C-shaped, more or less contort and sigmoid ;

average largest size about 21 by 13-6000th inch. Kqui-

anchorate (fig. 24, a, b) consisting of a simple shaft with three ~

linear arms at each end, united to the former respectively by a

short falx. Size of entire specimen about 4 inch in dia-

meter. Longest tube 1-12th inch in diameter and 9-12ths of

an inch in length.

Hab, Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean off the west coast of Ireland.

Obs. There are specimens of this sponge in two Jars,

numbered respectively “ 2” and ‘ 24” (2. e. Stations), which

would give respectively the depths of 808 and 109 fathoms.

In jar No. “2” it is in company with Tistphonia agaricifor-

mis, Wy. Thomson, Pachastrella abyssi, Schmidt, Tethya

cranium, Hymedesmia Johnsont, Bk., Halichondria ventila-

brum, Geodia, and deciduous fragments of a Corallistes ; while

in jar No, “24” it is in company only with Hyalonema

longissimum, Sars (op. cit.), and Tistphonia agariciformis.

There is a great resemblance in form and structure between

this sponge and Melonanchora elliptica, inasmuch as both have

the same silvery resilient dermal covering filled internally

with soft, pulpy, fibreless parenchyma ; but while in the latter

the dermal structure is only extended to the base of the short

‘tubercles with cribriform heads respectively, in the former, or

fistoderma, it is extended into the walls of the tubes through-

out, terminating abruptly, and followed by the cone of spicules

above mentioned, of which unfortunately there is only one

example left, the rest of the tubes having been broken off

towards their ends.

With, therefore, no fibrous structure internally, it is evident

that the bladder-like dermis is the skeleton or organ of

support in these sponges.

In some specimens the tubes are shorter than in others ;

while in others there is nothing but a slight elevation of the

surface surrounding a flat or sunken pore-area, but not formed

of cribriform sarcode like that of the tubercles in Melon-

‘anchora.

When dried the specimens present an asbestine appearance

from the densely packed spicules of the dermis, which, together

with the stiff, horny sarcode that holds them together, forms a

textile fabric that retains its form whether wet or dry.

[To be continued. }

222 Royal Socvety :-— 3

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

March 26, 1874.—Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, m the

Chair.

“Onthe Organization of the Fossil Plants of the Coal-measures.

—Part VI. Ferns.” By W. C. Wiiiiamson, F.R.S., Professor of

Natural History in Owens College, Manchester.

The author called attention to the various methods of classify-

ing the fern-stems and petioles of the Coal-measures adopted by

‘Cotta, Corda, Brongniart, and others, and to the difficulties which

attend those methods. Some of those difficulties had been already

felt and partially removed by M. Brongniart. All the generic

‘distinctions hitherto adopted were based upon variations in the

form, number, and arrangement of the vascular bundles. ‘These

elements vary so much, not only in different species of the same

genus, but in different parts of the same petiole, as to make them

most untrustworthy guides to generic distinctions. The conse-

quence has been an enormous multiplication of genera; but,

notwithstanding their number, the author found that if he adopted

‘the methods of his predecessors he would have to establish addi-

tional ones for the reception of his new forms, Under these

circumstances he decides that it will be better to include the

entire series of these petioles, provisionally, under the common

generic term of Rachiopteris. This plan dispenses with a number

of meaningless genera, and is rendered additionally desirable by

the eircumstance that all the petioles to which these numerous

generic names have been applied belong to fronds which have

already received other names, such as Pecopteris, Sphenopteris, &e. ;

only the structure of fronds found in the shales, and their respective

petioles of which we have ascertained the structure, have not yet

been correlated.

As a preparation for the present investigation, the author mad

an extensive series of researches amongst recent British and foreign

fern-stems and petioles, with the object of ascertaining not only

the modifications in their arrangements in different parts of the

same plant, but especially of studying the modes in which se-

condary and tertiary vascular bundles were derived from the

primary ones. This inquiry led him over the ground previously

traversed by M. Trécul and, so far as British ferns were concerned,

by Mr. Church.

The most common general forms exhibited by transverse sections

of these bundles in recent petioles may be represented by the

letters H, T, U, and X. Asa general rule, the secondary bundles

are given off from that part of the primary one which happens to

be nearest to the secondary rachis to be supplied. Thus in some

cases the upper arms of the X will merely be prolonged and their

On the Fossil Plants of the Coal-measures. 223

ends detached ; in other cases a loop projects from the side of one

or both arms of the U, and becomes detached as a ring.

The first petiole, described under the name of Rachiopteris aspera,

is one in which transverse sections of the central vascular bundle

exhibit modifications of the H form at its base, separating into

two contiguous bundles higher up, and ultimately reverting to the

V form—the gutter-shaped bundle (en gouttiére) of M. Trécul.

This is the plant to which, on a previous occasion, the author pro-

posed to assign the generic name of Hdraxylon (Proe. Roy. Soe.

vol. xx. p. 438). The vessels are chiefly reticulate, with some

of the barred and spiral types. The bark consists of a delicate

inner parenchyma, the cubical cells of which are arranged vertically.

This is enclosed in a coarser middle parenchyma; and the whole

is surrounded by an outer layer, composed of intermingled paren-

¢hyma and prosenchyma, the latter being disposed in vertical

fibrous bands, having wedge-shaped transverse sections, and being

modifications of the sclerenchyma of authors. The outer surface of

the bark is covered with innumerable little, obtuse, projecting

cellular appendages, which are obviously abortive hairs. These

appendages are relatively larger in the smaller rachis than in the

larger petioles. In very young petioles transverse bands of small

consolidated cells traverse the bark at numerous points, reminding

us of the similar conditions seen in the Heterangium Grrievii,

described in a previous memoir. In the larger petioles these

cellular bands have disappeared, and left in their places large inter-

éellular lacune. Numerous fragments of the terminal rachis of

the above plant have been obtained with the leaflets attached.

For a long time the author believed that he could identify these

with the detached leaflets of a Pecopteris which are very abundant

in the Oldham nodules; but later researches have led to the

conclusion that the plant has been a Sphenopteris, closely allied

to, if not identical with, the S. Hoeninghausi of Brongniart. The

author proposes the provisional name of Rachiopteris aspera for

the above plant.

The next petiole described is one to which Mr. Binney pro-

posed (‘ ee us Be Literary and Philosophical Society of

Manchester, Jan. 2) to give the name of Stawropteris Old-

hamia. This is one "of the plants of which the vascular bundle,

when seen in transverse section, exhibits the appearance of the

letter X. The vessels composing this bundle are barred ones ;

they are sometimes grouped in four slightly coherent clusters,

with some delicate, vertically elongated cells in or near their cen-

tral point of conjunction. The same kind of cellular tissue sur-

rounds the bundle, forming a thin layer, which passes rapidly into

a very thick layer of coarse prosenchyma, and which has evidently

been hard and woody, as in many of the recent Adiantums.

Towards the upper part of the petiole the vascular bundle becomes

distinctly consolidated into a single cluster of crucial form ; it then

passes into a somewhat trifid form, and ultimately into a small

cylindrical one. This petiole has branched much more freely than

224 Royal Society :—

any of the others described. Two of the extremities of the crucial

arms of the vascular bundle become first enlarged and then detached

as two secondary bundles, which generally have an irregularly

triangular transverse section, with long arms to the triangle.

These triangular bundles are altogether different from the central

axis of Asterophyllites described in a preceding memoir. The

ultimate subdivisions of these secondary branches look more like

the terminations of cylindrical rootlets than of petioles—which fact,

combined with the circumstance that no traces of leaflets have been

found associated with any of these ultimate twigs, renders the

petiolar nature of this plant open to question, though the argu-

ments in fayour of its being a branching fern-petiole preponderate

over those which militate against that conclusion. The author

designates this plant Rachiopteris Oldhamia.

The next plant described is an exquisitely beautiful petiole from

Burntisland, to two detached portions of which the author has

already assigned the names of Arpeaylon duplex and A. simplex*,

but which two forms he now proves to belong to the same plant.

Tn the matured petiole the vascular bundle is always a double one.

There is a central bundle, exhibiting a transverse section shaped

like an hour-glass, one side of which is truncated and the other

rounded, with a free, narrow, crescentic band at the more truncate

of its enlarged extremities. At each of these extremities of the

central bundle there is a longitudinal groove, which is shallow on

the truncated side nearest to the crescentic bundle, but so sur-

rounded by small vessels at the opposite convex side as often to

become converted into a longitudinal canal. The hour-glass bundle

always reappears in various specimens under the same aspect ; but

the crescentic one divides into two lateral halves, and the ends of

each of these two subdivided parts curl under their more central

portions. We thus obtain two of the crescentie structures pre-

viously designated Arpeaylon simplex, These crescents are traced

outwards through the bark to lateral secondary raches. The vessels

thus detached from the truncated side of the central hour-glass

bundle now reappear at its opposite and more convex side, whence,

in turn, they again become detached; so that the truncate surface

with its crescentic appendage, and the more oblate one with its

almost closed canal, have alternately reversed their positions in

the petiole as each secondary rachis was given off. Alternating

distichous tertiary raches spring from these secondary ones.

Two plants which appear to be identical with those described

by M. Renault, under the names of Zygopteris Lacattu and Z. bibrac-

tiensis, are next examined t. In these plants the section of the

central bundle exhibits a form of the letter H. The vessels of the

large central transverse bar are all reticulated ones: the greater

part of those of the terminal vertical bars are of the same cha-

racter; but the outermost vessels of those latter structures are

* Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. xx. p. 438. ‘i

+ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 5¢ série, Bot. tome xil.

On the Structure of Peripatus capensis. 225

barred or quasi-sealariform. As in the case of 2. duplex, already

described, these outermost layers of barred vessels, accompanied

bya few reticulated ones, become detached alternately from opposite

sides of the H-shaped central bundle. Passing quickly through a

thin delicate cellular inner bark, they enter the coarser parenchyma

of a middle one, as two irregular clusters of vessels with one

common investment prolonged from the innermost bark. On

reaching the outer bark they become two distinct cylindrical bundles,

each with its own delicate cortical investing layer; and thus

invested, they emerge from the primary petiole to supply the

secondary rachis.

The Oldham specimens of Rachiopteris bibractiensis agree with

those described by M. Renault in having all their vessels of the

barred type. The outer bark projects at numerous points in

large conical abortive hairs, which almost assume a spinous aspect.

The author further figures and describes the section of a vascular

axis, with a central cellular medulla surrounded by five contiguous

crescentiec masses of vascular tissue, whose concavities are directed

outwards. This plant appears identical with the Anarchopteris

Decaisnit of Renault.

May 21, 1874.— William Spottiswoode, M.A., Treasurer and Vice-

President, followed by Dr. Sharpey, Vice-President, in the Chair.

““On the Structure and Development of Peripatus capensis.”

By H. N. Mosetey, M.A., Naturalist. to the ‘Challenger’ Expe-

dition.

The author commences by expressing his obligations to Professor

Thomson, who gave him assistance in some parts of his work, and

every encouragement in the further prosecution of it.

Specimens of Peripatus were collected at the Cape of Good

Hope during the stay of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ at Simon’s Bay,

with a view to the investigation of the development of the animal.

A specimen was dissected and at once seen to be provided with

trachee, and to contain far developed young. This led to as

careful an examination being made as time would permit, and hence

the present paper. The most modern paper on Peripatus is that

of Grube*. Grube, after examining the anatomy of the animal,

came to the conclusion that it was hermaphrodite, and placed it

among the “Bristle-Worms” in a separate order, Onychophora.

Grube has been followed in most text-books, such as those of Claus

and Schmarda; but uncertainty on the matter has been generally

felt. De Quatrefagest follows Gervais in placing Peripatus in

affinity with the Myriopods ; and the result of the present investi-

gation is to show that he is not far wrong.

The species made use of appears to be Peripatus capensis, de-

scribed by Grube in the Zoological Series of the ‘ Novara’ expe-

* Miuller’s Archiv, 1853. + Hist. des Annelés,

226 Royal Society :-—

dition. The animal has invariably seventeen pairs of ambulatory

members, a pair of oral papille, and two pairs of horny hooked

jaws, shut in by tumid lips. The specimens found varied in

length from 1-6 to 7 centims. (in the contracted condition). About

thirty specimens were found, all of them but one at Wynberg,

between Simon’s Bay and Cape Town. The animals appear to

be somewhat local and not very abundant; they live in damp places

under trees, and especially frequent rotten willow-wood. They

feed on rotten wood. They are nocturnal in their habits. They

coil themselves up spirally like Zu/us when injured. They have a

remarkable power of extension of the body, and when walking

stretch to nearly twice the length they have when at rest. They

can move with considerable rapidity. They walk with the body

entirely supported on their feet. heir gait is not. in the least

like that of worms, but more like that of caterpillars. When

irritated they shoot out with great suddenness from the oral

papille a peculiarly viscid tenacious fluid, which forms a meshwork

of fine threads, with viscid globules on them at intervals, the whole

resembling a spider's web with the dew upon it. The fluid is

ejected at any injuring body, and is probably used in defence

against enemies, such as insects, which would be held powerless

for some time if enveloped in its meshes. The fluid is not

irritant when placed on the tongue, but slightly bitter and as-

tringent; it is as sticky as birdlime: flies, when they alight in

it, are held fast at once. The fluid is structureless, but presents

an appearance of fine fibrillation when dry. The animal is best

obtained dead in an extended condition by drowning it in water,

which operation takes four or five hours.

_ Only those points in anatomy are touched on which appear to

have hitherto been wrongly or imperfectly described.

The intestinal tract is not straight, as described by Grube, but

longer than the body, and usually presents one vertical fold ; it

presents numerous irregular sinuous lateral folds, but is not enlarged

m every segment, as stated by Grube. Special regions, a muscular

pharynx, short cesophagus, long stomach, and short rectum, are

distinguished in the tract. The viscid fluid ejected from the oral

papillz is secreted by a pair of ramified tubular glands lying at

the sides of the stomach and stretching nearly the whole length

of the body. These glands are those described by Grube as testes;

they show a common glandular structure, but no trace of testicular

matter. A pair of enlargements on the ducts of the glands, pro-

vided with spirally arranged muscles, serve as ejaculatory reservoirs.

The lateral elongate bodies lying outside the nerve-cords, considered

by Grube to be vessels, show a fatty structure, vary much in extent,

and are probably to be regarded as representing the fatty bodies of

Tracheata.

~ No structure like that of the heart of Myriopods was found in

the dorsal vessel.

The tracheal system consists of long fine tracheal tubes, which

very rarely branch: these arise, in densely packed bunches, from

On the Structure of Pertpatus capensis. 227.

short common tubes, which open all over the body by small outlets

in the epidermis ; these outlets have no regular structure, and are

difficult tosee. The whole of the tracheal system, very conspicuous

in the fresh condition, becomes almost invisible when the animal

examined has been a short time in spirit and the air has been

thus removed from the trachee. Hence the failure of Grube

to see them. The trachew are distributed in meshworks to all

the viscera. The spiral filament is very imperfectly developed.

A row of larger oval spiracles exists along the middle line of the

under surface, the spiracles bemg placed opposite the interspaces

of the feet, but not quite regularly. Other large spiracles exist

on the inner sides of the bases of the feet. A large supply of

trachee goes to the rectum and muscular pharynx. In many

points the structure of the tracheal system resembles that in ulus.

Peripatus is not hermaphrodite. Out of thirty specimens about

ten were males. No outward distinction of the sexes could be dis-

covered. The female organs consist of a small oblong ovary situate

behind the stomach, about one sixth of the length from the end of

the body ; from this lead a pair of oviducts, which, at their termi-

nations, become enlarged and perform a uterine function, appearing,

when filled with embryos, like a string of sausages. In nearly all

cases, even when the embryos were far advanced, two large masses

of spermatozoa were found in the ovary, and others attached to

the ovisacs externally. A long loop, formed by the oviducts on

each side, being quite loose in the body, becomes often thrown

into a knot through the constant protraction and retraction of the

body-wall. The knot is known to sailors as an overhand knot on a

bight. The knot sometimes becomes drawn very tight, and then

prevents the passage of the embryos above it. A case was met

with in which this had occurred. The upper parts of the oviducts

were mortified off at the knot, and remained attached only to the

ovary. The ducts were dilated into large single sacs, the usual

constrictions between the embryos having disappeared, and were

full of decomposed embryos and fatty tissue. The knot was met

with in many specimens—in some cases on both sides of the

body, in others on only one. The oviducts unite in a short

common tube to open at the simple vulva. The male organs con-

sist of a pair of large ovoid testes, surmounted by short tubular

prostates. The vasa deferentia are long and tortuous, forming, near

the testes, spiral coils in which the ducts are enlarged, and which

may be called vesiculee seminales. A muscular ejaculatory tube, or

penis, lies on one side of the body—sometimes on one, sometimes

on the other. One vas deferens passes across, at the end of the

body, under both nerve-cords to join the penis; the other takes

amore direct course, not passing under the cords at all. In the

original condition both ducts probably passed one under each nerve-

cord, to joi the centrally placed common terminal tube, homolo-

gous with that of the female organs.

The spermatozoa are filamentary, as in insects and in Scolo-

pendra, but not in Julus, Their development is described. They

228 Royal Society :-—

are very long; and their tails have a spiral movement as well as an

undulatory one. They twist into all sorts of loops.

The muscular tissue of Peripatus is unstriated.

The development of Peripatus was only partially followed. As a

rule, all the embryos found in one mother are of the same age.

In some cases slight differences were found, which were very

valuable for determining the development of the parts of the

mouth. The embryos lie coiled up in simple hyaline envelopes,

enclosing an ovoid cavity, within the enlargements of the uterine

tubes. In the earliest stage observed the embryo had large round

cephalic lobes and was without members, but showed distinct seg-

mentation about its middle; it was coiled up spirally, the head

being free, the tail in the axis of the coil. Later on the embryo

becomes bent round in an oval, with the tip of the tail resting

between the antenne.

The front members are formed first: they arise as undulations

of the lateral wall of the body, which become pushed further and

further outwards, and are at first hollow, formed of two layers of

cells, the inner of which is reflected over the intestine. The

members form one after another, from the head downwards. A

line of segmentation is formed across the body before the pair of

members swells out, but disappears as they develop. The wall of

the digestive tract is, in the early condition, drawn out laterally at

each interspace between the pairs of menial to become attached

there to the body-wall. The cephalic lobes early show traces of a

separation into two segments, anterior and posterior ; from them,

anteriorly, bud out the antenne, which gradually become more and

more jointed. The mouth forms before the anus.

The full number of body-members is very early attamed. The

second pair are the largest at first, but subsequently become the

small oral papille. The first pair turn inwards towards the

primitive mouth-opening, and, developing their claws greatly, form

the pair of horny jaws; these are covered by processes which grow

down from the lower part of the head, and which eventually unite

with the tissues at the bases of the oral tentacles and form the

tumid lips, which, eventually closing in, hide all the parts of the

mouth in the adult. The head-processes are probably homologous

with the mandibles of higher Tracheata, the horny jaws with the

maxille and the oral papille with the foot-jaws of Scolopendra ;

a regular labrum is formed by a downward growth from the front

of the head, but is eventually shut in by the tumid lips.

It is uncertain whether a corresponding structure beneath the

mouth represents the second underlip of Scolopendra or a true

labium. The foot-claws are developed in invaginations of the tips

of the ambulacral members. The young members develop five

joints each, the typical number in insects, and one which seems to

-be retained in the adult.

In the present state of our knowledge concerning the structure

of Peripatus, the most remarkable fact in its structure is the wide

On the Structure of Peripatus capensis. 229

divarication of the ventral nerve-cords. The fact was considered

remarkable and dwelt upon in all accounts of Peripatus before the

existence of trachez in the animal was known. and when it was

thought to be hermaphrodite; but it is doubly remarkable now.

The tact shuts off at once all idea of Peripatus bemg a degenerate

Myriopod, the evidence against which possibility is overwhelming.

The bilateral symmetry and duplicity of the organs of the body,

the absence of striation in the muscles, of periodical moults of

the larval skin in development, and of any trace of a primitive

three-legged condition, taken in conjunction with the divarication

of the nerve-cords, are conclusive. The parts of the mouth are

not to be regarded as degraded to any great degree; and homo-

logies for some of them, at least, may perhaps be found amongst

the higher Annelids. The structure of the skin is not at all unlike

that in some worms, especially in its chitinous epidermic layer,

which occasionally strips off in large pieces as a thin transparent

pellicle. The many points of resemblance of Peripatus to Annelids

need not be dwelt upon; they led to its former placing in classi-

fication ; but it is difficult to understand how the very unannelid-

like structure of the foot-claws did not lead others beside De

Quatrefages to draw a line between Peripatus and the Amnelids.

In being unisexual, Peripatus is like the higher Annelids, as well

as the whole of the higher Tracheata. To Insects Peripatus shows

affinities in the form of the spermatozoa, and the elaboration,

structure, and bilateral symmetry of the generative organs, though

there is a very slight tendency towards the unilaterality of Myrio-

pods in the male organs.

To Insects, again, it is allied by the five-jointing of the feet and

oral papillze and the form and number of its claws. It should be

remembered that spiders’ feet are two-clawed, as are those of some

Tardigrades, and that some of these latter forms have two-clawed

feet in the early condition even when they possess more claws in

the adult state. In Newport’s well-known figure of the young

Lulus with three pairs of limbs, the tips of these latter are drawn

with two hair-like claws; these are not mentioned in the text.

To the ordinary lepidopterous larva the resemblances of Peripatus

are striking—as, for example, the gait, the glands (so like in their

function and position to silk-glands), the form of the intestine, and

the less perfect concentration of the nervous organs, as in larval

insects. To Myriopods Peripatus is allied by the great variety

-in number of segments in the various species, in its habits, and in

these especially to Zulus. The parts of the mouth perhaps show a

form out of which those of Scolopendra were derived by modifica-

tion ; but the resemblance may be superficial. Our knowledge is

not yet sufficient to determine such points. The usual difficulties

occur in the matter. Segments may have dropped out or fused ;

and their original condition may not be represented at all in the

process of development. In structure Peripatus is more like Sco-

lopendra than Julus, viz. in the many joints to the antenne (in

Chilognaths never more than fourteen), in the form of the sperma-

230 Royal Society :—

tozoa, and in being viviparous, as are some Scolopendre ; further,

in the position of the orifices of the generative glands and in

the less perfect concentration mesially of the nerve-cords in Scolo-

pendra.

Peripatus thus shows affinities, in some points, to all the main

branches of the family tree of Tracheata ; but a gulf is fixed between

it and them by the divarication of the nerve-cords. ‘Tending in the

same direction are such facts as the non-striation of the muscles,

the great power of extension of the body, the arrangement of the

digestive tract in the early stage, the persistence of metamorphosis,

and the nature of the parts of the mouth—the full history of the

manner of origin of these being reserved.

There are many speculations as to the mode of origin of the

trachez themselves in the Tracheata. Professer Hiickel (‘ Biolo-

gische Studien, p. 491) follows Gegenbaur, whose opinion is

expressed in his ‘ Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie,’ p. 441.

Gegenbaur concludes that trachew were developed from originally

closed tracheal systems, through the intervention of the tracheal

gills of primeval aquatic insects now represented as larve. If

Peripatus be as ancient in origin as is here supposed, the con-

dition of the tracheal system in it throws a very different light on

the matter. Peripatus is the only Tracheate with tracheal stems

opening diffusely all over the body. The Protracheata probably had

their tracheze thus diffused, and the separate small systems after-

wards became concentrated along especial lines and formed into

wide main branching trunks. In some forms the spiracular open-

ings concentrated towards a more ventral line (/u/us); in others

they took a more lateral position (Lepidopterous larvee, &e.). A

concentration along two lines of the body, ventral and lateral, has

already commenced in Peripatus. The original Protracheate being

supposed to have had numerous small trache diffused all over its

body, the question as to their mode of origin again presents itself.

The peculiar form of the tracheal bundles in Peripaius, which

consist of a number of fine tubes opening into the extremity of a

single short common duct leading to the exterior of the body,

seems to give a clue. The trachez are, very probably, modified

cutaneous glands, the homologues of those so abundant all over the

body in such forms as Bipalium or Hirudo. The pumping extension

and contraction of the body may well have drawn a very little air, to

begin with, into the mouths of the ducts; and this having been

found beneficial by the ancestor of the Protracheate, further de-

velopment is easy to imagine. The exact mode of development of

the trachee in the present form must be carefully studied; there was

no trace of these organs in the most perfect state of Peripatus which

I obtained.

- Professor Gegenbaur’s opinion on the position of Peripatus

(‘Grundziige der vergleichenden Anatomie,’ p. 199) is, that its

place among the worms is not certain, but that, at any rate,

it connects ringed worms with Arthropods and flat worms. The

general result of the present inquiry is to bear out Professor

On Dredgings and Deep-sea Soundings. 231

Gegenbaur’s opinion ; but it points to the connexion of the ringed

and flat worms, by means of this intermediate step, with three

classes only of the Arthropods—the Myriopods, Spiders, and

Insects, «. e. the Tracheata. From the primitive condition of the

trachew in Julus, and the many relations between Peripatus and

Scolopéndra, it would seem that the Myriopods may be most nearly

allied to Peripatus, and form a distinct branch arising from it and

not passing through Insects. The early three-legged stage may

turn out as of not so much significance as supposed. If these

speculations be correct, the Crustacea have a different origin from

the Tracheata. Peripatus itself may well be placed amongst Pro-

fessor Hiickel’s Protracheata ; Grube’s term Onychophora becomes

no more significant than De Blainville’s Malacopoda. Some notions

of the actual history of the origin of Peripatus itself may be gathered

from its development.

In conclusion I would beg indulgence for the many defects in

this paper, due to the hurry with which it was written (all available

time, almost up to the last moment of our sailing for the Antarctic

regions, having been consumed in actual examination of the struc-

ture of Peripatus), and due, further, to the impossibility of referring

to original papers in any scientific library. At all events it is

hoped that Peripatus has been shown to be of very great zoological

interest, as lying near one of the main stems of the great zoological

family tree, and that further examination of the most minute cha-

racter into the structure of this animal will be well repaid.

H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ Simon’s Bay, Cape of Good Hope,

December 17, 1873.

June 18, 1874.—Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair. |

“On Dredgings and Deep-sea Soundings in the South Atlantie,

in a Letter to Admiral Richards, C.B., F.R.S.” By Prof. WyvILLE

Tuomson, LL.D., F.R.S., Director of the Civilian Staff on board

H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’

Melbourne, March 17, 1874.

Dear Apmirat RicHarps,—I have the pleasure of informing

you that, during our voyage from the Cape of Good Hope to Aus-

tralia, all the necessary observations in matters bearing upon my

department have been made most successfully at nineteen principal

stations, suitably distributed over the track, and including Marion

Island, the neighbourhood of the Crozets, Kerguelen Island, and

the Heard group.

After leaving the Cape several dredgings were taken a little to

the southward, at depths from 100 to 150 fathoms. Animal life

was very abundant ; and the result was remarkable in this respect,

that the general character of the fauna was very similar to that

of the North Atlantic, many of the species even being identical with

those on the coasts of Great Britain and Norway. The first day’s

232 Royal Society :—

dredging was in 1900 fathoms, 125 miles to the south-westward

of Cape Agulhas; it was not very successful.

Marion Island was visited for a few hours, and a considerable

collection of plants, including nine flowering species, was made by

Mr. Moseley. These, along with collections from Kerguelen Island

and from Yong Island, of the Heard group, are sent home with

Mr. Moseley’s notes, for Dr. Hooker’s information.

A shallow-water dredging near Marion Island gave a large

number of species, again representing many of the northern types,

but with a mixture of southern forms, such as many of the cha-

racteristic southern Bryozoa and the curious genus Serolis among

Crustaceans. Off Prince Edward’s Island, the dredge brought up

many large and striking specimens of one or two species of Al-

cyonarian zoophytes, allied to Mopsea and Isis.

The trawl was put down in 1375 fathoms on the 29th December,

and in 1600 fathoms on the 30th, between Prince Edward’s Island

and the Crozets. The number of species taken in these two hauls

was very large; many of them belonged to especially interesting

genera ; and many were new to science. I may mention that there

occurred, with others, the well-known genera Euplectella, Hyalonema,

Umbellularia, and Flabellum, two entirely new genera of stalked

Crinoids belonging to the Apiocrinide, Powrtalesia, several Spa-

tangoids new to science (allied to the extinct genus Ananchytes),

Salenia, several remarkable Crustaceans, and a few fish.

We were unfortunately unable to Jand on Possession Island on

account of the weather ; but we dredged in 210 fathoms and 550

fathoms, about 18 miles to the S.W. of the island, with a satis-

factory result. We reached Kerguelen Island on the 7th of

January, and remained there until the Ist of February. During

that time Dr. v. Willemées-Suhm was chiefly occupied in working

out the land-fauna, Mr. Moseley collected the plants, Mr. Buchanan

made observations on the geology of those parts of the island which

we visited, and Mr. Murray and I carried on the shallow-water

dredging in the steam-pinnace. Many observations were made,

and large collections were stored in the different departments. We

detected at Kerguelen Island some peculiarities in the reproduction

of several groups of marine invertebrates, and particularly in the

Echinodermata, which I have briefly described in a separate paper.

Two days before leaving Kerguelen Island, we trawled off the

entrance of Christmas Harbour ; and the trawl-net came up, on one

oceasion, nearly filled with large cup-sponges belonging to the

genus Lossella of Carter, and probably the species dredged by Sir

James Clark Ross near the ice-barrier, Rossella antarctica.

On the 2nd of February we dredged in 150 fathoms, 140 miles

south of Kerguelen, and on the 7th of February off Yong Island, in

both cases with success.

We reached Corinthian Bay, in Yong Island, on the evening of

the 6th, and had made all arrangements for examining it, as far

as possible, on the following day ; but, to our great disappointment,

a sudden change of weather obliged us to put to sea. Fortunately

On Dredgings and Deep-sea Soundings. 233

Mr. Moseley and Mr. Buchanan accompanied Captain Nares on

shore for an hour or two on the evening of our arrival, and took

the opportunity of collecting the plants and minerals within

their reach. A cast of the trawl taken in lat. 60° 52’ S., long.

80° 20' E., at 1260 fathoms, was not very productive, only a few

of the ordinary deep-sea forms having been procured.

Our most southerly station was on the 14th of February, lat. 65°

42'S., long. 79° 49’ E. The trawl brought up, from a depth of

1675 fathoms, a considerable number of animals, including Sponges,

Aleyonarians, Echinids, Bryozoa, and Crustacea, all much of the

usual deep-sea character, although some of the species had not

been previously observed. On February 26th, in 1975 fathoms,

Umbellularie, Holothurie, and many examples of several species of

the Ananchytide were procured; and we found very much the

same group of forms at 1900 fathoms on the 3rd of March. On

the 7th of March, in 1800 fathoms, there were many animal forms,

particularly some remarkable starfishes, of a large size, of the

genus Hymenaster ; and on the 13th of March, at a depth of 2600

fathoms, with a bottom-temperature of 0°-2C., Holothurie were

abundant, there were several starfishes and Actinie, and a very

elegant little Brachiopod occurred attached to peculiar concretions

of manganese which came up in numbers in the trawl.

In nine successful dredgings, at depths beyond 1000 fathoms,

between the Cape and Australia :—

Sponges were met with on ........ 6 occasions.

Anthozoa Octactinia ............ 7 mn

Rolyactimiae wear ts); Salsze. <9 6 ‘

Grimoigeays: der: Fassel. aa ows 4 #

APE NGeAne oe Mh Serie ssl s wae 8 8 of

Wyineidest saa: yinislio! adad) chs 9 a

Meminaded eso. | Saw eeles Aero. wea

iolahhnrided W5.'tr: oa gets oie ile 8 3

ESeypzOaicr nee, . baa. Soa. wee 6 4

ail. ed oo at: DAM. ak: 5 2

Bipmmenlaced: so. dees ents de 3 4

INematodedatfert teciah. daestnls wee il ”

Lait ae et eee aR 8 te

(CMyzostomim), 99. Lis id ao00 ad eae 2 x

PAL AMOGUISBIE |i. ed Links Sites sel elake 6 1 3

Mirincdin hey. tahini. oe eende dx + 5

MIRGRACOMA as he ee ce bee 1 43

a OOA a 14 «ay. aU devas’ get rele “i sy

PappaodA wld: . Lilley a: “sarees Sh: 3 ‘9

BENIZOPOGE, ss fetes este. ar heds wITY 5 ‘

Decapoda Macrura .........0++: 6 bi

RACH VDEAY Girt: diauish avian 2 $s

Pyenoponiday. fo. t. 00d. Ge. ames » 2 i

Lamellibranchiata. ........ 000.05 5 et

IDrRCMGPOGRy =. <5. e s+ eer ae 2 a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 16

234 Royal Society :—

Gasteropoda ln ierg ir nis AU Ute « 4 occasions.

Cephalopoda. .O He ueAi. hs. Ty. a 3 3

Peleoutelt Hs. PAE AEE, Re ee 6 $4

It is of course impossible to determine the species with the

books of reference at our command; but many of them are new

to science, and some are of great interest from their relation to

groups supposed to be extinct. This is particularly the case

with the Echinodermata, which are here, as in the deep water in

the north, a very prominent group.

During the present cruise special attention has been paid to the

nature of the bottom, and to any facts which might throw light

upon the source of its materials.

This department has been chiefly in the hands of Mr. Murray ;

and I have pleasure in referring to the constant industry and care

which he has devoted to the preparation, examination, and storig

of samples. I extract from Mr. Murray’s notes :—

“In the soundings about the Agulhas bank, in 100 to 150

fathoms, the bottom was of a greenish colour, and contained many

crystalline particles (some dark-coloured and some clear) of Fora-

minifera, species of Orbulina, Gilobigerina, and Pulvinulina, a pretty

species of Uvigerina, Planorbulina, Miliolina, Bulimina, and Num-

mulina. There were very few Diatoms.

“In the deep soundings and dredgings before reaching the .

Crozets, in 1900, 1570, and 1375 fathoms, the bottom was com- «

posed entirely of Orbulina, Globigerina, and Pulvinulina, the same

species which we get on the surface, but all of a white colour and

dead. Of Foraminifera which we have not got on the surface

I noticed one Rotalia and one Polystomella, both dead. Some Coc-

coliths and Rhabdoliths were also found in the samples from these

soundings. On the whole, these bottoms were, I think, the purest

carbonate of lime we have ever obtained. When the soundings

were placed in a bottle and shaken up with water, the whole

looked like a quantity of sago. The Pulvinuline were smaller |

than in the dredgings in the Atlantic. We had no soundings

between the Crozets and Kerguelen.

“The specimens of the bottom about Kerguelen were all from

depths from 120 to 20 fathoms, and consisted usually of dark

mud, with an offensive sulphurous smell. Those obtained furthest

from land were made up almost entirely of matted sponge-spicules.

In these soundings one species of Rotalina and one other Fora-

minifer occurred.

“ At 150 fathoms, between Kerguelen and Heard Island, the

bottom was composed of basaltic pebbles. The bottom at Heard

Island was much the same as at Kerguelen.

“The sample obtained from a depth of 1260 fathoms, south of

Heard Island, was quite different from any thing we had previously

obtained. It was one mass of Diatoms, of many species, and,

mixed with these, a few small Globigerine and Radiolarians and

a very few crystalline particles.

On Dredgings and Deep-sea Soundings. 239

“The soundings and dredgings while we were among the ice in

1675, 1800, 1300, and 1975 fathoms, gave another totally distinct

deposit of yellowish clay, with pebbles and small stones, and a con-

siderable admixture of Diatoms, Radiolarians, and Globigerine.

The clay and pebbles were evidently a sediment from the melting

icebergs ; and the Diatoms, Radiolarians, and Foraminifera were

from the surface-waters.

“The bottom from 1950 fathoms, on our way to Australia from

the Antarctic, was again exactly similar to that obtained in the

1260-fathoms sounding south of Heard Island. The bottom at

1800 fathoms, a little further to the north (lat. 50° 1’ S., long.

123° 4' E.), was again pure ‘ Globigerina-ooze,’ composed of Orbu-

line, Globigerine, and Pulvinuline.

“The bottom at 2150 fathoms (lat. 47° 25’ S., long. 130° 32' E.)

was similar to the last, with a reddish tinge; and that at 2600

fathoms (lat. 42° 42’ S., long 134° 10’ E.) was reddish clay, the

same which we got at like depths in the Atlantic, and contained

manganese nodules and much-decomposed Foraminifera.”

Mr. Murray has been induced, by the observations which have

been made in the Atlantic, to combine the use of the towing-net,

at various depths from the surface to 150 fathoms, with the

examination of the samples from the soundings. And this double

work has led him to a conclusion in which I am now forced entirely

to concur, although it is certainly contrary to my former opinion—

that the bulk of the material of the bottom in deep water is, in all

cases, derived from the surface.

Mr. Murray has demonstrated the presence of Globigerine,

Pulvinuline, and Orbuline throughout all the upper layers of the

sea over the whole of the area where the bottom consists of “ GJo-

bigerina-ooze” or of the red clay produced by the decomposition of

the shells of Foraminifera; and their appearance when living on

the surface is so totally different from that of the shells at the

bottom, that it is impossible to doubt that the latter, even although

they frequently contain organic matter, are all dead. I mean this

to refer only to the genera mentioned above, which practically

form the ooze. Many other Foraminifera undoubtedly live, in com-

paratively small numbers, along with animals of higher groups, on

the bottom.

In the extreme south the conditions were so severe as greatly to

interfere with all work. We had no arrangement for heating the

work-rooms ; and at a temperature which averaged for some days

25° F., the instruments became so cold that it was unpleasant to

handle them, and the vapour of the breath condensed and froze

at once upon glass and brass work. Dredging at the considerable

depths which we found near the Antarctic Circle became a severe

and somewhat critical operation, the gear being stiffened and other-

wise affected by the cold ; and we could not repeat it often.

The evening of the 23rd of February was remarkably fine and

calm; and it was arranged to dredge on the following morning.

The weather changed somewhat during the night, and. the wind

leg

236 Royal Society.

rose. Captain Nares was most anxious, however, to carry out our

object, and the dredge was put over at 5 a.m. We were surrounded

by icebergs ; the wind continued to rise, and a thick snow-storm

came on from the south-east. After a time of some anxiety the

dredge was got in all right; but, to our great disappointment, it

was empty: probably the drift of the ship and the motion had

prevented its reaching the bottom. In the mean time the wind

had risen to a whole gale (force=10 in the squalls), the thermo-

meter fell to 21°5F., the snow drove in a dry blinding cloud

of exquisite star-like crystals, which burned the skin as if they

had been red-hot ; and we were not sorry to be able to retire from

the dredging-bridge.

Careful cbservations on temperature are already in your hands,

reported by Captain Nares. The specific gravity of the water has

been taken daily by Mr. Buchanan ; and, during the trip, Mr. Bu-

chanan has determined the amount of carbonic acid in 24 different

samples—15 from the surface, 7 from the bottom, and 2 from

intermediate depths. The smallest amount of carbonic acid was

found in surface-water on the 27th January, near Kerguelen ; it

amounted to 0:0373 gramme per litre. The largest amount,

00829 gramme per litre, was found in bottom-water on the 14th

February, when close to the Artarctic ice. About the same lati-

tude the amount of carbonic acid in surface-water rose to the

unusual amount of 0:0656 gramme per litre ; in all other latitudes

it ranged between 0°044 and 0:054 gramme per litre. From

the greater number of these samples the oxygen and nitrogen

were extracted, and sealed up in tubes.

The considerations connected with the distribution of tempera-

ture and specific gravity in these southern waters are so very com-

plicated, that I prefer postponing any general résumé of the

results until there has been time for full consideration.

While we were among the ice all possible observations were

made on the structure and composition of icebergs. We only

regretted greatly that we had no opportunity of watching their

birth, or of observing the continuous ice-barrier from which most

of them have the appearance of having been detached. The

berg- and floe-ice was examined with the microscope, and found

to contain the usual Diatoms. Careful drawings of the different

forms of icebergs, of the positions which they assume in melting,

and of their intimate structure were made by Mr. Wild; and

instantaneous photographs of several were taken from the ship.

Upwards of 15,000 observations in meteorology have been

recorded during the trip to the south. Most of these have already

been tabulated and reduced to curves, and otherwise arranged for

reference in considering the questions of climate on which they

bear.

Many specimens in natural history have been stored in about

seventy packing-cases and casks, containing, besides dried speci-

mens, upwards of 500 store-bottles and jars of specimens in spirit.

I need only further add that, so far as 1 am able to judge, the

Miscellaneous. 237

expedition is fulfilling the object for which it was sent out. The

naval and the civilian staff seem actuated by one wish to do the

utmost in their power, and certainly a large amount of material is

being accumulated.

The experiences of the last three months have of course been

somewhat trying to those of us who were not accustomed to a

sea-life ; but the health of the whole party has been excellent.

There has been so much to do that there has been little time for

weariness ; and the arrangements continue to work in a pleasant

and satisfactory way.

(Signed) Cuartes WYVILLE THoMson.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A new Order of Hydrozoa. By Guorcr J. Atiman, F.R.S. &e.

On the southern shores of France, at a slight depth below the

surface of the sea, there may be found attached to stones small

patches of one of the horny sponges which will probably arrest the

attention of the zoologist by what will- appear to him as an un.

usually obvious and well-defined condition of their efferent orifices

or oscula.

If one of these patches be transferred to a phial of sea-water,

the observer will soon be astonished by seeing that from every one

of the apparent oscula a beautiful plume of hydroid tentacles will

have become developed, and he will naturally believe that the form

has at last been found which will remove all doubt as to the zoolo-

gical position of the sponges, and decide in favour of the hydroid

affinities recently assigned to them *.

A more careful examination, however, will show that the orifices

on the surface have been incorrectly regarded as oscula, and that

the tentacles form no part of the sponge, but proceed from an

entirely different organism which is imbedded in its substance.

It will be further seen that the organism with which the sponge

is ‘thus associated is contained in a congeries of chitinous tubes

which permeate the sponge-tissue, and open on its surface in the

manner of genuine oscula ; and it will be still further apparent that

this organism, while undoubtedly a hydrozoon, and even presenting

quite the aspect of a hydroid trophosome, is no hydroid at all, and

cannot indeed be referred to any of the hitherto recognized orders

of the Hydrozoa, but must take its place in an entirely new and as

yet undefined order of this class.

The chitinous tubes and their contents are united by a common

tubular plexus which lies towards the base of the sponge, and they

thus constitute a composite colony of zooids. The tubes, towards

their free extremities, where they open on the surface of the sponge,

* See Haeckel’s “ Kalkschwamme.”

238 Miscellaneous.

become much increased in width; and here their contents become

developed into a very remarkable body, which has the power of

extending itself beyond the orifice of the tube, and of again with-

drawing itself far into the interior, exactly like the hydranth or

polypite of a campanularian hydroid in its hydrotheca. When ex-

tended, it displays from around the margin of a wide terminal

orifice its beautiful crown of tentacles ; but when withdrawn into

the interior of the cup-like receptacle, the tentacles are greatly

contracted and thrown back into the cavity of its body. Its general

appearance, indeed, is very like that of a campanularian hydranth ;

and a careful examination is needed in order to show that it pos-

sesses all the essential characters, not of a hydranth, but of a me-

dusa. It has a circular canal surrounding the terminal orifice and

supporting the tentacular crown, and it has four symmetrically

disposed longitudinal canals extending from the circular canal

backwards in the walls of the body. No manubrium could be

detected, though this was carefully sought for at the point where

it might be expected to be found—namely, where the medusiform

zooid passes into the common ccenosare which occupies the narrower

portion of the tube ; neither was there any appearance of a velum,

nor of lithocysts or ocelli ; but these are comparatively unessential

modifications.

The reproductive system is probably developed in the walls of

the longitudinal canals; but in none of the specimens examined

was this part of the organization sufficiently mature to admit of a

satisfactory demonstration.

For the little animal thus constructed I propose the name of

Stephanoscyphus mirabilis. Whether it is to be regarded as para-

sitically connected with the sponge, or whether the two are only

accidentally associated, it is at present impossible to say. At all

events, in no instance did I find the Stephanoscyphus unaccom-

panied by the sponge.

Stephanoscyphus may then be regarded as a compound hydrozoon

whose zooids are included in cup-like receptacles resembling the.

hydrothecze of the calyptoblastic hydroids ; but these zooids, instead

of being constructed like the hydranths of a hydroid, are formed on

the plan of a medusa. It has plainly very decided affinities with

the Hydroida, but is nevertheless removed from these by a distance

at least as great as that which separates from them the Sipho-

nophora. -It thus becomes the type of a new hydrozoal order,

for which I propose the name of THrecomepus#.— Nature, July 30,

1874.

Description of the Skull of a new Species of Dolphin (Feresa

attenuata). By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &.

The British Museum has lately received from M. Godeffroy, of

Hamburg, a skull of a dolphin (but, unfortunately, it is without any

habitat) which proyes to be an unrecorded species of the genus Feresa.

Miscellaneous. 239

The only other species of the genus, Feresa intermedia, has a broad

muscle, dilated and rounded in front: the teeth are large and thick,

the upper hinder one being smaller and more slender ; three teeth on

the side of the jaw occupy 1,°; inch; there are eleven teeth on each

side above, and twelve below.

The skull of the new species (Feresa attenuata) is very like that of

the former ; but the beak, instead of being dilated in front, becomes

gradually narrower and is rather acute in front. Its teeth are con-

siderably smaller and further apart. The three teeth in the middle

of the sides of the jaw occupy 1} inch of the margin ; the two or

three hinder teeth on each side of the upper jaw are much smaller

and more slender than the others. The total length of the skull from

the condyle to the front of the beak is 133 inches; the width of

the skull over the front of the eyebrows is 8 inches; width of the

beak at the front of notch 43 inches, and at two thirds its length 2?

inches ; length of tooth-line 5 inches.

The genus Feresa is known from the other Lagorhynchina by having

only ten or twelve teeth on each side of the jaw; whereas all the

other genera have much more numerous teeth, from twenty to thirty,

and the teeth in all the other genera are slender. Feresa intermedia

has such large teeth that it was first described as an Orca, and was

thought by Mr. Flower to be the young of that genus. In Feresa

attenuata the teeth are much more slender and further apart, and in

this respect resemble the teeth of the other genera of the tribe ; but

it is at once known by the limited number. It also agrees with the

genus Electra in the attenuated form of the beak.

Note on Iphiclides Ajax. By Rapnarn Merpora.

In a communication made by Mr. 8. H. Scudder to the Natural

History Society of Boston in October last, and reprinted in the pages

of this Magazine*, the author has done me the favour of making

some remarks on a paper published by me in the ‘Annals and

Magazine of Natural History’ for October last. Having waited

in vain up to the present time for the arrival of the Society’s ‘ Pro-

ceedings,’ I think it advisable to publish these remarks without

further delay.

I am indebted to Mr. Scudder for pointing out the true significa-

tion of Mr. Edwards’s tabulated results—a signification which it is

difficult to gather from the text. It is to be regretted that Mr.

Edwards did not affix an explanatory note to the numerical results

given in his Table in the ‘ Butterflies of North America.’ As this

table now stands, it is apt to be taken for a general summary giving

results that are to be considered true for each of the polymorphic

forms of the insect, under all conditions... With regard to the issue

of Mr. Scudder’s remarks, however, I may state that these do not

in any way affect the main conclusion arrived at by me in the

* Ser. 4, vol. xiii. p. 186. + Vol. xii, p. 501 ef seg¢.

240 Miscellaneous.

paper referred to. Z'he polymorphic forms of I. Ajax do not conform

to the law of substance-waste. Perhaps Mr. Scudder, who has ample

opportunities of studying this interesting species, may be induced to

turn his attention to the subject and attack it experimentally.

August 3, 1874.

Tube-building Amphipoda. By 8. I. Suara.

In examining recently an alcoholic specimen of a species of Xe-

noclea, I noticed a peculiar opaque glandular structure filling a large

portion of the third and fourth pairs of thoracic legs, which in most,

if not all, the non-tubebuilding Amphipoda are wholly occupied by

muscles. A further examination shows that the terminal segment

(dactylus) in these legs is not acute and claw-like, but truncated at

the tip and apparently tubular. In this species, a large cylindrical —

portion of the gland lies along each side of the long basal segment,

and these two portions uniting at the distal end pass through the

ischial and along the posterior side of the meral and carpal seg-

ments and doubtless connect with the tubular dactylus. There

can be no doubt that these are the glands which secrete the cement

with which the tubes are built, and that these two pairs of legs

are specialized for that purpose.

A hasty examination revealed a similar structure of the corre-

sponding legs in Amphithoé maculata, Ptilocheirus pinguis, Cera-

pus rubricornis, Byblis Gaimardi, and a species of Ampelisca.

In all these except the last two a very large proportion of the

gland is in the basal segment. In the Amphithoé this segment is

thickened and the gland is in the middle. In the Cerapus it is

very broad and almost entirely filled by the gland, with only very

slender muscles through the middle, and the orifice in the dactylus

is not at the very tip, but subterminal on the posterior side. In

the Ptilocheirus the gland forms three longitudinal masses in the

basal segment and is also largely developed in the meral and car-

pal segments. The dactylus is long and slender, and the orifice

subterminal. In Ampelisca and Byblis (which, like Haploops,

are tube-building genera) the meral segments of the specialized

legs are nearly as large as the basal, and contain a proportionally

large part of the gland. In these genera the remarkable elonga-

tion of the two distal segments in the third and fourth pairs of

legs is perhaps a special adaptation to enable them to reach back

over the deep epimera.

The examination of fresh specimens will doubtless show these

structures much more fully.—Stlliman’s American Journal, June

1874,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]}

No. 82. OCTOBER 1874.

XXX.—On the Genera Paradoxurus, Platyschista, and

Paguma; and Notes on some Species lately received in

the British Museum. By Dr. J. Ei. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Tue Musk-Weasel of Pennant and its congeners are peculiar

among the Viverride, and indeed among the Carnivora, for

having an elongate naked glandular fold of skin, the secre-

tion of which emits a musky odour, situated on the hinder

part of the abdomen, between the thighs. In the males it

occupies the whole underside of the -sheath of the penis,

between the front of the scrotum (which is well developed

and placed close to the anus) and the exit of that organ;

in the females it is elongate, situated just in front of the

opening of the female organ, which is placed close to the

vent. This glandular structure is probably similar to the

glands of the civets at the sides of the anus, but is very dif-

ferently situated.

Pallas described this animal under the name Viverra herma-

phrodita, on account of the glandular fold. Frédéric Cuvier,

who had a living specimen of this animal, does not notice this

peculiarity of the glandular structure of the abdomen, but

establishes a genus for it; and, as the specimen which he de-

scribed had the tail abnormally twisted, he called it Para-

doxurus. Temminck truly observes that in form the tails of

these genera are “ nullement caractéristiques, pas méme spéci-

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv.

242 Dr. J. E. Gray on the Genera i

fiquement pour son Pougouné.” But as these animals have

generally the habit of curling up the tip of the tail as they le

on the ground, the tip of the tail, of those at least in confine-

ment, has the hair more or less worn off on one of its sides.

Otto some years afterwards described and figured the glandular

organ on the abdomen, and formed a genus for the animal,

under the name Platyschista.

Ogilby, Temminck, and others have described a series of

semiplantigrade Viverre as species of the genus Paradoxurus.

I have formed, from differences in their dentition and the form

of the skull, the genera Paguma, Arctogale, and Nandinia for

some of the species so described ; and in describing Arctogale I

observed that the hinder part of the abdomen was like that of

the other Viverrine, and without the glandular development ;

and lately examining the well-preserved skin of Paradoxurus

stigmaticus of 'Temminck, I found that it had the hinder part

of the abdomen similarly covered with hair; and on examining

with care the stuffed specimens and the skins in the Museum

I found that all the species of Paguma and Nandinia were

equally deficient of this glandular structure. I have seen

but one or two species of these animals alive, and do not

recollect to have observed their tails curled at the end; nor do

any of the skins show the hair partly worn off on one side of

the tip, which is common in Paradoxurus.

The species of Paradoxurine in the British Museum will

therefore, after careful examination, be arranged thus :—

I. The hinder part of the abdomen with an elongated naked

glandular fold.

PARADOXURUS.

* Back spotted.

. Paradoxurus hermaphroditus. Tndia.

. P. nigrifrons. India.

. P. fasciatus. Java and Sumatra.

P. dubius. Java and Sumatra.

oo bo

** Back streaked.

. P. philippensis. Philippines.

*** Back uniform grizzled.

6. P. bondar. India.

Paradoxurus, Platyschista, and Paguma. 243

Il. The hinder part of the abdomen between the thighs covered with

hur, without any glandular fold.

Paguma. Back uniform grizzled.

1. Paguma zeylanica. Ceylon.

2. P. Crosstt. India.

3. P. Grayit. India, Nepal.

4. P. Tytlert. Andaman Islands.

5. P. stigmatica. Borneo.

6. P. leucomystax. Sumatra and Borneo.

7. P. larvata. China.

ARCTOGALE. Back streaked.

8. Arctogale trivirgata. Java and Sumatra.

NanpiniA. Back spotted.

9. Nandinia binotata. West Africa.

The British Museum has lately received, since the publica-

tion of the ‘Catalogue,’ two additional species of the genus.

In theyear 1871 the Museum received from Edward Gerrard,

jun., an adult specimen with its skull of a Paradoxurus from

North Borneo, which is quite distinct from any other in the

British Museum.

This species is probably the Paradorurus stigmaticus of

. Temminck’s ‘ Esquisses Zoologiques,’ p. 120, described from a

single old male specimen in the Museum of Leyden.

This speeies is very peculiar for its nearly uniform brown

colour, with blacker head and extremities, black whiskers, and

a narrow white stripe or, rather, elongated spot on the nose.

The colour of the whiskers and the stripe on the nose at once

distinguish it from P. leucomystax and P. Tytler’, which agree

with it in being of a nearly uniform colour, but have nearly

white whiskers and a dark spotless nose.

1. Paguma stigmatica. Black-whiskered Paguma.

Paradoxurus stigmaticus, Temminck, Esq. Zool, p. 120; Cat. Carniv.

Brit. Mus. p. 76.

Fur nearly uniform rather ashy brown ; whiskers elongate,

black ; the face, the lower lip, fore and hind feet, and the

hinder half of the tail blackish or black; the middle of the

nose, in front of the eyes, with an indistinct short white streak,

from the pale tips to the hairs ; the hair at the top of the head

iv*

244 Dr. J. E. Gray on new Species of Paguma.

and of the fore and hind legs darker, with small white tips ;

the middle of the throat, the chest, and underside of the body

ashy; the hairs on the underside of the middle of the tail

with long silver ends. Length of head and body 21 inches :

tail about the same length ; but it is probably lengthened, as it

is very slender and has a stick inside it.

Hab. North Borneo. B.M.

The white spot, from which Temminck named the species,

is very small and indistinct in the British-Museum specimen ;

but I suppose it is the same as his species, which comes from

Borneo, and which he describes as having a “ pure white lon-

gitudinal band extending from the forehead to the origin of

the mufile, covering the ridge of the nose.”

It is to be observed that all the plain Paradoruri have a

more or less distinct indication of a streak down the nose.

The other parts of Temminck’s description agree with what a

brighter and more adult specimen of this animal would be.

This species is at once known from the other Pagume by its

black whiskers, whereas in almost all the other species they are

white. The whiskers differ in strength in the species, bemg

strongest in P. leuwcomystax and most slender and weakest in

P. zeylanica. It is to be observed that though this is so

characteristic, it is not mentioned in Temminck’s description.

The British Museum received in 1870 the specimen of

Paradoxurus from the Andaman Islands presented to the

Zoological Society by Mr. Arthur Grote in May 1865, and

said to be Paradoxurus Tytlert of Blyth (see P. Z. 8. 1865,

p- 466). As I do not know where this very distinct species

is described, I send the following short note of it, as it is

perfectly distinct from all the other species in the British

Museum.

2. Paguma Tytlert.

Paradorurus Tytleri, Blyth: P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 466.

Fur rather long, not dense, pale greyish brown, with long

white tips; the sides of the neck, the throat and upper parts

of the body, and the insides of the limbs ashy white ; the face,

the sides of the lower jaw, and the fore and especially the

hind feet darkish brown ; the cheeks under the eye, the fore-

head, and a narrow line down the centre of the nose paler,

with paler tips to the hairs; whiskers white, scarcely as strong

as in P. leucomystax.

Hab. Andaman Islands. B.M.

On Deep-sea Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 245

XXXI.—Descriptions and Figures of Deep-sea Sponges and

their Spicules from the Atlantic Ocean, dredged up on board

H.M.S. ‘ Porcupine,’ chiefly in 1869 ; with Figures and De-

scriptions of some remarkable Spicules from the Agulhas

Shoal and Colon, Panama. By H. J. Carter, F.R.S. &e.

[Concluded from p. 221.]

Halichondria abyssi,n. sp. Pl. XIV. figs. 26-28, and

Pl. XV. fig. 40, a, d, c.

General form unknown. Sessile, spreading horizontally.

Colour grey or brown. Internal structure massive, consisting

of an areolar skeleton formed of polygonally arranged bundles

of spicules covered with sarcode (Pl. XIV. fig. 26). Spicules

of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules. Skeleton-

spicules of three forms, viz.:—the longest, smooth, curved,

fusiform acerate, fine-pointed, average largest size 45 b

2-1800th inch in its greatest diameters (PI. XV. fig. 40, a) ;

shorter spicule, stout, smooth, acuate, curved, rather abruptly

pointed, averaging in its largest size 35 by 1-1800th inch

in its greatest diameters (fig. 40, 6); smallest form smooth,

curved, fusiform, inflated equally at each extremity, average

largest size 22 by 4$-1800th inch in its greatest diameters

(fig. 40, c). Flesh-spicules of two forms, viz. equianchorate

and tricurvate. Equianchorate (Pl. XIV. fig. 27, a, 6): shaft

round, much curved, almost bent, expanded but not alate at

the ends, where the expansion extends into a claw- or clam-

shaped umbrella-like head, composed of six linear recurved

arms webbed together nearly to the extremities; average

largest size 16 by 3-6000ths inch in its greatest diameters,

viz. length of shaft and width of head respectively. Tricur-

vate (fig. 28) stout, 18 by 1-6000th inch in its greatest

diameters. Size of entire fragments each about $ inch in

diameter and 1-12th inch thick.

Hab. Deep sea, on deciduous shells.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean. Between the north coast of Scotland

and the Faroe Islands.

Obs. The jars containing these two fragments .respectively

bear the No. “65,” which station gives a depth of 345

fathoms. That in the smaller jar is of the least consequence,

being a mere unconnected formless fragment of a brown

colour; while the other (which is figured) has grown over the

concavity of a small ostraceous bivalve shell (fig. 26, ), and

is of a lighter colour, but at once reveals the structure and

habitat of the sponge, although, from being only a fragment

246 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

with none of the surface left, it fails to afford its general form.

The unconnected brown fragment is in company with speci-

mens of Tisiphonia agariciformis only ; while that on the shell

has with it Tvsiphonia, Hymedesmia Johnstoni, Bk., Hyme-

desmia verticillata, Bk., and Desmacella pumilio, Sdt., also

a branched Suberite with pin-like spicule only, Tethya

cranium, and Halichondria ventilabrum.

In the brown fragment there is no tricurvate (fig. 28) ; but

it is abundant in the fragment growing over the shell. I also

observe that, in the figure of Hymedesmia Johnstoni given by

Dr. Bowerbank (B. S. vol. 1. pl. 18. fig.: 293) from a

Madeira specimen, there is no tricurvate, while the tricurvate

is a prominent object in a specimen of the same sponge from

Madeira in the British Museum. Still as it was the habit of

Halichondria abyssi to take in grains of sand and foreign

spicules inte its structure, I am still doubtful, as.the tricurvate

is not in both specimens, whether it also may not have belonged

to a different sponge.

Thus we have here another or third sponge whose anchorates

have the clam-shaped or umbrella-like ends similar to those of

Cladorhiza and Chondrocladia, while there are three forms of

skeleton-spicules instead of one, hence resembling, but for the

absence of spines, some of the varieties of Halichondria

tncrustans ; so that, unless these clam-shaped ends are to be

considered the chief grouping characters, the presence of the

three forms of skeleton-spicule, together with the massive

areolar structure, the sessile incrusting habit, and the ‘‘ erumb-

of-bread ’’-like structural appearance of this sponge, must all

it more to H. incrustans than to Cladorhiza or Chondrocladia,

where the general form is branched stem-like, and there is

only one form of spicule, like that of Esperia.

Lastly, I would observe that there is in both specimens a

minute equianchorate spicule (fig. 27, c), about 4-6000ths inch

long, in great abundance, which, although with straight shaft

and anchor-like head, seems to me to be no more than the

embryonic form of the great equianchorate flesh-spicule with

bent shaft and deeply dentate clam-shaped heads.

Halichondria forcipis, Bk. Pl. XIV. figs. 29-32, and

Pl. XV. fig. 41, a, d.

General form massive, lobed, sessile, stiff, areolar, like

“crumb of bread.” Sessile. Colour light grey (Pl. XIV.

fig. 29). Surface irregularly areolar, owing to the form of the

subjacent skeleton-structure ; covered with a dermal sarcode,

which, adhering to the projecting points of the former, pre-

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 247

sents a cribriform structure over the rounded cavities beneath

(fig. 29,a). Pores making up the cribriform area just men-

tioned (fig. 29, a). Vents scattered. Internal structure

becoming cavernous towards the base (fig. 380), charged with

the spicules of the species, and permeated by the excretory

eanals, of which the dilated cavernous structure is chiefly

composed. Spicules of two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-

spicules. Skeleton-spicules of two forms, viz.:—Ist, the

largest, smooth, stout, slightly curved, acuate, rather abruptly

pointed, average largest size 40 by 14-1800th inch im its

greatest diameters (Pl. XV. fig. 41, 6); 2nd, smooth, nearly

straight, slightly fusiform, constricted and slightly inflated at

the extremities, average largest size 20 by 3-1800th in its

greatest dimensions (fig. 41, a). Flesh-spicules of two forms,

viz. tricurvate and equianchorate. ‘Tricurvate long, bent upon

itself sq as to assume the form of a pair of forceps (Pl. XIV.

fig. 32, a) (whence its designation): arms separate at the

point of bending (which is round), but in contact a little further

on, and then spreading out again for a short distance towards

their terminations, which are wnequal, one arm being a little

longer than the other; arms incipiently spined throughout,

spines recurved or inclined towards the bend on each arm,

becoming almost obsolete at the bend itself; extremities much

attenuated and finely pointed; average largest size 30 by

4-1800th of an inch inits greatest diameters. Equianchorate

(tig. 31, a, b) stout, consisting of a curved shaft and three linear

arms at each end; the tubercle evident, and the falces re-

spectively extending to about half the length of the arm;

average largest size 13 by 4-6000ths of an inch in its greatest

diameters, viz. the length of the shaft and width of the head

respectively. Size of entire specimen 13 long, 14 wide, and

4 inch high or thick, vertically.

Hab. Deep sea.

Loc. Atlantic Ocean. Between the north of Scotland and

the Faroe Islands.

Obs. This specimen is alone in a jar with the No. 54” on

it, which gives a depth of 363 fathoms. It has already been

described among the British sponges by Dr. Bowerbank under

the name above given (vol. 11. p. 244), but not illustrated.

The “bidentate spicules” mentioned by Dr. Bowerbank

appear to me to be merely early forms of the equianchorate,

and the ‘ minute bihamates”’ embryonic forms of the tri-

curvate or large forcipiform spicules, which, in the deep-sea

specimen are not more than 2-1800ths inch long, very faintly

displayed, very abundant, and with arms in all of unequal

length, the short one being not more than one third of the

248 My. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

length of the other (Pl. XIV. fig. 32, 2) ; so that this, being a

constant occurrence and making its appearance in the em-

bryonic form, must be considered a normal condition of the

spicule. Dr. Bowerbank’s specimen was dredged up “ at

Shetland.”

In Esperia cupressiformis there is_a very minute form of

the same kind of tricurvate (Pl. XIV. fig. 18), but with a

bulbous inflation at the extremity of each arm and other

differences which will be learnt by reference to its description.

I have also just found a minute sponge on the “ rocks”

here (Budleigh-Salterton), not more than 2 lines long, con-

taining a similar spicule, but without bulbous ends, hairpin-

like. It is very minute, not being more than 2-6000ths inch

long, but in company with the same kind of equianchorate

and double form of skeleton-spicule as those in Halichondria

forcipis, though not the same species.

All, however, are eclipsed by the beautiful form which I

have figured of a much stouter forcipiform spicule that came

from an arenaceous deposit in the neighbourhood of Colon or

Aspinwall, Panama, five specimens of which, having been

mounted, were sent to me by Mr. F. Kitton of Norwich.

Here the arms in all are equal in length and the extremities

abruptly pointed, indeed, may be termed conical; this, to-

gether with the great development of the spines, points out

a different species from that of [Halichondria forcipis, for

which I propose the name of Forcepia colonensis (Pl. XV.

fig. 47). Size of specimens 19 by #-1800th inch in its

greatest diameters; width of bend 2-1800ths inch, distance

of ends 3-1800ths inch. In Schmidt's Suberites arciger, from

the coast of Greenland (Atlantisch. Spongienfaun. p. 47,

Taf. v. fig. 6), weappear to have another example of this

form of spicule, in which the body is smooth and the ends,

which are strongly though scantily spined, so far separated

from each other that the spicule forms two sides of an almost

equilateral triangle, the distance between the free ends being

about 53-G000ths inch. This, too, Schmidt calls a tricurvate

(Bogen).

The forceps-form of the tricurvate spicule in Halichondria

forcipis is therefore not confined to this sponge, or kind of

sponge, since it appears, as before stated, in Hsperia cupressi-

formis, in the Budleigh-Salterton specimen, in Suderites

arciger (if Iam right in identifying the tricurvate in Schmidt’s

sponge with it), as well as free in this arenaceous deposit about

Colon. At the same time it should be remembered that this

spicule is subject to great variety in form, since I haye lately

found it here (in a new species of Hsperza) straight (that is,

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 249

without any bend), and even longer than the skeleton-spicule

of the species ; while throughout it was enclosed by a delicate

nucleated mother-cell, shaped like a bolster.

The mounted specimen of Suberites arciger which Schmidt

sent to the British Museum, besides the tricurvate, presents

the true pin-like skeleton-spicule of a Suberite.

In Halichondria forcipis both the skeleton-spicules and

equianchorates are very much allied, in general form, to those

ot Halichondria incrustans; but in place of the bihamate

of the latter we have the forcipiform tricurvate in the former,

while the “ crumb-of-bread ’’-like appearance of the structure,

in the general form, is very much like that of Halichondria

incrustans, which used to be designated “ HZ. panicea.”

Cliona abyssorum,n. sp. PI. XIV. fig. 33, and

Pl. XV. fig. 45, a, b,c.

Sponge retiform, permeating the branches of Lophohelia

prolifera, and appearing here and there in small heads through

corresponding holes in this coral. Pores and vents respec-

tively in these heads. Internal structure areolar, charged

with the spicules of the species, and permeated by the excre-

tory system, which is more areolar than tubular. Spicules of

two kinds, viz. skeleton- and flesh-spicules. Skeleton-spicules

of two forms, viz. :—I1st, the largest, smooth, pin-like, fusiform,

curved, fine-pointed, chiefly confined to the “ heads,” average

largest size 57 by 3-1800th inch in its greatest diameters,

head oval and as wide as the shaft (Pl. XV. fig. 45, a); 2nd,

the small skeleton-spicule, smooth, curved, fusiform, acerate,

fine-pointed, chiefly confined to the body, average largest size

25 by #-1800th inch in its greatest diameters (fig. 45, 0).

Flesh-spicule of one form only (fig. 45, c), smooth, spiral,

sinuous, straight, abruptly terminated at each end, and pre-

senting four bends on each side in its course, densely charging

the sarcode throughout ; average largest size 20 by 1-6000th

inch in its greatest diameters. Size of entire specimen unde-

finable from its fungus-like permeating growth.

Hab. Deep sea, permeating the branches of Lophohelia

prolifera.

Loe. Atlantic Ocean, “ chops” of English Channel.

Obs. The specimen of Lophohelia prolifera in which this

sponge was found is partly enveloped in Cortic’um abysst,

which having already been figured and described in the

‘Annals’ of 1873 (vol. xii. p. 17, pl. i. figs. 1 & 2), I must

refer the reader to that for all particulars concerning this part

of its history, merely observing that it was dredged up from a

250 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea.

depth of 500 fathoms at the entrance of the English

Channel. ;

The sponge itself, being very minute, while its conceal-

ment, according to the habit of the so-called “ boring sponges,”

being, with the exception of the small apertures through

which the heads respectively are protruded, completely within

the branches of the coral, it is impossible without breaking up

the Lophohelia to ascertain its exact form, though this may be

anticipated from our acquaintance with that of Cliona coral-

linoides, so common on the British coasts (‘ Annals,’ vol. viii.

1871, p. 14, pl. i. figs. 33-37), since all these “ boring

sponges”? have the same kind of half-reticulated, half-lobu-

lated form -in the interior of the bodies which they inhabit.

This species, however, is especially beautiful on account of

the dense mass of large, spiral, simuous spicules (fig. 33)

with which the sarcode is charged, presenting, when torn to

pieces under the microscope, the appearance of tresses of

curled hair. It is figured by Dr. Bowerbank in his B. 8.

(vol. i. p. 239, pl. ii. fig. 71) as it “ occurs in the interstitial

membranes of G'eodia carinata, Bk. MS.” !

Cliona abyssorum being, according to my arrangement, a

Suberite, will come under my fifth group of sponges, viz.

RAYNERIA.

Desmacella pumilio, Schmidt (Atlantisch. Spongienfaun. p. 53,

Taf. 5. fig. 14, and mounted specimen in British Museum).

Pl. XV. fig. 42, a, b,c.

Amorphous fragments of this sponge occur about the speci-

men of Corticium abyssi which envelops the Lophohelia just

mentioned (Annals, /. c.). Its skeleton-spicule is pin-like

(fig. 42, a); and flesh-spicules a bihamate (fig. 42, c) and a

very much flattened tricurvate (fig. 42, b), which latter, how-

ever, does not appear in Schmidt’s illustrations of this sponge.

But as yet I do not know what value to attach to these flesh-

spicules in many instances as special characteristics. At the

Cape of Good Hope (Natal) the same kind of small equi-

anchorate navicular form is present in several sponges, many

of which are even more than generically different.

In my arrangement Desmacella pumilio would come among

the Suberites in my 5th division, viz. RAYNER.

Reniera fibulata, Schmidt (Spong. adriatisch. Meeres, p. 73,

Taf. vii. fig. 9). Pl. XV. fig. 44, a, 5.

Fragments of this sponge occur about this specimen (in

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean. 251

the same amorphous condition as the preceding one), pos-

sessing a smooth, curved, pointed, fusiform, acerate skeleton-

spicule (fig. 44, a), and a bihamate flesh-spicule (fig. 44, 0).

But I do not see any difference, in this respect, between

Schmidt’s Reniera fibulata (1. c.) and his R. bullata from the

coast of Portugal (British Museum, mounted specimen; and

Atlantisch. Spongienf. p. 40). In the mounted specimen at the

British Museum, too, of 2. accommodata from Cette in the

south of France (Spong. Kiiste Algier. p. 80) there are with

the same form of skeleton-spicule tricurvates as well as bi-

hamates. But this is a world-wide sponge, presenting several

slight varieties in its spicular complement, yet, I think, only

one general form, to which I hope to return for more lengthy

consideration on a future occasion, as the subject is thus well

worthy of a separate treatise.

Reniera fibulata and its like will come into a Group as yet

unnamed in my fifth division of sponges, viz. RAYNERLA.

Dictyocylindrus anchorata, n.sp.. Plate XV.

fig. 43, a, 0, ¢.

This is another sponge which, in small amorphous masses,

occurs about the Corticiwm just mentioned, and presents three

kinds of spicules, viz. a skeleton, an echinating, and a

flesh-spicule. Skeleton-spicule stout, smooth, curved, gradu-

ally pointed ; but the curve sudden and between the centre and

the large end, which is very characteristic of the sponges bear-

ing this form of spicule; average largest size 60 by 2-1800ths

inch in its greatest diameters (fig. 43,a). Echinating spicule

nearly straight, acuate, or club-shaped and_ short-spined

throughout ; average largest size 34 by $-1800th of an inch

in its greatest diameters (fig. 43, ). By the term “ echina-

ting’ is meant a spicule that has its head fixed in the fibre

which sustains the skeleton-spicules, while the rest of its body

is free. Flesh-spicule a minute anchorate, of the navicular

or weaver’s-shuttle-like form, much bent upon itself; average

largest size 14-1800th of an inch long (fig. 48, ¢).

This sponge would of course come among my fourth division

of sponges, viz. ARMATA.

Hence about the specimen of Corticiwm abysst which enve-

lops the Lophohelia (see tig. of spec. Annals, /. c.) there

are seven kinds of sponges, viz. :—Varrea occa and Aphro-

callistes Bocaget, which grew on the branches of the dead

coral; Cliona abyssorum, the boring sponge, which inhabited

their interior; Cortictum abysst, which enveloped the whole ;

and Desmacella pumilio, Reniera fibulata, and Dictyocylindrus

252 Mr. H. J. Carter on Sponge-Spicules from

anchorata, which, in amorphous fragments, exist inside the

tubes of the Harrea and on the surface of the Corticiwm re-

spectively.

Lastly, we come to two beautiful forms of sponge-spicules

which were found free in an arenaceous deposit of the Agulhas

Shoal at the Cape of Good Hope, and in the neighbourhood

of Colon, Panama, respectively :—the former dredged up by

Dr. G. C. Wallich himself in 1857 ; and the latter from Colon,

together with the forcipiform spicule above mentioned, just

mounted and forwarded to me by Mr. F. Kitton, of Norwich.

For the sponge bearing the spicule from the Agulhas Shoal I

propose the name of “ Gummina Wallichiz,” and for that from

Colon “ Cortictum Kittonit.”

To some it may seem strange to give a name to a sponge

from a single form of spicule; but when it is considered that

there is no kind of sponges but the Gumminee of Schmidt

in which such-like spicules are to be found, and that the

spicules themselves respectively are sufficiently remarkable

to characterize any sponge, the difficulty will probably dis-

appear. Let us now proceed to their description, beginning

with

Gummina Wallichit, n. sp. Pl. XV. fig. 46, a, }, ¢.

Spicule acerate, curved, fusiform, covered with twelve (?) rows

of prominent tubercles, alternately placed in longitudinal lines

extending from one end of the spicule to the other (fig. 46, d).

Tubercle (fig. 46, c) consisting of a short cylindrical process

somewhat expanded at the base, constricted in the centre, and

again slightly expanded at the summit, which is round (fig.

46,c). Central canal (fig. 46, a) bent angularly in the centre,

from which it proceeds towards each extremity in a slightly

undulating form, straightening towards the end. Size of spe-

cimen 58 by 44-1800ths inch in its greatest diameters.

Obs. Of the arenaceous deposit in which this exquisitely

beautiful spicule was found, Dr. G. C. Wallich, who kindly

sent it to me in February 1871, states, “I have a considerahle

quantity of a green sand-like deposit which I dredged up in

80 to 100 fathoms water on the Agulhas Shoal so long ago as

1857.”

It is interesting to find that the arenaceous deposit from

which Mr. Kitton obtained his spicules was of a like nature,

inasmuch as, after boiling a portion of it in nitric acid, he

states that the casts of the internal cavities of Foraminifera,

minute corals, and boring sponges, which were also present,

came out of a “ dark green colour like the greensand fossils.”

the Cape of Good Ilope and Panama. 253

It is further interesting to find a figure of this spicule in

Dr. Bowerbank’s ‘ British Spongiadee’ (vol. 1. p. 270, pl. xi.

fig. 244), which is stated to have been “ repeatedly found in

the matter obtained by washing the roots of Oculina rosea and

other corals from the South Sea by my friends Messrs.

Mathew Marshall, Legg and Ingall; but the sponge from

whence it is most probably derived has never yet been deter-

mined,” &c. With this Dr. Bowerbank gives two other

figures of similar kinds of spicules, and considers that they

“indicate the existence of a peculiar tribe of sponges with

which we are at present entirely unacquainted.” That

“tribe,” as I have above stated, is probably Schmidt’s

Gumminee.

Cortictum Kittonti, n. sp. Pl. XV. fig. 48, a, b,c.

Spicule stout, consisting of a short shaft from one end of

which 2, 3, or 4 arms spread upwards and outwards en fleuwr-de-

lis (fig. 48, a,b,c). Arms about twice the length of the shaft,

and all parts, with the exception of that about the junction of

the arms with the shaft, thickly covered by stout vertical

short spines. Size of specimens—total length 19-1800ths

inch; shaft 11 by 2-1800ths inch in its greatest diameters.

Obs. The arenaceous deposit from which these beautiful

spicules were obtained came from the neighbourhood of Colon,

Panama, and was sent to Mr. Kitton, of Norwich, chiefly for its

richness in Diatomacee. They are so exquisitely mounted,

and so perfect, that nothing further in this respect could be

desired; while they are so characteristically like those of

Corticium abyssi which I have described and figured in the

‘Annals’ (vol. xii. July 1873, p. 19, pl. i. figs. 3-5), that

I do not think I can be wrong in giving the name above

mentioned to the sponge from which these were originally

derived.

To the likeness in nature of the arenaceous deposit from

which these spicules were obtained to that of the Agulhas

Shoal dredged up by Dr. Wallich, and of both to the “ green-

sand” of the Chalk Formation, I have above alluded.

Nor should I omit to add here, respecting the probable

existence of the Gumminex themselves in the “ greensand

deposit,” that the fossil spicules termed ‘ Mon/lites”” (Annals,

vol. vil. 1871, p. 132, pl. ix. figs. 44-47, now that I am better

acquainted with the existing species) seem to me to have

belonged to sponges of this kind; while I have lately found

acerate and short-shafted, three-armed, beaded forms of this

spicule in some powder from the interior of a flint from

254 Mr. H. J. Carter on Deep-sea

Warborough, Berkshire, forwarded to me by the Rev. R.

St. Pattrick, in company with a full spicular complement of

the fossil Gieodia termed (1. c.) Geodites haldonensis, in great

abundance, which appears to have been the specimen in parti-

cular enclosed in this flint.

Thus the Gummina would seem to have grown about the

Geodia before the latter became imbedded for fossilization ;

while it is curious that among the deposits of heterogeneous

sponge-spicules in the Upper Greensand of Haldon Hill,

I should have happened to select the very spicules for the

representative of Geodites haldonensis that are, with the ex-

ception of those of the supposed Gummina, exclusively present

in the powder of the Warborough flint.

Thus it would & prior? appear that, by going to the interior of

flints, we may be able to find out the exact spicular complement

of each species whose spicules are heterogeneously mixed up

in the spiculiferous deposits of the Greensand.

But, on the other hand, the presence of seven existing

species together, as found in the deep-sea specimen to which

I have above alluded, shows how we may be defeated in this

inquiry.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Pratr XIII,

All the spicules in Plates XIII. and XIV. are flesh-spicules, and, to

show their sizes relatively, all, with the exception of fig. 32, a, Plate

XIV., have been drawn on the scale of 1-12th to 1-6000th inch. Fig.

32, a is drawn on the scale of 1-12th to 1-1800th inch.

Fig. 1. Halichondria incrustans, Bk, equianchorate, three views: a,

lateral, 6, anterior, and ec, posterior views, respectively ; ddd,

shaft; eeee, anterior arm; ffff, lateral arms; gg, falx of

anterior arm; Ahhh, falces of lateral arms ; 7¢, tubercle, here

linear.

In this instance the shaft is alate on each side, above and

below, as seen in 6 and e.

N.B. The anchorate of Halichondria incrustans is figured and

described in detail especially to enable the reader to compre-

hend the following forms of this spicule, which are so modi-

fied, that they would be almost unintelligible without a key of

this kind.

Fig. 2. Guitarra fimbriata, n. gen. et sp., natural size.

Fig. 8. The same, magnified two diameters: a, apical vent, surrounded

by a fringe of long spicules; 6, root; c, smaller vents on the

surface ; d, portion of surface en profil, more magnified to show

the structure of its villous surface.

Fig. 4. The same, three views of the anchorate: a, lateral view,

b, anterior, and ¢, posterior view (all fringed on their inner

aspect); d, fringe ; e, tubercle ; f, falx.

Fig. 5. The same, embryonic form of this anchorate.

Fxg.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean, ce. 255

6. Melonanchora elliptica, n. gen. et sp., natural size, lateral view :

aa, tubercular pore-arez ; b, small stone in the base.

7. The same, basal view, natural size: a, tubercular pore-arez ;

b, stone in the base.

8. The same, tubercular pore-area, much magnified to show its

cribriform sarcode, crossed by bundles of the dermal spi-

cules, a.

9. The same, anchorate, nearly fully developed, lateral view.

10.

12.

15.

14,

15.

16.

17,

18.

19.

20.

When fully developed the notch in the centre of the inner

margin of the arms (a) is entirely obliterated, and the arms thus

rendered uninterruptedly continuous. ‘All the arms present fine

arallel striae (b) perpendicular to the margin.

The same, end view, showing the four melonoid divisions cross-

ing each other at right angles.

The same, earlier stage of development of anchorate when

the arms are approaching each other but not united. The

dotted lines indicate the direction in which they extend to

meet each other so as, with the shaft, to form a melonoid form

like figs. 9 & 10.

The same, embryonic form: a, lateral; 6, anterior view.

Esperia villosa, n. sp.: a, naked fibre spreading below into a

root-like form of attachment; }b, magnified view of dermal

sarcode, 1o show how the projecting tufts of spicules form the

villous surface, with the pores intervening; ¢, the same, with

the spicules broken off and their ends only showing.

The same, fully developed anchorate navicular, or weaver’s-

shuttle-like form: a, anterior view; 6, lateral view ; c, half-

developed form, to show the difference in width of the arms

&e. ; d,embryonic form ; e, apparent constriction in shaft formed

from approximation of lateral arms in fully developed form.

The same, bihamate spicule: a, central canal.

PLATE XIV.

Esperia cupressiformis, n. sp., magnified two diameters: a, root ;

b, stem; c, branches; d upper extremity; e, branch, more

magnified; f, end of same, still more magnified, to show

termination of skeleton-spicules covered by sarcode densely

charged with the flesh-spicules figs. 17 and 18, the ends of the

former of which project; g, Esperia cupressiformis (variety of ),

the end magnified, to show h, branches of the same, webbed

together by dermal sarcode.

The same, flesh-spicule of inequianchorate: a, lateral view ;

6, anterior view.

The same, forcipiform flesh-spicule: a, enlarged view of bul-

bous extremity.

Esperia cupressiformis, variety of, natural size: a, lateral

view of head, showing its compressed form and lip-like semi-

division, in a line parallel to the compression, also its surface

half-covered with projecting bundles of skeleton-spicules; 0,

the same, front view of flat side ; ce, stem and root.

Chondrocladia virgata, Wy. Thomson: a, lateral view of equi-

anchorate ; 6, anterior view of same; ¢c, posterior view of one

extremity as seen from behind, to show the form of teeth and

head, with the union of the latter through the falx to the alate

end of the shaft; d, head; eeee, alate appendages of the

256 On Deep-sea Sponges from the Atlantic Ocean, ke.

Fig. 21.

Fig. 22.

Fig. 23.

Fig. 24.

Fig. 25.

fxg. 26.

Fig. 27.

Fig. 28.

Fig. 29.

Fig. 30.

Fig. 31

Fig. 32.

Fig. 33.

shaft ; f, falx or eighth arm of head joining the latter to the

shaft.

The same, bihamate flesh-spicule.

Cladorhiza abyssicola, Sars, inequianchorate of, to compare with

the foregoing: a, lateral view; b, dorsal view; ¢c, aborted

ends ; d, alate appendages of shaft ; e, falx.

The other flesh-spicule, viz. the bihamate, being of enormous

size, is too large to be here introduced.

Histoderma appendiculatum, n. sp., natural size: a, body ; b, tu-

bular appendazes ; c, conical projection at the end.

The same, equianchorate: a, lateral view ; 5, anterior view.

The same, bihamate flesh-spicule.

Halichondria abysst, n. sp., natural size, on a deciduous ostra-

cean shell: a, sponge; 3, shell.

The same, equianchorate: a, anterior view; 6, lateral view ;

e, embryonic form.

N.B. Here there are no alate appendages, but the end of the

shaft widens into the umbrella-like head.

The same, tricurvate flesh-spicule, seen in one of the two

specimens only.

Halichondria forcipis, Bk., upper surface, natural size: a,

fragment of dermal surface, to show pore-areze =cribriform sar-

code in the interstices of the skeleton-structure.

The same, lower surface, natural size: showing large can-

cellous structure, and detritus imbedded in the sarcode: a,

deciduous ostracean bivalve shell.

. The same, equianchorate: a, lateral view; }, anterior view.

The same, forcipiform spicule incipiently spined: a, full-grown

form ; 6, embryonic form.

Cliona abyssorum, n. sp., spiro-sinuous flesh-spicule.

PLATE XV.

All the spicules in this Plate are drawn on the scale of 1-12th to

1-1800th of an inch, with the exception of figs. 42, a, 43, a, b, 44, a, and

45, a, b,c, which are all on the scale of 1-24th to 1-1800th inch, and

fig. 47, on the scale of 1-12th to 1-6000th inch, to show their relative sizes.

Fig. 41.

Fig. 42.

Fig. 43.

. Guitarra fimbriata, skeleton-spicule of one form only.

. Melonanchora elliptica, skeleton-spicules of two forms: a, small ;

b, larger form.

. Esperia villosa, skeleton-spicule of one form ou.

. Esperia cupressiformis, skeleton-spicule of one form only.

. Chondrocladia virgata, Wy. Thomson, skeleton-spicule of one

form only.

. Histoderma appendiculatum, skeleton-spicules of two forms:

a, large; 6, smaller form.

. Halchondria abyssi, skeleton-spicules of three forms: a, long

acerate; 6, shorter and stout acuate; c, smallest, with inflated

ends.

Halichondria forcipis, Bk., skeleton-spicule of two forms: a,

small; 4, large.

Desmacella pumilio, Schmidt: a, skeleton-spicule of one form

only ; 6 and ¢, flesh-spicules, tricurvate and bihamate respec-

tively.

Dictyocylindrus anchorata, n. sp.: a, skeleton-spicule of one kind

On a new Species of Lizard. 257

only; 8, echinating spicule, spinous; ¢, equianchorate flesh-

spicule, navicular, much bent upon itself.

Fig. 44. Reniera fibulata, Schmidt: a, skeleton-spicule of one kind only ;

b, flesh-spicule, bihamate.

Fig. 45. Cliona abyssorum, skeleton-spicules of two forms: a, large,

pin-like ; 6, smaller, acerate ; c, flesh-spicule, spiro-sinuous. See

more magnified view of the latter in fig. 85, Pl. XIV.

Fig. 46. Gummina Wallichii: a, central canal; 6, rows of tubercles; c,

more magnified view of tubercle.

N.B. In the upper half, for convenience, the tubercles are

omitted.

Fig. 47, Forcepia colonensis. Scale 1-12th to 1-6000th inch.

N.B. On one side the spines are partly omitted for conveni-

ence. This figure is intended for comparison with fig. 32, a,

Pl. XIV.; but it should be remembered that it is drawn to a

much larger scale, not being half so long as fig. 32 in reality,

although stouter and more markedly spined.

Fig. 48. Corticium Kittonii: a, three-branched form; 6, four-branched

(here the spines are again omitted for convenience) ; ¢, two

branched form.

XXXII.— Description of a new Species of Lizard of the Genus

Celestus. By A. W. E. O’SHAucunessy, Assistant in

the Natural-History Departments of the British Museum.

Celestus bilobatus, sp. n.

Body slender, elongate, rounded ; limbs short, the anterior

not reaching to the eye, the posterior not quite to the middle

of the side. Har very small, almost closed. Head obtuse ;

muzzle rounded, shorter than the interorbital width of the

head. Supranasals two pairs ; internasal large, broad ; frontal

broad, oblong; small interparietal, smaller fronto-parietals,

large parietals, and small occipital. A small scale or two scales

wedged in between parietals and supraorbitals. Five supra-

orbitals, the fifth triangular, entirely on the flattened upper

surface of the head and abutting on the internasal. ‘Two

narrow plates, one elongate, coming forward from the line of

the supraoculars, are wedged in between the fifth supraorbital

and internasal and the several postnasal or lateral plates, of

which there are two postnasals proper, one over the other, and

two consecutive loreals. Rostral very short and very wide.

Supralabials eight. Teeth conspicuously bilobate. Scales in

forty-one longitudinal series, twelve-to-fourteen-keeled, without

prominent central keel; eighty-six scales in the median ventral

series; the preanal scales much larger, in three rows, about

twelve. All the scalesrounded. ‘Tail much longer than body

and head.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 18

258 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the

Colour: sides with several widely placed vertical brown

bands or patches, within which are one or two conspicuous

white spots ; a bluish-white stripe before the axilla.

One specimen in the collection of the British Museum, from

Costa Rica, obtained of Mr. Higgins.

XXXIII.—On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andrews. By W. C. M‘INTOosH.

[Continued from p. 207. }

Series HI. ARTHROPODA.

Class CRUSTACEA.

The sessile-eyed Crustacea of St. Andrews are tolerably

numerous both in species and individuals. Between tide-

marks the most conspicuous (as usual) are the swarms of

Talitrus locusta which speedily reduce dead fish and other

animals to skeletons at high-water mark and considerably be-

yond it, and the multitudes of Gammarus locusta and Amphi-

thoé podoceroides under stones amongst the rocks. ‘The Podo-

cerides, Pherusa bicuspis, Calliopius grandoculis, and Caprella

tuberculata are plentiful in the rock-pools, and Corophium

grossipes in the brackish pools near the estuary of the Eden.

Janira maculosa abounds both in the tidal region and in deep

water, while /wra Nordmanni occurs in numbers under stones

near high-water mark. In the laminarian region one of the

most abundant, perhaps, is Atylus Swammerdamt?, which con-

eregates in swarms on the loose seaweeds. Siphonecetus

typicus is common amongst shell-gravel, and Hurydice pulchra

on the surface of the sea as well as in vhelecieale in autumn.

Many of the rarer forms occur in the deeper water in con-

siderable numbers; but the distribution of the group in

British seas is still involved in considerable obscurity; and

at present it will suffice to observe that two of the most plen-

tiful in this region are Ampelisca Belliana, Bate, and the

new Calliopius bidentatus, Norman. ‘The former is likewise

common on the beach after storms and in the stomachs of

fishes; and the latter ranges to the laminarian zone.

Compared with the Zetlandic area, the absence at St.

Andrews of such forms as Acanthonotus Owenii, Dexamine

vedlomensis, Cymodocea truncata, and Spheroma Prideauxta-

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 259

num in the laminarian region strikes even a superficial observer

of the group; while the large number of rare and new spe-

cies which were met with during the frequent dredgings of

Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys and the Rev. A. M. Norman still further

heightens the contrast. The southern region, again, is boldly

separated by the presence in large numbers of Cymodocea

truncata and Spheroma Prideauxianum in the fissures of

rocks between tide-marks, and Dynamene in rock-pools.

The characteristic Tanais vittatus, Paranthura costana, Nesa

bidentata, Mera grossimana, Chelura terebrans, Conilera cylin-

drica, and the large Cymothoa parasitic on the fishes at once

distinguish the fauna of the Channel Islands from that at

St. Andrews. The rarity of Orchestia littorea at the latter

and its abundance in the tidal region of the Outer Hebrides

is another interesting contrast.

Many of the sessile-eyed Crustacea, such as Talitrus locusta,

are extremely hardy. Gammarus locusta is often found in

putrid localities, and it survives almost every other marine

form in putrid vessels in confinement. The group as a whole

is composed of extremely active animals ; and even the most

grotesque, such as Caprella tuberculata, are at home in the

intricacies of Ceramiwm and other finely branched seaweeds.

The boring forms (by jaws) are represented by Limnoria

lignorum ; but its depredations are comparatively insignificant,

probably because little wood is employed within water-mark in

the construction of the harbour. The perforations of Talitrus,

again, abound in the sand, and the looped burrows of Coro-

phium in the sandy mud of the flats it inhabits. ‘The nest-

forming crustaceans are represented by Amphithoé podoceroides,

Siphonecetus typicus, Podocerus vartegatus, and P. falcatus ;

while the young of Gammarus locusta are often observed

adhering to the abdominal region of the parent.

The Cirripedes oceur abundantly between tide-marks, the

most conspicuous being Balanus balanoides, which covers

the bare rocky ridges opposite the Castle and other parts.

In deep water the various species are attached to shells,

stones, crabs, wood, cork, coal, tests of ascidians, and other

structures.

I am indebted to Mr. Spence Bate for the determination of

several doubtful forms, and especially to the Rev. A. M.

Norman for his courteous assistance in this respect, and in

revising the list. Mr. G. 8. Brady kindly furnished me with

the names of the Ostracoda occurring in shell-débris on the

West Sands and other collections.

18*

260 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Order PYCNOGONOIDEA.

Fam. Pycnogonide, Latreille.

Genus Pycnoconum, Briinnich.

Pycnogonum littorale, O. F. Miiller.

Abundant under stones between tide-marks.

Genus PHoxicuiuipium, M.-Edwards.

Phoxichilidium femoratum, Rathke.

Occasionally under stones in rock-pools, and ranging to

deep water.

Besides the foregoing, there are several species (one appar-

ently identical with Mr. Goodsir’s Nymphon Johnstoni, and

another with his N. spinoswm) not uncommon in the coralline

region. Many delicate zoophytes are found on their limbs.

Order CIRRIPEDIA.

Suborder SUCTORIA.

Fam. Peltogastride, Claus.

Genus Pretrocaster, H. Rathke.

Peltogaster paguri, H. Rathke.

Occasionally on Pagurus bernhardus. A more elongated

form occurs on P. cuanensis.

Genus Saccuiina, Thompson.

Sacculina carcini, Thompson.

Common on the abdomen of Carcinus menas. Another is

found on Portunus holsatus.

Suborder THORACICA.

Fam. Lepadide.

Genus Lepas, L.

Lepas anatifera, L.; Darwin, Mon. i. p. 73, pl. 1. f. 1.

On the bottoms of ships, and thrown ashore after storms

attached to timber.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 261

Genus SCALPELLUM, Leach.

Scalpellum vulgare, Leach; Darw. Mon. i. p. 222, pl. 5. f. 15.

On Thuiaria thuja and Sertularia cupressina from deep

water.

Fam. Balanide.

Subfamily Baravrvz.

Genus BA.anvs, Lister.

Balanus porcatus, H, da Costa; Darw. Mon. ii. p. 256,

: pl. 6. f. 4.

Abundant on stones, Ascidia sordida, crabs, &c. in deep

water, and occasionally between tide-marks.

Balanus crenatus, Bruguiére; Darw. Mon. ii. p. 261, pl. 6. f. 6.

Not uncommon on Hyas araneus, Lithodes maia, and on

rocks in the laminarian region.

Balanus balanoides, L. ; Darw. Mon. ii. p. 267, pl. 7. f. 2.

Very abundant; coating extensive surfaces of the rocks

between tide-marks and in the laminarian region, and ad-

hering to mussels, sticks, posts, &c. Elongated varieties are

not uncommon. The exuviee swarm in the rock-pools and on

the surface of the sea in summer.

Balanus Hameri, Ascanius ; Darw. Mon. ii. p. 277, pl. 7. f. 5.

Occasionally in deep water; a small thorn-tree (still fresh)

was covered with fine examples.

Fam. Verrucide.

Genus VrerrucA, Schumacher.

Verruca Stréimit, O. F. Miiller; Darw. Mon. p. 518, pl. 21. f. 1.

Abundant on rocks and stones between tide-marks in the

laminarian region, and on crabs in the coralline.

Order COPEPODA.

Suborder GNATHOSTOMATA.

Genus Noropetpuys, Allman.

Notodelphys ascidicola, Allman.

Common in Ascidia intestinalis and others.

262 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Suborder PARASITA.

Genus Catiaus, O. F. Miiller.

Caligus rapax, M.-Kdwards.

Common on cod. Many specimens have Udonella caligorum

attached to them. Free specimens often occur in rock-pools.

Genus LEPEOPHTHEIRUS, Nordm.

Lepeophtheirus salmonis, Kroyer.

Abundant on the salmon.

Genus Crcrops, Leach.

Cecrops Latreillit, Leach.

Common on the gills of the sunfish (Orthagoriscus mola).

Genus ANCHORELLA, Cuvier.

Anchorella uncinata, O. F. Miiller,

Abundant on the gills of cod and haddock.

Anchorella emarginata, Kréyer, Naturhist. Tidsskrift, Bandi.

p- 287, tab. 3. fig. 7, a-e.

On the gills of the wolf fish (Anarrhichas lupus). Mr.

Norman states that this is new to Britain.

Genus Lernama, L.

Lernea branchialis, L.

Common on the gills of cod and haddock.

An Ergasilus? is common on the gills and other parts of

Doris tuberculata, D. Johnstoni, and occasionally on Triopa

claviger.

Order LoPHYROPODA,

Suborder OSTRACODA.

Fam. Cytheride.

Genus CyTHERE, O. F. Miiller.

Cythere pellucida, Baird; G. 8. Brady, Monogr. Brit. Ostra-

coda, Linn. Trans. xxvi. 2, p. 397, pl. 28. f. 22-26 & 28.

Abundant in shell-sand from the West Sands.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 263

The following come from the same locality :—

Cythere albomaculata, Baird; Brady, op. cit. p. 402, pl. 28.

f. 33-39, pl. 39. f. 3.

Cythere lutea, O. F. Miller; Brady, op. cit. p. 395, pl. 28.

f. 47-56, pl. 39. f. 2.

Cythere villosa, G. O. Sars; Brady, op. cit. p. 411, pl. 29.

f, 28-32.

Cythere cunetformis, Brady, op. cit. p. 404, pl. 31. f. 47-54.

Cythere viridis, O. F. Miller ; Brady, op. cit. p. 397, pl. 28.

f. 40, 41, &c. Also from deep water.

Cythere tuberculata, G. O. Sars; Brady, op. cit. p. 406, pl. 30.

f. 25-41.

Cythere concinna, Jones; Brady, op. cit. p. 408, pl. 26.

f. 28-33 &e.

Cythere finmarchica, G. O. Sars; Brady, op. cit. p. 410, pl. 31.

"Genus CYTHERIDEA, Bosquet.

Cytheridea elongata, Brady, op. cit. p. 421, pl. 28. f. 18-16 &e.

Cytheridea papillosa, Bosquet ; Brady, op. cit. p. 423, pl. 28.

f. 1-6 &c.

Genus Loxoconcua, G. O. Sars.

Loxoconcha tamarindus, Jones ; Brady, op. cit. p. 435,

pl. 27. f. 45-48.

Occasionally in the débris of the fishing-boats.

Loxoconcha guttata, Norman; Brady, op. cit. p. 436, pl. 27.

f. 40-44.

In shell-débris from the West Sands.

Genus XESTOLEBERIS, G. O. Sars.

Xestoleberis aurantia, Baird; Brady, op. cit. p. 437, pl. 27.

f. 34-37 Ke.

Abundant in tide-pools.

Genus CYTHEROPTERON, G. O. Sars.

Cytheropteron latissimum, Norman; Brady, op. cit. p. 448,

pl. 34. f. 26-30.

In the débris of the fishing-boats.

264 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Genus CYTHERIDEIS, Jones.

Cytherideis subulata, Brady, op. cit. p. 454, pl. 35. f. 43-46.

In shell-débris from the West Sands.

Genus SCLEROCHILUS, G. O. Sars.

Sclerochilus contortus, Norman; Brady, op. cit. p. 459,

pl. 34. f. 5-10 &e.

Common in débris from deep water.

Genus ParapoxosToma, Fischer.

Paradoxostoma vartabile, Baird ; Brady, op. cit. p. 457,

pl. 35. f. 1-7 & 12-17.

Abundant in tide-pools and in deep water.

Paradoxostoma ensiforme, Brady, op. cit. p. 460, pl. 35.

f, 8-11.

In the débris of the fishing-boats.

Paradoxostoma flexuosum, Brady, op. cit. p. 461, pl. 35.

f, 30-34,

In the same locality.

Paradoxostoma arcuatum, Brady, op. cit. p. 461, pl. 35.

7 & 38.

f. 37 & 38

With the foregoing from deep water.

Order AMPHIPODA.

Group NORMALIA.

Division Gamuarry4. Subdivision VAGANTIA.

Tribe Saltatoria.

Fam. 1. Orchestiide.

Genus TAuitrus, Latreille.

Talitrus locusta, L. Bate & Westwood, Brit. Sessile-eyed

Crust. 1. p. 16.

Abundant amongst the débris of seaweed and dead animals

of ail kinds near high-water mark, and in burrows in the sand

even above the latter.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 265

Genus Hyaue, H. Rathke.

Hyale Nilssoni, H. Rathke; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 40 (as

Allorchestes Nilssonit).

In small pools near high-water mark on the surface of the

bare rocks beyond the Maiden Rock, where almost the only

vegetation is borne on the backs of the limpets, and under

stones in littoral pools at the West Rocks. Stomachs of the

cod and flounder.

Tribe Natatoria.

Fam. 2. Gammaride.

Subfamily SrzeocrrwazrpEs.

Genus STeNoTHOH, Dana (= Probolium, Costa ; Montaqua,

Bate & Westwood).

Stenothoé monoculoides, Mont.; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 54.

In débris of fishing-boats, not uncommon. The dorsum

has rows of orange or reddish-orange specks, three distinct

rows on the broad plates of the anterior limbs, and other

isolated spots of the same hues ; eyes orange or reddish orange,

with small red dots posteriorly. A variety also occurs.

Stenothoé marina, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 58.

Frequent in débris of fishing-boats. Ova green.

Stenothoé Aldert, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 61.

With the foregoing, occasionally.

Stenothoé pollexiana, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 64.

In the same locality. Body barred with red; eyes red.

Stenothoé clypeata, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. ii. Supplement,

p- 499.

Occasionally in the débris of the fishing-boats.

Genus Lystanassa, M.-Edwards.

Lysianassa atlantica, M.-Edwards ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 82.

Not uncommon in the stomach of the haddock.

Genus ANONYX, Kroyer.

Anonyx Holbillii, Kréyer, =A. denticulatus, B. & W.

op. cit. 1. p. 101.

Occasionally after storms.on the West Sands, and in the

stomachs of cod and haddock.

266 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Genus AciposToma, Lilljeborg.

Acidostoma obesum, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 98.

Occasionally at the Hast Rocks.

Genus CALLISOMA, Costa.

Callisoma crenata, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 120.

In the stomach of a haddock.

Subfamily Ampezrscrpzs.

Genus AMPELISCA, Kroyer.

Ampelisca carinata, Bruzelius ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 127

(as A. Gaimardit).

Abundant in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Ampelisca Belliana, Bate (=A. macrocephala, Lilljeborg ?) ;

B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 135.

Common in the stomachs of the cod, haddock, skate, and

flounder, and dredged off the East Rocks. Nothing else is

found in the distended stomachs of some haddocks except

masses of this species ; or they may be accompanied by green

pea-urchins, tubes of Terebelle, fragments of Ophiocome, and

sea-mice. In multitudes on the West Sands after some

storms.

Genus AMPHILOCHUS, Bate.

Amphilochus manudens, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 180.

Occasionally in the débris of the fishing-boats. Eyes bright

red; body purplish brown, speckled with dark granules; the

tips of the antennz are of the same purplish hue.

Genus [puimeptA, H. Rathke.

Iphimedia obesa, H. Rathke; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 219.

Not uncommon in pools at the East Rocks, and in débris

of the fishing-boats. The brownish-red markings of the

young specimens form a double row on the posterior segments.

Subfamily Gammaripes.

Genus DEXAMINE, Leach.

Dewamine spinosa, Mont. ; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 237.

Abundant in pools near low-water mark at the East Rocks,

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 267

and in the stomach of the cod. Eyes white. Most have a

straw-coloured body, very prettily mottled with brownish-red

patches and many minute white specks; the antenne are

beautifully barred with white and brown.

Genus ATyLus, Leach.

Atylus Swammerdamii, M.-Kdwards; B.& W. op. cit. 1. p. 246.

Occasionally in rock-pools at the pier, or clinging in hundreds

to the seaweeds in the laminarian region off the West Rocks ;

abundant on the beach after storms, and in the stomach of the

cod. ‘Translucent and slightly yellowish, with three brownish-

red spots along the dorsum, and a small one above the eyes ;

the latter are pinkish brown; the elongated heart pulsates

very evidently on the dorsum.

Atylus bispinosus, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 250.

In the débris of the fishing-boats, under stones at the pier

rocks, and on the West Sands after storms. Eyes occasionally

reddish. Most of the body and appendages are speckled with

small black dots; many have specks of a carmine hue behind

the eyes.

Genus PHerusa, Leach.

Pherusa bicuspis, Kroyer; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 253.

In the débris of the fishing-boats, and in swarms in the

fine pools near high-water mark beyond the Rock and Spindle.

Genus CALLIOPIUS (Leach) , Lilljeborg.

Calliopius leviusculus, Kroyer; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 259.

Occasionally in pools near low water at the East Rocks.

Calliopius Ossiant, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 261.

Frequent in the fishing-boats.

Calliopius grandoculis, Bate ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 265.

In the same locality, and not uncommon in the rock-pools.

Many show a decided brownish bar from the eyes along the

dorsal ridge ; and sometimes small reddish specks are present.

A. Boeck includes this form under C. leviusculus *.

* ‘Crustacea Amphipoda boyrealia et arctica,’ p. 117.

268 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Calliopius bidentatus (n. sp.), Norman, Nat. Hist. Trans.

Northumb. & Durham, vol. i. 1865, p. 24.

This species is frequently dredged off the Harbour and the

East Rocks, as well as in the deeper water outside the bay,

and found on the West Sands after storms. Mr. Norman

states that it is not uncommon all along the east coast.

The body is about two fifths of an inch long, of a pale

straw-colour, tinted with brownish at the joints and the bases

of the limbs. Superior antenne twice as long as the in-

ferior, beautifully banded with red. Eyes irregularly rounded,

brownish red or pale brick-red. The first and second gnatho-

pods are nearly equal (the second, however, being larger) and

similar in structure. Hand almond-shaped, the palm being

furnished with a series of very distinct stout spines, and a row

of smaller spines reaching the base of the finger; the latter

is long, boldly curved, and regularly divided on the concave

side. ‘The first and second pleopods have spines, that of the

former, however, being sometimes indistinct. A very cha-

racteristic convexity occurs at the junction of the third and

fourth pleopods ; and the dorsal margin of the latter is concave.

Genus Leucornos, Leach.

Leucothoé spinicarpa, Abildgaard; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 271

(as L. articulosa).

Occasionally in pools at the East Rocks, and on the West

Sands after storms.

Genus Aora, Kroyer.

Aora gracilis, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 281.

Not uncommon in the débris of the fishing-boats. One had

a spike beneath the second pair of gnathopoda.

Genus MIcRODEUTEROPUS, Costa.

Microdeuteropus Webstert, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 291.

In the stomach of a haddock, and in débris of the fishing-

boats. Body of a straw-colour, the antenne having lighter

and darker bands of the same hue; eyes round, black.

Genus BAtTHyporetA, Lindstrém.

Bathyporeta pilosa, Lindstrém; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 304.

Common off the East Rocks in the laminarian region.

Crustacea of St, Andrews. 269

Bathyporeia Robertsont, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 309.

Occasionally in pools at the East Rocks. The eyes in the

examples were large, nearly meeting in the middle line.

Genus Metira, Leach.

Melita palmata, Mont.; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 337.

In the débris of the fishing-boats; not common. The body

is yellowish or straw-colour, with pale brownish antenne

marked at the joints with pale rings; eyes dark brown or

black, with whitish specks.

Melita obtusata, Mont.; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 341.

From the fishing-boats ; not uncommon.

Genus GAMMAROPSIS, Lilljeborg.

Gammaropsis erythrophthalmus, Lilljeborg ; B. & W. op. cit. 1.

p- 304.

From the fishing-boats ; not rare.

Genus AMATHILLA, H. Rathke.

Amathilla Sabini, Leach ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 361.

A single example in the stomach of a haddock.

Genus GAMMARUS, Fab.

Gammarus marinus, Leach; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 370.

In the stomach of a cod, and occasionally off the East Rocks

in a few fathoms.

Gammarus locusta, L.; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 378.

In swarms below the flat stones on sand between tide-

marks and in the laminarian region. It swims a considerable

time amongst putrid water. Occurs frequently in the stomachs

of cod and haddock.

Genus Heisciaptus, B. & W.

Heiscladius longicaudatus, B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 412.

In the fishing-boats ; rare.

270 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Subdivision DomiIcoLa.

Fam. Corophiide.

Subfamily Popvocerrpes.

Genus AMPHITHO#, Leach.

Amphithot rubricata, Mont. ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 418.

In the débris of the fishing-boats.

Amphithoé podoceroides, H. Rathke; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 422

(as A. littorina).

Common in the laminarian region, and under stones between

tide-marks, where it constructs tubes or nests. Most of the

fine specimens have the hand of the second pair defined by a

distinct tooth, as Rathke and Dr. Johnston state.

Genus Popocervs, Leach.

Podocerus falcatus, Mont. ; B. & W. op. cit.1. pp. 436 & 447 (as

P. pulchellus and P. pelagicus).

In rock-pools on Ceramium rubrum at the Pier, in the

laminarian region beyond, in the stomachs of flounders, and

in the fishing-boats. Sometimes gaudily tinted with reddish

brown and white, and with red bars on the inferior antenne.

Podocerus vartegatus, Leach; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 439, & p. 442

(as P. capillatus).

Not uncommon in pools near iow-water mark at the

Kast Rocks.

Genus CERAPUS, Say.

Cerapus difformis, M.-Edwards; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 457.

Common in deep water. The straw-coloured body is marked

with dark grains; and the superior antenne have the basal

third of the second and third segments tinted of a crimson

hue, the flagellum being similarly coloured for its proximal

half; the eyes have black centres and, as usual, a pale

margin.

Genus SIPHONGCETUS, Kroyer.

Siphonecetus typicus, Kroyer; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 465.

Abundant in the laminarian region in 3 to 6 fathoms off

the East Rocks, where it constructs nests on the inner surface

of bivalve shells. 8. White’, Gosse, is probably the female of

this species.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 271

Genus Na#nIA, Bate.

Nenia tuberculosa, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. 1. p. 472.

Occasionally in the débris of the fishing-boats.

Nenia rimapalmata, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 474.

With the former. ;

Nenia excavata, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 476.

Common in the same débris from the coralline ground.

Subfamily Cororuzzzpes.

Genus Cororuium, Latreille.

Corophium grossipes, L.; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 493 (as C. lon-

gicornis).

Abundant in the brackish pools near the mouth of the Eden,

and occasionally at the West Rocks. It is common in July:

swims excellently on its back.

Division Hyrprrina.

Fam. Hyperiide.

Genus Hyperta, Latreille.

Hyperia medusarum, O. F. Miller; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 12

(as H. galba).

Common in the cavity of Aurelia aurita; each medusa had

six or eight large examples. The Lestrigonus Kinahant,

Bate, is a sexual variety (male). Some large specimens are

found swimming freely on the surface of the water.

Hyperia oblivia, B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 17.

In a tide-pool on the West Sands after a storm.

Group ABERRANTIA.

Fam. Caprellide.

Genus Alaina, Kroyer.

Aigina phasma, Mont.; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 45.

Abundant in the débris of the fishing-boats.

272 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Genus CAPRELLA, Lamarck.

Caprella linearis, L.; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 52.

Plentiful in the same locality.

Caprella lobata, O. F. Miller; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 57.

Frequent in the fishing-boats.

Caprella tuberculata, Guérin ; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 68.

Common on Ceramiwm rubrum in rock-pools, and in the

stomachs of cod and haddock.

Caprella hystrix, Bate; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 63.

Not uncommon in the fishing-boats. The Rev. A. M.

Norman does not think this is the C. hystrix of Kroyer, but

rather the C. septentrionalis of that author.

Order ISOPODA.

Group ABERRANTIA.

Tribe Vagayria.

Genus ANCEUS, Risso.

Anceus maxillaris, Mont. ; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 187.

Not uncommon in the débris from the coralline ground.

Division AQUASPIRANTIA.

Tribe Parasirica.

Fam. Bopyride.

Genus Puryxus, H. Rathke.

Phryxus paguri, H. Rathke ; B. & W. op. cit. 11. p. 240.

Occasionally on Pagurus bernhardus.

Fam. gide.

Genus CriroLANa, Leach.

Cirolana spinipes, M.-Edw.; B. & W. op. cit. il. p. 299.

A large specimen occurred in the stomach of a haddock.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 273

Genus Evurypice, Leach.

Eurydice pulchra, Leach; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 310.

Abundant on the surface of the sea off the East Rocks

in autumn, and in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Tribe LrpeRATIca.

Fam. Asellide.

Genus J @rA, Leach.

Jeera Nordmannt, H. Rathke; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 320.

Common under stones near high-water mark at the Kast

Rocks.

Genus JANrIRA, Leach.

Janira maculosa, Leach; B. & W. op. cit. 11. p. 338.

Frequent on shells and Filigrana from the coralline ground,

and under stones in pools near low water at the Kast and other

rocks. This species has many of the habits of Jdotea.

Genus Lruwnort, Leach.

Limnoria lignorum, Rathke; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 351.

Abundant in the stakes for the salmon-nets on the West

Sands, and in wood elsewhere.

Fam. Arcturide. . -

Genus Arcturus, Latreille.

Arcturus longicornis, Sowerby ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 365.

Common in the stomachs of cod, haddock, and flounders.

Arcturus gracilis, H. Goodsir ; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 373.

Abundant in débris from the coralline ground and in the

stomachs of haddocks.

Fam. Idoteide.

Genus Iporga, Fab.

Idotea tricuspidata, Desmarest ; B. & W. op. cit. i. p. 379.

Frequent near low water in the laminarian region, and in

the stomachs of all the common fishes.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 19

274 Professors King and Rowney’s

Idotea linearis, Pennant; B. & W. op. cit. ii. p. 388.

_ Common in 3 or 4 fathoms on sand near the bar of the

Eden, in the trawlers’ boats, and in the stomachs of the

common fishes. They are active swimmers.

Messrs. Bate and Westwood state that I sent Cymodocea

truncata, Mont., from St. Andrews; but this is doubtful. The

Specimens probably came from the Outer Hebrides.

Division AEROSPIRANTIA.

Fam. Oniscide.

Genus Lyata, Fab.

Lygia oceanica, L.; B. & W. op. cit. 11. p. 444.

Abundant at the margin of high water at the East Rocks.

A specimen of Porcellio scaber occurred in the stomach of

a cod.

Order CUMACE®.

Fam. Diastylide.

Genus DIASTYLIS, Say.

Diastylis Rathkit, Kroyer.

Common off the East Rocks in 3 to 4 fathoms, and in the

stomach of the cod, haddock, and flounder.

[To be continued. }

XXXIV.—“ Eozoon ” examined chiefly from a Foraminiferal

Stand-point. By Professors W. Krnc, Se.D., and T. H.

Rowney, Ph.D.

[Plate XIX. ]

LIKE most scientific men, it has been the lot of Dr. Carpenter,

in the course of his career, to be placed under the necessity of

defending certain of his views against the opposition of others.

But unlike many who could be named, and who have risen

above petty personal feelings, he does not scruple to speak of his

opponents, or discuss their arguments, in a way ill-befitting any

Examination of “ Hozoon.”’ 275

one that “ loveth truth better than system’’*. No other alter-

native, however, is open to us but to leave Dr. Carpenter to

indulge in what he always imbues with a spirit of genuine

sincerity, though it may recoil on himself to an extent that

we, with others, cannot but regret.

It will be recollected that in the May number a summary

was given of the evidences and arguments that have been ad-

vanced by us against the ‘‘ eozoic doctrine.” Of the twenty-

one points contained in that summary, Dr. Carpenter has only

grappled with two, the 9th and 19th (one relating to the

“nummuline wall,” and the other to the “‘canal-system”’t) ; the

rest, as may be presumed, appearing to him to be “ entirely

destitute of logical force.” Of course, those that are noticed

must be of a different character. Let us see how they are

treated, as we may then be able to judge whether he has not

displayed considerable exemplary discretion in not “ troubling”

himself with the remaining nineteen.

“ Nummuline Wall” or Acicular Crust.

In our first memoir we noticed the fact, previously men-

tioned by Dr. Carpenter, that the acicule ‘‘ sometimes pass off

very obliquely, or even tangentially, so as to run for consider-

able distances in the chamber- walls ;” also his admission that

* Exceptions to any objectionable rule ought to be frankly acknow-

ledged. “ The accuracy of Prof. King’s information of Micro-Paleontology

may be estimated by the fact that when (about the same time) he made

his first acquaintance with the Orbulina universa brought up in the ‘ Por-

cupine’ soundings off the west of Ireland, he forthwith described them

as not improbably affording the explanation of the granular concretionary

structure of the Oolites.” I confess to feeling myself under great obliga-

tion to Dr. Carpenter for having drawn the reader’s attention to a fact

nearly forgotten, and evidently of much importance in my favour; but,

doubtless, influenced by a laudable desire not to occupy so prominent a

position as his share in them justly entitles him to take, my colleague felt

imself under the necessity of making no reference to our joint micro-

paleontological labours on Rhynchopora Geinitziana, Spirifer cuspidatus,

and the “ Histology of the Palliobranchs” that have appeared in preceding

volumes of the ‘Annals’ (1856, 1865, 1868, &c.) and other publications.

—W. K.

t+ Dr. Carpenter, we find, makes some slight reference to two or three

other points. What he states in connexion with the 16th does not apply

to ow* arguments, which were against his quasi-alchymical explanation

(see ‘Intellectual Observer,’ vol. vil. pp. 290 & 294) of a number of un-

toward difficulties frequently prdceuted by the “ proper wall” and “ canal-

system,” and which cannot be ignored in any criticism ou these parts. As

to the 20th point, it must astonish those belonging to the Canadian Geo-

logical Survey to learn that all the essential features of “ Hozeon” occur

in the highest state of preservation in specimens showing the least evi-

dence of any mineral change.

19*

276 Professors King and Rowney’s

he has “seen no parallel to this disposition in other Forami-

nifera.” We, therefore, expressed ourselves as being disposed

to regard so anomalous a peculiarity as evidence on our side.

Mr. H. J. Carter (without, we suspect, being aware of the

above admission, or of the view we were inclined to take),

when he became acquainted with the anomaly, belonging, be

it observed, to a part “ by which the organic origin of Hozoon

is capable of being most unmistakably recognized,” emphati-

cally pronounced against the identification of this part with

the chamber-wall of a Foraminifer, and no wonder.

Mr. Carter mentions that the acicule are “ sometimes ob-

served to be standing perpendicularly on, but much more fre-

quently parallel with, the surface of the grains of serpentine :”’

and Dr. Carpenter, in his first reply, ‘“ freely admits” that

this “fact”’ is one of ‘two anomalies in the arrangement of

the” acicule *; but, not being able to meet it, he runs off by

appealing to “ the wonderful variability of the Foraminiferal

type, &c.”” However, in his second reply (having, apparently,

just made the discovery), he states, ‘‘I now find a perfectly

simple explanation of the fact in the structure of those very

Nummulites which Mr. Carter knows so well.” The explana-

tion is afforded by a figure, “ after D’Archiac and Haime,”

representing the tubulation of Nummulites levigatus, which

tubulation, we are given to understand, is “‘ the precise counter-

part to” the parallel acicule of “‘ Hozoon canadense.”

Considering the admissions made by Dr. Carpenter, we

were certainly surprised to learn from himself that similar

counterparts are abundantly represented by D’Archiac and

Haime in their ‘ Animaux Fossiles du Groupe Nummulitique

de l’Inde.’ We have no intention of criticising the figure

that has been copied; for the original was made when the

minute structure of the shell-layers of a nummulite was only

imperfectly known. Having, however, some knowledge of

the “ pillars” or “cones” (so called by Sowerby) belonging

to these layers, but respecting which various opinions have

been advanced, we refused to put any faith in the explanation

until the true character of the “ pillars” and their relation to

the chambers became known to us.

Within the last few months we have been kindly favoured

by Mr. Carter with the loan and presentation of some valuable

specimens of recent and fossil Foraminifers, together with

copious information ; so, when the “ precise counterpart’ came

under our observation we solicited his further favours. The

specimens he sent us in return were exactly what were re-

* The other anomaly will be noticed hereafter.

Examination of Eozoon.” 277

quired: a slide which he had specially prepared for us, con-

tainng Nummulites broachensis infiltrated with mineral

matter, is particularly instructive. ;

Before offering any opinion on the alleged “ explanation,”

we shall make a few remarks preparatory to its consideration.

All the ¢nvesting chambers * of a nummulite are indi-

vidualized by walls and a rooft—the former being vertical

or variously inclined to the plane of the median chambers, and

the latter more or less parallel to the same plane. The roofs

form an important portion of the shell-layers of which a num-

mulite consists: and the walls, besides bounding the chambers

laterally, extend upwards, passing through the suprajacent

layer. Frequently, a number of walls are piled above each

other, and the roof of one chamber serves as the basement

of another. The walls are usually thin, but widest at the

top; occasionally thick, as when situated at the junction

of three or four chambers: the wall-extensions are often

thicker, especially in the latter case. Both are pellucid. They

form the ‘‘ pillars” or “cones” (inverted) previously alluded

to. In certain species (probably in all) the walls exhibit an

asbestine or fibrous structure, the divisional lines being at

right angles to that portion of the layer to which they indi-

vidually belong. The roofs (possibly also asbestine) are

opaque, of considerable areal extent, and generally thick: they

are everywhere penetrated by fine tubules, which lie parallel

to the above divisional lines.

It will thus be understood that every chamber is separated

from those adjoining by a vertical asbestine wall, and that every

layer is made up of roofs and walls. The layers, consequently,

consist largely of tubular, and, to a much less extent, of asbes-

tine portions, im alternating orderf. Through various pecu-

liarities characteristic of, and irregularities mecidental to the

* The median chambers require no particular notice, not being directly

concerned in the present question; and, for the same reason, only inci-

dental allusions are made to the “ canal-system.”

+ Believing that they are more explanatory, we have given these

names respectively to the parts usually called septa and wail: the latter

is often designated ‘ nwmmuline layer,” &c., from being tubulated, as in

the Nummulites.

+ The resemblance of the asbestine to the fibrous structure of arrago-

nite is so close as to suggest that, instead of being original, as assu-

mable, it may be superinduced and of inorganic origin, resulting from

fossilization. Much could be said in favour of this view: nevertheless, in

most cases of a change of the kind stated that have come under our notice,

the process has been more or less destructive of original structure, ob-

literating the difference between the roof and the walls, or converting

alike their substance into a structureless and pellucid condition, often so

unequally, that certain lamine of the shell-layers are opaque, and show

278 Professors King and Rowney’s

layers, the chambers, and the walls, vertical and oblique sec-

tions of a nummulite are rarely without some apparent devia-

tions from the general plan of structural arrangement.

We have represented in figures 1 and 2 (Pl. XIX.), as faith-

fully as our abilities will allow, two medio-vertical sections,

displaying the forementioned characters. Fig. 1, a section of

Nummulites levigatus, as seen magnified 120 diameters, shows

a portion of two layers, between which is a series of investing

chambers (a), and underneath other three that are median

(ax). The walls (c), including their extensions (¢ x), pass

through the layers with a slight curve: it is noteworthy that

one of them ends at the floor of an overlying chamber. The

only structures discernible in these parts are a few transverse

lines, which characterize the entire layers, and evidently

belong to their constituent laminee. The chamber-roofs (6)

are distinctly tubulated, as represented by the black lines: the

tubules run straight out for the most part, but with a slight

curve occasionally *, Fig. 2 represents a section of Num-

mulites broachensis (attached, with five more, to the slide pre-

sented to us by Mr. H. J. Carter)—a tumid species, with its

different parts less repetitively developed than in many others.

The chamber-roofs (6) have the tubules (marked in the figure

by dark lines) filled with yellow (? hydrous) oxide of ironT;

causing them to appear strongly in contrast to the white semi-

opaque walls (c, ¢ x): the latter parts everywhere display a

fine asbestine structure. Every layer, besides beg tubular

and asbestine, is distinctly laminated, the lamine traversing

traces of tubulation, while others in ¢mmediate connexion are perfectly

pellucid and structureless. We have never seen asbestine structure in

Nummulites levigatus ; but in another species, from Biarritz, the walls ex-

hibit a vertical lineation, though indefinitely, which appears to be due to

it. Whether the structure be original, or superinduced does not affect

the question; for the parts characterized by it, if they were even struc-

tureless, would be different from the roofs. Mr. H. J. Carter has deli-

neated the walls and their extensions (‘columns of condensed shell-sub-

stance”) of Orbitordes dispansa, with something like a prismatic structure

(Ann. Nat. Hist. 5 ser. vol. viii. pl. xvi. fig. 1d), which may be asbestine ;

or, possibly, from being fasciculated and divergent, it is due to the canal-

system: if the former, the case is the only one known to us, with the

exception of the doubtful one represented by D’Archiac and Haime, of

the asbestine structure having been published. Mr. Carter, however, has

been for some time acquainted with it in Nwmmudlites broachensis: and it

was from him we first got our information on the matter.

* The roof and wall belonging to the median chamber on the left side

are broken: they lie below the plane of the section, and therefore come

out indefinitely. ,

+ The chambers, also the canals, are filled with a red variety, which

may be anhydrous oxide of iron.

_———————————

Examination of ‘ Kozoon.” 279

continuously both roofs and walls. A few exceptional appear-

ances occur: a bundle of tubules intersects two or three layers

(one seems to be interpolated) in a mass of asbestine shell-

substance, but without any chambers. The absence of the

latter is evidently due to their being cut off from the section.

Furnished with what may be deemed sufficient data, we

may now pause to take into consideration the figure brought

forward by Carpenter, “ after D’Archiac and Haime.”’

What does the figure show as it appears ?—or, what are we

to understand from it, as described by Dr. Carpenter? Evi-

dently (1st) that the layers are everywhere lineated; and

(2nd) that the lineation is to be taken as representing tubules,

not only in the roof of the chambers, but as ‘‘passing by” their

ends or sides. Now we unreservedly declare that no section

of a nummulite can show in reality, except accidentally, any

thing of the kind.

Every chamber, as we have shown, is circumscribed by

walls. The lineations adjoining or passing by the ends of the

chambers, represented by D’Archiac and Haime, must, if

they were really present in the specimen, belong to the walls

and their extensions; so that instead of indicating the pre-

sence of tubules, they can only represent asbestine divisional

lines. The French savans may not have been acquainted with

the difference between the walls including their extensions and

the roofs of the chambers (we are not able to consult their

work): if this were the case, much could be said in their

favour. But nothing of the kind can be urged on the side of

Dr. Carpenter; who, with all the modern appliances at his

command for obtaining, if necessary, the information, and

more especially after having, on different occasions, described

and figured the walls as “ pillars” formed of “ solid substance

not perforated by tubuli,” deliberately brmgs forward this

case, declaring oracularly that it is the “ precise counterpart

to”’ what has been admitted by himself to be an anomalous fact,

and which is regarded by Mr. Carter and ourselves as “‘ incom-

patible with nummuline tubulation” *.

* We have just had the opportunity of reading Mr. Carter’s valuable

communication in the current number of the ‘Annals,’ “On the Striz of

Foraminiferous Tests.” The general structure of the nummulite he has

sketched out makes it clear that there is nothing in “ Kozoon” answering

(except mere simulations) to any thing in a foraminiferal shell. Mr,

Carter’s strie form our asbestine structure, which it would appear is not

uncommon among fossilized nummulids. We cannot bring ourselves to

accept unconditionally the view that “ the striz are the lines of cleavage,”

although a number of considerations could be urged in its favour: the

close conformity in direction between the strive and the adjoining tubula-

tion seems to be relative, and therefore militating against it; while, on

280 Professors King and Rowney’s

Entertaining no doubt that Dr. Carpenter perfectly under-

stood the point which he so confidently pronounces “ betrays ”’

our ‘‘ shocking state-of ignorance of Foraminiferal structure,”

we cannot but give expression to our astonishment at the evi-

dences he has brought forward by way of justifying himself.

“ Kozoon”’ is stated to be furnished with chambers that

have an upper as well as an under “nummuline” or ‘‘tubulated

wall” (a roof and a floor), also an “intermediate skeleton”

between them; added to which it must be understoood that the

tubules (aciculee) of the “ walls’ often pass continuously from

one chamber to another to the exclusion of the skeleton*. Not-

withstanding the “ wonderful variability of the Foraminiferal

type,’ we have invariably held that the presence of an upper

and an under “wall” is a pseudopodial impossibility; while it

has been ‘freely ”’ admitted by Dr. Carpenter, but only lately

(‘ Annals,’ April, p. 282), that the “ fact” 1s an anomalyT.

Determined, however, not to be outdone, he copies a figure,

by Carter, representing a vertical section of Orbitoides dis-

pansa, in which, it is stated, the “ pseudopodial tubulation

normally passes,” and is circumstanced, as in “‘ Hozoon.” But,

unfortunately for this statement, neither Orbitoides dispansa

nor Nummulites possesses any intermediate skeleton, or an un-

der “tubulated wall.” The tubulation that is present is upper :

it belongs absolutely and essentially to the roof of the cham-

bers. We challenge our opponent to point out a single “fact”

among the entire group of Foraminifers enabling him to get

over this stumbling-block. Even in Calcarina (stated to be

“the nearest parallel to Hozoon among recent Foraminifera’’),

which possesses an intermediate skeleton, a “tubulated wall”

is wholly absent from the bottom of the chambers, every one

of which vests directly on the skeleton.

Dr. Carpenter would fain wish it to be understood that we

have never seen what he emphatically calls “ my true num-

the other hand, the organic development of the asbestine structure (in

other words prismatic) is supported by certain observations made by Dr.

Carpenter, which show that in Operculina arabica the tubules of the

chamber-roofs are each in the centre of a prism (see ‘ Introduction to

Foraminifera, pl. xvii. fig. 8, p. 256). But the subject is one that requires

much more attention than has yet been given to it; and the bearing

thereon of Mr. Carter’s discovery of some instances of rhombohedral

(true) cleavage in fossilized nummulites must not be overlooked.—August

12, 1874.

% See Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 63; Intellectual Observer,

vol. x. pp. 294, 295, tinted pl. fig. 1 (upper part left-hand side); Popular

Science Review, vol. iv. pl. xv. fig. 10.

+ This is the second of the “two anomalies” previously mentioned.

Examination of * Eozoon.” 281

muline wall;” yet he inconsistently asserts, ‘if the chambers

and tubuli of a nummulite were infiltrated with serpentine,

and the calcareous skeleton were removed by acid, the appear-

ance presented would be exactly that figured” in one of our

delineations of it.

Referring to his original description of ‘‘ Hozoon,” we find

it stated that ‘in decalcified specimens, the free margins of

the casts of the chambers are often seen to be bordered with a

delicate white glistening fringe; and when this fringe is ex-

amined with a sufficient magnifying-power, it is seen to be

made up of a multitude of extremely delicate acicul/, stand-

ing side by side like the fibres of asbestos:” and reference

is made to fig 4, pl. ix., accompanying the memoir. Dr. Car-

penter asserts that ‘“ Professors King and Rowney certainly

have not seen” any thing answering to this description, “if

they can identify it with a film of chrysotile or asbestiform

serpentine, and can assert that in its typical condition it occurs

in cracks or fissures of the serpentine.”’ As the figures which

represent the fact that sustain this identification (somewhat

incorrectly expressed by Dr. Carpenter) are contained in a

publication less known, considering its merits, than it ought

to be, we have selected two additional examples, detected in

a mounted section, kindly presented to one of us by himself

some years since, of “ Hozoon,” in its laminated condition,

from a specimen of Canadian ophite*. In the examples

represented in fig. 3 ‘extremely delicate acicule”’ (6) are

seen ‘standing side by side,” exactly as in Dr. Carpenter’s

illustration; while in the other, given under fig. 4, similar

aciculze occur, but more obviously separated. The latter

may be taken for typical examples of the “‘ nummuline wall”

—the “calcareous lamella perforated by minute tubuli”’ (they

show the calcareous separations removed by decalcification,

the casts of the tubuli alone remaining). But now comes the

point which is to decide whether we are labouring under

‘“ confusion in the mind,” or Dr. Carpenter is “ suffering under

tubulation on the brain.” Reverting to the example repre-

sented in fig. 3, the aciculz are seen to “stand side by side”

(when, of course, the interspaces must be much thinner than

they are in example fig. 4), and to be closely compacted,

with absolutely nothing more separating them than their own

divisional lines ; and as such they pass here and there into the

condition of true chrysotile (c), which actually runs into, and

forms a vein in, the adjacent serpentine (a), retaining the green

colour of the structureless mineral. The change from one

* The entire section is represented in ‘ Proceedings Royal Irish Acad.’

vol. x. pl. xli. fig. 4. ;

282 Professors King and Rowney’s

extreme to the other, in this the most demonstrative example

we have yet met with, is without a break or interruption of

any kind.

We have no doubt that Dr. Carpenter has often seen ex-

amples resembling the above; but, considering that they are

called by him “ pseudomorphs,” considerable doubts may be

entertained of his being “ perfectly acquainted with” them.

Be this as it may, he “‘ freely admits their resemblance to cer-

tain forms of the acicular layer left after decalcification of the

nummuline layer.” ‘To us the resemblance is too close—of too

graduating a character to be dismissed in this manner. Dr.

Carpenter will have, therefore, still to repeat—‘ Professors

King and Rowney persist in likening them, notwithstanding

my repeated assertions that the two things are altogether dif-

ferentiae?:

So, proofs of the complete passage of the “ true nummuline

wall”’ into chrysotile or fibrous serpentine, and exhibited in a

highly metamorphosed rock with a complex mineral composi-

tion, are to be set aside by mere assertions, based on nothing

more than simulations, and made, too, by one who rightly

confesses that he is “ not a mineralogist.”

It is quite unnecessary to bring forward any other cases

than those elsewhere made known f to show that the “‘num-

muline wall, in its typical condition, occurs in cracks or fissures

of the serpentine.” It so happens that one of the cases re-

ferred to is seen in the section which has yielded the demon-

strations that have been described and figured.

We have all along maintained that the “ nummuline wall”

is an integral portion of the grains and other aggregations of

serpentine which it invests: hence, when a “ constructed”

figure was continually being republished, and which, by repre-

senting the “ wall” with two continuous bounding lines, made

it appear as a part independent of the skeleton, like the

chamber-roof of a Calcarina, we deemed ourselves called upon

to make known the objection we have to such representation.

Specimens are abundant which show the surfaces of the

grains gradually changing into the “ nummuline wall,” and

consequently proving the latter to be, not an independent part,

but an acicular variety of the serpentine. The specimens last

under consideration are evidences in point ; and we give, under

fig. 5, a representation of another specimen to sustain more

* The italicization is ours. 5 3

+ See Quarterly Journal Geol. Society, vol. xxii. pl. xiv. fig. 4, p. 196;

Proce. Royal Irish Acad. vol. x. pl. xliii. figs. 5, 6

Examination of ‘ Eozoon.” 283

directly our objection. It will be observed that the side of

the “wall” in contact with the serpentine (a) (in eozoic par-

lance, the face of a ‘‘chamber”’) exhibits a number of ser-

pentine extensions or openings of various widths without aci-

cule. Openings of a similar character are not uncommon on

the other or calcitic side of the “ wall” (d), called the ‘ inter-

mediate skeleton,” though they do not occur in the specimen

now under consideration*. In some cases the serpentine ex-

tensions are slender rods, and pass right across the “ wall.”

Both sets of openings are represented by Dr. Carpenter in

the “‘ nummuline wall ” of the ‘‘constructed”’ figure to which we

make objection; but he has represented them bridged over by

a continuation of the line defining the acicular portions, as will

be seen by our enlarged and roughly approximate copy of a

portion of the “ wall,” under fig. 6. The openings on the

‘skeleton ” side (d) consist of calcite; those on the opposite or

“‘chamber” side (a) we have represented filled with serpen-

tine, as warranted by fig. 5. ‘To some observers, endowed

with the gift of foraminiferizing t, the latter openmgs might

be, and, if we are not inistaken, have been regarded as due to

“pillars of non-tubular”’ shell-substance, similar to the wall-

extensions that intersect the layers of a nummulite; but this

view is obviously incorrect, as it requires the openings belong-

ing to both sides to be filled with calcite, also to be exten-

sions of chamber-walls: nothing, however, that can be con-

sidered to represent any thing of the kind is ever present.

Clearly, then, as the openings cannot be identified with the

non-tubular portions belonging to the shell-layers of a num-

mulite, they ought to have been represented unbridged, as in

fig. 7. Dr. Carpenter had no more right to introduce bridging

lines than we have in our fig. 5. It may be suggested that

he has merely given a hypothetical reconstruction; but

nothing of the sort can be allowed after his express declara-

tion—‘‘ I have represented nothing that my specimens do not

* As, from their similarity of composition, we cannot demonstrate any

difference between the “intermediate skeleton” and the adjoining calcitic

openings, and as it is immaterial to the point, it is unnecessary to make

any further allusion to the latter.

+ It is much to be feared that the spheroids, &c., common in the

magnesian limestone of Durham, will not escape being converted into

gigantic Foraminifers. Dr. Carpenter, after making some remarks in

connexion with these bodies, thus concludes—“ The only question now

is, whether a careful microscopic examination of the minute structure of

the Permian concretions may not afford, through its likeness to that of

Parkeria, more or less definite indications of thei organic origin obscured

by subsoquent metamorphism”! (Nature, vol. iii. p. 186). The late Pro-

fessor Sedgwick, in a letter to one of us, spoke strongly against the

‘eozoic doctrine :”” what would he have said respecting this idea ?

284 Professors King and Rowney’s

distinctly show.’’ Observations properly and patiently con-

ducted, with a true appreciation of all the collateral elements,

and discarding partial simulations, instead of giving rise to

the idea that the openings on the “chamber” side should be

represented as bounded by a line and filled with calcite, would

have resolved them into portions of serpentine, remaining un-

converted into chrysotile or into the acicular condition.

It will now, to some extent, be understood in what sense

we contend that the “nummuline wall” is not a chemically

differentiated part. In certain places, as shown on the left side

of fig. 4, it is largely made up of calcite (it may be dolomite,

or magnesite); and, as such, shutting out of view the fact that

it oftener consists of closely compacted acicule, it might, allow-

ing some exaggeration, be called “a calcareous lamella” ; but

in these places the wall” certainly cannot be regarded other-

wise than as having assumed an exceptional condition, it being,

according to its discoverer, ‘rarely well preserved” (the ex-

pression evidently refers to what is considered to be its “true”

or “typical” character) ; and, which is of far greater weight

with us, more especially when, as in the places already noted,

it completely and insensibly passes into the state of true

chrysotile*.

Dr. Carpenter has brought forward an entirely new “ pro-

bative fact,” consisting of a fragment of the “nummuline

* According to our theory, stated elsewhere (Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc.

vol. xxii. pl. xiv. fig. 2, p. 192; Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. x. pl. xli.

fig. 2, p. 815; Geol. Mag. Jan. 1872), the presence of calcite in the

“nummuline wall” is the result of chemical action, effected by the

agency of carbonated solutions, similar to what has taken place in the

production of pseudomorphs consisting of calcite after a silacid mineral.

In the latter, the original mineral substance is often represented by a

siliceous skeleton, or it is entirely removed, nothing being left but its

crystalline form composed of calcite. With the exception that no ori-

ginal crystalline form is preserved (for a rock mass has been dealt with),

the “wall” displays similar changes; the calcite has partially, or wholly

replaced the serpentine—partially where the acicule are imbedded in it,

and wholly where they are absent. The aciculz, when separated merely

by divisional spaces, manifest the first change of the chrysotile (which is

indefinitely fibrous): when separated by calcitic interspaces, as in the

‘true nummuline wall,” they are no more than the remains of the latter

mineral, preserving in their “usual straight and parallel lie,” and their

“often more or less curvedness,’”’ its characteristic jibrosty. Similar

chemical action, or methylosis as we have called it, has converted amor-

phous serpentine into lobulated grains (“ chamber-casts””) and arborescent

forms (“canal-system”), but mainly shaped by irregular conchoidal divi-

sional structure. In all eases the change terminates with the production

of the “intermediate skeleton,” the result of the conversion of serpentine

into calcite.

Examination of “ Eozoon.”’ 285

wall,” in which it is stated that “many of the tubuli remain

empty; and they can be distinguished as tubuli under any

magnifying-power that the thickness of the covering-glass allows

to be used.” If we are correct in our interpretation of this

statement, we think, although pronounced with italic emphasis,

that it ought to have been accompanied by some confirmatory

information. The “explanation” of the figures representing

the fragment is even less satisfactory. Dr. Carpenter must

excuse us; but he ought to know that a mere statement of this

kind is totally insufficient to convince those who thoroughly

disbelieve in “ Hozoon.” What may appear to him to be

empty tubuli cannot appear as such to the latter, unless they

are convinced of the validity of the evidence on which he

relies. Microscopic appearances are often difficult of interpre-

tation. Besides, it must not be forgotten that Dr. Carpenter is

as fallible as any other mortal*. To us this case does not

add a single particle of weight to the “eozoic doctrine.” Having

been brought forward without one iota of evidence, we are

under the necessity of making no further comments on it,

except to state that we do not dispute but the fragment exhi-

bits some structural peculiarity giving rise to appearances of

empty tubulation ; but being familiar with numerous things

in various minerals which cannot possibly be what they are

in appearance, as well as with tubular cavities in the same of

inorganic origin, we unhesitatingly demur to Dr. Carpenter’s

interpretation,—more especially as it involves the existence in

their original empty condition of fosstlized tubules, stated to

be “ less than j3, part of an inch in diameter,” and preserved

in a well crystallized and complexly mineraliferous rock, like

ophite, that has participated in all the mechanical and physical

movements undergone by the violently disturbed and highly

metamorphosed Laurentians of Canada. It was hard enough

for geological or mineralogical believers ‘(full exception must

be made in favour of those belonging to the biological class)

to accept “‘ the fact that the organic structure of the shell is in

many instances even more completely preserved than it usually

is in the Nummulites and other Foraminifera of the Nummu-

litic limestone of the early Tertiaries”” T, or the statement that

“ Kozoon”’ is best preserved in the Laurentians of a “ highly

* It will not be the first time that Dr. Carpenter has committed some

grave errors, even in cases surrounded by no such difficulties as pertain

to the one under notice. We need only mention his idea, apparently

held for some years, that the “solid pillars” of the Nummulites were

perforations filled up with mineral matter. Of course we attach nothing

more to this error than its pertinency to the case of the “ empty tubuli.”

t Carpenter, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc. vol. xxi. p. 64.

286 Professors King and Rowney’s

crystalline condition” *; but any attempt to accept the “ pro-

bative fact”? of nwmmuline tubules, in their original “ empty’’

state, occurring in such rocks, they will find to be labour in

vain; though, science failing, Faith, which removes moun-

tains, will undoubtedly stand in its stead.

Is it surprising that Professor Schultze, when he became

acquainted with the evidences adduced in our papers, requested

his friend, Mr. Arthur EK. Barker, “ to tell Messrs. King and

Rowney, that, with respect to the proper wall of Carpenter, I

am entirely of their opinion, that it is of inorganic origin” 7;

or that Carter emphatically declared the identification of it

with the chamber-roof of a nummulite “‘ to be nonsense !”’

“ Canal-system” or Serpentinous Arborescences.

Our remarks on this part must be comparatively brief, Dr.

Carpenter having advanced nothing new respecting it. We

must, in the first place, express our approval of his figures 3

and 4, which show the “canals”? under their characteristic

aspect; also the non-acicular portion of fig. 1, in which some

simpler forms are represented; though we are as confident as

ever that they are nothing more than examples of arborescent

serpentine, related to, if not identical with, metaxite. As

regards those shown in fig. 5, their appearance is so untypical

that we cannot avoid expressing a fear about our being cor-

rect; we are nevertheless willing, with some reservation, to

allow them to stand as examples of the “ canal-system.” The

bodies taken to represent this system in the figure last referred

to, it is stated, ‘‘show by their semiopacity in one part the

extent to which the serpentinous infiltration has proceeded,

and, by their transparence in the rest, that their canalization

is not the result of any foreign infiltration whatever.” It is

next stated that the “canals” (? presumably the transparent

portions) ‘are filled with calcite, having the same crystalline

axis as that of the matrix.” Again, “as I know them (the

“canals filled with calcite”) to be contained in the section

which I long since forwarded to Prof. Rowney, the only con-

ceivable reason for the non-recognition of them by the two

Galway professors is that they have not used the reduced

light, which, through the extreme transparence of the minuter

canaliculi, is necessary to bring them into view.” As Dr.

* Dawson. This statement is quite correct in the sense that the struc-

tures forming the presumed organism are of mineral origin.

+ Dr. Carpenter has credited us with many things: his last fayour of

the kind, that Max Schultze “had changed his opinion respecting the

canal-system, as asserted by ” ws, we are under the necessity of returning—

it being without any endorsement.

Examination of ‘ Eozoon.” - 287

Carpenter has totally ignored the report we gave of our ex-

amination of the section in question, we shall give the sub-

stance of it, which, with a few additional remarks, will be

sufficient to enable the reader to understand the estimate we

have formed of the last case he has brought forward.

We stated that the section was crowded with “ canals,”

distinguished as usual by their semiopacity : intermixed with

them were others (encircled by the donor with ink) quite colour-

less or transparent, and not visible under full light. They

were imbedded in transparent calcite, affected with both rhom-

bohedral and macro-diagonal cleavage; but while in most

there was nothing of the kind seen, a few had the appear-

ance of possessing calcitic divisional structure. To make our-

selves certain with respect to the composition of the trans-

parent “canals,” we tested them. Obviously, if they con-

sisted of calcite, the section, when superficially dissolved (to

prevent their droppmg out), would display them quite as

much acted on by the acid as the matrix. But instead of this

being the result, all the transparent “canals” distinguished

by a circle in ink were seen projecting out of the remaining

portion of the matrix as clear as glass: none showed any traces

of cleavage except one, where it was still overlaid by calcite*.

This simple test completely demonstrated that the transparent

“ canals ’”’ were entirely siliceous bodies.

At various times we have been told of the occurrence of

“canals filled with carbonate of lime of the same nature’”—

“of the same crystalline character’’—‘ having the same

crystalline axis as that of the matrix.” ‘Taking this to refer

to cleavage (for such is represented by lines obliquely crossing

the transparent “canals” in Dr. Carpenter’s fig. 5; the same

lines, it will observed, are represented (!) equally crossing the

semiopaque or “serpentinous canals’’), and, considering the

absence of all allusion to chemical and optical evidences con-

firmatory of their alleged composition, we are strongly inclined

to the belief that the crystalline character observed in the

“transparent canals,” of late made known, does not belong to

them, but to their calcitic matrix; and, as in other cases of the

kind, it is our opinion that there are the strongest grounds for

removing this “cardinal fact” from the category of reliable

evidence on the side of the “ eozoic doctrine.”

* A figure was appended of a portion that had been marked with ink,

showing five of the “ transparent canals,” as seen magnified 210 diameters,

and under Webster’s condenser with graduating diaphragms. For a full

account of this section, and specimens of a similar character, the reader is

referred to the ‘ Proceedings of the Royal Irish Academy,’ vol. x. pp. 532,

534, 535, pl. 44. fig. 11; also zd. new series, vol. i. p. 132.

288 Professors King and Rowney on “ Eozoon.”’

It will be understood from the title of our paper that we

have restricted ourselves chiefly to the speciality which, ad-

mittedly, Dr. Carpenter ought to be thoroughly conversant

with. Fully examined from his own special stand-point, the

““nummuline layer” or “feature by which Hozoon is capable

of being most unmistakably established” turns out to be a

Foraminiferal impossibility; while, as made known by the

twenty-one points of our summary, geology, mineralogy, and

chemistry irresistibly relegate it to the domain of inorganic

nature. Let us hope, for the reputation of geology, which

owes so much to the correlative sciences, that in future its

labourers will be severely critical on new doctrines—that

before accepting them they will give more weight and con-

sideration to opposing evidences belonging to mineralogy and

chemistry ; otherwise the noble legacy which they have re-

ceived from a generation that has scarcely passed away will

assuredly fall a prey to sensational doctrines, based on mere

appearances and probabilities uncorrelatively and isolatedly

interpreted in opposition to the teaching of a wide range of

established facts.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

Fig. 1. Vertical section of the shell-layers of Nummulites levigatus, show-

ing the chambers (a, ax), each with a tubulated roof (6), and

non-tubular walls (c) including their extensions (¢ x): as seen

; magnified 120 diameters.

Fig. 2. Vertical section of Mummulites broachensis (Carter). (The letters

refer to the same parts as in fig. 1.)

Fig. 3. Section (decalcified) of Eozoon canadense, showing “chamber-

casts’’ (a) in serpentine, “ intermediate skeleton” (d) in calcite

(dissolved out by decalcification), and ‘“‘nummuline wall ” (0) in

its typical condition (the acicule were separated by calcitic spaces)

where the letter is opposite, but passing gradually into chryso-

tile (c), which forms an intersecting vein in the serpentine: as

seen magnified 60 diameters.

Fig. 4. Section (decalcified) of “ Hozoon canadense”’ (from same specimen

as the last), showing “nummuline wall” (6) in its typical con-

dition, on the left side, but gradually passing into the closely

compacted condition (unseparated except by mere divisional lines)

above letter a.

Fig. 5. Section of same, showing the side of the “nummuline wall”

next to the serpentine (a) with openings, to prove that it is only

differentiated from the latter by its acicular or fibrous structure ;

the serpentine in the openings remaining structuraily unaltered :

as seen magnified 210 diameters.

Fig. 6. Approximate copy, enlarged, of Dr. Carpenter’s representation of

a portion of the “nummuline wall ” of “ Hozoon canadense,” which

he has represented bounded by two continuous lines under the

belief that it is a “calcareous lamella,’ and thus differentiated

from the serpentine “chamber-cast” (situated on the side a).

On Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 289

The bounding-line, or rather the lines bridging the openings (a),

we contend ought not to have been introduced.

Fig. 7. Same, as the “nummuline wall” really occurs, there being nothing

in specimens, as will be seen in fig. 5, to show that the openings

(@ fig. 6) were ever filled with calcite (according to the “ eozoic

octrine” the part is a “calcareous lamella”): on the contrary,

they were always filled with serpentine.

XXXV.—On a Collection of Hemiptera Heteroptera from

Japan. Descriptions of various new Genera and Species.

By Joun Scort.

Nor the least interesting amongst the many novelties obtained

by Mr. George Lewis in Japan are the Hemiptera, which I

have had the pleasure of examining; and although the major

part of the collection contains many well-known forms, some

of which are Kuropean, on the other hand there are several

possessing peculiar characters. These last are all entirely

new to science ; and their description forms a portion of the

present paper. Subjoined I give a complete list, showing

which genera and species are new and which have been pre-

viously described.

List of Hemiptera Heteroptera collected by Mr. George Lewis

in Japan.

Those species with an asterisk (*) in front are found in England.

Those species with an obelisk (+) occur on the continent of Europe, but

are not known to be British.

Fam. PacHycorip®. - Fam. OxynoTipz,

Peecilocoris ornatus, Dadllas. No representative.

Callidea grandis, Thunb.

Fam. ASoPpiIp&,

Fam, EuRYGASTRID&. ’ :

: *Zicrona cerulea, Linn.

Bolbocoris reticulatus, Daillas. Menida violacea, Motsch.

*Eurygaster maurus, Linn, Picromerus Lewisi, n. sp. $

+Graphosoma lineata, Linn. Pintheus sanguinipes, Fab,

Fam. Popopipz.

Scotinophora lurida, Burm.

—— tarsalis, n. sp.

Fam. CypNID&,

/Ethus nigropiceus, n. sp,

Macroscytus Japonensis, n, sp,

Canthophorus niveimarginatus,

Fam. ODONTOSCELID®,

nl. Sp.

No representative. Sehirus triguttatus, n. sp,

Fam. PLATASPIDE. Fam. Scrocorip»®.

Coptosoma cribraria, Fab. Laprius varicornis, Dadllas,

biguttata, Motsch. Drinostia Lewisi, n, sp,

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 20

290

Fam. Poiua@m”.

No representative.

Fam. Hatypip®.

Eurydema rugosa, Motsch.

Agonoscelis nubila, Fab.

Stollia guttigera, Thunb.

Fam. PENTATOMID®.

Elia Fieberi, n. sp.

Plautia Stali, n. sp.

Zangis melanostictus, Voll.

Nezara antennata, n. sp.

viridis, Linn.

Piezodorus rubrofasciatus, Fab.

Polycoris verbasci, De G.

Palomena angulosa, Motsch.

rubricornis, n. sp.

Halyomorpha picus, Lab.

Carbula humerigera, Uhler.

Acanthosoma distincta, Dallas.

scutellata, n. sp.

Elasmucha Putoni, n. sp.

—— Signoreti, n. sp.

Fam. UrosTynLip®.

Urostylis striicornis, n. sp.

annulicornis, n. sp.

—— Westwoodii, n. sp.

Fam. EpEssip&.

No representative.

Fam, PHyLLOCEPHALIDZ.

Gonopsis affinis, Uhler.

Prionochilus decempunctatus,

Motsch.

Fam. MEGYMENID#.

1 species, about which I am

doubtful.

Fam, SPARTOCERID.

No representative.

Fam. Mictip™.

Mictis fuliginosa, Uhler.

Fam, NEMATOPID#,

No representative.

Fam. HomamocERIDm.

Homeeocerus striicornis, n. sp.

unipunctatus, Thunb.

Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Fam. SyYROMASTIDZE.

No representative.

Fam, ACANTHOCORID.

Acanthocoris sordidus, Thunb.

Fam. ANISOSCELID®,

Plinacthus bicoloripes, n. sp.

Pachycephalus opacus, Uhler.

Fam. ALYDID.

Riptortus clavatus, Thunb.

Megalotomus costalis, Sta/.

Fam. STENOCEPHALID®.

No representative.

Fam. BERYTIDA.

No representative.

Fam. CorEip2.

Cletus rusticus, S¢a/.

Paraplesius, noy. gen.

unicolor, n. sp.

Fam. RHoPALIDz.

Stictopleurus abutilon, Rossz.

Fam. LyGxip2.

Arocatus melanostoma, n. sp.

Melanocephalus cruciger, Motsch.

Ischnodemus spinicaput, n. sp.

Chauliops, nov. gen.

fallax, n. sp.

Nysius, 1 species undetermined.

Peliosoma antennata, Uhler.

Geocoris varius, Uhler.

Tropistethus antennatus, n. sp.

*Platygaster ferrugineus, Linn.

Lasiosoma pallipes, n. sp.

Diplonotus rusticus, n. sp.

hemipterus, n. sp.

— luridus, n. sp.

lateralis, n. sp.

Metochus, nov. gen.

abbreviatus, n. sp.

Prosomceus, nov. gen.

brunneus, n. sp.

Gyndes albomarginatus, n, sp.

Lethzeus Dallasi, n. sp.

Calyptonotus albomaculatus,

nl. Sp

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Graptopelta albomarginata,

Uhler 2?

Ischnorrhynchus colon, Thunb.

Fam. Dresocorip&.

No representative.

Fam. ANTHOCORID®.

No representative.

Fam. MicropHysip™.

No representative.

Fam, PyrrHocorip2.

Physopelta cincticollis, Sta.

gutta.

Pyrrhocoris coriaceus, n. sp.

Melanospilus cruciger, Motsch.

Fam. Larcinm.

No representative.

Fam. Capsip.z.

1 species of Dereocoris, but

whether already described I

cannot ascertain.

Fam. PuyMatip#.

No representative.

Fam, MacrocEPpHALID®.

No representative.

Fam. Hrprip™.

No representative.

Fam. ZOSMENID2.

No representative.

Fam, Piesmipz.

No representative.

Fam. Tinerpin2.

Tingis pyrioides, n. sp.

Monanthia monstrosa, n. sp.

Fieberi, n. sp.

Cantacader Lethierryi, n. sp.

{Laccometopus clavicornis, Zinn.

Fam. BRACHYRHYNCHID.

Mezira scabrosa, n. sp.

291

Fam. ARADIDZ.

No representative. _

Fam. ACANTHOD2.

No representative.

Fam. HoLoprimip2®.

No representative.

Fam. LopocEPHALID®.

No representative.

Fam. Sycanip&.

No representative.

Fam. HARPACTORIDZ&.

Isyndus obscurus, Sta.

Cydnocoris russatus, S¢é.

Fam. SACCODERID®.

No representative.

Fam. Ha/Matrocorw2.

No representative.

Fam. TaGaL&,

No representative.

Fam, STENOPODIDZ.

Oncocephalus squalidus, H.-Sch.

Fam. Repuvuop.

Acanthaspis humeralis, n. sp.

Sphedanolestes nodipes, Uhler.

impressicollis, Sti.

Fam, EctricHopip®,

Larymna Andree, Thunb.

Mendis japonensis, n. sp.

Fam, APIOMERID®.

No representative.

Fam. Prati,

Pirates, 1 species not determined.

Fam. Nasip&.

Nabis brevilineata, n. sp.

Fam, SaLpip2.

No representative.

20*

292 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Fam. PELOGONID. Fam. GaLGuLw.

Pelogonus flavomarginatus, n. sp. No representative.

Fam. Navcorip2.

Naucoris exclamationis, n. sp.

Fam, EMrEsip&.

No representative.

Fam. BELOSTOMID2.

Fam. HENIcOCcEPHALIDZ. ;

: oe eke Belostoma, ? n. sp.

Tenicocephalus, 1 species with- Appasus Lewisi, n. sp.

out elytra. |

Fam. Nepmp®.

Fam. GE EB. . :

ee inom Laccotrephes japonensis, n. sp.

Limnobates albolineatus, n. sp. Ranatra pallidenotata, n. sp.

Gerris, 4 species; but as they unicolor, n. sp.

may probably be described |

elsewhere, I leave them for | Fam. Corrxip2.

the present. | No representative.

Fam. VELUD. Fam. NoToNECTID2.

No representative. | Notonecta triguttata, Mostch.

Family Podopide.

Genus ScorrnopHora, Stal.

Scotinophora tarsalis.

Black, thickly and deeply punctured. Pronotum anterior

angles produced into a longish, somewhat acute tooth; lateral

margins waved, terminating posteriorly im a stout tooth.

Legs black. Tar'st brown.

Head black, rugosely punctured; central lobe elevated,

shorter than the side lobes, which are somewhat acute at the

apex, and leave a wide notch between them. Antenne black.

fostrum piceous.

Thovax.—Pronotum black, rugulose punctate ; in front with

a narrow flat collar and a transverse channel in a line with

the posterior teeth, the intermediate space much elevated and

with a fine central longitudinal keel, on either side of which

is a round punctured callus. Scutellum black or deep pitchy

black, thickly and coarsely punctured ; the punctures thickest

next the basal angles, those on the disk disposed in short

irregular sinuous rows. lytra black or deep pitchy black,

thickly punctured. Membrane pale. Sternum and legs black.

Tarst brown.

Abdomen beneath convex, black, finely crenulate.

Length 22 lines.

When in fine condition I believe this insect will be found

to be clothed with short yellowish hairs, as there are slight

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 293

indications here and there on the two examples in the collec-

tion. It is little more than half the size of S. durida, from

which it may be distinguished by the shape of the head, the

longer tooth at the anterior angles of the pronotum, the

elevated portion of the same, and the entire puncturing.

Family Asopide.

Genus PicroMerus, Am. et Serv.

Picromerus Lewist.

Luteous, generally. with a fuscous shade, caused by the

thick and irregular black puncturing ; head somewhat bronzy

in front.

Head somewhat bronzy in front, with a more or less distinct

yellow streak between the base and the central lobe of the

face. Antenne reddish yellow ; first joint fuscous, apex of

the third and apical half of the fourth and fifth black. Eyes

pitchy brown. Ocelli red. Rostrum yellowish, apical joint

brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum in front frequently dark fuscous ; spines

pitchy black, frequently somewhat bronzy; lateral margins

serrate ; disk in front with two slight callosities more or less

punctured, and with an irregular, slight, somewhat orange-

coloured central keel. Scutellum crenate punctate, more or

less clouded with dark fuscous, near the basal angles a small,

somewhat orange spot. /lytra: corium more finely punctured

than the pronotum. Membrane fuscous, nerves slightly darker,

inner basal angle with a pale triangular patch divided longi-

tudinally into two unequal portions by a slightly curved dark

fuscous streak, widest at the commencement, and extending

from the apex of the anterior margin to about the middle of

the base, where it curves round and joins the inner margin

below the pale triangle. Sternwm yellowish or luteous, thickly

black-punctured. Legs yellow or luteous: thighs thickly

black-punctured ;. upper, inner, and outer sides piceous, some-

what bronzy: tbe yellow, with short black streaks at the

base and apex on the inner and outer sides: tars? yellow,

apical joint black : claws reddish brown, apex black.

Abdomen above black, very thickly and finely punctured ;

beneath yellowish or luteous, black-punctured here and there,

the punctures forming little irregular patches ; third, fourth,

fifth, and sixth segments with a dark bronzy triangular patch

in the centre, the last generally largest and more rhomboid in

shape. Connexivum black or slightly bronzy, finely crenate

punctate ; on each segment beyond the middle a round orange

294 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

or yellowish spot; exterior margins of the segments narrowly

orange or yellowish, base black.

Length 53-6 lines.

The characters on the antenne, legs, abdomen underside,

and connexivum will enable any one to separate this species

from P. bidens, to which it bears a great resemblance.

Family Cydnide, Stal.

Genus Airuus, Dallas.

Aithus nigropiceus.

Black or deep pitchy black, shining; anterior margin of

the head and sides of the pronotum with long castaneous

hairs.

Head: anterior margin slightly concave in the middle, and

with four fovee adjoining, one placed at the lower angle of

the inner margin of each eye and one on either side of the

apex of the central lobe: crown unpunctured, shining. An-

tenne piceous, apex of the terminal joint pale brown. yes

reddish or brownish red. Lostrwm piceous.

Thorax.—Pronotum shining; anterior margin with four

foveee, placed two on either side, between the two inner ones

are a few punctures in a curved line; sides and posterior

margin rather broadly but finely punctured ; across and before

the middle of the disk are four fovez, the two exterior ones

deepest. Scutellwm deeply and coarsely punctured, apex de-

pressed. Lytra deeply, but more thickly and finely, punctured

than the scutellum, the punctures disposed somewhat in rows.

Membrane pale fuscous. Legs piceous; base of the tubie

reddish ; tars? yellow.

Length 13-2 lines.

Immature specimens are reddish chestnut.

Genus Macroscytus, Fieb.

Macroscytus japonensis.

Pitchy black or black, slightly shining.

Head with a few long, stoutish, piceous hairs. Antenne

ferruginous brown, first joint sometimes piceous. Lostrum

pale brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum posteriorly somewhat flattened in the

middle, with three transverse rows of punctures, or the space

enclosed by these entirely punctured ; at the anterior margin

are four fovee placed as follows—one near each anterior

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 299

angle, and one in a line with the inner margin of each eye,

between the latter an irregular row of punctures ; sides broadly

punctured ; margin with a few long, stoutish, piceous hairs.

Scutellum coarsely and irregularly punctured, the apex lanceo-

late and depressed. lytra thickly and irregularly punctured,

the punctures finer than those on the scutellum, posterior

margin almost straight. Membrane pale fuscous yellow, with

three or four somewhat darker spots near the apex, above

which is an irregular transverse line widest next the anterior

margin. Legs pitchy black or black: tars¢ reddish brown.

Length 33-4 lines.

~ Apparently a somewhat common species, as there are several

examples.

Genus CantHopHorus, Muls.

Canthophorus niveimarginatus.

Blue-black, with a violet tinge, shining, thickly and deeply

punctured ; the lateral margins of the pronotum and the an-

terior margin of the elytra narrowly white.

Head finely punctured ; anterior margin much reflexed and

slightly dentate in the centre. Antenne, eyes, and rostrum

black.

Thorax.—Pronotum transverse, finely punctured next the

anterior margin ; across the centre of the disk, but not reach-

ing to the sides, is a deep channel, in front of which is an

elevated transverse space almost without punctures; posterior

portion coarsely and irregularly punctured. Scutel/um at the

base with about three irregular rows of fine punctures; centre

of the disk somewhat sparingly and irregularly punctured,

posterior portion rugulose punctate; apex deflected almost at

right angles to the disk. Llytra: clavus with two longitudinal

rows of punctures next the suture, at the base interiorly rugu-

lose punctate: coriéwm punctured, the punctures finer and more

regularly disposed than on the pronotum or scutellum, next

the claval suture a single longitudinal row; anterior margin

white. Membrane piceous. Legs and tars? black.

Abdomen beneath convex, shining, very delicately punctured.

Connexivum black ; exterior margin of the segments narrowly

white.

Length 3 lines.

This insect bears a great resemblance to Sehirus dubius,

from which it may readily be distinguished by the greatly

reflexed anterior margin of the head, the deflected apex of

the scutellum, and the whiter lateral margins of the pronotum

and anterior margin of the elytra.

296 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Genus Seurrus, Am. et Serv.

Scehirus triguttatus.

Black, shining, thickly punctured ; margin of the pronotum

and elytra, two spots upon the latter, apex of the scutellum,

and basal two thirds of the tibize exteriorly white.

Head black, thickly and deeply punctured ; anterior margin

reflexed. Antenne pitchy black ; first and second joints short,

subequal, third about as long as the two former, fourth shorter

than the fifth, apex of the latter reddish brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum black-punctured, except a transverse

space next the anterior margin; the punctures at the anterior

margin and on the sides towards the anterior angles finer and

more thickly disposed than those on the posterior portion of

the disk; lateral margins white. Scutellum black, sparingly

and irregularly punctured, posteriorly somewhat transversely

wrinkled; apex white. Hlytra black, somewhat thickly

punctured. Cortum: anterior margin white; disk with an

unpunctured, short, white oblong streak, placed somewhat

obliquely and pointing towards the apex of the scutellum.

Membrane brown. Legs black: tibie black, basal two thirds,

except the knees, exteriorly white ; spines black: tars? some-

what reddish, third joint piceous.

Abdomen above piceous, beneath black. Connexivum : ex-

terior margin narrowly white.

Length 23 lines.

This insect somewhat resembles a small S. biguttatus, with

the addition of a white apex to the scutellum ; but here ends

all likeness, as the sculpture is different, and the exterior

margin of the tibiee from the base downwards, for a consider-

able distance, is white. There is also a great difference in

the length and proportion of the joints of the antenne in the

present species when compared with others of the genus; but

I am averse to creating a new genus for the reception of this

species on this character alone, as I have only seen a single

example.

Family Sciocoride.

Genus Drinostia, Stal.

Drinostia Lewist.

Pale luteous, finely black-punctured. lytra: anterior

margin broadly white. Sternum and abdomen with a more or

less distinct black-punctured streak down the sides ; the latter

in addition with a broad black line down the centre.

Head thickly black-punctured, except a small space next

the eyes, in which is asingle slightly curved row of punctures.

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 297

Crown on each side of the centre with a luteous line extending

to the base of the central lobe. Antenne luteous; first joint

with a short black streak exteriorly, second spotted with black,

third, fourth, and fifth black, extreme apex of the two former

brownish. yes reddish or reddish brown. Ocelli red, centre

black. Lostrum luteous ; apical half of the terminal joint black.

Thorax.—Pronotum finely black-punctured, the punctures

disposed in interrupted, tortuous, transverse lines, becoming

more dense as they approach the narrowly luteous lateral

margins ; from the centre of the anterior margin proceeds a

short, slightly elevated, pale luteous line; a little beyond the

hinder angles is a slightly elevated, shining, piceous spot.

Scutellum punctured similar to the pronotum ; base narrowly,

and a short, central, longitudinal line pale luteous. Hlytra

finely black-punctured. Cortwm: anterior margin as far as

the first nerve white, thickly punctured, except a narrow line

next the nerve; first nerve black, except a short pale space at

the base. Membrane pale fuscous brown, at the inner basal

angle a piceous patch ; first and second nerves next the anterior

margin piceous ; the entire margin finely wrinkled transversely.

Sternum pale luteous or greyish white, with a broad black-

punctured streak, more or less distinct in different individuals

down each side; at the base of each pair of legs a black spot.

Legs pale luteous, finely black-punctured: thighs with two

distinct black spots near the apex: tibiw thickly and finely

black-punctured, almost in longitudinal rows ; extreme base

exteriorly with a small black spot: tars7 pale luteous; apex

of all the joints piceous: claws pale ; apex piceous.

Abdomen above black ; terminal segment, posterior margin

narrowly, and a small round spot next the connexivum brown-

ish yellow; beneath pale luteous or greyish white, sparingly

black-punctured a little on each side of the centre, down which

runs a broad black line; on the sides and continuous with that

on the sternum is a broad black-punctured streak, more or less

distinct in different individuals. Spdracles black above, very

narrowly margined with white. Connexivum above white,

very finely punctured ; exterior angle of all the segments nar-

rowly black; inner and basal margin of the last segment

black.

Length 54-64 lines.

Family Pentatomide.

Genus /XLIA, Fab.

Atlia Fieberi.

Flavous or ochreous, thickly black-punctured ; lateral mar-

298 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

gins of the head narrowly black ; a broad black streak runs

down the centre of the insect, and is widest at the base of the

pronotum; it then narrows to the apex of the scutellum,

where it terminates in a short black dash; the black streak is

divided down its centre by a narrow yellow line extending from

the central lobe of the face to about the middle of the scutellum.

Head.—Face: central lobe yellow or fuscous yellow, some-

what convex from the middle to the apex ; side lobes distinctly

constricted before the apex, are rounded and enclose the

central lobe, leaving a small notch between them ; lateral

margins narrowly black. A black-punctured streak runs down

the centre of the head, commencing almost in a point at the

apex, gradually widening until about in a line with the middle

of the central lobe, where it slightly curves and then continues

almost of the same width to the base of the head; the black

streak is divided down the centre by a narrow yellow line ex-

tending from the central lobe to the base. Antenne red, first

and second joints yellow. Eyes black. Ocelli reddish. Rostrum

yellow, apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum: lateral margins narrowly yellow, with-

in which is a black streak, widest next the hinder angles;

-basal region transversely more or less inclined to fuscous ;

posterior margin across the scutellum very narrowly yellow ;

the broad black streak down the centre of the disk divided by

the narrow yellow line slightly disappears before reaching the

posterior margin. Scutellum somewhat broad; basal angles

with a short punctured black channel; lateral margins from

the centre to the apex generally pale; down the centre is a

broad black streak, terminating at the apex in a short black

dash ; the black streak is divided by a narrow yellow line ex-

tending from the base to about the middle of the disk; punc-

tures at the base larger than those on the sides and apex.

Elytra black-punctured, similar to those on the apex of the

scutellum. Cordwm: nerve yellow, unpunctured and with a

row of fine punctures on its inner margin ; interior margin

below the middle of the scutellum more or less piceous. Mem-

brane clear; first exterior nerve piceous. Sternum ochreous,

sides and in front black-punctured ; base of first and third pairs

of legs with a large black puncture, second with two. Legs

ochreous or yellow: thighs, first pair on the underside thickly

black-punctured, second and third at the apex finely black-

punctured, in the latter sometimes almost obsolete, all the

pairs with two large transversely placed black spots on the

inside a little before the apex: tibde, tarst, and claws yellow ;

apex of the last dark piceous.

Abdomen above black, beneath ochreous or yellow, with six

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 299

longitudinal rows of black punctures. Connexivum above

yellow, with a narrow longitudinal black line near the inner

margin, widened in the last segment.

Length 34 lines.

Smaller and with the black streaks more decided than in

A. acuminata, to which it bears a great prima facie resemblance.

Genus PiavuTtA, Stal.

Plautia Stali.

Green, somewhat shining. Coriwm, except the anterior

margin, red. Abdomen above purple ; underneath (in the 3)

very pale green or greenish white, (in the ? ) thickly punctured

with red; connexivum green, the acute exterior angles of the

segments black ; last genital segment depressed in the middle

and with two small black spots placed close together.

Head finely rugulose punctate. Antenne yellow ; first joint

green; apical half of the third and fourth black; fifth black,

basal third yellow, apex yellowish. Hyes brown, posterior

margin greenish or whitish green. Ocelli brown. Rostrum

yellow, apex brown; above the antenniferous tubercle is a

short longitudinal black line.

Thorax.—Pronotum deeply, iregularly, and somewhat

coarsely punctured with black, behind the anterior margin

more finely and sparingly ; extreme edge of the lateral mar-

gins black ; hinder angles posteriorly reddish or red. Scwtellum

more finely black-punctured than the pronotum; apex fre-

quently whitish. /ytra red, somewhat thickly and irregularly

black-punctured. Coriwm: anterior margin green, except at

the apex, with two longitudinal rows of punctures, the imter-

mediate space with a few scattered punctures. Membrane

fuscous; nerves darker, their bases and the interior angle

piceous. Legs green: tars? yellow.

Abdomen above purple, slightly metallic, very finely punc-

tured ; ¢ underneath pale green or greenish white, very finely

punctured. Connexivum green, the acute exterior angles of

the segments black; last genital segment depressed in the

middle, and with two small black spots placed close together.

@?. The entire upper surface partakes of a reddish tinge,

and the underside of the abdomen is red-punctured.

Length 43-5 lines.

Genus NrezArA, Am. et Serv.

Nezara antennata.

Green; not shining, finely crenulate punctate. Head:

300 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

underneath and adjoining each eye a small black spot.

Antenne green; apex of the third joint and upper half of

fourth and fifth black.

Head finely crenulate punctate; anterior margin adjoining

each eye slightly yellowish. Antenne green; third joint,

apex black ; fourth and fifth joints yellow, the former green at

the base, apical half black ; the latter with the apical two thirds

black, apex brownish. yes black or pitchy black. Ocella

yellow, with piceous centres. Underside: adjoiming each eye

and close to the anterior margin is a small black spot. os-

trum greenish or yellowish; apex narrowly black.

Thorax.—Pronotum finely crenulate punctate ; lateral mar-

gins very narrowly yellowish, the extreme edge with an ex-

ceedingly fine black line. Scutellwm crenulate punctate ;

beyond the middle the punctures are coarser; base generally

with indications of three small yellow spots, one in the centre,

and one on either side: these latter are considerably nearer to

the centre than to the basal angles, at which there is a small

black puncture. ilytra: corvum finely crenulate punctate.

Membrane pale. Legs and tarsi green ; claws black.

Abdomen: underside very finely punctured, basal half deep

violet, apical half green; exterior angles of the segments very

narrowly black. Underside green, thickly punctured, and

with a yellow central line. Connextvum above green, finely

and irregularly punctured.

Length 54-6 lines.

Genus PaLomena, Mauls.

Palomena rubricornis.

Luteous, thickly and finely black-punctured ; nerves of the

membrane irregularly spotted with brown.

Head thickly and finely black-punctured, except a small

space next the eyes. ace: central lobe distinctly shorter

than the side lobes. Antenne bright red; first joint luteous,

black-punctured ; second and third bright red; fourth red at

the base, apical two thirds fuscous; fifth orange-red or yellow,

apical half black. yes brown, with a pale margin. Ocelli

red, somewhat inconspicuous. ostrum luteous.

Thorax.—Pronotum most thickly punctured next the lateral

margins ; on either side of the centre, and behind two un-

punctured eye-shaped patches situate at a little distance trom

the anterior margin, is a small luteous spot. Seutellwm punc-

tured as in the pronotum. Elytra the same, except at the base of

the anterior margin of the corium, where a few of the punctures

run into small irregular spots. Membrane very pale brownish,

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 301

with the nerves at irregular intervals, and sparingly spotted

with brown. Sternum pale luteous, punctured, the punctures

brownish ; near the base of the first and second pair of legs is

a small black spot. Legs luteous, spotted with black. Thighs

not thickly spotted; the larger spots on the sides run some-

what in longitudinal rows. TZibiw more thickly and finely

sl Tarst yellow. Claws yellow at the base; apex

ack.

Abdomen above black or with a faint purple tinge; beneath

luteous, with a few black punctures on each segment ; diago-

nally from the spiracles and in the direction of the posterior

margin of each segment is a small black spot. Connexivum

above luteous, black-punctured beneath, the margin narrowly

black ; exterior angle of each segment brownish yellow.

Length 6 lines.

Genus ACANTHOSOMA, Curtis.

Acanthosoma scutellata.

Head and the anterior portion of the pronotum pale brownish

ochraceous; hinder angles of the latter slightly recurved,

black; apex obtuse. Scutellum witha large ochraceous or pale

brownish ochraceous patch in the centre. Hlytra: 3g dusky

luteous, anterior margin green; ¢ brown, anterior margin

pale yellow.

Head narrowed in front, pale brownish ochraceous. Face :

side lobes finely wrinkled transversely. Antenne green, third

joint (except a broad ring at the base) fuscous, fourth and fifth

dusky brown. Ocelli red. Rostrum yellow, apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum anteriorly pale- brownish yellow ; pos-

teriorly somewhat luteous with a greenish shade, and with a

single transverse row of deep-red punctures adjoining the

anterior margin, not reaching the anterior angles ; disk, except

a portion in front, black-punctured, the punctures placed some-

what close together and running in short irregular rows in

various directions, the rows somewhat wide apart; central

longitudinal line yellow, unpunctured; hinder angles black,

slightly recurved, apex obtuse. Scutellum brown, with a

large, almost heart-shaped, ochraceous or pale brownish ochra-

ceous patch in the centre, around which are two or three

rows of deep-black punctures ; side margins, a short posterior

central keel, and the apex unpunctured ; in the ? , apex yellow,

and punctures deeper and closer together. Hlytra: g dusky

luteous, 2 brown, somewhat thickly black-punctured, the

punctures not so deep as those on the pronotum ; g anterior

margin as far as the first nerve green, base yellow; ? pale

302 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

yellow, the punctures coarser, deeper, and more thickly placed

than on the disk, and not extending to the anterior margin in

either sex. Membrane pale fuscous, nerves pale brown. Pro-

sternum yellow, somewhat inclined to orange. Legs yellow :

thighs somewhat inclined to orange-yellow.

Abdomen underneath yellow, like the prosternum.

Length, ¢53, 26 lines.

An extremely conspicuous species, owing to the somewhat

heart-shaped ochraceous spot on the scutellum. I have only

seen a male and a female.

Genus Evasmucna, Stal.

Elasmucha Putoni.

Luteous, brownish, or greenish grey, somewhat sparingly

black-punctured ; basal angles of the scutellum whitish.

Membrane with a transverse brown band irregularly dentate

on both the upper and lower margins.

Head somewhat thickly black-punctured, except a narrow

portion next the eyes. Antenne yellow ; apical two thirds of

the fourth joint black; fifth black, base narrowly yellow.

Eyes piceous or black. Rostrum yellowish, apical half of the

last joint black.

Thorax.—Pronotum more sparingly punctured than the

head, generally yellowish or bone-white in front as far as the

transverse channel, which does not extend to the lateral

margin, and is deepest at its extremities; lateral margins

narrowly yellowish or bone-white; hinder angles produced

into a short piceous or black tooth. Sceutellum luteous or

bone-white, punctured similar to the pronotum; disk with a

lunate piceous patch next the base; basal angles narrowly

yellowish or bone-white; generally a pale unpunctured and

indistinctly elevated central line extends from the apex to the

middle of the disk; margins round the apex slightly thickened,

pale, and unpunctured. lytra: cortwm black-punctured ;

between the anterior margin and the first nerve two to three

longitudinal rows, the third generally interrupted near the

middle, the other punctures are more irregular, except about

two rows next the clavus, in which last also they are regularly

disposed. Membrane pale, with a short, transverse, brown,

irregular streak near the base, and a band of the same colour

near the apex, dentate on both the upper and lower margins,

leaving an oval pale patch at the apex of the anterior margin.

Sternum yellowish or yellowish white, black-punctured. Legs

yellow: thighs beneath with long, fine, erect pale hairs: tébve

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 303

with long semierect pale hairs: tars¢ brownish yellow: elaws

brown, apex black.

Abdomen above pale chestnut-brown, somewhat shining,

junctions of the segments narrowly yellow; beneath yellow

or yellowish white, finely punctured on the sides: spiracles

black, exterior to each spiracle is a small black puncture, to

which they are connected by a slightly curved channel. Con-

nexivum yellow, apex of the segments black.

Length 33 lines.

Closely allied to the following species.

Elasmucha Signoretti.

Head yellow, black-punctured. Pronotum yellowish in

front, posteriorly with a greenish tinge and black-punctured ;

near the anterior margin a stout transverse unpunctured ridge,

widening into a triangular form towards the thickened lateral

margins; hinder angles recurved, black; apex acute. Hlytra

pale brownish yellow, black-punctured, the. punctures coarsest

between the first nerve and the anterior margin; apex of the

latter reddish.

Head yellow: crown with a few black punctures between

the ocelli. Face: central and side lobes longitudinally black-

punctured, lateral margins and the space between the eyes and

the ocelli unpunctured. Antenne yellow, apex of the last

joint brownish. Ocelli red. Rostrum yellow, apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum in front to beyond the transverse ridge

yellow, next the anterior margin with two or three transverse

irregular rows of black punctures, centre of the transverse

ridge with four or five punctures; disk with a greenish

tinge, and with short, somewhat remote, curved rows of black

punctures; lateral margins yellow, thickened, with a row of

black punctures; hinder angles recurved, black, base reddish ;

apex acute. Sceutellum yellow, with a large lunate black

patch next the base; all the margins with a row of black

punctures ; disk with a few punctures. lytra pale brownish

yellow, black-punctured, the punctures somewhat in longitu-

dinal rows, following the course of the nerves; between the

anterior margin and the first nerve the punctures are deeper

and coarser than on the disk; apex of the anterior margin

reddish. Membrane pale, apex of the anterior margin and

middle of the posterior with a large fuscous patch ; interior

margin narrowly and a portion of the nerves posteriorly fuscous,

the latter connected by a transverse zigzag line of the same

colour. Prosternum yellow, finely biack-punctured on the

sides. Legs yellow.

304 Dr. J. Hector on the Sulphur-bottom Whale.

Abdomen yellow, finely black-punctured on the sides ; fourth

and fifth segments next the middle with a large, brown, un-

punctured patch.

Length 3} lines.

Smaller than H. Putont, to which it is closely allied ; but

the longer and recurved hinder angles of the pronotum, the

black lunate patch on the scutellum, and the difference in

puncturing will at once distinguish it from that species.

[To be continued. ]

XXX VI.—WNotes on the Sulphur-bottom Whale of the New-

Zealand Whalers. By JAmMes Hecror, M.D., F.R.S.

With a Note by Dr. J. EK. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

On the 10th of June last a large whale, reported by the

whalers to be a true ‘‘ sulphur-bottom,” was cast ashore in

Port Underwood, on the south side of Cook Strait, and an

assistant was dispatched from the Museum to secure the skele-

ton and take measurements.

The carcass was stranded on a rocky point close to deep

water, and had to be dragged into a fresh position before it

could be handled. It was so much decomposed that the skull

and jaws dropped through the flesh during the removal; and

on this account the external measurements are not reliable.

The whole of the skeleton was ultimately secured and placed

out of reach of the tide to sweeten, the paddles and smaller

bones being carefully buried.

The general form of the whale was slender in proportion to

the height, the head appearing long and pointed, and the after-

part produced, so that the greatest girth was behind the

shoulder,

The throat and belly strongly plaited with longitudinal

bars of hard skin, 2} inches wide, the interspaces having elas-

Scapula.

The paddles appeared short in proportion to the general

size; and there was a low recurved and pointed fin on the back

just over the vent, and the same distance from the tip of the

tail as the length of the head.

On the Canal-System in Foraminifera. 305

The brain-case is one third the length of the skull.. The

baleen slightly longer than broad, black on outside edge,

shading to pure white inside the mouth. Width of base

2 feet 6 inches.

The following measurements were obtained :—

ft. it

TINS TESIIAI Ter Fea deter pe Sea eae ak eee eae oe ere iO oO

otal lene tiny ot Skeleton ay acts! acuaisi ule: axbFavsucrden, ee'se « Gia ae

OM HR OE REA UMM NS ciao Soe fa. © clscd cyte e's, afi oicnias¥ a Hinenace «2 es)

MOMCEMAW RS ort tS ee sere als Soot aw aim ae od oS 8 IL aA

eeigue HOMERS GLU cio, ciel eh cysts cyan oe sb ecard hye Sols 14 O

Last rib to first caudal (¢.e. vertebra with chevron bone) 16 0

Waudal: SErIes "Ob VeTbEDEAY “fo ee cet oa eet s cies LSPS

Length of bones in the paddles, from the glenoid cavity 8 6

Wadth across phalanges. Po. Sie. te sd

Distance from anus to tip of tail .............6.. Ly oe

(Penis 3 feet in front of anus.)

Minvet tailitoghmmipl: aa! krvsites {ots cpl. Alyhioe de Hae 18).50

LECE SLED NGS GUS 10000) 1) eae Gee ered can eee mee ae 2a

Heneth,of base/Of RUMP 90.005. d0! 0.3 ceca ds» eee tin Lene O

Tenetiv.of shoulder-blade. 2.2. . wo, ss sou san ie os 5 9

ee te eg eat Ns Bie 5, ua bl ware ot sun, « ovate 2 10

Fifteen ribs, longest 10 feet.

Stomach contained a quantity of stones. Colour black

above, and yellow on the belly.

Note by Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

This is evidently not only a whale that has not yet been

described, but it is also the type of a new genus, peculiar for

the shortness of its pectoral fins, its plaited belly, and low

recurved and pointed fin placed over the vent, and very

peculiar among all whalebone-whales for the form of its

bladebone (see figure).

The sulphur-bottom of New-Zealand is very distinct from

the sulphur-bottom of California, which is named Sibbaldius

sulphureus by Cope. It is evidently the type of a new genus,

and may be entered in the catalogues as Stenobalena xantho-

gaster.

XXXVII.—On Priority in the Discovery of the Canal-System

in Foraminifera. By Messrs. PARKER, JONES, and BrApy.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

That portion of Mr. Carter’s communication to your August

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 21

306 On the Canal-System in Foraminifera.

number, which is entitled “ Reply to Criticism,” does not need

any notice at our hands in so far as it affects the facts of the

letter “On Priority in the Discovery of the Canal-System in

Foraminifera,” which you were good enough to publish in

July. Mr. Carter, however, accuses us, by implication, of

suppressio vert; he also practically charges us with ignorance

in not finding out his misquoted reference, and he reiterates

his claim of prior discovery, inconsistent with his own early

recognition of the results arrived at by Williamson and Car-

penter.

Mr. Carter had stated (we regret to have to copy the para-

graph again), “‘ Before Schultze’s or Carpenter’s books were

published, I had described and illustrated, mm the ‘Annals,’ the

canal-system, ‘ nummuline’ tubulation, and general structure

of the Foraminifera, both in the recent Operculina and in the

fossilized Nummulite (‘ Annals,’ 1852, vol. x. p. 161, pl. iv.).

Even Schultze in his book, as well as I can remember (for L

have not the work by me to refer to), gives me the credit of

having discovered the ‘canal-system,’ which at least proves

the priority of my publications ; and since then up to the present

time I have more or less occupied myself with the structure of

the Foraminifera, as my papers in the ‘ Annals’ will show.”

Our letter was little more than a statement as to the course

of discovery in respect to Foraminiferal structure up to the

time of Mr. Carter’s paper on Operculina arabica mm 1852.

It was written in the most friendly tone, and was intended

only to counteract the serious injustice of the paragraph in

question to at least two previous observers. We gave a brief

summary of the contents of four papers earlier than Mr. Carter’s,

and left the readers of the ‘ Annals’ to draw their conclusions

from them. To this, the only essential portion of the letter,

Mr. Carter replies that, besides Prof. Williamson’s and Dr.

Carpenter’s memoirs, we ought to have mentioned that by

MM. Joly and Leymerie. If these observers really understood

the “ canal-system,” to them also his paragraph was unjust.

But for the desire not to impart controversial matter, we might

have said a good deal about MM. Joly and Leymerie’s results.

Mr. Carter in quoting Max Schultze refers pointedly, though

from memory, to his ‘ book.”’ The only “ book,” so far as we

know, that the learned German Professor ever published on the

Foraminifera is the beautiful folio “‘ Ueber den Organismus der

Polythalamien.” We therefore searched this work for the

passage alluded to, and quoted the only sentence we could find

bearing upon the question. In the paper on Polytrema, now

referred to by Mr. Carter, Prof. Schultze certainly expresses

his own opinion that Mr. Carter first described the system of

ramified tubes in Foraminifera.

sree

Bibliographical Notice. 307

The final paragraph of the “ Reply to Criticism” requires

a word of comment. We are first charged with imputing

blame to the author for the non-insertion of detail which he had

given elsewhere. We can only reply, that we did not blame

him for it; all we did was to deny his right, however freely

he may have acknowledged the labours of others twenty years

ago, to claim their results as his own now.

The last sentence runs thus, ‘That they [¢.¢. ourselves]

should have commenced the second paragraph of their letter

with ‘The question has nothing to do with the Hozoon con-

troversy,’ 1s therefore, to say the least of it, ‘ most significant’!”’

If this means any thing, it conveys an insinuation which is as

false as it is uncalled for. If Mr. Carter wishes an explanation

of our unwillingness to join in the Hozoon controversy he need

not look beyond his own “ Reply to Criticism” for our reason.

A simple statement verified at every point by accurate refer-

ences to authorities, drawn up in a friendly spirit, and with

no object except the desire to correct an injustice which we

believed the author to have committed unconsciously, and a

reference to a quotation which, owing to his own misdirection,

was not the passage he intended to allude to, have brought

down upon us not merely a taunt of ignorance, but the serious

charge of “ suppressing the truth.” Under these circumstances

your readers will not wonder at our unwillingness to enter into

the discussion of a confessedly difficult and complicated subject,

with one so ready in the denunciation of those who do not

happen to agree with him in the reading of evidence and the

correlation of facts. We may, however, say this much, that

our individual views as to the structure of Hozoon have not

been affected by Mr. Carter’s additions to the literature of the

subject. Declining further correspondence on the subject of

this letter, We have the honour to be, Gentlemen,

Faithfully yours,

W. K. PARKER,

T. Rupert JONES,

Henry B. Brapy.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

The Birds of Shetland, with Observations on their Habits, Migration,

and Occasional Appearance. By the late Henry L. Saxsy, M.D.,

of Balta Sound, Unst. Edited by his brother SrepHmn H. Saxsy,

M.A. Edinburgh: 1874. 8vo, pp. xviii, 398, pls. 8.

SnetLanp from its geographical position deserved the devotion of a

volume to its ornithology. Thirty years have passed since any

Po ig

308 Bibliographical Notice.

connected account of its birds was published; and that consisted of

a list, meagre in the amount of information it conveyed, and, as the

book now before us shows, inaccurate in many respects. Numerous

ornithologists in the mean time have visited this interesting group

of islands, but none have made a sufficiently long stay to do more

than communicate to the world an occasional note, except the

lamented author of ‘The Birds of Shetland,’ who, unfortunately,

has not lived to complete his manuscript, much less to see any

portion of it in the printer’s hands. Fraternal affection, however,

has supplied the remainder from the late Dr. Saxby’s note-books ;

and Mr. Stephen Saxby is, we think, on the whole to be congratu-

lated on the way in which he has edited his deceased brother’s

work ; for, though not pretending to scientific distinction, his sym-

pathies are so clearly turned that way, and he is so highly apprecia-

tive of the author’s labours, that his self-imposed duty is far better

done than is usual in similar cases. He remarks, and rightly as it

seems to us, in his preface, that the present book differs from all

the numerous monographs by which in this generation British

ornithology has been so largely promoted, because

“Tt tells of a most marked and rapid change in a Fauna actually

going in a direction the very opposite of that which we are accus-

tomed to deplore as the result of the development of material

prosperity and of increasing civilization. It is true that the custo-

mary issue of contact with this latter force is being only too griev-

ously seen in the case of some few species, but as regards a large

number of others the accession is very decided. The planting a

few trees, carefully sheltered by stone walls from the sweeping

gales of the Atlantic, has had a curiously marked effect in attract-

ing birds hitherto unknown as visitors to the islands; an effect,

indeed, altogether disproportionate to the small scale on which the

experiment has been tried. The extensive and often extremely

rich peat-grounds of Shetland attest, not only by their existence,

but by the occasional conservation of the actual roots and trunks,

the former prevalence of luxuriant forest growth where all is now a:

treeless wild; though, in the present state of our knowledge as to

the distribution of species, none may venture to assume that at that

remote epoch it would have been possible for the Fauna to have

been as in these days. There can, however, be little doubt that in

numerous instances as the author was adding to the Shetland list

now one and now another of our southern birds, he was but chroni-

cling the return, after the lapse of many a century, of a species re-

appearing after its long exile.”

We might, perhaps, take exception to the supposition of a few

plantations “ attracting” these visitors; but if, instead, we read

“retaining,” the passage seems to be unexceptionable, and, indeed,

is somewhat consoling; for the proofs that ‘“‘ Man marks the earth

with ruin” are but too distinctly traced in the vanishing faunas of

group after group of islands; nor does his dominion over the fowls

of the air, like his control over the rest of nature, “stop at the

shore.” But we must remark that these successive points of

Bibliographical Notice. 309

interest are not, to our regret, brought out in this volume quite

so clearly as they should have been. It is rather hard upon the

readers of any book that each should have to make an abstract of

its contents for himself; and such a summary as we are sure the

Author would, and we think the Editor might, have given us

would have here been very acceptable. From the list at the end

we can only make out that there are about sivteen species which

seem to be becoming commoner than formerly in Shetland, and all

but three of them naturally are perching birds; of the rest, the

Woodcock’s name tells us of its arboreal tastes, and the Water-

Rail’s predilections in the same direction are easily understood

when we recollect what a “tree” is apt to be like on a storm-

swept island in lat. 61° N. or thereabouts; but we do not see how

the Lapwing can have been affected by planting, and think that

some other cause must be assigned for its gaining ground, though

this cause we are left to seek. Still the fact seems to be unques-

tionable that the avifauna of Shetland is growing, not merely in

the way told us by Gilbert White’s old observation, to the effect

that the place which is best looked after yields most (for that may

be said of almost any district), but from the increased number of

individual birds as well as of species which breed on the islands;

while, on the other hand, those which are reported as decreasing

are but few in number ; and, indeed, only one of them, the Razor-

bill (Alcea torda), seems to demand consideration ; for the statement

that such birds as the Golden Eagle and Snowy Owl formerly bred

in Shetland is unsupported by satisfactory evidence. Why the

Razorbill should be diminishing in numbers is not at all clear: the

suggestion (p. 314) that it ‘offers an easier mark to gunners,”

being “a good deal bigger than the Guillemot,” is inadmissible if

the Common Guillemot ( Uria trozle) be meant, for the simple reason

that that bird is slightly larger than the Razorbill; and if the Tysty

(U. grylle) be the species intended, we have at once a very different

set of conditions. Unless we are mistaken, the habits of the two

species differ considerably—one seeking its food much further from

its breeding-quarters than the other, and the food of each not

being, we suspect, precisely identical. There is also the fact that

the Tysty lays at least twice as many eggs as its relative; though

in this there may not be quite so much importance as at first would

appear, since Mr. Darwin tells us (on what authority he does not

say, but it is doubtless not bad) that the Fulmar Petrel, which lays

but one egg, is believed to be the most numerous bird in the world.

However, the relation which production bears to existence is, as all

must know, a most complicated problem, and any consideration of

it would lead us far from our present business, though we have

thought these remarks not inopportune as bearing upon a general

question interesting to all naturalists, that of the supersession of

certain species by others.

To return to the ‘ Birds of Shetland.’ It is plain matter of fact

from one end to the other, and full of information which is always

valuable, though, perhaps, not of the very best quality, or such as

310 Royal Socvety :—

is accumulated by profound research. Apart, indeed, from the

subject in hand, neither Author or Editor can be regarded as a very

high authority, or as knowing very much of matters ornithological :

this is shown by the latter’s designation of a worthy gentleman as

one “who has for so many years sat at the focal point,” which

cannot fail to raise a smile on the face of those who are best fitted

to appreciate his scientific efforts and ability. Another merit of the

book is that its author has resisted all those attempts at fine writing

to which most men with such a subject would have succumbed. We

have no fabulous narratives interspersed, and no mottoes from The

Pirate to distract our attention. Claud Halcro does not appear in

the volume; and though we do indeed meet with Magnus Troil (p. 87),

it is only to show that he was not a better ornithologist than most

of his countrymen. This is as it should be. We like the hairs and

the butter served in separate dishes.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ROYAL SOCIETY.

June 11, 1874.—Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., President, in the

Chair.

“‘ Note on the alleged Existence of Remains of a Lemming in Caye-

deposits of England.” By Professor Owen, C.B., F.R.S.

In the “ Report on the Exploration of Brixham Cave” (Phil. Trans,

1873) it is stated (p. 560):—“ With the appearance in the cave of

the smaller common rodents now living in this country, we have

to note a remarkable exception, that of the Lemming (Lagomys

speleus).” And again, in the list of animal-remains as determined

by Dr. Falconer and by Mr. Busk, there occurs (p. 556):—

“16. Lagomys speleus. Lemming ..1.” This is throughout the

“Report” treated as an original discovery, the importance of

which is impressed upon the Royal Society by the remark :—

“This circumstance tends to give a greater antiquity to a portion

of the smaller remains than from their condition and position we

might have been disposed to assign to them” (7b. p. 560, note).

These remains are referred to “the smaller common rodents now

living in this country,” viz. “ Hare, Rabbit, Water-rats,” “at least

two species of Arvicola” (ab. p. 548).

The supposed existence of remains of a Grisly Bear in the

Brixham Cave (Mr. Busk having “ reason to believe that bear-

remains referred to Ursus priscus belong in fact to Ursus ferox”—

an “important determination”) leads to the remark :—‘ The

presence of another small North-American animal has been ascer-

tained, viz. the Lemming” (7b. p. 556). At the date of publi-

cation of my ‘ British Fossil Mammals,’ it is true that no fossil

evidence of a Lemming (Georychus, Iliger ; Lemmus, Link) had

__ ee i.

Dr. A. Giinther on Gigantic Land- Tortoises. 311

come to my knowledge; but I have since obtained such of species

of both Spermophilus and Georychus, the latter nearly allied to,

if not identical with, the Siberian Lemming (Georychus aspalaa),

from a deposit of lacustrine brick-earth near Salisbury, associated

with Elephas primigenius. The Lemmings, I may remark, belong

to the family of “Voles” (Arvicolide), not of “Hares ” (Leporide) ;

but the fossil from “the surface of the cave-earth far in the Rein-

deer gallery” of the Brixham Cave (Report, p. 558) appears from

the figures (plate xlvi. figs. 12, 13) to be rightly referred to

Lagomys, and to the same species determined and named (p. 213,

figs. 82, 83, 84) in the ‘ British Fossil Mammals’ (1846). The

specimen submitted to me by Dr. Buckland was found by the

Rev. Mr. M‘Enery in Kent’s Hole, Torquay, and includes a larger

portion of the skull than the specimen figured in the “Report”

from the Brixham Cave. It is evidently a Pika, or tailless Hare,

not a Lemming. And the determination of the original or first

evidence of Lagomys speleus, now in the British Museum, led me

also to remark :—‘“ None of the circumstances attending its dis-

covery, nor any character deducible from its colour or chemical

state, indicate it to be an older fossil than the jaws and teeth of

the Hares, Rabbits, Field-voles, or Water-voles already described ;

yet it unquestionably attests the former existence in England of a

species of rodent, whose genus not only is unrepresented at the

present day in our British fauna, but has long ceased to exist in

any part of the Continent of Europe” (‘ British Fossil Mammals,’

p- 213). The Lemmings still disturb, by their multitudinous

migratory swarms, the husbandmen of Scandinavia.

June 18, 1874.—Joseph Dalton Hooker, C.B., President in the

Chair.

“Description of the Living and Extinct Races of Gigantic Land-

Tortoises.—Parts I. and II. Introduction, and the Tortoises of the

Galapagos Islands.” By Dr. Arsert Ginruer, F.R.S.

The author having had the opportunity of examining a con-

siderable collection of the remains of Tortoises found in the islands

of Mauritius and Rodriguez associated with the bones of the Dodo

and Solitaire, has arrived at the following conclusions :—

1. These remains clearly indicate the former existence of several

species of gigantic Land-Tortoises, the Rodriguez species differing

more markedly from those of the Mauritius than these latter

among themselves. All these species appear to have become

extinct in modern times.

2. These extinct Tortoises of the Mascarenes are distinguished

by a flat cranium, truncated beak, and a broad bridge between the

foramina obturatoria.

3. All the other examples of gigantic Tortoises preserved in our

museums, and said to have been brought from the Mascarenes, and

likewise the single species which is known still to survive, in a

312 Royal Society.

wild state, in the small island of Aldabra, have a convex cranium,

truncated beak, and a narrow bridge between the obturator

foramina; and therefore are specifically, if not generically, distinct

from the extinct ones.

4, On the other hand, there exists the greatest affinity between

these contemporaries of the Dodo and Solitaire and the Tortoises

still inhabiting the Galapagos archipelago.

These unexpected results induced the author to subject to a

detailed examination all the available material of the gigantic Tor-

toises from the Mascarenes and Galapagos which are still living,

or were believed to be living, and are commonly called Testwdo

indica and Testudo elephantopus, and to collect all the historical

evidence referring to them. Thus, in the first (introductory) part

of the paper a selection from the accounts of travellers is given, by

which it is clearly shown that the presence of these Tortoises at

two so distant stations as the Galapagos and Mascarenes cannot

be accounted for by the agency of man, at least not in historical

times, and therefore that these animals must be regarded as indi-

genous.

The second part consists of a description of the Galapagos Tor-

toises. The author shows that the opinion of some of the older

travellers, viz. that the different islands of the group are inhabited

by different races, is perfectly correct; and he distinguishes four

species, the adults of which are characterized as follows :—

A. Shell broad, with more or less corrugated plates. Skull with

the palatal region concave; outer pterygoid edge sharp in its entire

length or for the greater part of its length ; a deep recess in front

of the occipital condyle ; anterior wall of the entrance of the tym-

panic cavity constricted. One of the two species is from James

Island.

1. Shell depressed, with the upper anterior profile subhorizontal

in the male, and with the strize of the plates not deeply sculptured ;

sternum truncated behind. Skull with the facial portion very

short, and with an immensely developed and raised occipital crest.

Testudo elephantopus (Harlan).

2. Shell much higher, with the upper anterior profile declivous

in the male, and with the strize deeply sculptured ; sternum excised

behind. | Skull with the facial portion much longer, and with low

occipital crest. Testudo nigrita (Dum. & Bibr.).

B. Shell oblong, smooth. Skull with the palatal region shallow;

the outer pterygoid edge expanded in its whole length ; no deep

recess in front of the occipital condyle ; anterior wall of the tym-

panic cavity not constricted.

3. Shell with some traces of former concentric striz, compressed

anteriorly into the form of a “Spanish saddle” in the male;

sternum truncated behind. Skull with the tympanic cavity much

produced backwards. Testudo ephippium (Gthr.), from Charles

Island. Evtinct.

4. Shell perfectly smooth, with declivous anterior profile in the

male, and with truncated posterior extremity of the sternum.

Miscellaneous. 343

Skull vesembling that of the young of the larger species, with the

tympanic case not produced backwards. The smallest species.

Testudo microphyes (Gthr.), from Hood’s Island.

Part ITI. will contain the account of the still existing Tortoises

of the Mascarenes, and Part IV. that of the extinct species.

Received June 9, 1874.

P.S. The author has just received from Professor Huxley the

carapace and skeleton of another adult male, which evidently

belongs to a fifth species of Galapagos Tortoises. With regard to

the form of the carapace, it resembles much that of 7". elephantopus,

the dorsal shell being depressed, broad, with the upper profile

nearly horizontal. Strize distinct, broad. However, the skull

differs widely from that of 7’. elephantopus, and has all the charac-

teristics of that of 7’. ephippium, from which it differs in having

a circular tympanic opening. The form of the sternum is quite

pecuhar, the gular portion being much constricted and produced

forwards, whilst the opposite end is expanded into the large anal

scutes and deeply excised. This species may be named Testudo

vicina,

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Annelids of the Gulf of Marseilles. By M. A. F. Marton.

I nave the honour to submit to the Academy the principal results

of the researches on the Cheetopod annelids of the Gulf of Mar-

seilles, which I made in conjunction with M. Bobretzky, of Kiew,

during the winter of 1873-74. We have been able to determine

ninety-six species, among which ten appear to us to be entirely new

to science; for four of them we shall even have to establish new

generic divisions.

Of the eighty-six known species which we have observed, and of

which we have completed our study, eighteen exist in the Black Sea,

or are represented there by forms which can only be regarded as

local varieties or as subspecies of more or less importance. These

are :—

Pholoé synophthalmica. Syllides pulliger.

Eunice vittata. Kteone picta.

Lysidice ninetta. Kulalia virens.

Staurocephalus rubrovittatus. pallida.

Nereis Dumerilii. macroceros.

cultrifera. Audouinia filigera.

Syllis gracilis. Polyophthalmus pictus,

spongicola. Aricia Cirstedii.

Trypanosyllis Krohnii. Saccocirrus papillocercus,

We find also seventeen of our Marseillese species in the lists of

Ann. & Mag. N. ist. Ser.4. Vol. xiv. 22

314 Miscellaneous.

annelids of the oceanic coasts of France, and eight of these likewise

exist in the Black Sea :—

*Staurocephalus rubrovittatus. *Syllis gracilis.

Kunice Harassii. variegata.

Marphysa sanguinea. Odontosyllis gibba.

*Lysidice ninetta. *Syllides pulliger.

Onuphis tubicola. *Spheerosyllis hystrix.

Nematonereis unicornis. *Kteone picta.

Arabella quadristriata. Heterocirrus saxicola,

*Nereis cultrifera. Sabella reniformis.

* Dumerilii.

We do not wish, however, to indicate these faunal relations except

in a provisional manner ; for it is probable that future researches will

considerably modify their significance.

The great family Eunicea has furnished us with a new species of

Marphysa (M. fallax), well characterized by the composite sete with

bidentate uncini existing in the inferior bundle, and by the form of

the parts of the maxillary apparatus. In its general aspect this

Marphysa resembles Lysidice ninetta.

The Syllidea are excessively abundant and very varied. We have

ascertained the existence of a new species of the genus Anoplosyllis,

very distinct from that of the Bay of Naples by the arrangement of

the dorsal appendages, which are articulated from the third setigerous

segment. Syllis torquata, sp. noy., bears in the anterior region a

large transverse blackish band, which is not figured in any annelid

of the same group. Lastly, Zusyllis lamelligera, sp. noy., and Auto-

lytus ornatus, sp. nov., possess still more important peculiarities of

structure. It may be remarked that the genus Husyllis, proposed

by Malmgren for some worms from Spitzbergen, had not hitherto

been indicated in the Mediterranean.

In the family Hesionea I have to cite a very curious undescribed

type, Magolia perarmata, of which the trunk is armed with two

maxillaries and a style, whilst the anterior region of the body

presents two antenne, two palpi, and twelve tentacular cirri. The

new genus Gyptis, with an unarmed proboscis, appears to be allied to

the Oxydromi ; but this latter group, which is very badly determined,

remains still unsettled.

It is undoubtedly near the Hesionea and at the head of the Phyl-

lodocea that we must place the annelid that we name Lacydonia

miranda, the characters of which may be given as follows :—

Head furnished with four small anterior appendages representing

two palpi and two antenne ; buccal ring provided with a single pair

of tentacular cirri; dorsal and ventral cirri pinniform: feet of the

first three segments setigerous and uniramose ; feet of the following

segments furnished with a dorsal ramus of simple setze and a ventral

ramus of composite sete: trunk unarmed, comparatively short, and

situated between two very complicated tubular secretory apparatus,

no doubt representing the lateral tubes of the Hydrophani.

In the Gulf of Marseilles, among the rolled pebbles of the shore

of Ratonneau, we have found the interesting Saecocirrus of the

Black Sea. The sexes are separate ; but the reproductive apparatus

presents perfectly exceptional peculiarities. In the male the testes

SSS

Miscellaneous. 315

are placed in the anterior region of each segment, starting from

the thirteenth or fourteenth setigerous segment. The fecundating

elements detach themselves from these glandular bodies, and are

received by two vibratile chambers, situated one to the right and the

other to the left of the intestine, in the posterior part of the segment

and above the transverse septum. A deferent duct forms a con-

tinuation of each of these vibratile funnels. This canal pierces the

septum and penetrates into the following segment, where it becomes

inflated into a seminal vesicle opening at the base of a very pro-

tractile conical penis, which projects from the dorsal surface a little

beyond the feet. There are consequently two penises for each

zoonite, and the organs for conducting the semen are arranged exactly

in accordance with the plan of structure of the segmental organs ;

the deferent ducts are moreover replaced by true segmental organs

in the anterior region of the body.

In the females the ovaries occupy the same position as the testes

in the males. Beneath them we notice a yellowish sac full of

spermatozoids. This organ, a true copulatory pouch, communicates

by a vaginal duct with an aperture situated on the ventral surface

of the same segment. Hence we find on each female segment two

ventral vulvze corresponding to the two dorsal penises of the males.

But we have also distinguished in the females two vibratile ducts

situated in the dorsal region, and piercing the septum below the

copulatory pouch. These organs, evidently homologous with the

deferent ducts, must be regarded as oviducts; but we have been

unable to determine exactly the relations of the copulatory pouch

with the general cavity. We have also to notice the remarkable

degradation of the pedal organs of Saccocirrus, which are formed by

tubes which can project more or less, or be retracted entirely within

the body ; in these protractile sheaths there are seven or eight very

simple setz.

The tribe Trichobranchidea of Malmgren is represented in the

coralligenous bottoms of the coasts of Provence by a Terebellian very

nearly related to the Trichobranchus of Spitzbergen, but furnished

with eight filiform branchie. This worm will become the type

of a new division: its first four segments bear a membranous frill

covering the ventral surface, and in part passing over to the dorsal

region.

Lastly, we have been able to study some Serpulea, and chiefly two

species of Apomatus, the general structure of which greatly resembles

that of Psyymobranchus. The globular operculum of these sedentary

annelids, situated at the apex of a branchial filament still furnished

with secondary barbules, is a true operculum in course of differentia-

tion. The setigerous apparatus of these Apomati is rather complex,

but it exactly corresponds to that of the Psygmobranchi. It may

be said that the Apomati are Psygmobranchi of which one of the

branchial filaments, deviating from its original functions, becomes

an opercular axis, Just as the /iligrane are Salmacine with modified

branchial filaments. With regard to the last two genera it is curious

to find that all the Salmacine are hermaphrodites, while the Filigrane

seem to be generally unisexual.— Comptes Rendus, August 10, 1874,

p. 398.

316 Miscellaneous.

The Piymy Whale (Neobalena marginata). By Dr. Hecror.

I have the calf of this whale, 2 feet 3 inches in total length.

The length of the head, &c., given as the characters, are constant, as

in the large skull formerly figured. There is no mistake, as the

baleen is all in situ. Iam convinced that it is not uncommon on

Ae coast of New Zealand ; but it is rarely got, as it does not grow

arge,

On Dolichodon Traversii. By Dr. Hecror.

Dr. Haast has a complete skeleton of this whale. I have com-

pared it with a pair of jaws, on board the ‘Challenger,’ of the true

D. Layardi of the Cape, and could only find a difference in the fact

that the teeth were not chamfered behind as in the New-Zealand

specimen ; the teeth are nearly locked over the muzzle, as in the

specimen from which the species is described in the British Museum,

whereas in the Chatham-Island one they are wide apart.

Remarks on the Revivification of Rotifer vulgaris. By J. Leny.

Prof. Leidy remarked that during the search for rhizopods, having

noticed among the dirt adhering to the mosses in the crevices of

our pavements many individuals of the common wheel-animalcule

(Rotifer vulgaris), he had made some observations relating to the

assertion that they might be revivified on moistening them after

they had been dried up.

Two glass slides, containing beneath coyer-glasses some dirt, ex-

hibited each about a dozen active living rotifers. The glass slides

were placed on a window-ledge, the thermometer standing at 80°.

In the course of half an hour the water on the slides was dried

up, and the dirt collected in ridges. The next morning, about

twelve hours after drying the slides, they were placed beneath the

microscope. Water was applied, and the materials on the slides

closely examined. On each slide a number of apparently dried

rotifers were observed; these imbibed water and expanded, and

some of them in the course of half an hour revived and exhibited

their usual movements, but others remained motionless to the last.

The same slides were again submitted to drying, and from one of

them the cover-glass was removed. They were examined the next

day, but several hours after moistening them only two rotifers were

noticed moving on each slide.

A slide was next prepared on which there were upward of twenty

actively moving rotifers, and exposed to the hot sun during the

afternoon. On examination of the slide the following morning,

after moistening the material, all the rotifers continued motionless,

and remained so till the last moment.

From these observations it would appear that the rotifers and

their associates become inactive in comparatively dry positions, and

may be revived by supplying them with more moisture, but when

the animals are actually dried they are incapable of being revivified.

Moisture adheres tenaciously to earth ; and rotifers may rest in the

earth, like the Zepidosiren, until returning waters restore them to

activity.—Proc. Acad. Sei. Philad. 1874, p. 88.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES. ]

No. 83. NOVEMBER 1874.

XXXVIII.—Notes on the Structure and Development of

Myriothela phrygia. By Professor ALLMAN, M.D., LL.D.,

F.R.S., Pres. Linn. Soc.

In the structure and development of Myriothela phrygia are

many hitherto unrecorded points of high morphological and

physiological interest. The following notes contain some of

the more important results to which I have been led by a

recent study of this remarkable and little-known hydroid.

1. The tentacles when extended are by no means the short

papilliform organs which we usually ineet with in specimens

confined in our aquaria. They present, on the contrary,

when in complete extension a thin, cylindrical, and very

motile stem nearly a line in length, and a large terminal

capitulum very well defined and distinct from the stem.

2. The animal is attached to fixed objects, not by the general

surface of hydrorhizal offsets (as is usual among the Hydroida),

but by the sucker-like truncated ends of short fleshy processes

which are given off from the basal extremity and, clothing

themselves with chitine, become permanently adherent to the

object which gives it support.

3. The endoderm of the body is composed of numerous

layers of large spheroidal cells composed of clear protoplasm,

enclosing a nucleus with some brown granules and refringent

corpuscles. Externally it is continued in an altered form into

the tentacles, while internally it forms long villus-like processes

which project into the cavity of the body. Towards the free

ends of these processes there are abundantly developed, among

the large clearer cells, smaller easily isolated spherical cells

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. ze

318 Prof. Allman on the Structure and

filled with opaque brown granules. Where the endoderm

passes into the tentacles it loses its large-clear-celled condi-

tion, and consists of small round cells so loaded with opaque

granules that the axis of the tentacle appears nearly white

under reflected light.

4, The free surface of the endoderm carries long, very

slender, sluggishly vibrating cilia, and is overlaid with a thin

layer of transparent homogeneous protoplasm, which on the

villus-like processes becomes especially distinct, and which

develops minute mutable pseudopodia which are being con-

stantly projected and withdrawn. Indeed the vibratile cilia

appear to be but a modification of these pseudopodial processes

of protoplasm.

5. Interposed between the endoderm and the ectoderm is

the jibrillated layer. It is extremely well developed, and

consists of longitudinal muscular fibrille, closely adherent to

the outer surface of a structureless hyaline membrane—the

Stiitzlamelle ” of Reichert. The fibrillated layer, with its

supporting membrane, is so strong as to remain entire in a

section of the animal after the tissues on both sides of it have

been broken down.

6. The ectoderm is composed mainly of two or three layers

of small round cells containing yellowish granules. Among

these cells the thread-cells may be seen, lying chiefly near

the outer surface of the body. ‘Two forms of thread-cells

may be here distinguished—one ovate with the invaginated

tube occupying the axis, the other fusiform with the in-

vaginated tube oblique. ‘The whole free surface of the ecto-

derm is overlaid with an exceedingly thin, transparent and

structureless pellicle.

7. The deeper part of the ectoderm consists of a very

remarkable tissue composed of peculiar membraneless cells,

each of which is prolonged into a long fine process which can

be directly traced into the fibrillated layer. Iam thus enabled

so far to confirm the observations of Kleinenberg on cells of

apparently the same significance in Hydra. In Myriothela,

however, these caudate cells do not, as in Hydra, reach the

surface. They form a deep zone interposed between the mus-

cular layer and the superficial layer of the ectoderm. Though

the caudate cells are in intimate association with the fibrillated

layer, I did not succeed in tracing a direct continuity of the

individual fibrille with the processes of the cells as described

by Kleinenberg in Hydra. While the deep zone may, in

accordance with Kleinenberg’s views of the caudate cells in

Hydra, be regarded as a nervous layer, the superficial zone of

the ectoderm will represent an epidermis.

er ae

Development of Myriothela phrygia. 319

8. The structure of the tentacles is in the highest degree

interesting. In their narrow stalk-like portion the condition

of the endoderm departs widely from that of this tissue in the

tentacles of other marine hydroids; for it presents no trace of

the septate disposition so well marked in these. It is, on the

contrary, composed of a layer of small cells loaded with opaque

granules and surrounding a continuous wide. axile cavity.

9. It is, however, in the terminal capitulum of the tentacle

that the structure of these organs departs most widely from

any thing that has as yet been recognized in the tentacles

of other hydroids. Here a very peculiar tissue is developed

between the muscular layer and the proper ectoderm, where

it takes the place of the zone of caudate cells. It forms a

thick hemispherical cap over the muscular lamella and en-

doderm of the tentacle, and is composed of closely applied

exceedingly slender prisms, with their inner ends resting on

the muscular lamella, to which the prisms are perpendicular,

the whole structure forcibly suggesting the rod-like tissue

associated with special sense-apparatus in higher animals. It

appears to be but a modification of the tissue which elsewhere

forms the zone of caudate cells.

10. Extending in a radiating direction from the convex

surface of this rod-like tissue, towards the external surface of

the tentacle, may be seen numerous clear cylindrical rods, each

of which, making its way among the cells of the ectoderm,

terminates distally in a very delicate transparent oviform sac,

which carries near its distal end a minute styliform process.

Within this sac, and completely filling it, is an oviform cap-

sule with firm transparent walls, and having immersed in its

very refringent contents a cylindrical cord wound upon itself

in two or three coils. Under pressure the contained cord

may be sometimes forced out through the smaller or distal end

of the capsule. Notwithstanding the obvious resemblance of

these bodies to thread-cells, their significance is, without doubt,

something entirely different. Their assemblage constitutes a

zone parallel to the spherical surface of the capitulum, and

lying at a slight distance within it. Though it is impossible

with certainty to assign to them their exact function, we feel

compelled to regard the whole system, including the rod-like

tissue to which their stalks can be traced (and which is only

a modified portion of the nervous zone), as an apparatus of

sense. ‘This is the only known instance of the existence in a

hydroid trophosome of any thing which may with reason be

regarded as a special apparatus of sense.

11. The male and female sporosaes are borne by the same

trophosome.

23*

320 Prof. Allman on Myriothela phrygia.

12. The generative elements, whether male or female, ori-

ginate in a special cavity, which is formed in the substance of

the endoderm of the sporosac.

13. In the female the primitive plasma becomes gradually

differentiated into a multitude of cell-like bodies having all the

characters of true ova with their germinal vesicle and spot.

They are entirely destitute of enveloping membrane.

14. These bodies next begin to coalesce with one another

into numerous roundish masses of protoplasm, which develop

over their surface minute pseudopodial retractile processes.

15. The masses thus formed still further coalesce with one

another; and there results a single spheroidal plasma mass,

through which are dispersed numerous small spherical vesicles

mostly provided with a nucleus. These vesicles appear to

be nothing more than the nucleolated nuclei of the coalesced

ova-like cells.

16. About the time of the completion of this last coalescence

the resulting plasma mass, enveloped in an external structure-

less membrane, is expelled by the contraction of the sporosac

through an aperture in its summit.

17. Immediately after its expulsion it is seized by the

sucker-like extremities of certain remarkable organs (claspers),

which are developed among the blastostyles and resemble long

filiform and very contractile tentacles.

18. It is apparently now that fertilization is effected; for

the plasma becomes again resolved into a multitude of round-

ish masses. This phenomenon may be regarded as represent-

ing the yelk-cleavage of an ordinary ovum.

19. The mulberry-like mass thus formed, surrounded by its

structureless membrane, which has now acquired considerable

thickness, and forms a firm capsule, continues to be held in

the grasp of the claspers during certain subsequent stages of

its development. An endoderm and ectoderm with a true

multicellular structure become differentiated ; a central cavity

is formed by excavation; and the germ becomes thus converted

into a spheroidal non-ciliated planula. This, after acquiring

certain external appendages, ultimately escapes by the rupture

of the capsule as a free actinuloid embryo.

20. The actinuloid, on its escape from its capsule, is pro-

vided not only with the long arms already noticed by Cocks

and Alder, but with short scattered clavate tentacles. The

short clavate tentacles become the permanent tentacles of the

fully developed hydroid; the long arms, on the other hand,

are purely embryonic and transitory.

21. The long embryonic arms originate in the spheroidal

planula. They are formed by a true invagination, and at

ae LO

On the Development of the Marine Sponges. 321

first grow inwards into the body-cavity of the planula. It is

only just before the escape of the actinuloid from its capsule

that they evaginate themselves and become external.

22. After enjoying for one or two days its free existence,

during which it moves about by the aid of its long arms,

the embryo fixes itself by its proximal end, the long arms

gradually disappear, the short permanent tentacles increase in

number, and the essential form of the adult is soon acquired.

XXXIX.—Development of the Marine Sponges from the

earliest Recognizable Appearance of the Ovum to the Per-

fected Individual. By H.J. Carrer, F.R.S. &e.

[Plates XX., XXL, & XXII]

Ir is now twenty-five years since my figure of the Freshwater

Sponges, viz. Spongilla, as it grows out of the so-called “ seed-

like body,” was described and published (‘ Annals,’ 1849,

Sept., vol. iv. pl. iv. fig. 2), and seventeen years since the

observations and illustrations in my paper “ On the Ultimate

Structure of Spongilla”’ were obtained by following this de-

velopment (‘ Annals,’ July 1857, vol. xx. p. 21, pl.1.). My

military duties at Bombay then compelled me to remain much

at home, while in the tanks of the garden about the house

where I lived Spongilla grew abundantly ; so that, although I

resided for many years at Bombay, and thus on the borders of

the sea, I could only make use of the opportunities which the

freshwater tanks of the island afforded.

Time has passed, and I have retired to my native place

(Budleigh-Salterton, south coast of Devon), still on the

“ borders of the sea,’ but now in Great Britain. The duties

of official occupation are over, and I have yet a little time left

to study now the physiology of the marine sponges.

This may explain to those who, like Hiickel (‘ Die Kalk-

schwimme,’ vol. i. p. 28), express wonder that I should have

exclusively studied the freshwater sponges while at Bombay,

where there is, too, such a rich sponge-fauna on the “ coasts

of the Indian Oceans” for this purpose. Had I been a

German professor, the matter might have been different, and

I might have obtained indulgences in the way of “ leave” for

studying the marine sponges, which the military authorities

at Bombay, if they had been appealed to on this behalf, would

have laughed at.

But to show that while on “the coasts of the Indian

Oceans” I did not entirely neglect the marine sponges, it

322 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

might be stated that, while attached to the survey of the

south-east coast of Arabia in 1844-46, I made a collection of

all the marine sponges that I could find there, and sent them

home just afterwards to Dr. Bowerbank, who received and

thanked me for them; but here this matter ended, and would

have ever done so had I not felt the loss of a report on them,

and especially the specimens themselves, in arranging the col-

tion of the British Museum, where I should have been most

glad of representations of this part of the world.

If another survey is made of that unfrequented shore, and

another collection of sponges is gathered from it, I trust that

the latter may not be attended by such misfortune !

Two or three of these sponges, however, whose figures I

had drawn and whose duplicates I had retained, I have been

able to describe and illustrate (‘ Annals,’ 1869); and since

then my kind friend Dr. J. E. Gray has, by his desire that

I should go on with the study of the marine sponges gene-

rally, and his unceasing exertions to place within my reach

every thing in his power to facilitate this inquiry, ending with

opportunities for examining and arranging the whole collec-

tion in the British Museum, caused me to obtain such a prac-

tical knowledge of the subject, so far as specimens of sponges,

both dry and in spirit are concerned, that I felt it absolutely

necessary to preface a résumé of all this by that physiological

study of the development of the living marine ones which my

present residence on the sea-shore enables me to follow.

For this purpose I have for some time past been desirous of

finding out specimens of these sponges in an oviparous state ;

and although this may be often done in any part of the year

while the ovum is very young, or only just distinguishable,

yet it has not been until lately that I have found specimens of

these sponges in which the ovum has become much enlarged

and developed into the embryonal state—that is, ready for deli-

very.

OF the calcareous sponges it was stated (‘ Annals,’ 1874,

vol. xiv. pp. 98 & 107) that Grantia compressa &c. went

through this oviparous development in the months of March,

April, and May, and that at this time none of the siliceous

sponges that I could find appeared to be in a like condition.

Since then, however, viz. on the 30th July and 29th Au-

gust respectively, I have found several siliceous sponges,

together with one of the non-spiculous ones belonging to

Schmidt’s Halisarcine, viz. Halisarca lobularis, Sdt., in which

the ovum has presented all the stages of development, from its

earliest appearance to the full-formed embryo; that is to say,

on the former date was found Halisarca lobularis, Halichondria

Development of the Marine Sponges. 323

simulans, Johnston, Esperia egagropila, var., Cart., with still a

few specimens of Grantia compressa in this condition, and on

the 29th of August Halichondria sanguinea, Johnst., H. in-

crustans, J., H.panicea, J., and H. plumosa, J., together with

many more specimens of the sponges first mentioned; so

that it would appear that the active reproductive state of the

siliceous sponges, viz. that in which they are about to throw

off their ova in the state of embryos, should be chiefly sought

for in the months of July and August, probably including

September,—a point which it appears to me desirable to

establish for the advantage of others wishing to follow this

pursuit, while before entering upon the development of the

ovum and embryo into the perfect sponge it also seems advi-

sable briefly to premise, for the same purpose, what expe-

rience has taught me in this respect, which is as follows, viz.:—

that sponges for the most part grow upon the wnder surfaces

of rocks; that to obtain the greatest variety it is necessary to

be present at the ‘‘springs,” as the tide falls lowest then,

provided the wind be blowing “ off” instead of “ on”

shore ; that we should work down with the last hour’s fall of

the tide ; and that this work should chiefly consist in breaking

off with a heavy crow-bar such ledges of the rocks as bear

sponges of different kinds in large quantities, and carrying

them up to a pool far above low-water mark, where they can

be examined deliberately after the tide begins to rise, since

both the fall and the rise of the tide take place so rapidly

that there is no time for examining the specimens at the

moment. . Particular portions may be knocked off with a

heavy hammer and cold chisel; and good specimens, if they

cannot be obtained otherwise, must be loosened at the base

with a putty-knife or spatula.

Besides these instruments I carry with me a clasp-knife to

cut off the overhanging ‘ sea-weeds ” which intercept a view

of the rocks beneath, and a little pad or canvas pillow stuffed

with air and attached toa leather strap and buckle (which may

be gartered round the right leg just above the calf to protect

the bare knee against the cutting rock &c., as it is almost

always necessary to bend down very low to see the under sur-

face), a shrimp-net on a 6-feet pole, and weeding-iron on the

like, to cut off and catch specimens which may be hanging

from the under surface of the rocks beyond arm-reach, a

2-inch focus watchmaker’s eye-glass, and two or three tin

cans with covers (slung to strings attached to lateral ears,

which they should each have for this purpose), to receive the

selected specimens, in sea-water, as they are broken off from

the parent rock respectively, whether at the time or at the

324 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

examination subsequently made of the large pieces transported

to the pool, as above stated, far above low-water mark. Add

to this a basket and an old pair of boots to wade through the

water, which will be often much above the knees, and thus

protect the feet from being cut by the rocks and fragments of

shells adhering to them.

Returning to the development of the sponge-ovule, I would

observe that the oviparous sponges gathered on the 30th July

have furnished me with all the observations needed for this

communication, and therefore that those gathered on the 29th

August were chiefly to corroborate the fact that about this

time the marine siliceous sponges will be found available for

the study.

Again, I have not been able to follow up the development

of the ovule from its earliest appearance to that of the embryo

and fully formed sponge in any one species only, from circum-

stances which will hereafter be mentioned ; hence my illustra-

tions of the early stages have been taken from one, and those

of the later ones from another species.

Most of these illustrations, too, have been drawn to the

same scale, viz. 1-12th to 1-1800th inch, in order that the

relative size of the different objects at different periods of

development may be the better realized. Thus, with the

exception of fig. 1 in Plate XX., all the figures, from 2 to

12 inclusively, which are taken from Halisarca lobularis,

are drawn to the scale mentioned; so are the remainder of

the figures in this Plate (with the exception of the slight de-

tail otherwise noticed), which have all been taken from Grantia

compressa, in order, as before stated, that their sizes, rela-

tively and respectively, may be compared with the figures of

the embryos of Halisarca lobularis in the same, and of Hali-

chondria simulans in the following Plate, in which the figures

appear to be unusually large, but, to still preserve the scale

for the purpose above mentioned, it was necessary that they

should not be reduced; while in the third Plate, on account

of the increasing size of the embryo after it begins to pass into

the true sponge, and for other reasons which will be noticed

hereafter, the figures, for convenience, have been reduced to

the scale of 1-12th to 1-830th inch: thus it should be re-

membered that, for comparison with the foregoing, they should

be more than double their present size.

By the illustrations in Plates XX. and XXI., having been

drawn. to the same scale, we are able to realize the relative

sizes of the embryo of the gelatinous sponge, or Halisarca

lobularis, of the calcareous sponge, Grantia compressa, and

of the siliceous one, Halichondria simulans, respectively .

Development of the Marine Sponges. 325

In studying the soft parts of a sponge, including the ovule,

it is also essential to remember that they are all polymorphic,

and, like Ameba, may at one moment appear in one form and

at another in a different one. Thus the active spongozoon,

which 7m s¢#w may present a defined body, neck, head, and

cilium, may, shortly after having been torn out from its

natural position, and thus rendered passive, be changed into a

simple, globular form. This form, in returning to partial

activity, may again throw out pseudopodia from its sides

(Ameba-like) and become reptant. The cilium, when the

spongozoon is ¢n sétw, is used for bringing objects to the body ;

when the spongozoon is isolated it becomes an organ of loco-

motion, by which the body is propelled in front of it; from

this state it may pass into a pseudopodial, prehensile form,

and finally be retracted altogether; while the ovum, from its

first appearance until after it has attained a considerable size,

is always provided with a sarcodal envelope which, Ameba-

like, gives it (up to a certain stage of development) a loco-

motive power. ‘The student, therefore, must not be surprised,

by-and-by, to find the embryo, after this manner, losing at

once the cilia of its surface-layer of cells (the ectoderm), and

the latter becoming a homogeneous-looking polymorphic or

Ameba-like lamina of sarcode.

When the ovule for the first time becomes recognizable in

Halisarca lobularis it does not exceed the 1-5000th inch in

diameter, and then appears to be confined to the tissue of the

sponge among the ampullaceous sacs (Pl. XX. fig. 3, a). Its

envelope, however, already possesses the powerof polymorphism

and locomotion, as may be seen when it is scratched out from

the parent upon a slide.

Subsequently, in Grantia compressa, it may be seen to be

hanging, pear-shaped, upon the surface of the excretory canals,

where it remains for a certain time locomotive, until, after

further development, it becomes permanently fixed and the

locomotive envelope seems to pass into a capsule. In this

condition, too, I have described and figured it in Tethya zet-

landica (‘ Annals,’ 1872, vol. ix. p. 426, pl. xxii. fig. 14).

Although by necessity spread throughout the walls of the

purse-like forms of calcareous sponges (ex. gr. Grantia com-

pressa), it is nevertheless developed in Halisarca lobularis and

Halichondria simulans (with which again in form the sessile

spreading species of calcareous sponges, ex. gr. Leuconia

nivea &¢., are identical) close to the rock on which the sponge

may be growing, where it becomes heaped up into masses,

which present the ova in all stages of colour and develop-

ment, from the first degree of duplicative division of the yelk

326 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

to the fully developed embryo, whose colour seems generally

to accord with, and be more intense than, that of the parent

sponge, although in Halichondria simulans it is opaque white ;

while the upper part of the sponge becomes atrophied into a

mere capsular layer (especially in Halisarca lobularis), and

the vents appear to be in direct communication with the

branches of the excretory canal-system, now expanded into

common coverings for the heaps of ova respectively, which

thus enables the embryos, when fully formed, to make their

exit without difficulty. The position, in point of aggregation,

of the ova in these sponges corresponds with that of most

species of Spongilla; still, in some species of the latter, as

well as in some of the marine siliceous sponges, they appear

to be diffused throughout the mass—perhaps after all, how-

ever, being most plentiful about the base or oldest-formed

portions of the sponge. While, therefore, in many instances,

if the piece of rock on which the oviparous sponge, in this

stage, may be growing is not broken off with it, the upper

portion alone may be taken, and thus the ova escape observa-

tion. Atthe same time, almost all the specimens of Halisarca

lobularis which I obtained on the 29th August, having been

reduced to mere surface-shells, in which the red-violet colour

of the spongozoa was unusually intensified, and from which

the whole of the ova, having passed into the locomotive

ciliated embryos, had escaped, and had thus left them hollow at

the base, indicated that this date is too late for finding Hali-

sarca lobular’s in that oviparous condition which is requisite

for following the development of the ovum.

To obtain the ova for examination it is absolutely neces-

sary to tear the mass to pieces, and either examine them én

situ, or seek for those which may have fallen out entire; while

a few of the ciliated embryos that are far advanced may also

thus be forcibly eliminated.

But, to obtain the embryos in a fully matured state, either

in Halisarca lobularis, Halichondria simulans, or Grantia

compressa, it is best to place the oviparous specimens of these

sponges respectively in this stage of ovi-development in sea-~

water uninjured, and let the embryos escape by themselves

naturally. This can be done by breaking off a portion of the

rock on which the two former sponges may be growing, while

with Grantia compressa it is only necessary to cut off the

branch of P#clota to which it may be attached.

Having thus got out a sufficient number of embryos for im-

mediate examination and the study of their subsequent develop-

ment, we have only to transfer them, by means of a pipette,

to any convenient place for this purpose. In doing this, the

<TR

Development of the Marine Sponges. 327

end of the pipette, whose aperture should be large enough to

admit the embryo, must be put into the water close to it, while

the finger is pressed tightly upon the opposite end ; then, when

the finger is withdrawn, the embryos will, by the capillary

attraction of the water, pass up into the mouth of the tube,

and, by subsequently gravitating towards the lower part,

when the pipette is held upright, may thus be transferred to

a slide for examination or to a vessel for holding them with-

out any further force. They will live for several days in pure

sea-water, changed now and then for a fresh supply; and

their whole development into the perfect sponge may thus be

easily followed; but, as this process is not stationary, the

embryo itself can only be expected to be in its perfect condition

at the moment it issues from the parent sponge, and must then

be examined for this purpose, as it changes somewhat every

hour afterwards.

It has been above stated that to give the whole of the de-

velopment of the ovule, from its first appearance to the fully

developed sponge, I have had to study it in two species; that

is, that, owing to the transparency of the ovules in the non-

spiculous sponge Halisarca lobularis, the segmentation of the

yelk is much better seen here cn situ than in Halichondria

simulans, where the ovum is opaque; while, as regards the

embryonal form and subsequently developed sponge, not only

its larger size, but the presence of spicules in the embryo, and

their final arrangement into the skeleton-structure of Hali-

chondria simulans, render the embryo of this sponge much

more eligible for this part of the development than that of

Halisarca lobularis, in which there are no such aids.

We shall first, then, commence with the development of the

ovule from its earliest appearance to the ultimate segmentation

of the yelk in Halisarca lobularis, and then follow the deve-

lopment of the embryo into the perfect sponge in Halichondria

simulans, comparing the latter afterwards with the develop-

ment of the embryo of Grantia compressa into 7ts perfected

form, thus supplying, to a certain extent, that detail of which

the late Prof. RK. E. Grant discovered the salient points forty-

seven years since (‘ Kdinb. Phil. Journ.’), and taught them to

me, his friend and pupil, in his lectures thirty-three years ago

at University College.

It should be here mentioned that this subject is not entirely

new to me, as I have already described and figured the ovum, in

Tethya cranium and T. zetlandica respectively, from preserved

specimens, in which it had probably advanced to very nearly

the full period of embryonal development (‘ Annals,’ 1872,

vol. ix. p. 409, pl. xxii.).

328 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

Entering, now, upon the chief subject of this communication,

it will, for convenience, be desirable to divide the development

of the living sponge-ovule into four periods, viz. :—

1. That from its earliest appearance to the commence-

ment of the duplicative division of the yelk.

2. That from the first duplicative division of the yelk to its

ultimate duplicative subdivision.

3. That from the formation of the embryo to its fixation or

stationary position.

4. That from the stationary position of the embryo to the

development of the perfect sponge.

First AND SECOND PERIODS.

As the first and second periods are taken from Halisarca

lobularis, it is desirable to premise a description of the ovi-

parous state of this sponge in both these periods ; but as the

former has already been done (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xu. p. 433),

there is no occasion for a repetition of it here, though it is

necessary to add to my former description that the surface of

Halisarca lobularis is covered with vibratile cilia (Pl. XX. fig. 1,

ee), which is not the case with that of Halisarca Dwjardinit.

In the second period, however, it differs in that the ova are

greatly enlarged, and, instead of being diffused throughout

the substance of the sponge, are gathered, as before stated, into

heaps at its base (fig. 1, 64), where they rest upon the bare

rock on which the sponge has grown (fig. 1, cc).

Here, too, although they are respectively encapsuled, the

heaps or groups are each as respectively enclosed in a common

membrane (fig. 1, g), which appears to be a dilated form of

the excretory canals opening at the vent (fig. 1, f), by which

the embryo (fig. 1, 7) when it leaves the capsule (fig. 1, £)

can find an easy exit. Further, the parent sponge has be-

come reduced to a mere shell or layer (fig. 1, aa), in which

however, the spongozoa of the ampullaceous sacs, as before

stated, seem to present a more intensified red or pink-violet

colour than ever (fig. 1, d), and the vents show themselves to

be provided with a sphinctral diaphragm of sarcode (fig. 1, f)

somewhat contracted, as if to regulate the egress of the em-

bryos.

First PERIOD.

That from the earliest appearance of the ovum to the com-

mencement of the duplicative division of the yelk.

If we take a portion of Halisarca lobularis, at any time of

the year probably (if it is not too young), and tear it to pieces

Development of the Marine Sponges. 329

in sea-water (for sea-water must always be used for these

purposes to keep the parts alive), we may observe, with }-inch

compound power, ova from the 1-3000th to the 1-1000th inch

in diameter (fig. 8, a, 6) ; in the smallest of which (a) the yelk

and nucleus are already visible, although the nucleolus and

germinal vesicle can hardly be distinguished with this power

until they have become a little larger (6), while all are re-

spectively enveloped in a layer of sarcode, which, being poly-

morphic, carries the ovum about with it as an Amoeba does its

nucleus (fig. 3, c).

At this time the ova appear to be imbedded in the sub-

stance of the Halisarca, while the smallest size only exceeds

by one quarter the diameter of the spongozoon (fig. 2, a).

How they escape from this position, except by their reptant

power, I do not know.

But if we take a horizontal slice off the inner surface of a

Grantia compressa, and place it on a slide in a little sea-water

with a glass cover over it, we may see the ova, when they are

not more than 1-1700th inch in diameter, attached to the sur-

face of the excretory canals, where they not only hang pendent

in a pyriform shape, but sometimes leave this position and

become reptant (perhaps the human ovum creeps down the

Fallopian tubes in this way ?); so that we may fairly infer

from this that, in Halisarca lobularis, they follow the same

course—that is, pass into and become attached to the excre-

tory canals. This stage, as already noticed, I have described

and figured in Tethya zetlandica (op. et loc. cit.). After a

while, however (that is, in the latter position, viz. the excre-

tory canals), they increase to the size of 1-180th of an inch in

diameter (10-1800ths), when the polymorphic envelope appears

to become transformed into a capsular covering, which, at one

point, adheres to the parent sponge, and thus placenta-like

probably continues to nourish the ovum.

SECOND PERIOD.

That from the first duplicative division of the yelk to its

ultimate duplicative subdivision.

In the second period I have above stated that the ova are

found to be much enlarged and congregated upon the rock at

the base of the sponge, where they appear in all stages of de-

velopment, from the first duplicative division of the yelk

(figs. 4 to 10 inclusively) to the perfect embryo (figs. 11 & 12);

hence it is only necessary to place a portion of the sponge

bearing the ova in this condition under }-inch compound

330 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

power, and seek for the successive duplicative subdivisions of

the yelk, from the first to that which appears to be the last

duplicative subdivision (fig. 1, Ahh),fsince, although it is easy

enough to determine these divisions from the first to the third

degree inclusively, in which the yelk becomes divided into

eight cells (fig. 6), the other degrees (figs. 7-10) must be

judged of by the comparative size of the cells; and thus all

the rest of the illustrations of this duplicative subdivision have

been selected in this way, from the fourth (fig. 7) to the

seventh (fig. 10) inclusively.

If, on the other hand, the ovum, while undergoing this du-

plicative subdivision, be isolated and compressed under a glass

cover and }-inch compound power, a nucleus and nucleolus

will be observed, as figured in the illustration of the first de-

gree of duplicative division, viz. that in which the yelk is

divided into two cells only (fig. 4,dd). But, as this compres-

sion &e. cannot be carried into effect when the ova are viewed

in situ and en masse (as in fig. 1), the nucleus cannot be then

seen for want of sufficient light, and therefore is not intro-

duced into the other figures, although it must be assumed

that, whenever a cell undergoes division, the nucleus does so

also, and that if these cells, however much subdivided, could

be brought under sufficient compression, and thus rendered

sufficiently transparent, each would be found to contain a

nucleus. ,

There is also another feature which characterizes this period,

viz. that the ovum is without colour, while very soon after the

ultimate duplicative subdivision of the yelk is reached, and

the yelk begins to be elongated into the form of the embryo

(figs. 11 & 12), the latter presents the same kind of red-violet

colour as the spongozoa.

Striking, however, as this distinction is, the ciliated ecto-

derm, which becomes such a prominent feature of the embryo,

is developed over the yelk while the ovum is still colourless

and apparently has not begun to elongate itself into the em-

bryonic form.

It is thus interesting to find that the yelk in the lowest

undergoes the same kind of segmentation as in the highest

animals, as if in all this preliminary process were absolutely

necessary to the further evolution of the new being. Nor 1s

it a little interesting to me to find also that my drawings of

it to-day in the sponge correspond exactly with those which

I made in 1837 from the ova of the freshwater newt, when

asa student, aided by my dear friend Dr. Sharpey, I followed

throughout the development of this reptile in ova obtained

from a pool in the “ Regent’s Park.”

ok ee mes

0 es

Development of the Marine Sponges. 331

There are yet two illustrations of the embryo of Halisarca

lobularis to be described; but as it is our object to proceed

direct from the last segmentation of the ovum in this sponge to

the formation of the embryo in Halichondria simulans (that

is, from the second to the third period of ovular development),

we shall have to return to these hereafter.

THIRD AND FourtH PERIODS.

As the third and fourth periods of the development of the

sponge-ovum will be followed out in Halichondria simulans,

Johnst., it might be as well to briefly premise the following

description of this sponge :—

Halichondria simulans.

General form digital, cylindrical, solid, branched; procum-

bent, adhering here and there to the rock on which it hes; or

flat, sessile, and spreading. Colour greyish brown or yel-

lowish. Vents sparse, scattered, large. Internal structure

composed of sarcode and the usual ampullaceous sacs (PI. X XI.

fiz. 23), hung upon a reticulated, anastomosing, horny, fibrous

skeleton, imbedding one form of spicule only. Spicule acerate,

smooth, curved, rather abruptly pointed, often somewhat bent

in the middle; average largest size 8 by 1-1800th inch in

its greatest diameters (fig. 24). Size of entire specimens

variable.

Hab, Marine.

Loc. Plentifully on the under and overhanging surfaces of

rocks.

This sponge, which is very common on this coast, has been

named by Dr. Bowerbank “ Jsodictya simulans” in one part

(vol. ii. p. 308) and “ Chalina simulans” in another (vol. i.

p- 101), also (b. p. 277) “ Lsodictya simulans.” At this

confusion I do not wonder, since in my proposed division of

the sponges generally this sponge would come among the

CHALINID&€ or third division, and /sodictya in the fifth division

or RAYNERIZ; while the distinction between Chalina and

Isodictya is only one of degree, viz. the almost total absence

of supporting horny fibre in the latter.

The ova of Halichondria simulans in the second period

appear in the form of opaque whzte grains in the centre or

oldest portion of the cylindrical forms, and at the base close to

the rock in the spreading forms, just as in Halisarca lobularis.

By what stages the spheroidal ovum passes into the elon-

gated embryonal form, I do not know; but the ciliated ecto-

derm as well as the spicules are already developed in the

332 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

former, as before stated, in Halisarca lobularis, and shown in

the illustration of the ovum of Esperia egagropila, vay.

(Pl. XXI. fig. 25)—that is, probably immediately after the

subdivision of the yelk has been completed.

TurirpD PERIOD.

That from the formation of the embryo to its fixation or

stationary position.

As, however, the spheroidal ovum elongates, the posterior

end becomes marked by the development of a brownish-yellow

coloured mass of cells, which subsequently take on a globular

form (Pl. XXI. fig. 22, a), or are arranged round the base in

a circle (fig. 21, f), contrasting strongly with the opaque

white colour of the embryo. The latter, now becoming fully

matured, bursts through its capsule and swims into the water.

At this time it is very large, as may be seen by the illustrations

(figs. 21 & 22), compared with the embryo of Halisarca lobu-

laris (Pl. XX. figs. 11 & 12), and especially that of Grantia

compressa (figs. 18 & 15), which, for this purpose, are all

drawn, as before stated, to the same scale. In shape it is ey-

lindrical (fig. 21), conical at one end and round truncate at the

other, measuring 1-30th inch long by 1-90th inch wide. At

the anterior end is a papillary projection (fig. 21, e, & fig. 22, /),

and at the posterior one the brown cells mentioned (fig. 21, 7,

and fig. 22, a); while all the rest of the surface is covered by

the ciliated ectoderm or layer of minute monociliated cells

(fig. 21, d).

(In the illustrations this ciliated layer has only been gene-

rally represented, by dots all over the body, in the embryo of

Halisarca lobularis [Pl. XX. fig. 11], but for convenience has

been omitted in the rest, or rather reduced in representation to

the dotted line round the margins of the other figures respec-

tively.)

eee the cilia of the surface there is a line of very large

ones of a distinct kind, and five times as long as those of the

ectodermal layer, which encircles the base and forms a mutual

boundary to the brown-coloured mass of cells on one side and

the ectodermal ciliated surface on the other (fig. 21, g, and

fig. 22, e).

The cells of the brown-coloured mass, on the other hand,

which are much larger than those of the ectodermal layer,

present themselves, as before stated, in a globular form (fig.

22, a) or in a simple circle round the base (fig. 21, f).

In progression the embryo swims with the papillary or

pointed end foremost, and rotates upon its long axis from left

Development of the Marine Sponges. 333

to right, as indicated by the arrows respectively on the illus-

tration (fig. 21, h, 7), and as if the cilia on its surface were

arranged spirally.

When the embryo is crushed it is found to be filled with

sarcode charged with cells and granules of different sizes,

together with the spicules of the species (figs. 21 & 22, 6), the

latter very delicate, and the larger cells filled with smaller

ones (figs. 21 & 22, c), as if they were the commencement of

the ampullaceous sacs, which we shall by-and-by find so nu-

merous in the perfected sponge.

While the cells of the coloured mass (fig. 22,a) at the poste-

rior extremity are of the same size throughout, and independent

of the colouring-matter of the sarcode which surrounds them,

the cells of the ectoderm of the body and of the colourel mass

are, respectively, about 4, 3, and 2-G000ths inch in diameter.

It has already been stated that the ciliated ectoderm and

the spicules make their appearance while yet the ovum retains

its spheroidal shape ; and it might be added that all the forms

of the spicules belonging to the species make their appearance

about the same time, whereby, even at this early stage of de-

velopment, the species may thus be determined to which the

ovule belonged, as will be seen by the illustration of an

ovum of Esperia egagropila, Cart., var., on the rocks here

(fig. 25), wherein the skeleton-spicule (6) and the three forms

of flesh-spicules, viz. anchorate (c), bihamate (d), and tri-

curvate (e), are all present. The tricurvate here is very long

and straight, as may be seen by fig. 26, which represents one

in its mother cell from the parent sponge, thus chiefly consti-

tuting the “ variety.”

It should be particularly remembered, however, that the spi-

cules in the embryo are not confusedly dispersed throughout

the body-substance, but are, in their natural position, confined

to the posterior part, close to the root-cells, where the long ones

are grouped parallel to each other and to the longitudinal

diameter of the embryo, with their large ends posterior and

their small or pointed ones anterior (Plate X XII. fig. 28, e). It

is only when the embryo is carelessly crushed on the slide,

for microscopical examination with a high power, that they

appear to be generally dispersed throughout the body.

Having placed twenty embryos of Halichondria simulans,

such as that above described, in a glass vessel (finger-glass)

two thirds filled with fresh sea-water, I observed that while

they often attached themselves, by the posterior end, to the

bottom of the vessel, some became shorter in length, with a

corresponding widening (Plate X XI. fig. 22); and thinking that

they wanted to become fixed, while remembering the habit of

Ann. & Mag. N. ITist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 24

334 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

this sponge to grow on the under surface of the rocks, I dropt

into the bottom of the vessel a small, dark, subangular pebble

of quartzite, about 2 inch in diameter, obtained from the centre

of a piece of red-sandstone conglomerate in order that it might

be free from impurities, and shortly afterwards observed that

one of the embryos had become fixed to the under part of an

overhanging portion of this pebble, which in no position ever

risked the crushing of the embryo by resting upon the glass.

This pebble with attached embryo (Plate X XII. fig. 28, d) was

immediately transferred to another finger-glass of the same kind,

and the remainder of the embryos left to themselves. As it

might be confusing to state any more about the latter here, I

defer this for a future opportunity.

FourtH PeEriop.

That from the stationary position of the embryo to the deve-

lopment of the perfect sponge.

Having now a fixed embryo, I placed it under an inch

compound power, and observed that it had become attached by

the posterior end (Pl. XXII. fig. 28), which still presented the

brown-yellow-coloured mass of cells that distinguishes this

point (c), and was further marked by the circlet of long cilia

that, undergoing retraction, still played languidly round the

base (e), while the whole of the ectodermal cilia had become

retracted (a), leaving the embryo with a white, smooth, even

surface, and the papillary projection still on the summit (4).

(Here it should be observed that, whenever the embryo was

subjected to examination, the pebble was turned over or to one

side, so that both the upper and lateral surfaces of the embryo

might be seen and measured respectively, while at the same time

this was always done under water, out of which the embryo was

never taken until after it had become developed into the perfect

sponge. Finding, too, that I was obliged to use another micro-

scope for this, in order to get the vessel in between the table

and the object-glass, and that this necessitated my using another

micrometer, whose divisions were equal to the 1-830th of an

inch, instead of the one I had been using, whose divisions were

equal to only 1-1800th of an inch, while if the measurements

had been reduced to the latter and the objects drawn to this

scale, in accordance with those on the previous plates, they

would be inconveniently large for this one, I determined to

draw them on the scale first mentioned, allowing 1-12th to

1-830th of an inch, by which it will be seen, and should be

remembered, that they are on a scale which makes them a

little less than half the size they would be if drawn upon the

scale first used, viz. 1-12th to 1-1800th of an inch.)

Development of the Marine Sponges. 335

The fourth period occupied just a week, viz. from the 4th

to the 10th of August inclusively ; and the embryo was ex-

amined in the way above mentioned twice a day, viz. morning

and evening, during this time.

On the 4th and Sth it altered very little in appearance from

what has been above stated, beyond becoming a little wider and

shorter (Pl. XXII. fig. 28).

On the morning of the 6th the now unciliated ectodermal

layer seemed to have descended from the body of the embryo,

and, in a homogeneous and transparent form, to have spread

out on each side in a denticulated manner, much like that of

an Ameba (fig. 29, aa), by which the body, now erect and

conical (fig. 29, 5), but still opaque, white, and smooth, became

more firmly fixed to the pebble. The papillary eminence

also appeared to have somewhat subsided into a depression or

excavation (fig. 29, c).

But in the evening of the 6th the embryo, still continuing

the same in other respects, had lost its smooth even surface,

and now presented a monticular or polygonal one of a more

or less globular form (fig. 30, a), with the vent more pronounced

(fig. 80,6). It was evident, from what I had seen before in

the development of the young Spongilla from the seed-like

body to which I have alluded, that the spicules in the interior

of the embryo of Halichondria simulans were being arranged

into a skeleton-structure in which their ends, in bundles, forced

outwards the dermal membrane of the embryo, and thus gave

rise to the irregular monticular surface mentioned.

During the 7th and 8th days, the projection of the spicules,

still under or within the ectodermal membrane, became more

pronounced, the body more expanded at the base, and the

homogeneous transparent ectodermal expansion more or less

withdrawn (fig. 31).

On the morning of the 9th the ectodermal membrane had

become separated from or raised into a kind of film all over

the free surface of the embryo (fig. 32, ¢c), by the projec-

tion of bundles of spicules from the opaque white body of

the latter (fig. 32, 6b), thus causing the opaque portion

(fig. 32, aa) to be surrounded throughout above the base by

a hollow interval (fig. 32, dd), bounded by the ectodermal

layer on one side and the opaque body of the young sponge,

now fully formed, on the other. To the ectodermal layer and

this cavity I had, in my paper ‘‘ On the Ultimate Structure of

Spongilla,” given the names respectively of ‘‘ investing mem-

brane ”’ and “‘its cavity” (‘Annals,’ 1857, vol. xx. p. 24, pl. i.

fig. 1). ‘The latter forms the “ intermarginal cavities” of Dr.

Bowerbank—strangely, figured from the same sponge as our

24*

336 On the Development of the Marine Sponges.

embryo came from, viz. Halichondria simulans, under the

names (as before stated) of Chalina simulans in one part, and

Isodictya simulans in another (B. 8. Z. ¢. plate xix. fig. 299).

At this point of development the spicules, now in a naked

form, project a little beyond the “investing membrane” or

ectodermal layer (fig. 32, cc); and could I have brought a

1-inch compound power to bear upon it in this development,

as in the development of Spongilla from the seed-like body, in

a watch-glass, | might have observed the pores, and finally

the composition of the investing membrane or ectodermal

layer itself, which again, strangely, in Spongilla I have de-

scribed as consisting of flat cells like Amabe, forming a

“ foliated arrangement not unlike a compressed layer of multi-

fidous leaves ever moving and changing their shapes” (/.c.p.25,

pl. i. fig. 7). I say “strangely,” because this membrane, in

the embryo of Halichondria simulans, must also be composed

of polymorphic cells, although with their cilia now retracted.

Of the same nature, composition, and functions as the invest-

ing membrane in Spongilla we may, then, fairly assume that in

the embryonal sponge of Halichondria simulans to be; and 1

would recommend any one who wishes to make himself con-

fident of this to consult my paper and illustrations on the

ultimate structure of Spongilla (op. et loc. cit.).

The single vent, now the end of the branched excretory

canal-system, may be observed to traverse the cavity of the

investing membrane and to open on the surface (fig. 33, a).

Thus the passing of the embryo into the perfected sponge

may be considered to have become complete.

On the 11th of August I sought, as before, eagerly for a

current of particles issuing from the vent, but could observe

none; and fancying that the development had become sta-

tionary (in fact, that a slight retraction all round the young

sponge indicated approaching dissolution), I determined not

to try to feed it with indigo in order that I might see if it

already contained fully-formed spongozoa and ampullaceous

sacs, but at once tore it to pieces on a slide in sea-water for

this purpose, well knowing that a little delay in doing this

would expose the whole structure to the ruinous influence of

hosts of devouring animalcules.

This was done, and then the structure of the parent sponge

was observed to have become fully developed (fig. 34). The

skeleton structure was found to consist of a reticulated horny

investment supporting bundles of the acerate spicule of the

species (fig. 34, aa), some of which, as before mentioned,

projected beyond the confines of the opaque or parenchyma-

tous portion of the sponge so as to support the investing

On the Crustacea of St. Andrews. 337

membrane (fig. 34, ee), while the whole of the inner part of

the skeleton was imbedded in sarcode charged with minute

cells and granules (fig. 34,66), among which could be per-

fectly distinguished the monociliated spongozoa, isolated (pro-

bably from the force used in tearing the specimen to pieces for

examination), and in the aggregated globular forms of the

ampullaceous sacs of the species (fig. 36, c, d, g), both of which

corresponded in appearance and measurement with the like in

the parent sponge, which had been previously examined,

measured, and sketched for this reference, and may be found

among the illustrations (Pl. X XI. fig. 23).

Thus the sponge-ovule, from its first appearance to its final

development into the perfect sponge, had been completely

traced; and thus its apparently chaotic mass had passed into

definite forms by that mysterious power whose manifestations

only we can comprehend.

[To be continued. |

XL.—On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andrews. By W. C. M‘InTOsH.

[Continued from p. 274. ]

Class CRUSTACEA.

Order PODOPHTHALMATA.

The stalk-eyed Crustacea of St. Andrews are chiefly north-

ern in type; and though the species are not numerous, many

are very plentifully represented. The most important forms

here, as elsewhere, are the edible crab and the lobster. Both

are caught in considerable numbers along the border of the

rocks by means of the ordinary crab-pots, which are generally

baited with fragments of grey gurnards and other fishes of

little value. The most successful ground is off the East

Rocks, though a very large lobster in the Museum of the

University was procured to the north of the West Rocks.

Some of the fishermen have an idea that if a lobster enters

a trap first, none of the edible crabs will venture beside it,

whereas a lobster will invade the crab-pot though a dozen of

the former are already there. Constant attacks seem to have

diminished the numbers of both species, and especially of the

lobster. I have never seen any of the latter between tide-

marks ; but young edible crabs are common under ledges and

stones, and even mm the sand at low water, their presence in

338 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

the latter being recognized by a depression. The common

shore-crab occurs everywhere along the rocky border, both

between tide-marks and in the laminarian region. This ubi-

quitous species lurks in the retired apertures and clefts amongst

and under the rocks, especially where these have a bottom of

soft sand or dark mud. In this it buries itself so as to retain

moisture in the gills, while the anterior part of the carapace is

uncovered, probably for quiet observation. In these situations

it quite understands an attempt to capture it; and there are

few examples, if any, in which, by seizing the crooked iron

with its chelee, it has allowed itself to be drawn out. On the

contrary, it endeavours to escape with much effort and consider-

able agility. ven when quite invisible its presence may be

detected by striking the rock, when the grating of the carapace

is heard as the animal retreats. It is often to be found in

positions which seem any thing but comfortable—amongst

blackened and putrefying animal remains, in muddy and

odoriferous pools tenanted by none except itself. In these

circumstances the body is coated with mud, which fills up the

uregularities of its conformation, and loads the abdominal

feet and hairs ; yet the crab is vigorous and healthy, and out-

lives sanitary apprehensions.

Under almost every stone within reach of the tide young

specimens occur. At low water the full-grown crabs seek the

hiding-places just mentioned, or shade themselves under the

blades of the seaweeds in the rock-pools. Occasionally one is

found adhering to the soft body of a moulting brother and,

eannibal-like, devouring the branchiz, new carapace, and other

soft organs with savage pertinacity, while the old shell has

not quite fallen from its victim. Moulting shore-crabs are

generally found alone, as if aware of their helplessness, and

dreading, with some degree of correctness, the voracity of

enemies and even unscrupulous relations. Very slight mjury

kills them in this condition ; and of course, for a time, they are

incapable of defending themselves from even weak assailants.

The shore-crab is found in pools at the East Rocks where no

other marine articulate of the same class occurs; and the water

cannot but be brackish, since the pools are not filled by ordinary

tides, and fresh streams from the crags flow in the neighbour-

hood. In these resorts the colour of the crab is not so pretty,

being of a muddy green with pale limbs; and the specimens

in the highest pools are generally small. It is not surprising,

however, to find them in such places, after watching their

activity in the innumerable brackish lakes of the Outer

Hebrides, and their evident comfort in perambulating the

muddy flats even where streams of fresh water abound.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 339

On land, Carcinus menas is, perhaps, the most active British

crab, especially in regard to offence, defence, and escape. It

scrambles over the rugged rocks with astonishing speed, while

defending itself with its uplifted chele ; and so fierce is it in

attack, that having once seized an object with the latter the

spasmodic effort is sometimes so great that the limb separates

from the trunk at the base. The males frequently engage in

combat; and a fatal issue would more frequently ensue, were it

not for the provision whereby hemorrhage is speedily arrested

and the lost portion repaired or reproduced. Few specimens,

indeed, are quite free from injury. Some have recently repaired

wounds of the carapace, others have lost an eye, an antenna,

or one or more limbs. ‘They surpass most marine animals in

their powers of enduring life at a distance from sea-water, and

may easily be kept for several weeks in a botanic vasculum.

The shore-crab is strictly carnivorous and, as already men-

tioned, even relishes its fellows. It is a curious feature in

its history that it suffers serious annoyance and injury from

the young of the common mussel, which plant themselves

in its orbits, in the sockets of the imternal antenne, in the

branchial chambers, and under the tail—in the former case

often destroying both eyes. It feeds with avidity on the

mussel in its adult state; so that here is an instance of a help-

less young form avenging the destruction of the mature. The

shore-crab, again, is devoured by many fishes: thus in the

stomach of a Cottus bubalis I have found five or six specimens,

two entire and upwards of two inches across the carapace.

The Cottus, however, unfortunately came in the way of a large

frogfish, which found a place for it in its capacious stomach,

though nine full-grown flounders were already present. In

many parts of Britain and the continent the shore-crab is used

as food by man (and this is a safe-enough practice so long -as

it is well boiled, internal parasites being abundant) ; but at

St. Andrews it is only employed occasionally for bait.

Myriads of the young of this species in the zoéa-stage

occur at the surface of the bay in autumn, and may easily

be kept alive, so as to show the subsequent stages of develop-

ment.

Besides those already mentioned, many of the other forms

are very common, such as Stenorhynchus rostratus, Inachus,

Hyas, Portumnus variegatus, the Portuni, Pinnotheres, Ebalia,

and Nephrops in deep water, Porcellana, the Pagurt, Galathea,

and Crangon between tide-marks, and in both regions Hippo-

lyte, Pandalus, and Palemon. In deep water swarms of Hyas

coarctatus for the most part take the place of ZZ. araneus. As

a littoral form Palemon squilla is local, but in company with

340 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Pandalus annulicornis it is abundant in deep water. The

common shrimp is seldomeaptured by man for food. Portumnus

variegatus is often the only form visible on the West Sands,

and is very plentiful. The rarer forms are Hurynome, Piri-

mela, Lithodes, Gebia deltura, Hippolyte spinus, and Dory-

phorus Gordont.

In contrast with the fauna of St. Andrews, we have in the

mild sea of the west of Scotland the fine velvet erabs (Portu-

nus puber) amongst the seaweeds between tide-marks. The

eommon lobster is also much more abundant, though the

wholesale fishing has of late years told severely on this crusta-

cean, even on the most remote shores of the Outer Hebrides—

as, for instance, off the rocks of Haskeir near the north-west

oint of North Uist, where thefrequent inroads of the fishermen

with their lobster-pots and floats have rendered even the seals

less frequent in their accustomed haunts. Xantho, Munida, and

the rarer species of Crangon and Hippolyte are also absent from

St. Andrews. In the south of Britain, again, are the splendid

spiny lobsters off the rocky shores, velvet crabs, Pirimela, and

Ebalia under stones between tide-marks, Alpheus ruber and

Pagurus cuanensis in littoral pools, Pilumnus in the crevices

of the tidal rocks, Pagurus Prideauxii with the beautiful

Adamsia adherent to its protecting shell, Mata *, Dromia, and

Polybius. In the northern waters swarms of the hardy Por-

tunus pusillus, P. tuberculatus, Pagurus pubescens, and Pandalus

brevirostris are characteristic, besides the rarer Pagurus tri-

cartnatus, Crangon serratus, and Sabina septemcarinata.

I am indebted to the Rev. A. M. Norman for kind assist-

ance with several species of Paleemonide and Galatheidee.

Suborder STOMAPODA.

Fam. Myside.

Genus Mysts, Latreille.

Mysis flecuosa, O. F. Miiller ; Bell, Brit. Crust. p. 336

(as WM. chameleon).

Very abundant in rock-pools.

Mysis vulgaris, J. V. Thompson ; Bell, op. cit. p. 339.

Occasionally with the former in rock-pools; much less

common.

* It was recently stated in ‘Land and Water’ that Maia squinado had

been procured near the Bell Rock; but, by the kindness of Mr. F. Buck-

land, who forwarded the specimen, I am enabled to observe that it was

only Lithodes mata,

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 341

Mysis Griffithsie, Bell, op. cit. p. 342.

Not uncommon .in rock-pools, and occasionally thrown on

the West Sands in multitudes after storms. ¥

Suborder DECAPODA.

Tribe Macrovea.

Fam. Palemonide.

Genus PaLamon, Fab.

Palemon squilla, L.; Bell, op. ett. p. 305.

Common in pools beyond the Rock and Spindle and in the

stomachs of cod.

Genus PAaNnpAtus, Leach.

Pandalus annulicornis, Leach ; Bell, op. cit. p. 297.

Abundant from the laminarian region to deep water, and

also in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Genus Hippotyte, Leach.

Hippolyte varians, Leach; Bell, op. cit. p. 286.

Frequent in rock-pools and ranging thence to deep water ;

stomachs of haddock.

Hippolyte pusiola, Kréyer, Monogr. af Slegten Hippolytes

Nordiske Arter, p. 319, pl. 3. f. 69-73 (fide Rev. A. M.

Norman).

Occasionally from the coralline ground amongst shells and

stones, and in pools at the Hast Rocks.

Mippolyte securifrons, Norman, Tyneside Nat. Field-Club

Trans. vol. v. (1863), pl. 12. figs. 1-7.

Occasionally in the stomach of the flounder.

Hippolyte spinus, Sowerby ; Bell, op. cit. p. 284.

Occasionally in the stomach of the haddock.

Genus Dorypnorus, Bate.

Doryphorus Gordont, Bate, Nat. Hist. Review, vol. v. (1858),

p- ol

Under a large stone in a pool near low water at the East

Rocks. Rare.

342 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. Crangonida.

Genus CRANGON, Fab.

Crangon vulgaris, Fab. ; Bell, op. ett. p. 256.

Abundant off the West Sands and in sandy tide-pools, as

well as on the beach after storms.

Fam. Astacide.

Genus Nepurors, Leach.

Nephrops norvegicus, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 251.

Common in deep water and in the stomachs of cod.

Genus Homarus, M.-Edwards.

Homarus gammarus, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 242.

Common in the laminarian region.

Fam. Thalassinide.

Genus Gest, Leach.

Gebia deltura, Leach ; Bell, op. cit. p. 225.

Occasionally in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Tribe A womvuRra.

Fam. Galatheide.

Genus GALATHEA, Fab,

Galathea strigosa, L.; Bell, op. ctt. p. 200.

Not uncommon in deep water and in the stomachs of cod

and haddock.

Galathea squamifera, Mont. ; Bell, op. cit. p. 197.

Very common under stones near low water, especially in

pools and runlets ; occasionally in the stomachs of cod.

Galathea dispersa, Bate, Proceed. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. 111. p. 3.

Abundant in deep water, and in the stomachs of the cod, »

haddock, and flounder.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 343

Fam. Pagurida.

Genus Pacurus, Fab.

Pagurus bernhardus, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 171.

Everywhere abundant between tide-marksand in deep water.

A young specimen was lodged inside a fragment of a stalk of

wheat.

This species has nine or ten branchiz on each side, besides

a rudimentary organ at the base of the first pair of foot-jaws.

The latter have no branchial whips, and differ considerably

from those of the Brachyura.

The first pair of foot-jaws have the inner division very much

elongated, almost antenniform, and bordered with long hairs,

while the external portion is small. In the next pair the inner

division more closely agrees with the external in length, and

the whole is not very different from the same part in Carcinus

mcnas minus the whip and branchia. ‘The third pair is shorn

of its whip and large flap, and has the middle segment * repre-

sented by a narrow pedicle. The fourth pair has a narrow

shield turned over at the free edge, and, instead of the two

narrow spikes below, there is a flattened organ which forks

into a narrow and a broad flap at the tip. The fifth pair has

its inner division broad and flattened, and its outer small, but

widened at the tip; the median division has a very regular ar-

rangement of bristles at its tip, which points or slopes inwards.

The parasitic Peltogaster paguri frequently occurs on the

abdomen.

Pagurus cuanensis, Thompson ; Bell, op. cit. p. 178.

Occasionally from deep water.

Pagurus ulidianus, Thompson (?); Bell, op. cit. p. 180.

St. Andrews Museum. I cannot speak with certainty of

this form.

Pagurus levis, Thompson; Bell, op. cit. p. 184.

Occasionally in the stomach of the haddock.

Fam. Porcellanida.

Genus PorceLLANA, Lamarck.

Porcellana platycheles, Penn. ; Bell, op. cit. p. 190.

Abundant under stones between tide-marks, especially in

* Corresponding to d, fig. 5, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxiv. p. 86.

344 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

runlets, and on muddy ground. A group of young forms of

some size may sometimes be seen in company with their

parents.

The first pair of foot-jaws have their two terminal segments

furnished with the longest hairs (proportionally) yet met with

in the local forms. The hairs have a double row of spikes,

diminishing towards base and tip, and cease before arriving

at the end of the hair, which has very fine linear serrations.

The external division has a powerful triangular, and some-

what tapering, lower segment, and a delicate appendage fringed

with a brush of spiked hairs at the tip. The second pair has

the external division much flattened, lanceolate, and with hairs

having spiked bases and serrated tips on the outer edge ; the

hairs also occur generally along the inner margin, and are

frequently sheathed in mud and particles of all kinds. The

third pair consists of three portionsfurnished with long branched

hairs. The fourth pair has the large flat shield surrounded

with branched hairs; nextis a curved tapering portion with

bristles having short spikes towards the tip; then come

a series of flattened organs with truncate tips covered with

spiked hairs. The fifth pair has three divisions—an inner

irregular portion with hairs shortly branched on its free edge,

a middle and somewhat club-shaped piece with rather stiff

serrated hairs scantily spiked at the base, and a curiously

curved and rather slender inner portion with about half a

dozen finely serrated hairs on one side of its tip.

The hairs on the outer border of the chelz are densely

plumose; and hence it is exceedingly difficult to clean them

from mud and sand for the cabinet.

Porcellana longicornis, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 193.

As common as the former, in similar, though not muddy,

situations. ‘The embryos are found in the ova in August;

and many young occur under stones in November and

December.

Fam. Lithodide.

Genus Lituopes, Latr.

Lithodes maia, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 165.

Not uncommon in deep water, whence it is brought by the

fishing-boats.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 345

Tribe Bracwyvera.

Fam. Leucosiade.

Genus EpBa.ta, Leach.

Ebalia tuberosa, Penn. ; Bell, op. cit. p. 141.

Not uncommon in the stomachs of cod, and occasionally

from deep water.

Ebalia Cranchit, Leach; Bell, op. cit. p. 148.

Occasionally in the stomach of the haddock. ‘

Fam. Maiide.

Genus Inacuus, Fab.

Inachus dorsettensis, Penn.; Bell, op. cit. p. 13.

Not uncommon in the stomach of the cod.

Inachus dorhynchus, Leach ; Bell, op. cit. p. 16.

Occasionally under stones near low-water mark. In the

stomach of one were fragments of Ulva, and in another the

débris of a large sessile-eyed crustacean. The hairs on this

species are shaped like the horn of the chamois; and some

have a slight enlargement at the base.

Genus Hyas, Leach.

HHyas araneus, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 31.

Abundant under ledges in rock-pools, cast ashore on the

West Sands after storms, in the crab-pots, and in the stomach

of the cod.

This species has eight branchial processes on each side—

four lateral, two anterior, and one to each of the first two pairs

| of foot-jaws. Their structure resembles that described in Car-

| cinus menas. The ova apparently of a small leech (Ponto-

| bdella) are often found attached to the walls of the branchial

chamber.

The number and variety of parasitic growths, both vegetable

and animal, on the carapace of this form are remarkable.

Balani of two species cover the back almost with a continuous

rugose pile, adhering to the limbs, the abdomen, the foot-jaws,

or each other. Coils of Serpule and hard sandy tubes of

| Sabellarta interlace with these and fill up the depressions, and

with the former occur on the tip of the abdomen as well as on

346 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

less mobile situations. Fine tufts of Sertularia pumila and

Crista eburnea adorn the surface of the carapace in others or

the parasitic algee thereon; while Halichondria panicea forms

a thick rugged crust, from which Balan, Serpule, Anomie,

zoophytes, and seaweeds emerge. Even the sockets of the

eyes are invaded by the sponge. Moreover young examples

are not unfrequently clothed with thick tufts of Obelia geni-

culata. It would appear that it is not always on attaining

full growth that moulting ceases for considerable intervals,

since small specimens are found as completely covered with

parasitic growths. In the rock-pools the carapace often forms

a moving forest of seaweeds; and in such specimens the shell

is frequently fragile, so that the extraneous covering may be

of use for protection, or else had grown with unusual rapidity,

even before the carapace became fully consolidated.

One old example had the internal antennz quite fixed by a

hard sand-tube of Sabellaria; and the young of the common

mussel are occasionally found in the cavities for the eyes.

In the young females the genital apertures are small, and

the abdomen less developed; while in the adult the latter

becomes hypertrophied, hollowed out on its ventral surface by

the bending downwards of the outer edges, and touches the

bases of the legs on each side.

Hyas coarctatus, Leach; Bell, op. czt. p. 35.

Common in deep water, and procured in hundreds amongst

the coralline débris in the fishing-boats; frequent in the

stomachs of cod, haddock, and flounders.

Fam. Leptopodiadz.

Genus STENORHYNCHUS, Lam.

Stenorhynchus rostratus, L.; Bell, op. ett. p. 2

(as S. phalangium).

Abundant in the coralline region, in the stomachs of cod

and haddock, and occasionally under stones at low water.

Fragments of sessile-eyed Crustacea and sand occurred in the

stomachs of those examined. Males greatly preponderate.

Fam. Parthenopide.

Genus Eurynome, Leach.

Eurynome aspera, Penn. ; Bell, op. cit. p. 46.

A few specimens were procured from the coralline ground.

Rare.

Crustacea of St. Andrews. 347

Fam. Canceride.

Genus Cancer, L.

Cancer pagurus, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 59.

Abundant all round the rocky border in the laminarian

region, and frequent between tide-marks. In the stomach of

this species are many curious parasites, such as Tetrarhynchus

and Hehinorhynchus, probably derived from its food. Sections

of the carapace show internally tubular processes, apparently

connected with the hairs.

Genus PrrimMe.a, Leach.

Pirimela denticulata, Mont.; Bell, op. cit. p. 72.

Occasionally from deep water. Rare.

Fam. Portunide.

Genus Portunus, Leach.

Portunus depurator, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 101.

Dredged occasionally off the West Rocks on a sandy bottom,

cast ashore by storms, or found in the stomach of the cod.

Portunus marmoreus, Leach ; Bell, op. cit. p. 105.

On the West Sands after storms. Rather rare.

Portunus holsatus, Fab. ; Bell, op. cit. p. 109.

Not uncommon in the stomachs of cod and haddock. Saccu-

Lina occurs on this species occasionally.

Portunus pusillus, Leach ; Bell, op. cit. p. 112.

Occasionally from deep water, and rather common in the

stomachs of the haddock and flounder.

Genus Porrumnus, Leach.

Portumnus variegatus, Leach ; Bell, op. cit. p. 85.

Abundant on the sandy ground off the West Sands.

Genus Carcinus, Leach.

Carcinus menas, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 76.

Everywhere abundant between tide-marks and in the

348 On the Crustacea of St. Andrews.

laminarian region. Occasionally used as bait. Swarms in

the zoGéa-stage occur in autumn at the surface of the water in

the bay; they are almost invisible with the exception of the

greenish-blue eyes.

This crustacean has nine branchie :—the first rudimentary,

and attached to the horizontal portion of the first pair of foot-

jaws; the succeeding, rather long and delicate organs, fixed

to the second pair of foot-jaws on opposite sides of the hori-

zontal portion; while six are attached to the body of the

animal, four being prominent, as in allied forms. The flabel-

lum of the first pair passes between the four prominent and

larger branchiz and the apodematous region, so as to sweep

their inner surface; while the same organ of the second pair

goes between the same portion of the shell and the fifth and

sixth branchiz (counting from behind), and may also affect

the exposed surface of the seventh, which lies in the groove

anteriorly. The long and finely curved flabellum of the third

pair of foot-jaws curves externally, so as to brush all the

seven. The great development of this organ, its central cal-

careous bow, and long hairs are thus explained. The branchial

lamine are arranged with their edges to the afferent current,

which crosses the organs at right angles to their long axes, and

so impinges between the plates. The action of the broad

shield of the fourth pair of foot-jaws, again, affects the ingomng

stream, and plays upon the large flat surface at the base of

the flabellum of the third pair. It would tend thus to spread

out the long hairs of the latter, and direct the current upwards

over the branchial lamine. ‘The fifth pair as a whole would

seem to be connected with the buccal rather than the respira-

tory apparatus; for the curiously twisted portion (c, fig.6, Trans.

Linn. Soe. vol. xxiv. p. 88) is nicely adapted to the deep an-

terior notch of the mandible, while the curved portion (a) enters

the mouth above the chitinous tissue fillmg up the posterior

notch of the mandible. The tuft of long hairs (e, loc. cit.),

however, may render some assistance to the branchial portion

of the fourth pair of foot-jaws in contact with it.

The appendage of the mandible (a, fig. 7, op. czt.) seems to

have a considerable influence in the prehension and direction

of the food between the maxille; it has lateral motion as

well as flexion and extension. ‘The flexible process fillmg up

the gap in the underpart of the maxilla, and connected with

the lip beneath the latter, would seem to prevent the escape of

particles in biting and deglutition. It is attached to a firm

horny basis, which has free horizontal, but little or no vertical

motion, except when greatly extended.

In females bearing eggs the muscles on the external or

On a remarkable kind of Atr-bladder. 349

under surface of the intestinal tract greatly increase in size at

the junction of the abdomen with the cephalothorax. In

males and females without ova the exterior of the gut is

sparingly supplied with such tissue.

This crab affords a good example of the “ commensalisme ”

of Prof. van Beneden. Nemertes carcinophila abounds on

the hairs bearing ova; and the young of the common mussel

and other adventitious growths are common, besides Sacculina ;

Trematode larve in the liver and other parts. Various abnor-

malities from injury also occur. The colours of the males are

often remarkably bright, both on the upper and under surfaces

of the carapace.

Fam. Corystide.

Genus ATELECYCLUS, Leach.

Atelecyclus septemdentatus, Mont.; Bell, op. cit. p. 153.

Frequent in the stomachs of cod.

Genus CorysTEs, Latreille.

Corystes cassivelaunus, Penn.; Bell, op. cit. p. 149.

Common on the West Sands after severe storms.

Fam. Pinnotheride.

Genus PINNOTHERES, Latreille.

Pinnotheres pisum, L.; Bell, op. cit. p. 121.

Frequent in Mytilus modiolus.

[To be continued. }

XLI.— Description of a remarkable kind of Air-bladder.

By Dr. Atgert GtinTHer, F.R.S.

[Plate XVIII. }

AmoNG the specimens of mollusks purchased by the Trustees

of the British Museum from the Collection of the late Dr.

van Lidth de Jeude there was a preparation, which, on closer

inspection, proved to be the air-bladder of a fish. Although

there was no indication as regards its origin, I have no doubt

that the species from which it had been taken belonged to the

Scienid, a family distinguished by the singular structure of

that organ. In some degree the present specimen resembles

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 25

350 On a remarkable kind of Atr-bladder.

the complicated air-bladder of Collichthys lucida (see Catal.

Fish. 11. p. 313); but its ramifications are shorter, and do not

envelope the abdominal viscera.

The organ as a whole is lanceolate, leaf-shaped, thickest

along the middle, and gradually becoming very thin towards

the margins. Its greatest length is 54 inches, and its greatest

width 2 inches. In the collapsed state its thickness in the

middle is about 3 lines, and may have been about 5 lines

when expanded by air. On its visceral surface we distinguish

the body of the organ, with a smooth, polished, pearl-white

surface ; it is elongate, only 7 lines wide in the middle, with

its anterior extremity rounded, and with the posterior tapering

into a very fine tube. The membrane is thick and stiff, and

can be readily divided transversely into strips, each of which

corresponds to one of the lateral branches. ‘The body emits

on each side fifty-two branches or tubes, communicating by a

small opening with the cavity of the body of the air-bladder,

and split into secondary and tertiary smaller branches running

towards the margins of the organ. All these branches, as

seen on the visceral surface, are connected by acellular tissue,

which can be easily severed with the pomt of a needle. On

the dorsal surface nothing is visible of the main branches,

but only the fine terminations of the secondary and tertiary

branches appear, the whole resembling a thick network of

fine fibres, of which the central ones are short, running in a

backward direction, whilst the lateral are longer and diverge

towards the margins.

Such is the general appearance of the air-bladder on its

visceral and dorsal surfaces. However, to understand the

ramification of the branches, it is necessary to isolate one or

several by dissection. It is then seen that each branch forms

a kind of lamina, its ramifications lying in the same plane,

and being connected with one another in the same manner as

the branches themselves. Hach branch bifurcates immediately

after its egress from the body into a visceral and dorsal stem.

The visceral stem bifurcates twice or thrice again; and its

terminal tubes are the longest, reaching the margin of the

organ. The dorsal stem is bent over towards the median

line of the dorsal surface of the organ, and emits a number

of bifurcating branchlets, which are the shorter and thinner

the nearer they are to the median line; and their terminations

are seen in the middle part of the dorsal surface, as described

above.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig Visceral surface.

Fig. B Dorsal surface.

Fig C An isolated branch: a, dorsal stem; 0, visceral stem.

pes ti

Dr. J. E. Gray on the Species of Ketine Animals. 351

XLIL.—List of the Species of Feline Animals (Felide).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Ir will perhaps facilitate the study of the species of Feline

animals to give a list of the sixty species which are contained

in the British Museum, and of the two or three well-established

species that are not in the Collection, but which we hope soon

to acquire.

The species of Cats in the accompanying list are in every

case made out by the comparison of a series of specimens of

each species, which has been carefully made; and they are

arranged in the Museum side by side, so that any person can

verify for himself the authority for the species, which is a very

different thing from the comparison of figures or descriptions.

I do not undertake to demonstrate that every kind of cat in

the list is a distinct species; but I consider that they are so

as far as the specimens in our collection allow us to judge.

If, however, other specimens should show that what I have

regarded as species are only varieties, the variations will exist

between two specimens put in the same division and probably

placed next to each other. Thus I will not undertake to say

that all the species of Ocelots are distinct and permanent

species ; but they are all arranged together, and it is the same

with some other groups.

Since my revision of the Cats was published, Messrs. Blyth,

Jerdon, Elliot, and others of the same school of naturalists

have proposed to regard several of the specimens on which I

had established species as only variations of other species.

I have carefully reexamined all these specimens, and com-

pared the animals and theirskulls. The naturalists above re-

ferred to seem to have overlooked the characters afforded by

the latter, and I have not generally found their observations

well founded.

The synonymy of the Cats is exceedingly confused ; indeed

it would look as if several authors had made their synonyma

entirely from memory, without the comparison of specimens.

The figures in Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and Cuvier’s ‘ Histoire

Naturelle des Mammiféres’ are generally very good, except

in the tail being frequently made too long for the animal—as

I have observed on a former occasion, longer than it is said

to be in the descriptions that accompany the plates, as Felis

chaus for example, where the length of the tail makes the

figure more resemble the steppe-cat of Bokhara (Chaus cau-

datus) than the common jungle-cat of India, which it is named

on the plate.

As an instance of inaccuracy in quotation one may cite the

25*

352 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

“Chat de Nepaul” (Felis torquata) of F. Cuvier—which is said

by Blyth and Jerdon to be the same as my Felis ornata figured

in the ‘Indian Zoology,’ the spotted wild cat of Jerdon.

Two species cannot be more unlike, the one being a cat with

round spots, and the other a cat with cross bands, evi-

dently the same as Felis nipalensis of Vigors and Horsfield,

believed to be a hybrid between the domestic cat and some

Indian wild cat. Indeed the way in which some Indian

zoologists quote the figures of Geoffroy St.-Hilaire and

Cuvier’s ‘ Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres’ makes me very doubt-

ful if they have the book to consult.

Most of the species cited are described in the ‘Catalogue of

Carnivorous Mammalia in the British Museum,’ in which the

skulls of many species are figured. The habitats are those

attached to the specimens in the British Museum, and they give

the distribution of the species from the actual comparison of

specimens ; sometimes, however, as in the case of Malacca, the

habitat given may be only the port from which the specimen

was shipped.

I. Cats. Ears rounded, not ending in a pencil of hairs; legs

moderate ; tail more or less elongate.

A. Cheeks without any streak radiating from the back edge of the

eye.

1. Leo.

1. Leo nobilis, Africa; Persia; Guzerat. B.M.

2. UNCIA.

2. Uncia irbis. Thibet. B.M.

3. LEOPARDUS.

3. Leopardus pardus. India, Nepal; Senegal. B.M.

4. L. japonensis. Japan.

5. L. chinensis (Felis Fontanierti, M.-Edw.?). China. B.M.

6. L. onca, var. (L. Hernandesi, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1857, p. 278,

t. lvili., 1867, p. 402). South America. B.M.

4, SERVAL.

7. Serval capensis. North, West, and South Africa. B.M.

8. S.rutila (Felisaurata, Elliot). Senegal, Sierra Leone. B.M.

9. S. neglecta. Gambia. B.M.

10. 8. servalina. Sierra Leone, Senegal. BM.

Mr. Elliot regards Felis rutila, F. neglecta, and F. celido-

, aaa

Species of Feline Animals. 30d

gaster all as the same species; but I do not think that the

typical specimens in the Museum on which the species were

founded sanction this theory.

5. Puma, Baird, Mamm. N. Amer. t. lxxi. & lxxiv.

11. Puma concolor. North America. B.M.

12. P. jaguarondi. Brazil, Buenos Ayres, Columbia, and

Guatemala. B.M.

13. P. eyra. Bolivia. B.M.

14. P. badia, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1874, t. Borneo. B.M.

B. Cheeks with one narrow streak from the hinder angle of the eye.

6. Paseros, Wiegm. Archiv, 1873, t. iii. (skull).

15. Pajeros pampanus (Felis passerum, Sclater). Chili and -

Santa Cruz. BM.

C. Cheeks with two dark streaks radiating from the back of the eye.

a. Orbits complete ; head elongate.

7. ViveRRicEprs, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1874, xiv. p. 93.

16. Viverriceps Bennettii (Felis himalayana, Jardine, not

Gray). Nepal, Madras, Shanghai, Malacca. B.M.

17. V. Elliott. Nepal. B.M.

18. V. rubiginosa. Ceylon, Nellore, Malacca. B.M.

8. AXLURINA, Gervais; Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1874,

Xiv. p. 93. .

19. Hlurina planiceps. Sumatra, Borneo, Malacca. B.M.

b. Orbits incomplete ; skull oblong, nose rather produced.

9. TIGRIS.

20. Tigris regalis. India, China, Mantchuria, Borneo. B.M.

10. NEOFELIS.

21. Neofelis macroscelis. India, Assam, Sumatra. B.M.

22. N. brachyura, P. Z. 8. 1862, t. xliii. Formosa. 5B.M.

11. Catotynx, Blainv. Ostéogr. t. ix. (skull).

23. Catolynx marmoratus. Borneo, Malacca. B.M.

B54 Dr. J. E. Gray on the

. PYROFELIS.

25. Pyrofelis Paes (Felis aurata, P.Z.8. 1867, t.xxxvi.).

Sumatra, Nepal. B.M.

13. PARDALINA.

26. Pardalina Warwieks (Felis guigna, Molina, Wiegm.

Archiv, 1873, t. u.; Felis Geoffroyi, D’Orbigny, t. xxii.

& xxiv.). Paraguay, Chili. B.M.

14, FELIs.

a. Moderate-sized spotted South-American Cats.

* Head large ; spots in lines, seldom confluent.

27. Felis pardalis. South America, Guatemala. B.M.

28. F. grisea. Guatemala. B.M.

29. Ff. melanura. South America. B.M.

30. £. picta. South America. B.M.

31. F. pardoides. Tropical America. B.M.

** Head large ; spots scattered.

32. Ff. tigrina. Tropical America. B.M.

*** Head small ; spots in roses, scattered.

33. LF. pardinoides (F. punctulata, Henkel; F. Geoffroy?, var.,

Elliot). Bogota. BLM.

**** Head small; spots in lines, rarely confluent ; tail elongate.

34. Ff. macroura. Brazil, Paraguay, Veragua. B.M.

b. Small South-American Cats with cross bands and annulated tails.

35. F.colocolo, Wiegm. Archiv, 1870, t.i. & il. Santiago.

e. Small-sized spotted Asiatic Cats.

* Tail short.

36. F. chinensis, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1874, xiii. p. 53.

China. B.M.

37. F. euptilura, P. Z. 8. 1871, t. xxvi. Siberia ?, Shanghai.

B.M.

38. F. javensis. Java. BM.

39. F. Jerdoni (F. rubiginosa, var., Elliot). Sumatra. B.M.

Species of Feline Animals. 309

40. F. minuta. Sumatra. B.M.

41. I. Herschelit. India? B.M.

** Tail elongate.

42. F. wagati. Moulmain. B

43. I. pardochroa. Nepal, Borneo ? B

44. I. tenasserimensis. 'Tenasserim. By

45, I. nipalensis. Nepal. B

d. Small-sized clouded Asiatic Cats.

46. F’.domestica, var. tricolor (F.colocolo, F. Cuvier & H. Smith,

not Molina). Domestic. BM.

47. F. inconspicua. Nepal. B.M.

e. Small cross-striped Asiatic Cats.

48. F. manul. Nepal, Kirgesen. B.M.

f. Small clouded and marbled African Cats.

49. F. caligata. Africa, North, South, and East, Madagascar ;

Jericho. B.M.

g. Small clouded European Cats.

50. &. catus. Germany, Scotland. B.M.

Il. Lyyxrs. Lars ending in a pencil of hairs; legs elongate ;

tail ne y short.

OHAUSS

51. Chaus ornatus Pea es Jerdon, not F. KCuYy

India. B.M.

52. C. Jacquemontii (Felis chaus, Jerdon). India, Nepal. B.M.

53. C.caudatus, P. Z. 8S. 1874, t. vi. & vil. Turkestan. B.M.

54. C. catolynx. Nepal. BM.

16. Lyncus.

* Soles of feet overgrown with hair ; animal large.

55. Lyncus borealis. Sweden. B.M.

56. L. lupulinus. Sweden. B.M.

57. L. canadensis. Canada, Fort Colville, Kamtschatka. B.M.

** Cervaria. Soles of feet nakedish ; animal smaller.

58. L. pardinus. Spain, Sardinia. B.M.

59. L. isabellinus. Thibet. B.M.

306 Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of

60. L. rufus. Charlton, U.S., California, Canada. BM.

61. L. maculatus. Mexico, New Orleans. BM.

17. CARACAL.

62. Caracal melanotis. South, Western, and Eastern Africa.

B.M.

XLITI—A List of Butterflies, with Descriptions of new

Species, from the Andaman Islands. By W.C. HeEwirson,

Tue kindness of Mr. Higgins has enabled me to give the

following list of butterflies, and to add the new species to my

collection. They were sent to him by Captain Wimberley,

and are in excellent condition.

Papilio Charicles, n. sp. species, with a large white spot

Mayo. A very distinct and | on the anterior wing; the pos-

beautiful species, figured and de- terior cream-colour.

scribed by Mr. W.S. Atkinson | Vanessa cardui.

in the ‘ Proc. Zool. Soe.’ for 1878. | Junonia CGEnone.

—— Eurypilus. Cyrestis Cocles. For delicacy of

—— Agamemnon. colour these are some of the

Pammon. most beautiful things I have

—— Antiphates. ever seen.

Coon, var. Doubledayi. Neptis aceris.

Pieris Nadina. Pampanga.

Cnacalis, n. sp.

Diadema Bolina.

Adolias Teuta.

Hebomoia Glaucippe.

Eronia Valeria.

Callidryas Chryseis.

Crocale. Acontius, n. sp.

Pomona. Cibaritis, n. sp.

Terias Hecabe. Minetra Sylvia.

Harina, Kallima Philarchus.

Thestias Pyrene. Doleschallia Bisaltide.

Euplea andamanensis. Figured | Amathusia Phidippus.

by Mr. Atkinson on the same | Discophora Ogina.

plate as P. Mayo. | Cyllo Leda.

Danais Aglea. | Melanitis Cottonis, n. sp.

Hestia Agamarschana. All the | Eurytela Horsfieldii.

examples in this collection are | Myealesis Samba.

much darker than Felder’s figure. | Amblypodia Amytis.

Cynthia Deione. | Aphnzeus Lohita.

Messaras Erymanthis. | Loxura Atymnus.

Atella Alcippe. | Anops Thetis.

Cirrhochroa Tyche. | Lyczena Elpis.

Cethosia Biblis. There is a very | Ismene Chromus.

interesting female variety of this |

Papilio Charicles.

Upperside. | Memale dark brown. Anterior Wing semi-

Butterflies from the Andaman Islands. 357

transparent, brown-white, palest below the median nervure:

the margins, the base (which is marked by a triangular carmine

spot), longitudinal rays in the cell, the nervures, and lines

between them dark brown. Posterior wing marked before

the middle by five white spots—one (the largest) in the cell,

one between it and the costal margin, two between it and the

inner margin, and one (the fifth) below the cell: the inner

margin, which is marked by a black spot, and a series of six

spots on the outer margin all dull carmine: the outer margin

dentate, deeply sinuated between the nervures; the tail spatu-

late, its outer half white, tinted with carmine.

Underside as above, except that the posterior wing has four

red spots at the base and seven white spots before the middle.

Exp. 5 inches.

This singular species, although reminding one at first sight

of P. Coon, is so like P. Memnon (var. Achates, Cramer) that

but for the long and narrow posterior wing it might easily be

mistaken for that species.

Neptis Cnacalis.

Upperside dark brown. Anterior wing with the longitu-

dinal spot from the base orange, unusually long, reaching con-

siderably below the middle of the wing, unbroken: crossed

beyond the middle by six spots of orange, the middle two

spots minute, and outside of this by a narrow band of lilac-

white. Posterior wing crossed before the middle by a broad

band of white.

Underside. Anterior wing as above, except that the band

and spots are much larger and rufous white, the apex grey-

white, and that there are some grey spots near the costal

margin. Posterior wing with the base brown, undulated with

grey: below the band lilac-grey, traversed by two bands of

brown; the outer margin brown.

Exp. 144 inch.

On the underside this species resembles V. Hordonia ; its

anterior wing is unusually prolonged at the apex.

Adolias Acontius.

Upperside. Female dark rufous brown. Anterior wing

with the usual spots in the cell: crossed from the middle of

the costal margin to a little beyond the first median nervule

(towards the anal angle) by a band (broader as it proceeds) of

seven white spots—the first minute, the last, which is below

the median nervule, small: a band of three spots, commencing

nearer the apex, joins the band just described at its fourth

358 Mr. W. C. Hewitson on new Species of Butterflies.

spot: crossed towards the outer margin by a series of black

pyramidal spots, bordered inwardly (between them and the

white band) by lilac; the last black spot near the anal angle

bordered on both sides with lilac. Posterior wing crossed

beyond the middle by a broad lilac band, irrorated with white

and bordered outwardly by a series of lunular black spots,

which have below them hastate lilac spots.

Underside lilac-white. Anterior wing with the bands as

above, bordered by pale ochreous brown. Posterior wing with

five subbasal spots, bordered with black ; the transverse band

indistinct, except near the costal margin, where it has a rufous

border on both sides.

Exp. 3-4; inches.

Adolias Cibaritis.

Upperside. Female dark rufous brown. Both wings with

the usual spots in and below the cell: both crossed beyond

the middle, from the costal margin of the anterior wing

to the anal angle of the posterior wing, by a broad band of

white divided by the nervures, sinuated deeply on its inner

margin at its fourth spot, bordered outwardly by a series of

hastate black spots crowned with lilac. Anterior wing with

a small white spot between the band and the apex.

Underside pale green. Both wings with the bands and

spots as above, bordered inwardly with black.

Male like the female, except that the white band of the

posterior wing is narrower, and on the underside bordered on

both sides with black spots.

Exp. 6214, 93% inches.

This is the largest known species of the Trigerta group, to

which it belongs.

Melanitis Cottonis.

Upperside. Male dark red-brown. Both wings with the

outer margins rufous. Anterior wing with the costal margin

_ lilac-blue.

Underside as above, undulate with grey, the outer margins

broadly undulate with grey and brown. Anterior wing with

a large triangular grey spot, undulate with brown near the

apex. Posterior wing with a white spot near the middle of

the costal margin.

Female like the male, except that it is much larger and

paler, and that the anterior wing has on its upperside some

grey spots on the costal margin.

Exp. $23, 235 inches.

I prefer to consider this a distinct species rather than to

place it as a variety of M. undularis. Both sexes are alike,

are without spots, and have a broad rufous margin.

On a new Genus of Butterfly from Madagascar. 359

XLIV.—Description of a Butterfly from Madagascar forming

a new Genus, from the Collection of Henley Grose Smith

and (by his benevolence) of W. C. Hewitson. By W. C.

Hewirson, F.L.S.

SMERINA, n. gen.

Body of moderate size, half the length of the posterior

wing. Anterior wing produced at the apex, slightly sinuated

on the outer margin. Posterior wing produced at the anal

angle.

Fond large. Eyes hairy. Palpi large, spatulate, twice as

long as the head, covered with hair, the last joint minute.

Antenne long, distinctly clubbed.

Anterior wing with the costal nervure half the length of

the wing: subcostal with four branches—two before the end

of the cell, two near together halfway between the end of the

cell and the apex: the cell two fifths the length of the wing,

closed in a regular curve; the first discocellular nervure

minute, the second and third of equallength. -

Posterior wing with the cell short, scarcely a third the

length of the wing, closed obliquely.

Fore legs (male) of moderate length, the femur, tibia, and

tarsus (which is covered with long hair) of equal length.

Four hind legs very long: the femur (which is covered

with hair) and the tibia of equal length; the tarsus longer,

covered beneath with spines.

Smerina Vindonissa.

Upperside. Female ferruginous. Anterior wing with two

linear spots in the cell and one at the end of the cell, a large

spot from the costal margin beyond its middle, the costal

margin, the apex, and outer margin (where it is broad), and

three spots near its inner border, all dark brown. Posterior

wing crossed beyond the middle by a series of four or five

black spots, and by two submarginal undulate bands of the

same colour: the outer margin dark brown.

Underside pale brown. Both wings crossed from the costal

margin of the anterior wing, beyond its middle, to the anal

angle of the posterior wing by a common narrow dark-brown

band, bordered outwardly with silver-lilac: both wings crossed

beyond this by a series of brown spots and by two submarginal

indistinct bands of the same colour. Anterior wing with two

silver spots within the cell: a black line on each side of the

discocellular nervures, and a band from the middle of the costal

margin, which joins the central band and encloses a pale glossy

360 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

pink spot: three small apical spots and one near the anal

angle silver. Posterior wing with a series of linear spots

above the central band: irrorated with silver at the anal

angle.

Male like the female, except that it is brick-red on the

underside.

Exp. $25, ? 2445 inches.

Hab. Madagascar (Crossley).

In colour and form this species resembles Atella Sinha, but

without the tail.

XLV.—On a Collection of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Descriptions of various new Genera and Species. By

JOHN SCOTT.

[Continued from p. 304. |

Family Urostylide.

Genus Urostyiis, Westwood.

Urostylis strvicornis.

Testaceous or drab, black-punctured. Antenne yellow ;

first joint with a fuscous streak exteriorly ; third entirely, and

apical half of the fourth and fifth black. Membrane pale, with

four dark fuscous streaks between the nerves, extending from

the base to the apex.

Head testaceous or drab, unpunctured. Antenne yellow;

first joint exteriorly with a fuscous streak, becoming paler

towards the apex; third entirely, and apical half of the fourth

and fifth black. Rostrum yellow; apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum testaceous or drab, very sparingly

clothed with fine, erect, pale hairs; lateral margins narrow,

paler than the disk, the latter irregularly black-punctured.

Scutellum irregularly black-punctured. L/ytra testaceous or

drab. Clavus with two rows of black punctures, viz. one

along the scutellar margin, the other along the inner margin

of the nerve; between the latter and the suture frequently

three or four black punctures. Cordum with a row of black

punctures next the claval suture; disk irregularly black-

punctured, more sparingly than on the pronotum. J/embrane

pale; base between the second exterior and the inner nerve

broadly fuscous, the four spaces between the third exterior and

inner nerve fuscous. Sternum yellow or drab. Legs yellow

or drab: t¢biw, knees of all the pairs black.

Abdomen entirely yellow or drab; last genital segment of

of Hemiptera Ileteroptera from Japan. 361

the male, when viewed from behind, with an external spoon-

‘Shaped process.

Length 57-6 lines.

Dr. Stal, who has seen this insect, says it is allied to his

U. flavomaculatus, with which I have no means of comparing

it. But as several of the species of this genus are so similar

in colour and puncturing as to be scarcely distinguished from

each other in life, setting aside description, I was for some

time puzzled how to get over the difficulty, until it at last

struck me to examine the genital segments of the male, in

which evidently the easiest mode of separation lies, as may be

judged from the three species now described.

I have only seen two male examples of this species.

Urostylis annulicornis.

Yellowish or somewhat ochreous, black-punctured, sparingly

clothed with short, erect, fine pale hairs. Antenne yellow ;

third joint entirely, and apical half of the fourth and. fifth

black. Membrane pale, with the inner margin and four streaks

between the nerves, extending from the base to the apex,

fuscous.

Head yellow, unpunctured. Antenne as in U, stritcornis,

except the fuscous streak on the first joint. Lostrum yellow,

apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum yellowish or somewhat ochreous, irre-

eularly black-punctured, the punctures somewhat more thickly

disposed than in U, striicornis, and finest next the anterior

margin. Scutellwm and elytra yellowish or somewhat ochre-

ous, irregularly black-punctured, the puncturing similar to U.

striicornis. Membrane pale; base between the two exterior

and inner nerve fuscous ; inner margin and the four spaces be-

tween the third exterior and the inner nerve fuscous, generally

the two outer darkest. Sternum yellowish white, unpunctured.

Legs yellow: thighs darker than the tibie; knees of all the

pairs black.

Abdomen entirely yellow; posterior margin of the last

genital segment above thickly clothed with long pale hairs ;

external process, viewed from behind, broad, flat, slightly di-

lated at the apex.

Length 53-53 lines.

Very similar to U. striicornis ; but the difference in the pro-

cess attached to the last genital segment will at once determine

the species.

There are two males and one female example which I ean

with certainty refer to the above. _

362 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Urostylis Westwoodit.

In colour similar to both the preceding, but not so thickly

punctured. Antenne, 3, yellow or red; first joint at the

base exteriorly with a small fuscous black spot; second ve

narrowly black at the base; third entirely, and apical half of

the fourth and fifth black. Membrane pale, with a short pice-

ous or fuscous dash on the inner nerve at the base; between

the first and second exterior nerves two piceous or fuscous

streaks, that at the base triangular, the other next the apex

linear, and, in the two spaces between the second and fourth

near the base, an inverted, somewhat clavate fuscous streak.

Head yellow or ochreous, sometimes with a slight orange

tinge, unpunctured. Antenne yellow or red; first joint at

the base exteriorly with a small fuscous-black spot; second

at the base very narrowly black; third, except a very narrow

ring at the base, and apical half of the fourth and fifth black.

Rostrum yellow, apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum more sparingly punctured than in the

two foregoing species; hinder angles, within the margin,

fuscous or brown. Scutellum punctured similar to both the

foregoing species. lytra: corium-disk between the exterior

nerve and the claval suture very sparingly black-punctured

posteriorly. Membrane pale, with a short piceous or fuscous

dash on the inner nerve at the base, another somewhat trian-

gular between the first and second exterior nerves, and three

others in the spaces between the first and fourth nerves.

Sternum yellow, unpunctured. Legs yellow or red; tibia,

knees black: tars? yellow or red; apex of the first and third

joints brown.

Abdomen yellow; spiracles black; process attached to the

last genital segment aculeate and clothed with short, fine pale

hairs.

Length, ¢ 43, 2 6 lines.

Easily distinguished from either of the foregoing species

by the narrow black base to the second joint of the antenne,

the black spiracles, and the different shape of the process at-

tached to the last genital segment.

There are four specimens in the collection, viz. two males

and two females.

Family Homeoceride.

Genus Homaocerus, Burm.

Homeocerus strvicornis.

Dusky ochreous; thickly and finely punctured. Antenne

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 363

red; first and second joints exteriorly with a longitudinal

black line. lytra with a slight reddish tinge.

Head yellow, next the base of the antenne reddish. An-

tenne red; first and second joints exteriorly with a longitu-

dinal black line; apical joint pale yellow, apical half brown.

Eyes dark brown. Ocelli clear red. Rostrum yellow; apex

black.

Thorax.—Pronotum ochreous, shining, crenulate, punctate ;

lateral margins with a fine black line; posterior angles faintly

and finely black-punctured. Scutel/wm ochreous, unpunctured,

finely wrinkled transversely. /ytra pale brown or brownish

yellow, with a slight reddish tinge, irregularly distributed and

more or less distinct in different individuals. Clavus finely

punctured, yellowish or brownish yellow; base ochreous ;

scutellar margin black. Corzvwm pale brown or brownish

yellow, thickly and finely punctured; anterior margin pale

brownish yellow ; base ochreous, between the margin and the

first nerve black; first nerve frequently clear yellow; apex

red or reddish. Membrane fuscous. Sternum yellow, middle

whitish. Legs ochreous.

_ Abdomen above ochreous, slightly sordid, with a red blotch

on the sides of each segment; fifth segment with a dark red-

brown longitudinal line at the margin; sixth with a black

7-shaped patch; beneath ochreous or ochreous white, down

the middle more or less broadly whitish ; second segment, in

a line with the coxe of the third pair of legs are three punc-

tures placed triangularly, the apex pointing to the centre of

the base; third with three punctures placed triangularly ; the

apex inverted. Connexivum above dusky ochreous.

Length 9-10 lines.

Family Anisoscelide.

Genus PLrinacutus, Stal.

Plinachtus bicoloripes.

Brown, thickly and finely black-punctured, producing a

dull chestnut-brown hue. Thighs yellow at the base, apex

brown.

Head.—Antenne dark brown, thickly and finely granulated,

except the last joint, which is pale brownish yellow. Rostrum

black ; first joint yellow; apex of the third brownish yellow.

Thorax.—Pronotum, lateral margins nearly black; down

the centre a somewhat interrupted narrow brown line. Scu-

tellum, apex narrowly black and transversely wrinkled. Elytra

brown, thickly and finely black-punctured: coréwm, nerves

clear and unpunctured; anterior margin, from the base to

364 On Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

about the middle, narrowly yellow. Membrane fuscous, nerves

somewhat darker. Sternum yellow, clear-punctured. Legs

yellow: thighs, apical third brown or red-brown, internally

black: t2b¢@ brown or red-brown: tars? red-brown, apical

joint and claws pitchy black.

Abdomen above orange-red, beneath yellow, with a black

spot on each segment along the sides, except the third. Con-

nexivum above clear ochreous; apical half of each segment

black, beneath yellow, with a black spot next the apex of the

outer margin.

Length 63 lines.

Family Coreide.

Subfamily Azypza, Stal.

, Genus PARAPLESIUS*.

Linear.

Head horizontal : face, central lobe narrow, depressed before

reaching the apex, where it curves down, leaving the side lobes

projecting with rounded obtuse extremities. Antenna, first,

second, and third joints subequal, fourth longest; first joint

slightly thickened at the apex. yes, viewed from above, -

almost semicircular. ostrwm reaching to the base of the

third pair of coxee ; first joint shorter than the head.

Thorax.—Pronotum slightly shorter than the head, widest

across the posterior margin. Scutel/lum elongate, somewhat

narrow. Iilytra: clavus with a distinct flexible suture.

Membrane multinervose, each nerve separate at the base and

curved inwardly, except next the apex of the cortum, where a

small group diverge from a common centre. Legs somewhat

long, without spines or teeth: thighs, all the pairs thickest at

the apex: tars?, first joint about one third longer than the

second and third together.

Closely allied to Micrelytra, Lap., but easily separated from

that genus by the shape of the head and the difference in the

lengths of the joints of the antenne.

Paraplesius unicolor.

Fulvous or grey-yellowish, thickly and delicately punctured.

Head above very finely and thickly punctured, here and

there with a slight fuscous shade: face, from the base of the

central lobe to in a line with the anterior margin of the eyes,

a narrow black channel; base of the former with a minute

black spot on each side. Antenne grey-yellowish ; first joint

more or less distinctly black-punctured ; second and third

* apa, near; mAnoios, a neighbour.

Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Sesia. 365

narrowly black er piceous at the apex; fourth, basal third,

except a narrow black ring at the base, yellow or yellowish

white, apical two thirds black. yes reddish or chestnut.

Ocellt red. Rostrum yellow, apex black, beneath finely punc-

tured, with a longitudinal black central line, and a short one

of the same colour on either side of it at the base.

Thorax.—Pronotum, lateral margins and theapical two thirds

of the disk very delicately black-punctured; posterior angles ele-

vated into a callus, which is piceous ; down the centre a slightly

elevated unpunctured yellowish line ; at its termination before

reaching the anterior margin two (sometimes four) minute

black spots. Scwtellum finely black-punctyred. /ytra more

coarsely and sparingly punctured than the previous portions:

clavus with a row of fine, more or less black, punctures next

the suture, and another along the inner margin; disk irregu-

larly and very sparingly punctured: coriwm, first nerve on

both sides and the inner nerve on the inside with a row of fine

black punctures ; disk more sparingly and coarsely punctured 5

apex, and generally the inner posterior angle, piceous or black.

Membrane pale, between the nerves pale piceous. Sternum

fulvous or grey-yellowish, punctured on the sides; the punc-

tures sometimes blackish; down the centre broadly black.

Mesosternum with a deep longitudinal channel, widest poste-

riorly ; adjoining the base of the first and second pair of legs

is a black spot. Legs fulvous or yellowish: coxa anteriorly

with a piceous spot at the base: thighs finely black-punctured,

the punctures somewhat disposed in longitudinal rows ; thie

sparingly and finely black-punctured ; éars¢ yellowish, apex

of the first, second, and third joints black.

Abdomen above black, with a broad yellowish streak down

the centre, widened at the posterior margin of each segment,

so that on each segment the streak appears I-shaped; beneath

fulvous or grey-yellowish, with a longitudinal black central

line, and another on either side, composed of black punctures.

Connexivum above yellow ; posterior margin of the three or

four terminal segments narrowly black.

Length 6-63 lines.

[To be continued. |

XLVI.—Deseriptions of new Species of Sesia in the Collection

of the British Museum. By ArtuurR GARDINER BUTLER,

Pps, 1.2.85, &e.

Sesia Grotet, n. sp.

Wings above hyaline, veins black; primaries with costa

black ; outer margin broadly chocolate-brown, broad on costa

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 26

366 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Sesia.

(5 millimetres) and narrowing gradually to external angle

(12 millimetre), strongly dentated internally between the

nervures, as in S. fuscicaudis (Hamorrhagia fuscicaudis of

Grote); a reddish diffused apical subcostal streak upon external

border; interno-basal area dark chocolate-brown, clothed at

the base with testaceous hair-scales; secondaries with the

base and abdominal margins broadly dark chocolate-brown,

the costa smoky brown; outer margin rather broadly bordered

with dark chocolate-brown, denticulated internally: wings

below nearly as above, but paler: head and thorax clothed

above with sordid testaceous hair-scales ; abdomen dark choco-

late-brown, basal segments clothed with testaceous hair-scales ;

the two preanal segments yellow [the upper one slightly,

the lower one distinctly brownish in the centre *]; anal

tuft blackish; antenne black; palpi above black, below

pale sulphur-yellow ; pectus pale sulphur-yellow ; legs black ;

venter black ; two preanal segments with a yellow tutted patch

on each side.

Expanse of wings about 48 millimetres.

Hab. Texas (Belfrage). Type, B.M.

Allied to S. axillaris, Grote and Robinson, and S. radians,

Walker.

Sesia alternata, n. sp.

Wings above hyaline, nervures black ; primaries with costa

and interno-basal area black, clothed with testaceous hair-

scales ; outer margin broadly chocolate-brown, twice as wide

at costa as at external angle, strongly dentate-strigate in-

ternally, the dentes being even more developed than in S.

radians ; secondaries with costa greyish testaceous, yellowish

at base ; base and abdominal margin dark brown, varied with

testaceous hair-scales ; outer margin chocolate-brown (1 milli-

metre wide), an interno-median decreasing streak projected

from anal margin: wings below with the brown borders

redder than above; internal margin of primaries cream-

coloured: head and thorax densely clothed with yellowish

olivaceous hair-scales; eyes encircled with white: abdomen

clothed with bright testaceous hair-scales, becoming yellowish

tawny towards the middle ; two central segments black-brown,

with a sprinkling of tawny scales internally T; anal tuft

tawny testaceous in the centre, blackish varied with testa-

ceous at the sides; palpi above dark brown, below yellowish

* I think it possible that this may be due to staining; but it looks

natural enough.

+ In the type there is a dorsal brown streak; but as it ears

irregularly on the antepenultimate segment, I believe it is due to rubbing.

——

Mr. A. G. Butler on new Species of Sesia. 367

creamy ; pectus, femora, and tibie yellowish cream-coloured,

tarsi chocolate-brown ; basal half of venter clothed with red-

brown and whitish hair-scales, anal half with yellowish creamy

scales; anal tuft brown.

Expanse of wings 50 millimetres.

Hab. Hakodadi (Whitely). Type, B.M.

Undoubtedly the Japanese representative of S. radians,

from which, however, it is readily distinguished by its smaller

size, paler and duller colouring, the absence of orange colouring

on the secondaries, the testaceous scaling on costa and interno-

basal area of primaries, the testaceous scales mixed with the

brown scales at the sides of the anal tuft, and the cream-

coloured femora and tibiz below.

Sesia Whitely?t, n. sp.

g. Wings above hyaline, with lilacine reflections, veins

black ; primaries with costa and interno-basal area black,

clothed with sordid testaceous hair-scales ; outer margin rather

broadly dark chocolate-brown (4 millimetres at costa, 13 at

external angle), undulated between the nervures internally ;

fringe brown, with a pale internal line; secondaries with

costa, base, and inner margin grey ; outer margin dark choco-

late-brown (1 millimetre wide), an interno-median decreasing

streak projected from anal margin: wings below with the

base and costal margins pale ochraceous ; outer margins red-

brown, paler externally; inner margin of primaries cream-

coloured, of secondaries dark brown; interno-median streak

of secondaries dark brown: head above clothed with sordid

testaceous hairs; thorax and abdomen clothed with stramineous

hair-scales, inclining to tawny on collar, at base of pterygodes,

on centre of thorax, and towards the centre and anal segments

of abdomen; two central segments of abdomen blackish * ;

sides of anal tuft blackish brown; pectus and palpi below

cream-coloured; legs dark brown, cream-coloured on their

lower margins; venter dark brown, scattered all over with

testaceous hair-scales, a central white spot on preanal segment ;

anal tuft dark brown, varied with dull creamy hair-scales.

Expanse of wings 49 millimetres.

9. Larger and altogether more brightly coloured than the

male.

Expanse of wings 60 millimetres.

Hab. Hakodadi, 3 ? (Stephens); Japan, § (Fortune). B.M.

Apparently the Japanese representative of S. fuciformis.

* There appears to be a blackish dorsal streak; but it may be due to

rubbing.

26*

368 Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Fishes.

XLVII.—Descriptions of new Species of Fishes in the British

Museum. By Dr. ALBert GUNTHER, F'.R.S. &e.

Crenidens macracanthus.

D2. A.%. L. lat. 48. L. transv. 5/11.

Very similar in form to C. Forskalii; but with much

stronger spines in the vertical fins, and with somewhat larger

scales. Of the dorsal spines the fourth, fifth, and sixth are

the longest, not much less than one half of the height of the

body, and two thirds of the length of the head. The second

anal spine exceedingly strong, as long as the head without

snout. Incisors very broad, twelve in the upper as well as in

the lower jaw*. Three series of scales on the cheek. Colora-

tion uniform silvery.

Madras (Surgeon-Major F. Day). Length of specimen

63 inches.

Chelmo trochilus.

Diet fAce a) Li) lat.255.

Body as high as long, head and caudal fin excluded. The

length of the snout is contained twice and one third in that

of the head. Anterior part of the soft dorsal and anal pro-

duced into an acute point, the hind margins of these fins being

vertical. Caudal fin truncated. Silvery ; head and body with

five black transverse bands: the first is the ocular band, much

narrower than the orbit, extending from the nape to the inter-

operculum, above the eye it is edged with white; the second,

rather broader than the first, runs from the three anterior

dorsal spines over the operculum across the chest, in front of

the ventrals; the third, twice as broad as the second, from

the sixth, seventh, and eighth to the abdomen; the fourth

between the pointed angles of the dorsal and anal; the fifth

narrow, round the middle of the free portion of the tail. An

indistinct and incomplete cross band between the first and

second, and another between the second and third bands.

Some irregular blackish spots in the interspaces. Hind

margin of the dorsal and anal blackish. Caudal uniform

reddish. Ventrals black, with yellowish spine.

Australia (purchased). Seven inches long.

* To judge from other Sparoid fishes, it is possible that also in this

genus the width of the incisors changes with age, young examples having

generally comparatively broader incisors.

Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Fishes. 369

Equula elongata.

D5. Ad.

The height of the body is nearly one fifth of the total

length (without caudal), the length of the head one fourth.

Eye nearly as long as the snout and as the postorbital part of

the head. A minute spine above the anterior margin of the

orbit; preeopercular margins not serrated. Caudal fin deeply

emarginate. Upper half of the body greenish, irregularly

marbled with darker; two brown spots at the root of the

caudal. Lower half silvery.

North Celebes (Dr. A. B. Meyer). Length 23 inches.

RHAMPHOCOTTUS (g. n. Cottid.).

Head exceedingly large, compressed, with the svout pro-

duced into a short, narrow beak, the feeble lower jaw being

received within the upper. Eyes lateral. Body small, com-

pressed, covered with prickles. Two dorsal fins, of moderate

height ; pectorals with nearly all the rays simple. Ventrals

thoracic, three-rayed. Jaws and vomer with villiform teeth ;

no teeth on the palate.

Lhamphocottus Richardsonii.

DmGnb TSA. CeotO ol be) PLA NaS

The head is as long as the body without caudal fin; it is

nearly entirely covered with bone or rough hard skin. The

narrow pointed snout is twice as long as the eye, the diameter

of which is contained five times and a half in the length of the

head. ‘The upper surface of the head is narrow, concave, with

a swollen edge on each side. Its armature consists of a pair of

small spines on the snout, in front of the eye, of a small super-

ciliary spine above the hind margin of the orbit, an obtuse

occipital spine, a rather long spine at the angle of the pre-

operculum, and a scapulary spine.

The jaws are feeble, the lower fitting within the upper; the

cleft of the mouth lateral, not extending to the front margin of

the orbit.

The entire body is covered with prickles vertically pro-

jecting, and terminating in two or three minute hooklets.

Dorsal fins rather low, and the spines of the first very

feeble ; caudal rounded, of moderate length. Pectorals large,

but not quite extending so far backwards as the ventrals,

which reach beyond the anterior anal rays.

Light brownish, marbled with darker; several brown cross

bands, edged with whitish on the crown of the head.

370 Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Fishes.

A single specimen, 24 inches long, and 11 lines high at the

nape of the neck, from Fort Rupert, North America, Obtained

by purchase.

Notothenia Veitchit.

D6 | 32. AS28. ~'E.dat. ea. 88:

The length of the head is contained three times and a half

in the total (without caudal), the height of the body five

times and one third. Head elongate, like the body, with the

snout pointed, and rather longer than the eye, the diameter of

which is two ninths of the length of the head. Lower jaw

slightly projecting beyond the upper; maxillary reaching

beyond the front margin of the orbit. Dorsal spines feeble.

Upper parts densely marbled with dark brown, lower yellowish.

Several specimens, 34 inches long, were obtained in the

Chonos Archipelago by one of the collectors of Harry Veitch,

Esq., who presented them to the British Museum.

Agonostoma globiceps.

D.4|5 A.z L. lat: 43. LL. transv. 14.

The height of the body is contained thrice and three fourths

in the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

four times and a half. Snout very short, obtuse and rounded,

once and a half as long as the small eye, the diameter of which

is one fifth of the length of the head. Orbit surrounded by a

narrow adipose eyelid. Forehead very broad and convex.

The maxillary extends somewhat beyond the front margin of

the eye. Upper jaw with a narrow band of fixed teeth; the

lower with a broader band, which is interrupted in the middle ;

vomerine teeth forming a large triangular patch; palatine

teeth in a narrow band. Lower lip with trenchant margin.

The first dorsal spine strong, compressed, two thirds as long

as the head; its root is midway between the end of the snout

and the last anal ray. Caudal fin emarginate. Coloration

uniform.

One specimen from Myzantla (Vera Cruz), 103 inches long.

Purchased.

Fundulus Bermude.

D.14. A.12. L. lat. 35. . L. transyv. 13.

The height of the body is one fourth of the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head rather less than two

sevenths. Snout short, not longer than the eye, with the lower

jaw ascending and projecting beyond the upper. The width

of the interorbital space is contained twice and one third in

the length of the head, the diameter of the eye four times.

The origin of the dorsal fin is opposite to the sixteenth scale

of the lateral line, and midway between the root of the caudal.

Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Eozoon canadense. 371

and the preopercular margin. ‘The first anal ray corresponds

to the fourth or fifth of the dorsal fin, Anal fin much higher

than long. Brownish olive, with numerous dark greenish in-

distinct cross bands (in the male).

A single male specimen, 3 inches long, has been sent by

J, Matthew Jones, Esq., from the Bermudas.

Mollienesia Jonesii.

ee EO eas 10. 9h. tate 29%). he transy: 9:

Female. The height of the body is two sevenths or one fourth

of the total length (without caudal), the length of the head

one fourth. The diameter of the eye is rather shorter than

the snout, one fourth of the length of the head, and one half

of the width of the interorbital space. The length of the

dorsal fin is one fourth of the distance between the eye and

root of the caudal; it is much longer than high. Anal fin

small, opposite to the middle of the dorsal. Lateral line none.

Brownish, each scale with a deep-black hind margin ; a black

band between the eye and scapula; a round black spot on the

upper half of the root of the caudal. Dorsal fin with two or

three series of black spots; anal with a black line behind and

along each ray; the other fins immaculate.

This species was discovered by T. M. Rymer Jones, Esq.,

in a volcanic lake, Alcohuaca, near Huamantla, in Mexico,

8000 feet above the level of the sea. Several specimens were

presented by him to the British Museum: all are females ; and

the largest exceeds somewhat the length of 3 inches.

XLVIII.—Final Note on Eozoon canadense.

By Witt1am B. Carpenter, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S,.

To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,

As it is obviously impossible to carry on any discussion

without some common basis of agreement, and as Profs. King

and Rowney have now made it clear that no such basis can

exist between them and myself, itis not my intention to trouble

you with any reply to their last Paper,

For (1) my opponents deduce, from their examination of a

few specimens of a single Foraminiferal type, what they affirm

to be “ Foraminiferal impossibilities ;”” and (2) under the pre-

conception thus formed they refuse to credit my statement of

an objective fact, viz. the existence of an unmistakable “num-

muline tubulation”’ in a specimen of Hozoon which they have

not examined.

372 Dr. W. B. Carpenter on Eozoon canadense.

On the other hand (1) a study of Foraminifera, now pro-

longed over nearly thirty years, having convinced me (as a

like study has convinced others) that to no group in the

whole Animal Kingdom is Prof. Huxley’s phrase “ There is no

end to the possibilities of Nature” more applicable, I cannot

give up this conviction at the bidding of the Galway Pro-

fessors. Many of the new types I have myself described

would, according to their doctrine, have been ¢mpossibilities

“from a Foraminiferal point of view”? *; and I have many

more in my possession (as yet undescribed) which are equally

unconformable to any types previously known.

Again (2), being fully conscious of my own fallibility, I

should be quite ready to believe that I see the “ nummuline

tubulation”’ in my specimen of Hozoon with my mind’s eye

rather than with my bodily eye (as Dr. Martin Barry saw

“spirals” everywhere), if I were to find other experienced

Microscopists, after “comparison of actual specimens,” dis-

agreeing with me. But having submitted this specimen,

with asection of arecent Nummuline shell (Cycloclypeus), to a

score or so of competent observers f, and having received their

entire assent to the correctness of my description and ot

Mr. George West’s delineation, I cannot surrender our unani-

mous conviction of this objective reality, because Profs. King

and Rowney, who have noé seen the specimen, consider it a

Woraminiteral impossibility.”

As I should now no more think of attempting to convince

the Galway “ infallibles,” than of trying to convert the Pope,

I leave them in triumphant possession of the field. Your

readers, perhaps, may claim the exercise of “private judgment”

in the matter. Your obedient servant,

WiIxuiAmM B. CARPENTER.

London, Oct, 17, 1874.

* Thus, of the gigantic arenaceous Parkeria of the Cambridge Green-

sand, I had to say (Philos. Transact. 1869, p. 754):—“The strongly

marked dissimilarity between the fabric of Parkeria as now described,

and that of any ForaMINIFERA previously known, whether recent or fos-

sil, renders it impossible to predicate with certainty what was the precise

relation of the animal to its arenaceous ‘ test.’”? And yet I was able to

append in a note, as that Paper was passing through the press :—“ Since

the above was written, I have obtained from the Deep-sea Dredgings of

the ‘ Porcupine tela ae (1869) a complete confirmation of the view

taken in the text. For on examining the internal structure of the largest

Nautiloid Zituole, 1 find, though in a rudimentary condition, a laby-

rinthic structure whose relation to the chamber it surrounds is essentially

the same as in Parkeria.”

+ As Profs. King and Rowney may possibly give the credit to the

impartial attestation of their own colleagues and friends, which they re-

fuse to my statements, I would refer them to Prof. Cleland of Galway,

Prof. Redfern of Belfast, Prof. Greene of Cork, and Prof, Perceval Wright,

Dr. Macalister, and Mr. Archer of Dublin.

Mr. R. B. Sharpe on a remarkable new Pheasant. 373

XLIX.—Deseription of a remarkable new Pheasant from

Borneo. By R. Bowpier SuHarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.,

Senior Assistant, Zoological Department, British Museum.

THE subject of the present notice will rival the remarkable

discoveries of pheasants for which Mr. Swinhoe and Pere

David have been noted during the last few years, and will be

a fit companion for Calophasis, Tetraophasis, and the other

beautiful new genera which have lately enriched the family

Phasianide. I have no hesitation in referring the bird just

received by the Museum to a totally new and distinct genus,

which I shall call Lobiophasis, on account of the long pendent

lobes which ornament the sides of the throat. The metallic

plumage allies it to no other genus in particular, though it ap-

proaches Huplocamus more than any pheasant in the form

of the tail and arrangement of the plumage; but it is distin-

guished from this genus by its bare head, which reminds one

of Numida. The tail is quite peculiar, all the outer feathers

having stiffened shafts, devoid of web for some distance. Like

Calophasis, this pheasant seems to be a mixture of several

genera hurled into one form ; but I consider the following short

diagnosis sufficient to distinguish it :—

LOBIOPHASIS, gen. n.

Of the general form of Huplocamus; but distinguished by

the metallic endings to the dorsal and breast-feathers, and

especially by the bare head, which is ornamented on each

side of the throat by long pendent wattles. The type is

Lobiophasis Bulwert, sp. n.

Above brown, all the feathers terminally margined with

metallic purple, of a harsh texture; the neck-hackles simi-

larly coloured; but here, owing to the individual plumes being

divided, the general appearance of the metallic colouring is

more spotted than on the back and upper tail-coverts, where the

terminal metallic margins produce a somewhat barred appear-

ance ; wing-coverts uniform with the back, and having the

same metallic spots; quills light brown, the outer primary

with a pale whity-brown margin; the secondaries darker,

and the innermost terminally margimed with the same metallic

colour as the back; lower back and rump-feathers uniform

with rest of back, but the greater upper tail-coverts white,

like the whole of the tail; head bare, with a large horn or

wattle on each side of the occiput, and with a long pendent

wattle on each side of the throat; round the hind neck a

374 Miscellaneous.

collar of dull maroon, all the feathers obscurely margined with

metallic purple; chest also dull maroon, similarly obscured by

purplish margins, which become broader and more distinct on

the breast, which is black like the rest of the under surface,

the metallic margins disappearing on the flanks and abdomen ;

under wing-coverts also dull brown, like the inner margin of

the wing. ‘Total length 28 inches, wing 11:5, tail 16°5,

tarsus 3:4, pendent lobes 1°25.

Hab. Mountains of Lanos, Northern Borneo.

The unique specimen from which the above description has

been taken has been presented to the Trustees of the British

Museum by His Excellency H. E. Bulwer, C.M.G., Governor

of Labuan. The wattles and ornaments on the face are stated

to have been bright ultramarine in life.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Notes on the Varieties of the Western-American Weasels.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &c.

Tue British Museum has lately received several specimens of these

animals. They show the variation in colour and markings that occur

in the same species and in specimens from the same locality.

Mustela brasiliensis.

There are specimens from Veragua, Guatemala, and Costa Rica,

which generally have a white spot on the forehead between the eyes,

and an oblique white streak from the back of the orbit to the front

and underside of the ears; these spots and streaks vary in breadth.

One specimen, from Veragua, has the head blackish brown, and with

only a very indistinct white spot in front of the ears; and another,

from Columbia, has only the small white spot on the forehead just

between the eyes, and none on the side of the head. In another,

large one, from Costa Rica, the head is entirely blackish, without any

white spot or streak whatever. The specimens vary in the width of

the yellow on the abdomen. In general the underpart of the thighs

is yellow; but in one from Costa Rica the yellow part of the abdomen

is narrow, and the whole underpart of the thighs is dark brown.

None of the specimens with the abdomen and the inner side of the

thighs yellow has the yellow spot on the front upper margin of the

thigh as represented in Taczanowski’s figure of Mustela macrura from

Central Peru (P. Z.8. 1874, pl. xlviii.), which is otherwise very like

a variety of Mustela brasiliensis ; and as the quantity of yellow seems

to vary in the specimens of that species, it may be only an individual

variety. There is a specimen of this species from Mexico which is

Miscellaneous. ato

of a much lighter colour, and whiter beneath than the generality

of the specimens; but this may arise from the animal having been

exposed to the light.

Mustela xanthogenys from California.

These animals are known from the black-faced weasel (MV. brasili-

ensis) by their pale brown colour, with the head of the same colour

or only darker brown.

The first specimen described had only two small white spots on the

forehead between the eyes, and some white hairs in front of the ears ;

but in a specimen lately received the head is darker brown, with a

large square pale spot on the forehead between the eyes, a broad

white spot on the upper lip under the eyes, and an oblique white

streak on the side of the head at the back of the eyes and extending

in front of the ears. The throat and the underside of the body a

bright reddish yellow. The tail is short; but this may depend on

the manner in which it was skinned.

Mustela affinis.

There is in the British Museum a large specimen of a weasel from

New Granada, of a dark brown colour and rather darker head, which

has a white streak on the side of the head in front of the ears, but

no white mark on the forehead. It is most probably a distinct

species; but its characters want confirmation.

It has been regarded as a large specimen of MW. aureoventris, but

is very different from it. It may be a variety of MW. brasiliensis.

On the Encystation of Bucephalus Haimeanus. By M. A. Giarp.

Von Baer long ago (1826) noticed a singular parasite of Anodonta,

which he named Bucephalus polymorphus. This parasite was sub-

sequently better investigated by Steenstrup and Von Siebold, who

assigned it to its true place in the system.

In 1854 M. de Lacaze-Duthiers made known another species of

the same genus, Bucephalus Haimeanus, which he obtained in the

Mediterranean, and which lives as a parasite in the genital glands

of the oyster (Ostrea edulis) and cockle (Cardium rusticum), causing

them to be sterile. The sporocysts and the cercarian form of this

Trematode were carefully figured in a fine memoir published in the

‘ Annales des Sciences Naturelles.’

Claparéde has since found this curious Trematode at Saint Vaast-

la-Hougue, on the coast of Normandy*. It was by fishing in the

open sea with the towing-net that he procured the Bucephalus pretty

frequently. The individuals figured by Claparcde differ a little

from those represented by M. de Lacaze-Duthiers; but this differ-

ence, which relates principally to the form of the lamellar appendages,

* Beobachtungen uber Anatomie &c. an der Kiiste von Normandie,

1863,

376 Miscellaneous.

did not seem to the Genevese naturalist of sufficient importance to

necessitate the establishment of a new species. Notwithstanding

his energetic researches, Claparéde was no more successful than his

predecessor in ascertaining the ulterior destiny of the Cercaria

Haimeana.

Bucephalus Haimeanus also occurs at Etaples and in the neigh-

bourhood of Boulogne-sur-Mer. Guided by certain theoretical

notions, the result of investigations of the parasitic Crustacea, I

have been more fortunate than my talented predecessors, and I have

been able to ascertain the encystation of the Bucephalus.

My observation was made upon the garfish (Belone vulgaris, Val.).

This fish (called the maquereau d’été at Boulogne, and bécassine de

mer at Abbeville) comes commonly into the market at Boulogne

during the months of May and June and the beginning of July.

The viscera of the fish, especially the liver, the genital glands, and

the peritoneum, are frequently filled with little cysts, affecting a

cylindrical form, terminated at one extremity by a ball slightly

drawn out into a point, like a thermometer in course of construction.

By tearing carefully a certain number of these cysts, the Bucephalus,

not yet transformed, will be found in some of them.

My anatomical researches, interrupted in the month of July,

could not be carried so far as I wished. However, I must say that,

like Claparéde, it is impossible for me to accept the opinion of M.

de Lacaze-Duthiers, when he says of the Bucephalus, ‘we observe

in it a general cavity which may be regarded as a digestive cavity.”

The arrangement of the apertures and their physiological offices

also appear to me to require being studied afresh.

What does the encysted Bucephalus become? Does it arrive at

maturity in the body of the garfish, or does it undergo a new mi-

gration? In the latter case, which seems most probable, is this

migration active or purely passive? Thisis what we have to discover.

Claparéde several times found the Cercaria Haimeana attached to

Sarsie or Oceanie ; on one occasion the Cercaria had lost its two

long appendages, but it was still destitute of reproductive organs.

From this Claparéde concludes that this fact was accidental, and

that the Meduse are only momentary hosts for the Bucephalus.

T have myself met with an adult Trematode in the ccelenteric cavity

of Cydippe pileus, which, in the spring, is sometimes thrown up in

abundance on the beach at Wimereux ; but there is nothing to lead

me to suppose that there exists any genetic connexion ‘between

this Trematode and Bucephalus Haimeanus.

According to Von Siebold, Bucephalus polymorphus is converted

into Gasterostomum fimbriatum in the digestive tube of Perca flwia-

tilis and P. lucioperca ; it is also found encysted in Cyprini. It

seems therefore more probable to suppose that the Bucephalus

Haimeanus encysted in Belone vulgaris becomes metamorphosed

into a species of the genus Giasterostomwm in the intestine of some

large fish to which the garfish serves as food. Lacépéde informs

us, in fact, that when the garfish quits the deep water to go and

spawn near the shores, it becomes the prey of the sharks and dog-

Miscellaneous. She

fish, the large species of Gadus, or other voracious and well-armed

inhabitants of the sea. Lastly, as a Bucephalus has also been met

with in the livers of Paludine, and Gasterostoma in the intestines of

the pike, the eel, and other fishes, and even of the duck, I cannot

help thinking that the freshwater species belonging to this group of

Trematodes are more numerous than has hitherto been thought.

The differences mentioned above between the marine Bucephalus of

the ocean and that of the Mediterranean may also perhaps acquire

greater value when a complete and comparative study of these

animals has been made.—Comptes Ieendus, August 17, 1874, vol.

lxxix. p. 485.

Note on the Enemies of Difflugia. By J. Lerpy.

Prof. Leidy remarked that in the relationship of Difflugia and

Ameba we should suppose that the former had been evolved from

the latter, and that its stone house would protect it from enemies to

which the Ameba would be most exposed. The Difflugia has many

enemies. I have repeatedly observed an Amba with a swallowed

Arcella, but never with a Difflugia. Worms destroy many of the

latter, and I have frequently observed them within the intestine of

Nais, Pristina, Chetogaster, and Afolosoma. I was surprised to

find that Stentor polymorphus was also fond of Difflugia, and I have

frequently observed this animalcule containing them. On one oc-

casion I accidentally fixed a Stentor by pressing down the cover of

an animalcule-cage on a Difflugia which it had swallowed. The

Stentor contracted and suddenly elongated, and repeated these move-

ments until it had split three fourths the length of its body through,

and had torn itself loose from the fastened Difflugia. Nor did the

Stentor suffer from this laceration of its body; for in the course of

several hours each half became separated as a distinct individual.—

Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 1874, p. 75.

On the Colour of the Kittens of the Species of Cats (Felide).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S8. &e.

The British Museum received a very young specimen of a jaguar

from M. Verreaux in 1860, labelled Leopardus onca, Mexico. The

body and head are 84 inches long, the tail 43 inches long. It is of

a nearly uniform brown colour, without any indications of darker

spots. The head, neck, and front of throat are rather paler than

the rest of the body, the hinder part and the feet being rather

darker. The upper lip is whitish, with a spot on each side of the

front, just under the nostrils. It is somewhat like the young of the

hunting leopard (Gueparda guttata) in the British Museum, de-

scribed and figured P. Z.S. 1867, t. xxiv., but very different from it.

The young leopard, or panther (Leopardus varius), which was

born in the Zoological Gardens, has, like its mother, numerous spots

or roses on all parts of the head, body, and limbs; but the tail is

378 Miscellaneous.

much longer compared with the size of the body and comparatively

slenderer.

The kittens of the greater number of variegated feline animals

are spotted or striped like the adult; but the very young kittens of

the hunting leopard (Gueparda guttata) and of the jaguar (Leopar-

dus onca) are brown and not spotted; and the young pumas, while

their mothers are of a uniform dark brown colour, are pale whitish

brown, with large, dark, roundish, regularly disposed blotches, the

blotches being more distinct in the younger specimens and gradually

becoming more indistinct as the animal grows.

Dr. Baird describes a pair of kittens from Fort Steilacoom which

he thought “probably belonged to this species” (Mam. North

America, p. 84), which well agree with the young we have in the

British Museum, born at the Zoological Gardens, and figured by Mr.

Bartlett (P.Z.S. 1861, pl. 22) from a drawing by Wolff. The

adult lion is of a uniform colour; but the young kitten of a Barbary

lion in the British Museum, which was littered in the Zoological

Gardens in 1853, is of a nearly uniform whity brown colour, but

has some very indistinct darker spots on the outside of its hind legs

and tail.

The tails of the kittens of several cats, as the lion and the common

domestic cat, appear to be shorter compared with the body than in

the adult, which is probably universal in all the species of cats.

A Scarlet Ear Shell, probably Artificial.

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &e.

Many years ago I purchased of Mr. George Sowerby, the elder, a

very beautiful specimen that he had purchased of a Frenchman, who

informed him that it had been described and figured as a new genus

of shells, I forget by whom; and I have never been able to discover

where it was published, if it ever was. It has the appearance of a

very irregular, corrugated, suborbicular, ear shell, with an irregu-

lar outer lip. It is of a bright scarlet colour, and is without the

usual series of holes over the gills of the animal, in this respect

resembling Stomatia. The shell is of a uniform appearance and

colour, and has no external opaque or internal pearly coat, which is

found in the ear shells and their allies, and, having been accidentally

broken across the fracture, shows a uniform texture very different

from an ear shell.

After examination I determined (and I believe Mr. Sowerby agreed

with me) that it was a model of a shell carved out of the expanded

part at the base of a red coral.

I have given the specimen to the British Museum collection ; for

if it is a model, it is very interesting and curious, being executed

with great elaboration and attention to the minute details by a

person who must have had a very intimate knowledge of the forma-

tion and growth of shells: though the outer surface is so irregu-

larly formed, the irregularities are just such as would occur in a

shell which has such an irregular outline to the outer lip, and the

: |

Miscellaneous. 379

spiral grooves on the outer surface follow these irregularities just as

they would in a natural shell which had been distorted in its growth.

This is not only the case with the external surface, but the inner

surface of the cavity is equally accurate, polished, and marked with

spiral grooves which exactly agree with the spiral ridges on the

outer surface, which are interrupted by the irregularities of the

malformed corrugated shell, but placed just as they would be in an

ear shell with such an irregular surface. The external spiral apex

is well exhibited; and the cavity within the spire most accurately

represents the cavity that would be found in an ear shell of that

shape.

Some conchologists to whom I have shown the specimen think it

is a real shell. I think it doubtful; but they may be right: time

only will show.

Descriptions of two new Species of Fishes from the Bermuda Islands.

By G. Brown Goopr.

In a collection of fishes, including some seventy species, made at

the Bermudas in the spring of 1872 I find two forms apparently

undescribed, descriptions of which are given below. As the marine

life of the Bermuda group is essentially West-Indian in its character,

these species may be regarded as additions to the ichthyological

fauna of the West Indies.

1. Diapterus Lefroyi, sp. n.

This species belongs to the genus Gerres as defined by Dr. Giinther.

It is distinguished from all other members of the genus and family

by its relatively greatly elongated form. The body is fusiform, com-

pressed, its greatest height, at the thoracic region, being a little less

than one fourth (-23) of the total length, and a little more than

one fourth (‘27) of the length without caudal (-89): in Diapterus

aprion, the most elongated of the species hitherto described, the

greatest height is one third of the length. The height of the

body is uniform under the spinous portion of the dorsal, sloping

gently and at a nearly uniform angle above and below to the middle

of the caudal peduncle; the height of the body behind the dorsal (-10)

is less than one half, the least height of the tail (-06) is one fourth

of the greatest height of the body.

The scales are large, measuring ‘03 and -04 in height, and -02 and

‘03 in length; they form about forty-five oblique transverse rows

between the head and the caudal, four and a half longitudinal

rows between the back and the lateral line, and ten between the

lateral line and the belly.

The length of the head (-22) equals the greatest height of the

body, and is double the greatest width of the head(-11); the height

at the pupil (*14) is double the width of the interorbital space (-07).

The length of the snout (-06) equals the length of the operculum

(06); when the mouth is protruded the length of the snout is

380 Miscellaneous.

doubled (-12), and when retracted the posterior extremity of the

intermaxillary process extends to the vertical through the centre of

the pupil. The nasals are very prominent, and the nostrils are

nearer to the orbit than to the extremity of the jaw.

The orbit is circular, its diameter (-08) one third the length of

the head. The origin of the dorsal is slightly behind that of the

ventrals, its distance from the snout (°31) twice the length of its

base (-16). The dorsal spines are graduated nearly in the propor-

tion el -02, =? a V0 5 V0 OF Vena

VIL.=:0725, VIII.=-05, [IX.=-04. The notch between the spinous

and soft portions is very deep, and the connecting membrane barely

perceptible. In the soft dorsal the fifth ray is the longest (-09) and

equals the fifth spine, the succeeding rays diminishing regularly to

the last, which equals the ultimate spine (-04); the length of its

base (20) is greater than that of the spinous dorsal. The anal

begins behind the centre of the body (-56); the first spine is very

short (-01), one fifth the length (-05) of the second, which is slender ;

the first ray is the longest (-08), the succeeding rays regularly

diminishing in length to the last (03). The lobes of the caudal are

equal, the outer rays in length (-21) five times the inner ones (-04).

The extremity of the pectoral reaches the vertical from the last

dorsal spine ; its distance,from the snout at the axilla (-25) is nearly

equal to the height of the body. The ventral spine resembles the

fifth dorsal spine in shape and size; the length of the longest ray

(11) slightly exceeds one third of the distance from the snout to

the ventral axilla (30); the axillary appendage consists of four

lanceolate scales, the first and longest as long as the last ventral

ray.

Gstou silvery, with a bluish tint above; axils of the pectorals

and extremity of snout brownish.

Radial formula :—D:: [X..10; , A;,, 0.) 8:.) 2 2. sepia

C43; 9,953.

The unit of measurement used above is one hundredth of the

total length, which in an average specimen is 7-29 inches (M.

0-185). The species is common in the protected inlets about the

islands in company with the “shad” (Diapterus gula), from which

it is distinguished by the name “long-boned shad ;”. they are in

demand for bait, and are easily seized in large quantities. I take

pleasure in dedicating the species to his Excellency Major-General

J. H. Lefroy, F.R.S., Governor of the Bermudas, who, while doing

so much for the social and political welfare of the islands, is taking

an active part in adding to our knowledge of their natural history.

2. Engraulis cherostomus, sp. 0.

This species closely resembles Engraulis swrinamensis (Blkr.) Gthr.,

differing from it, however, in several respects.

The height of the body (*16) is a little more than two thirds of

the length of the head, and is contained six times in the total length

and a little more than four times in the length to end of middle

whe

Miscellaneous. 381

caudal rays (‘90); the height of the ventrals is less (-13). The

scales are large, in thirty-eight oblique rows between the head and

the caudal.

The length of the head (-22) is less than one fourth of the total,

and is double its height at the pupil (-11); its greatest width (-08)

is about one third of its length. The orbit is nearly circular, and

its diameter (-05) equals the length of the snout (-05) and the width

of the interorbital area (05). The snout projects far beyond the

lower jaw, whose extremity just passes the vertical from the anterior

margin of the orbit. The maxillary is dilated above the mandibular

joint, rather tapering behind, and extends to the gill-opening. The

gill-rakers are fine, setiform, not longer than the eye (:05), about

twenty-five on the lower branch of the outer branchial arch.

The origin of the dorsal fin is in front of the middle of the body

(45 from snout), and directly above the extremities of the ventrals ;

the length of the first ray (-06) is half that of the second (-12),

which nearly equals the length of the base (-11).

The origin of the anal is at the middle of the body (-51 from snout)

and below the posterior dorsal rays ; its greatest height (-11) nearly

equals that of the dorsal.

The length of the middle caudal rays (-08) is two: fifths of the

outer rays (‘20). The length of the pectorals (11) equals the length

of base of dorsal (-11), the extremities reaching to the origin of the

ventrals. Length of ventrals -09, distance from snout °35.

Colour: back and sides brownish, belly white; a broad, clearly

defined lateral band of silver as wide as the diameter of the orbit (-05).

Radial formula:—D. 13-14. A. 23-24. Length 2-68 inches

(M. 0-068).

Common in shoals in Hamilton Harbour, where it is taken for

bait in cast-nets. Its enormous mouth has given it the name of

“‘ hog-mouth fry.”

The types of these descriptions are preserved in the United-

States’ National Museum in Washington and the University Museum

in Middletown, Conn.—Silliman’s American Journal, August 1874.

On the Embryogeny of the Rhizocephala. By M. A. Grarp.

Ina former communication (‘ Comptes Rendus,’ tome Ixxvii. p. 945)

I submitted to the Academy the principal results of my researches

upon the Cirripedia Rhizocephala; and I have since been able to

continue the investigation of those curious parasites, and to verify

on other species the exactitude of my first observations. Pagurus

bernhardus is common at Wimereux, where it inhabits by prefer-

ence the shells of Buccina, Naticw, and Purpure. About a third

of the Paguri collected in this locality bear a large Peltogaster,

evidently P. paguri of authors. Singularly enough this parasite is

entirely wanting on the shores of Roscoff and Saint-Pol-de-Léon,

where Pagurus bernhardus is nevertheless exceedingly common.

The Peltogaster of Roscoff, which I had named Peéltogaster pagurt,

from the old very imperfect descriptions, is quite new, and may

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 27

382 Miscellaneous.

bear the name of Peltogaster Prideauwii. It is found exclusively

upon Pagurus Prideauxti, but it is rare and always solitary, whilst

P. paguri, although much larger, often occurs to the number of two

upon the same Pagurus.

The rearing of the larvee of Crustacea is well known to present

great difficulties. It is by capturing with the net and comparing

with each other larve of different ages that in general the curious

transformations of these animals have been discovered. Spence

Bate, in giving an account of the admirable researches of Fritz

Miiller on the nauplian form of Peneus, expresses himself as

follows :—‘ The difficulty of preserving the life of these delicate

creatures has not yet been overcome. ‘The newly hatched larva

from the commonest and, we might assume, the hardiest crabs has

not been preserved beyond the second stage; and the link between

what is termed the larva and the pupa stages of the cirriped has

not been demonstrated. It is therefore not to be demanded that

Dr. Miiller should succeed beyond the step at which others have

stopped.”

The demonstration thus called for by Spence Bate I have been

able to obtain for the Cirripedia Rhizocephala, and, indeed, by a very

simple experimental process. All that is necessary is—(1) not to

change the water in which the embryos are living, and (2) to prevent

these embryos from coming to dry themselves against the wall of

the aquarium which is exposed to the light. This latter inconveni-

ence is avoided by raising the level of the liquid from time to time,

and by covering the troughs so as to prevent evaporation.

The numerous broods that I have been able to rear by this pro-

cess, not only at Wimereux, but even at Lille, enable me to correct

some errors, which it is the more important to indicate because they

emanate from very conscientious and experienced observers. In a

letter addressed to M. P. van Beneden, and published in the ‘ Bulletin

de Académie de Belgique’ (2° série, tome xiii. 1862), M. Gerbe

announces as follows one of the results of his investigations on the

animals now under our consideration :—‘‘ What has struck me most,”

he says, “is a constant difference between the embryos or larvae of

the same species, a difference which can only be referred to sew. In

‘my opinion the male and female of the Peltogasters when just

hatched are already perfectly distinct. The male has that part of

him which I shall call abdominal less developed than the female, and

the two appendages situated at the posterior extremity are broader

and more elongated in the latter than in the former; but are the

internal genital organs appreciable in the two sexes? This I cannot

yet assert. Nevertheless J should almost venture to regard as an

ovary, in the individuals which I believe to be females, an organ

situated ahove the mass which for me represents the liver. This

organ, in fact, contains small, spherical, very transparent vesicles,

like primitive eggs, and granular like these. If future researches

should confirm these appreciations, a corner of the mystery relating

to these singular animals may have been lifted from them.”

1. Lhave shown that, the Rhizocephala being hermaphrodites, the

Miscellaneous. 383

males could only be complementary males, the existence of which

is by no means probable.

2. The difference noticed between the embryos of the same species

is due to the fact that the embryo when scarcely hatched undergoes

a first metamorphosis. Sometimes, even, this metamorphosis is ac-

complished so rapidly that embryos of two different forms are ex-

pelled simultaneously from the maternal organism in which the

incubation has taken place. As the differences between the embryo

just issuing from the egg and that which has undergone a first moult

are altogether very slight, this moult has passed unobserved. It is,

on the contrary, very manifest in the Cirripedes proper, as in Lepas,

where the difference is enormous and very curious.

The supposed primitive ovary indicated with doubt by M. Gerbe,

and with certainty by M. Balbiani, is, as I have formerly pointed out,

a mass of cells, which after the second moult becomes differentiated

to form the six pairs of natatory feet, homologous with the cirri of

the Cirripedes.

An error similar to that of M. Gerbe has been made by Professor

Semper, who describes as furnishing a larva of a very peculiar form

a Peltogaster of the Philippine Islands, of which he has evidently

observed the embryos only after the first moults, when they already

affected the Cypridine form (Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Zool. xiii. pl. 38.

fig. 3).

I may add that the larve of the Rhizocephala are very imperfectly

known. I can nowhere find a description of their trilobate rostrum,

comparable to that of the embryos of Cirripedes (an acute median

lobe and two rounded lateral lobes). M. EK. van Beneden, who has

recently paid attention to these animals, does not notice this ap-

paratus ; nor does he mention the voluminous frontal glands, the

product of secretion of which traverses a canal opening at the trifid

extremity of the lateral anterior appendages of the carapace. He

is equally silent respecting the organs situated on each side of the

middle part of the animal, and generally coloured yellow or red

(primitive kidneys ?). He denies the existence of the muscles; and

yet nitric acid brings to view most distinctly striped muscular fibres,

the arrangement of which is interesting to study. On the other

hand, he admits the existence of a mouth situated very far back.

This mouth does not exist in any of the species examined by me

(Sacculina carcini, Peltogaster paguri, and P. Prideauxii). It is

possible that this organ exists in other types, especially in the Saccu-

lina of Xantho florida, in which M. Gerbe asserts that he has met

with a pretty highly organized digestive tube.-—Comptes Rendus,

July 6, 1874, p. 44.

Notice of some new Freshwater Rhizopods. By J. Letpy.

Prof. Leidy remarked that, besides the ordinary species of Ameba

which he had observed in the vicinity of Philadelphia, he had dis-

covered what he suspected to be a new generic form. It has all

the essential characters of Amaba, but, in addition, is provided

27*

384 Miscellaneous.

with tufts of tail-like appendages or rays, from which he proposed

to name the genus Ourameba.

The rays project from what may be regarded as the back part of

the body, as the animal always moves or progresses in advance of

the position of those appendages. ‘The rays are quite different from

pseudopods, or the delicate rays of the Actinophryens; they are

not used in securing food, nor is their function obvious. The Our-

ameeba moves like an ordinary Ameba, and obtains its food in the

same manner. The tail-like rays are not retractile, and they are

rigid and coarse compared with those of Actinophryens. They are

simple or unbranched, except at their origin, and they are cylindrical,

of uniform breadth, and less uniform length; when torn from the

body they are observed to originate from a common stock attached

to a rounded eminence.

Several forms of the Ouramaba were observed ; but it is uncertain

whether they pertain to one or to several species. One of the forms

had an oblong ovoid body about § of a line long and +4, of a line

broad. The tail-like rays formed half a dozen tufts, measuring in

length about the width of the body. The latter was so gorged

with large diatoms (such as Navicula viridis), together with desmids

and confervee, that the existence of a nucleus could not be ascertained.

The spécies may be distinguished by the name of Ourameba

vorax.

A second form, perhaps of a different species, moved actively and

extended its broad pseudopods like Ameba princeps. When first

viewed beneath the microscope it appeared irregularly globular, and

about =|; of a line in diameter; it elongated to 4 of a line, and

moved with its tail-like appendages in the rear. These appendages

formed five tufts about 4. of a line long. The interior of the body

exhibited a large contractile vesicle and a discoid nucleus. This

second form may be distinguished by the name of Ourameba

lapsa.

gives Ourameba had two comparatively short tufts of rays;

and a fourth, of smaller size than the others, had a single tuft of

three moniliform rays.

It is possible that Ourameba is the same as the Plagiophrys of

Claparéde, though the description of the latter does not apply to it.

Plagiophrys is said to be an Actinophryen, furnished with a bundle

of rays emanating from a single point of the body; but the rays

are described as of the same kind and use as those of Actinophrys.

Plagiophrys is further stated to be provided with a distinct tegument

like Corycia of Dujardin or Pamphagus of Bailey ; but the body of

Ourameba is as free from any investment as an ordinary Amoeba,

and the rays are fixed tail-like appendages, with no power of elonga-

tion or contraction.

The species of Ourameba were found among desmids and diatoms,

on the surface of the mud at the bottom of a pond, near Darby

Creek, on the Philadelphia and West-Chester Railroad.

_ Two of the commonest species of Difflugia of our neighbourhood

I had until recently confounded together as D. proteiformis ; and

Miscellaneous. 385

perhaps the two forms may be included under the latter name in

Europe. In one the mouth is deeply trilobed, and the animal is

usually green with chlorophyl-globules. In the other the mouth is

crenulate, usually with six shallow crenulations, and the animal is

devoid of chlorophyl. The former is usually the smaller, and may

be distinguished by the name of D. lobostoma; the latter may be

named D. crenulata,

In an old brick-pond, on the grounds of Swarthmore College,

Delaware County, among Difflugia pyriformis, D. spiralis, D. corona,

D. acuminata, and others not yet determined, there occurs an abund-

ance of a large species, apparently undescribed. It is sometimes

the fourth of a line in length, and is compressed pyriform ; but is

quite variable in its relation of length to breadth and in the shape

of the fundus of the shell. This is often trilobate ; but, from the

non-production of one or more or all the lobes, differs in appearance

in different individuals. The animal is filled with chlorophyl-grains,

from which it might be named D. entochloris.

Another large Difflugia, allied to D. lageniformis, is not unfrequent

- about Philadelphia. ‘The shell is beautifully vase-like in shape ; it

has an oval or subspherical body, with a constricted neck and a re-

curved lip to the mouth ; the body of the shell opposite the mouth

is acute and often acuminate. The animal contains no chlorophyl.

One shell measured 4 of a line long by 4 of aline broad; another

measured 7 of a line long by + of a line broad. The species may

be named D. amphora.

A Diffiugian, found ina spring on Darby Creek, is interesting from

its transparency, which allows the structure of the animal to be seen

in all its details. The investment is membranous and apparently

structureless ; the soft granular contents occupy about one half of

the investment, and are connected with this by long threads; the

pseudopods are protruded in finger-like processes. The form of the

animal is compressed ovoid, with the narrow pole truncate and

forming the transversely oval mouth. It is probably the species

Difflugia ligata, described by Mr. Tatem, of England. Its length

is about j, of aline. The character of the investment is so different

from that of ordinary Difflugians that the species may be regarded

as pertaining to another genus, for which the name of Catharia

would be appropriate.—Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad. 1874, p. 77.

On the Skull of the Leopard (Leopardus pardus).

By Dr. J. E. Gray, F.R.S. &.

The skulls of the leopard in the British Museum, from different

localities, vary very much in size, and I think will probably, if they

are carefully studied, prove to belong to more than one species

when specimens, obtained from well-ascertained localities, are

accompanied by the skins of the animals from which they are

obtained.

The skulls received from Southern Africa are much the largest.

The specimens from Continental India are of intermediate size ; and

a series of skulls which were formerly contained in M, Lidth de

386 Miscellaneous.

Jeude’s Museum in Holland, and therefore probably from the Dutch

colonial possessions, are all of a much smaller size, not half the size

of those from South Africa (see figure of Kelis pardus sumatranus,

Blainy. Ostéogr. Helis, t. vill.), which seems to represent a small

specimen of this latter variety. Blainville represents a smaller

skull, still under the name of Felis pardus barbarus, from Barbary,

North Africa (t. vii.).

The leopards have a narrow opening at the back of the palate,

and a tooth-like prominence on the front edge. This character

seems common to all the leopards, but is more marked in some

than in others.

They seem to vary in the width of the opening to the posterior

nostrils. In some it is very narrow, and in others broader; this is,

perhaps, a sexual character.

The puma, the skull of which very much resembles that of the

leopards, differs from the leopard in having the front edge of the

hinder opening of the nostrils simply rounded.

On the Ethology of Sacculina carcini. By M. A. Grarp.

Cancer meenas, like all those animals which are very common and

capable of suiting themselves to very varied conditions of existence,

is subject to the attacks of a multitude of parasites and commensals

belonging to the most various groups of the animal kingdom. Among

these parasites one of the most interesting is unquestionably Saceu-

lina carcint, the curious metamorphoses of which we have recently

studied.

The Sacculina is very common at many points of the coasts of

Brittany ; it becomes rare on the shores of the Boulonnais and of

Flanders, from Cape Gris-Nez to Dunkirk. On the other hand, it

is excessively abundant at Ostend, where it was long ago noticed

by M. P. van Beneden, and where I have myself found it by hundreds

this summer.

As the Sacculina inevitably causes the sterility of the crab which

bears it, at first mechanically and afterwards histologically, Cancer

monas, notwithstanding its prodigious fecundity, would soon become

rare upon the shores on which an equally fertile parasite swarms,

if many causes did not cooperate to limit the excessive multiplication

of this curious Rhizocephalon.

At Ostend we often find under the tails of crabs which bear Sac-

culine small tufts of Bryozoa and strings of young mussels, which

appear to hamper considerably the development of the parasite under .

consideration. At Wimereux, where the edible mussel is also very

common, the same fact is frequently observed; but as the mussel

can rupture its byssus and quit its place at pleasure, when it finds

itself inconveniently confined, it does not constitute a great danger

for its neighbour the Saceulina.

This, however, is not the case with Molgula socialis, the active

larvee of which often take up their abode under the tail of C. maenas

when this is raised by the Sacculina. These Ascidia, as they are

developed, gradually compress the body of the Sacculina and finally

cause it to perish, after hindering its multiplication for some time.

Miscellaneous. 387

For one crab bearing a Saceulina in good health, we find four or

five loaded with a bundle of agglutinated mussels and Molgule.

On removing these foreign bodies we constantly find either the

flabby and half-destroyed skin of the Sacculina, or merely a chitinous

ring, the last vestige of the presence of the parasite.

Molqula socials is rendered the more formidable because it retains

among its aggregations the mussels, caleareous sponges (Sycortis

quadrangulata), Bryozoa, &c. fixed under the tail of the crustacean.

From these facts we may deduce :—1, the existence of a uro-

delous larva in Molgula socialis, which is verified by experimental

embryogeny ; 2, the presence of Cancer menas in the laminarian

zone, which the ascidian in question inhabits; 3, the possible co-

existence of the Molgula and Cancer menas, and even a sort of

mutual dependence of these animals upon each other; and, 4, the

incorrectness of the opinion of those zoologists who have supposed

that the absence of a certain species of Molgula in the zone of

C. menas was due to the presence of that crustacean.

On the shores of Brittany, where it has not to dread the presence

of Molqula socialis, the Sacculina is very common, and the numerous

companions that it may have do not seem to incommode it much.

We find, in fact, under the tails of the Crabs infested by it :—

1. Synascidia (Botryllus violaceus, Polyclinum sabuiosum); 2. Bryozoa

(Pedicellina, Tubulipora serpens, Cellepora pumicosa); 3. Annelides

(Spirorbis); 4. Calcispongize (Sycandra coronata and ciliata); and,

5. Vorticellee and numerous and varied Infusoria.

In the interior of the mantle we frequently meet with Copepod

Crustacea, nearly allied to those which frequent the branchia of

the Ascidia, and especially a species related to Lichomolyus, and

remarkable for the dilatation of the prehensile antenne of the

male,

But the most interesting parasite of the Sacculina is an Isopod

Crustacean of the family Bopyride, and of the genus Cryptoniscus,

F. Miller. Two species of this genus are already known, viz.

Cryptoniscus pygmeus (Liriope pygmea), Rathke, parasitic on Pel-

togaster paguri (in the European seas), and Cryptoniscus planarioides,

F. Miller, parasitic on Peltogaster purpureus (in the seas of Ame-

rica). The Cryptoniscus of Sacculina, which I propose to eall C.

larveformis, differs greatly from the preceding in external form, at

least as regards the female sex. The male, which is met within the

ovigerous cavity of the Sacculina, closely resembles those of the other

Cryptonisct. The female is fixed to the base of the peduncle of the

Sacculina. Externally it presents the appearance of the hinder part

of the body of the larve of the Lamellicorn Coleoptera. It is more

than 1 centimetre in length ; its colour is whitish; the integument

is slightly diaphanous, and shows in its interior a yellowish red mass.

This reddish mass is regarded by F. Miiller asa liver in Cryptoniscus

planarioides ; but as it is greatly developed before oviposition, and

much reduced, on the contrary, when the ovigerous sac is full, it

appears to me to have some relation to the generative functions,

and may perhaps act the part of a vitelligene, or accessory gland of

the ovary.

388 Miscellaneous.

The ventral lobes are concealed by a lamella, which does not

seem to exist in Cryptoniscus planarioides. These lobes are the

homologues of the respiratory piates of the pleon of the Bopyride,

and especially of Phryxvus. It is, moreover, with these animals that

Cryptoniscus presents the closest affinities ; and I cannot accept the .

opinion of Spence Bate, who proposes the union of the genus Cryp-

toniscus with Cryptothiria, which includes animals parasitic upon

Balani. The presence in the latter of a by no means degraded

cephalic part, the arrangement of the ovaries and oviducts, and the

absence of respiratory plates upon the pleon appear to militate

against this combination.

The passage from the Cryptonisci to the other Bopyride is effected

by the Phryxi, and especially by Phry«xus (Bopyrus) resupinatus,

F. Miiller, which lives parasitically upon Peltogaster purpureus.

The most nearly allied type in the European seas is Phryaus phyl-

lodes, which lives upon the Pagurus Prideauaxi of the shores of the

English Channel.—Comptes Rendus, July 27, 1874, pp. 241-243.

A Record of Geological Literature.

A work has been undertaken by some of the most zealous of our

younger geologists, the satisfactory execution of which will be of

great importance to many of our readers. This is a ‘ Record of

Geological Literature,’ intended to be a classified general index to

the contents of the multitudinous books and memoirs published on

Geology properly so called, Mineralogy, and Paleontology during

each year, somewhat after the model of the ‘ Record of Zoological

Literature.’

That the work will be one of great labour and difficulty no one at

all acquainted with the subjects to be thus treated can doubt; and

we can only wish the editor, Mr. Whitaker, of the Geological Survey,

and his able staff of assistants, good speed in their arduous under-

taking. At the same time we hope that they may meet with a

higher degree of success than has hitherto attended the efforts of

their fellow-labourers of the ‘ Zoological Record;’ and we think that

this happy consummation may be attained, for two reasons: in the

first place, they have not to contend against a long-established rival

like the “‘ Berichte ” in Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’ seeing that the notices

in the ‘ Jahrbuch fiir Geologie’ &c. can by no means pretend to give

a complete abstract of geological literature; and, secondly, a great

number of people in this and other countries have a professional

interest in keeping up with the progress of geology, and it may be

expected that a fair proportion of these, at any rate, will purchase

the new ‘ Record.’

The ‘ Geological Record,’ if well executed, which, from the names

of the contributors, there is every reason to expect, will prove of the

greatest value to all geologists and palzontologists; and the low

price at which it is proposed to publish it ought to ensure it a wide

circulation. The ‘Record’ of geological doings in 1874 is now in

course of preparation, and will be issued about the middle of next

year. The editor will be happy to receive the names of intending

subscribers.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FOURTH SERIES.]

No. 84. DECEMBER 1874,

L.—Development of the Marine Sponges from the earliest

recognizable Appearance of the Ovum to the Perfected

Individual. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c.

[Concluded from p. 337,]

DEVELOPMENT OF THE EMBRYO OF THE CALCAREOUS

SPONGES.

For this purpose I must confine myself entirely to Grantia

compressa, which, growing much above low-water mark and

chiefly on the branches of the little delicate seaweed Ptilota

sericea as it festoons the ledges of the overhanging rocks, exists

in a most convenient position for examination, inasmuch as, by

cutting off the branch of Ptilota, we can reduce the foreign

object on which the sponge grows to a very minute size

without interfering with the sponge itself; added to which,

the bent club-shaped form of its surface-spicule (Plate XX.

fig. 20) is so peculiar that, even in the minutest forms, the

species can be determined by its presence.

The walls of this little purse-shaped sponge are, in the

months of March, April, and May, charged with the embryos

of the species, as well as ova, from their earliest recogni-

zable form up to the matured state of the embryo just before

its exit. Here I might observe that in the months of June

and July, after the embryos have been issuing from this

sponge for some time in great abundance, they may be found

fully developed and in groups of all sizes on the branches of

the Ptilota, immediately around the parent, where, although

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 8

390 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

the largest have a branched tubular form very different from

the compressed one of the parent, yet their position in prox-

imity to the adult, together with the presence of the club-

shaped surface-spicule (Pl. XX. fig. 20), at once identifies them

as belonging to it. And it seems worth remarking that while

the cavity of the parent is almost always occupied by a minute

shrimp-like crustacean devouring not only the fat young em-

bryos, but the whole substance of the sponge itself (especially

in captivity), the young individuals, which at this time have

nothing of the kind in them to attract these animals, are left

untouched.

Having then cut off a few of the branches of the Ptclota bear-

ing adult specimens of Grantia compressa, they were placed in a

glass vessel in fresh sea-water on the 12th of August, where

they remained undisturbed for seven days, when they were

taken out, and the residue at the bottom, after the greater part

of the water had been carefully drawn off by a siphon, was

placed in a flat glass vessel under an inch compound power for

examination. In this residuum several specimens of the embryo

in its active state were observed (Pl. XX. fig. 13), together

with others that had become passive, on their way to become de-

veloped into the perfect sponge (figs. 16 & 17), and specimens

of the latter also (figs. 18 & 19). These were successively

taken out with the pipette, as before mentioned, and trans-

ferred to a slide for examination with a much higher compound

power, viz. that of 7-inch focus.

Of the early part of the development of the ovum I need

say nothing beyond what has already been mentioned in the

“ Wirst Period,” viz. that it becomes attached to the surface

of the excretory canal, and that in the “‘ Second Period” it

undergoes segmentation, as shown by Hiickel. We shall

therefore go at once to the others, viz. the Third and Fourth

Periods.

THIRD PERIOD.

The embryo of Grantia compressa, commencing almost in

a globular form, still remains encapsuled in the parent until

fully prepared for an independent existence, when it breaks

through its capsule and leaves the parent somewhat elongated

(eX x Geto).

It is now cylindrical, a little longer than broad, obtusely

conical at one end (fig. 18, a), and roundly truncated at the

other (fig. 13,d). ‘The surface is covered with a layer of mi-

nute monociliated cells (fig. 13, 6), which cells bemg much

longer than they are broad, and more or less wedge-shaped,

form (in juxtaposition) a crust of columnar structure, radiating

Development of the Marine Sponges. 391

perpendicularly all over the body of the embryo, except at

its posterior or truncated end (fig. 13, f).

This layer of monociliated cells is, as before stated, only

represented generally in the embryo of Halisarca lobularis

(Pl. XX. fig. 11), and omitted for convenience in the rest, or

rather reduced to a mere line of marginal dots. The cilia are

separated at the apex (fig. 13, c), and, from this, slope in op-

posite directions, more or less backward, to the posterior end,

which presents a group of large nucleated cells that are naked

or unciliated (fig. 13, d2),as in Halichondria simulans. Lastly,

there is a brownish-yellow-coloured globular cavity in the

centre (fig. 13, e). The embryo progresses in the direction of

the apex, with the truncated end behind, and rotates from left

to right, as shown by the arrows respectively on the figure of

the embryo of Halichondria simulans, attaching itself in the

same way to the bottom of the glass or foreign objects by the

bunch of large cells at the posterior end, which, thus evi-

dencing signs of being polymorphic and prehensile, I have

regarded as a temporary development for rooting or fixation.

At this time its total length is about 1-360th inch, with a

little less transverse diameter, thus contrasting strongly, in

point of size, with the embryo of Halichondria simulans,

which, as before stated, is 1-30th inch long by 1-90th inch

wide. Such is the embryo of Grantia compressa when it

has issued naturally from the parent after the manner men-

tioned.

If we now compress this embryo under a glass cover, in

order to examine its composition with a much higher com-

pound power, viz. that of 4-inch focus, we shall observe that

the cavity in the centre assumes a conical truncated form

(fig. 14,a), that the body between this and the ectodermal

layer of cells is composed of sarcode charged with cells which

are double the size of the latter, viz. 1-6000th inch in diameter

(fig. 14, 6), together with granules, and that the root-cells, each

of which is charged with granular plasma, including a distinct

nucleus and nucleolus, are again five times as large as the body-

cells—that is, 5-6000ths inch in diameter (fig. 14,¢c). But as

yet, although the embryo is matured and has left the parent,

there is not the least trace of spicules (fig. 14).

Lieberkiihn (Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys. 1859, p. 379, pl. ix.

fig. 7), in describing and figuring this embryo with the cells

above mentioned, alludes to the brown (draune) colouring-

matter about the central cavity.

In a still more advanced state, probably, this cavity appears

to become elongated and elliptical (fig. 15, a); and it is worthy

of remark that, while the brown colouring-matter seen about

28*

392 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

the cavity in the embryo of Grantia compressa has the same

appearance as that about the bunch of root-cells at the base of

the embryo of Halichondria simulans, the root-cells of the

embryo of Grantia compressa first make their appearance in

this part of the embryo, and hence have been called by Hickel

the ‘endodermal layer ’’—erroneously, I think, because the real

endodermal mass or layer appears to consist of the sarcode

charged with cells and granules which I have stated to exist

between the brown-coloured cavity and the ectodermal layer

(see also Lieberkiihn’s figure for this, /. ¢.).

Whether the root-cells in the embryo of Halichondria

simulans make their first appearance in the centre of this body

I cannot pretend to say, on account of its opaqueness at

maturity and during its previous stages; but that they do so

in the embryo of Halisarca lobularis its transparency enables

one to see distinctly, as our illustration will show (Pl. XX.

fig. 12, cd).

FourtH PErRIop.

On account of the microscopic size of the embryo of Grantia

compressa when it leaves the parent (Pl. X_X. fig. 13), compared

with that of Halichondria simulans (Pl. X XI. fig. 21), which

may be seen with the unassisted eye, I could not treat the former

in the same way as the latter to follow its development through

the jirst part of this period, and therefore was obliged to have

recourse to the examination of objects in the residuum men-

tioned, which might perchance afford these stages. This was

not difficult, so far as the young G'rantia compressa when fully

developed was concerned, as there were many specimens of it

in the residuum as well as on the dried pieces of Ptclota bear-

ing the young and old forms together, which, only being a

trifle larger than the embryos in their bodies respectively, as

may be seen by the illustrations (Pl. XX. figs. 15 and 18),

might be assumed to be the earliest form of the perfected

sponge.

I, however, was so fortunate as to meet with two specimens

where the respective stages between the fixation of the em-

bryo and the fully developed sponge were amply represented ;

in one of which (fig. 16), the dermal membrane (a) still re-

tained its even, round continuity, while the interior only con-

tained four triradiate spicules (fig. 16, 6) in the midst of a mass

consisting of sarcode charged with cells of a uniform size, viz.

about 2-6000ths inch in diameter, and granules (fig. 16, ¢),

but with no appearance now of the larger “ root-cells.”

In the other specimen (fig. 17) the triradiate spicules were

more numerous (fig. 17 4), and there were several of the cha-

Development of the Marine Sponges. 393

racteristic club-shaped spicules present (fig. 20), which, having

their free points in contact with the dermal (ectodermal) mem-

brane, had forced the latter outwards so as to destroy the

even continuity of its surface and thus render it monticular

(tig. 17, ec); so that, of these two instances, we have in one

(fig. 16) the retraction of the dermal cilia and the development

of the first spicules Jefore the latter begin to push outward the

dermal membrane, and in the other (fig. 17) an increase of the

triradiates with the addition of the club-shaped surface-spicules

afier the latter have begun to push out the dermal membrane

—respectively analogous to similar stages of development in

the embryo of Halichondria simulans, described under the

“ Fourth Period.”

Here it should be added that, on crushing the latter specimen

(fig. 17) for more minute examination, not only did the soft

contents come out in the state of sarcode charged with cells of

uniform size like the last, viz. about 2-6000ths inch in dia-

meter (fig. 17, dd), but many of these cells, which were iso-

lated, were also monociliated (fig. 17, £), and others appeared

in an aggregated, pavimental form as fragments of the ampul-

laceous sacs (fig. 17, a), while after a short time many of the

isolated cells began to put forth pseudopodia and creep about

the slide after the manner of Amebe (fig. 17, g). But in no

part was there any appearance of the root-cells, any more than

in the former specimen. Thus it was evident that, at this

period, the spongozoa and ampullaceous sacs, although still

very soft and delicate in structure, had been developed.

Afterwards it was easy, as before mentioned, to find speci-

mens of the fully developed young Grantia compressa; and, from

observing that the triradiate spicules were confined to the body

and the club-shaped ones to the surface in these specimens,

together with the triradiates appearing first and by themselves

in the previous stage mentioned, it was not unreasonable to

infer that the triradiates of the body were the spicules first

developed. The fully developed young Grantia compressa

(figs. 18 & 19) now measured in the body (fig. 18, a) 7 by

4-1800ths of an inch in its greatest diameters, while that of

the ciliated active embryo (fig. 13) at the time of leaving the

parent measured 5} by 4-1800ths of an inch. Still we have

to add to the former the distance of the ends of the club-shaped

surface-spicules from the surface of the body (fig. 18, c), as

the dermal membrane must have covered them when they

were first developed, and have only left them naked when the

sarcodal contents withdrew themselves inwards to form the

purse-like body. If, then, we add this distance, it will raise the

measurement of our fully developed or embryonal Grantia

394 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

compressa to 12 by 8-1800ths of an inch (fig. 18); and this

will bring it nearer to the size of the two specimens found in

the preceding stages (figs. 16 & 17), although then the latter

will appear very large. Still, that they do represent the earlier

stages of this period of development in G‘rantia compressa,

their composition demonstrated beyond doubt.

Hence, with the exception of following the active embryo of

Grantia compressa to its state of fixation and the withdrawal

of the cilia, which, from its microscopic minuteness, would be

very difficult if possible, the whole of the development of the

embryo of Grantia compressa, from the earliest recognizable

appearance of the ovum to the fully developed sponge, has

thus been described and illustrated.

OBSERVATIONS.

When we compare the embryo of Grantia compressa with

that of [Halichondria simulans at their exit from the parent

respectively, we can hardly come to any other conclusion than

that their development into the true form of the respective

parents must follow a similar course—since, although this

form may differ in these two particular sponges, it does not so

generally ; for there are tubular and sessile spreading forms of

both calcareous and siliceous sponges, and in some instances

even the same species of either may appear under both these

forms.

In the first place, the shape of the embryo in the sponges

just mentioned is conical, with a pointed and a truncated end ;

the body is covered by a layer of minute monociliated cells

(the ectoderm), whose cilia slope in opposite directions from

the apex, and are more or less inclined backwards towards the

obtuse end, where there is a bunch of larger cells wncovered

by cilia; the embryo progresses with its pointed end fore-

most, and rotates from left to right ; and both embryos attach

themselves to the bottom of the glass vessel and foreign objects

respectively by the posterior extremity or bunch of large cells,

which thus appear to possess a plastic prehensile property.

On the other hand, internally, the body is composed of

sarcode. charged with cells (of different sizes) and granules,

among which the largest of the former far exceed in size

the dermal cells; while the bunch of large cells at the

posterior end may be seen in the embryo of Grantia compressa

to originate from its centre, thus having the bedy-substance

(which appears to be the endoderm or substance in which the

spicules, horny skeleton, and ampullaceous sacs are developed)

between it and the ectodermal layer (Pl. XX. figs. 13 & 15).

Under these circumstances we cannot help concluding that

Development of the Marine Sponges. 395

the embryo of Grantia compressa (although this has not

actually been witnessed) does attach itself, to the body (viz. the

branch of Ptilota) on which it becomes developed, by the

bunch of cells at the base of the cone, and therefore that

these are especially provided for root’ng the embryo.

Of the whole of the development of the embryo of Grantia

compressa, this, as before stated, on account of the minuteness

of the former at this period, has not been seen; but that the

embryo does become fixed in this way, and that the pointed

end becomes the mouth (oscwlwm) or aperture of the cavity of

the body in the young Grantia compressa, and not the obtuse un-

ciliated end, may be reasonably concluded from the comparison

between the embryos of Granta compressa and that of Hali-

chondria simulans just instituted.

Every thing too, after this, points to the same kind of de-

velopment in the fourth period as that presented by the

embryo of Halichondria simulans in passing into the form

of the parent sponge; so that to make an exception of the

mode of attachment because we have not actually seen it

in Grantia compressa seems to me, under such circumstances,

most unreasonable.

Lieberkiihn, who, as before stated, described and figured this

embryo in 1859 (‘Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys.’ p. 379, pl. ix.

fig. 7), and Schmidt, who did the same in 1866 (‘ Spong.

adriat. Meeres,’ 2nd suppl. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 6), have con-

sidered the truncated, unciliated end the hinder portion; yet

Hickel (in 1870), in opposition to these distinguished spongo-

logists, has turned it upside down (‘ Die Kalkschwimme,’ vol. i.

pp. 336-8, Atlas, pl. x1. figs. 5 & 6, and pl. xx. figs. 8 & 4 &e.).

Now, supposing that Hiickel had not studied the develop-

ment of the ovum into the perfect sponge in the siliceous

species, and therefore had not the analogy to go by that we

have, but had really seen the embryo of the calcareous sponges

after it had left the parent in a natural way (that is, not by

forced expulsion under the tearing to pieces of the body of the

parent on a slide, but, by cutting off a branch of the Pélota

on which the sponge might be growing, and treating it in the

way above mentioned), he ought to have observed that its pro-

gression was with the pointed or ciliated end (Pl. XX. fig. 13, a)

foremost, that the cilia of the ectoderm (fig. 13, 4) were thus

more or less inclined towards the posterior or truncated vn-

ciliated end (fig. 13, d), and that it attached itself to the

glass vessel and foreign bodies by this end; under which cir-

cumstances it seems to me that he might have at once concluded

that, on becoming fixed, the bunch of large cells at the pos-

terior end (fig. 13, d), being without cilia and endowed with a

396 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

plastic nature and prehensile property, would be more likely

to serve as a temporary rooting development than the upper

or ciliated end, which thus appears to be at first entirely

developed for locomotion, as the retraction of the cilia proves

when it becomes fixed or stationary.

But with the analogy of the development of the embryo

of the siliceous sponges this does not seem to admit of doubt.

If Hiickel followed the development of the embryo of the

calcareous sponges (which he terms “‘ gastrula”’) through its

transformations into the perfect sponge, he has given no illus-

trations of it in his work. Nothing of this kind is to be found

in his ‘ Atlas’ between the figure of the embryo (Taf. xxx.

figs. 8 & 9 &c.) and the coloured diagrams (Taf. xx.

figs. 3 & 4 &c.) which are intended to illustrate his theory ;

while his figures of the embryo of the calcareous sponges that

he examined at Lesina (op. ct. Atlas, Taf. xxx. figs. 8 & 9

&e.) bear upon them a feature which, although it may suit

Hickel’s theory, is not in accordance with fact. I allude to

the direction of the cilia, which are all made to flow “ back-

wards” or from the obtuse or unciliated end, as if the embryo

progressed with this end foremost. (Lieberkiihn has done the

same ; but Schmidt not so, /.c.) I need hardly add that this

is not the case (Pl. XX. figs. 13 & 15). Living cilia always

lie in the opposite direction to that of the progress of the body

of which they are the locomotive organs.

What position these cilia may occasionally have when

the embryo is obtained by forced expulsion after the manner

mentioned, I am not prepared to say, beyond the fact that,

even in such immature embryos, I have never seen the cilia

in the position figured by Hiickel. When, therefore, I stated

in the ‘ Annals’ (1874, vol. xiv. p. 98) that ‘‘ Hickel’s illustra-

tions could hardly be too highly praised” &c., I had merely

studied the embryo of the calcareous sponges by scratching it

out on a slide in sea-water from a Grantia compressa which was

then pregnant with them, not having seen until lately (that is,

since I have followed the development of the ovule in the sili-

ceous sponges) the necessity of viewing it as it leaves the

parent in the natural way. Hence my opinion of the correct-

ness of Hiickel’s illustrations has undergone much modification;

for, beautiful as they must be admitted to be in an artistic

point of view, I cannot now help stating respecting them, that

‘‘ pictures are not always proofs ! ”’

Moreover, by accepting Hiickel’s views at that time, I took

for the endoderm of the embryo in the calcareous sponges

that which (now I have had the opportunity of following the

development of the embryo in the siliceous sponges) must, I

—

Development of the Marine Sponges. 397

think, be regarded as a temporary production of rooting cells

(Pl. XX. figs. 13 €15,d). I allude to the bunch of large cells

at the posterior extremity, which originally comes from the

centre of the embryo (see that of Halisarca lobularis, Pl. XX.

fig. 12, d), and has, as before stated, the real ectoderm (in

which the spicules and skeleton-structure, together with the

spongozoa and ampullaceous sacs, are developed) between it

and the ectodermal layer.

That these naked plastic cells should be engaged in rooting

the embryo, and not the monociliated cells of the ectodermal

layer, which has for its part at the commencement the loco-

motion alone of the embryo, seems to me to be by far the most

probable conclusion, even if we had not the fact analogically

demonstrated by the development of the embryo in Hal-

chondria simulans.

As regards the cavity presented by the purse or bottle-like

forms of the calcareous sponges, ex. gr. Grantia compressa,

Grantia ciliata, &c., called by Dr. Bowerbank the ‘ cloaca,”

into which the excretory canals empty themselves, this is

nothing more than the dilated extremity of the excretory canal-

system modified, and as common in the tubular or hollow digital

forms of the siliceous sponges as in the calcareous ones; while

the more common form, in which the excretory canal-system

is accompanied by no such cloacal termination, renders this

structure in the calcareous sponge Leuconia nivea &c., identi-

eal with that of the sessile spreading. form of Halichondria

simulans.

Thus, when we consider the resemblance in form that exists

between the embryo of the calcareous and that of the siliceous

sponges, ex. gr. Halichondria simulans, and that the papilla

at the end of the latter becomes the vent of its excretory canal-

system, which in form is identical with the excretory canal-

system of the calcareous sponge Leuconia nivea, and, but for

its presenting the purse-like tubular modification in Grantia

compressa, is in the latter equally identical, it is difficult to

conceive that in the embryo of the calcareous sponges this

system is developed in any way different from that in the

embryo of the siliceous sponges.

How the excretory canal-system is produced I am not pre-

pared to say. It may be by an inversion or extension inwards

of the ectodermal layer. But whatever this may be, to reverse

the embryo in the calcareous sponges for this purpose, as done

by Hiickel, seems to me to be utterly unsupported. I have

already stated that the microscopic minuteness of the embryo

of the calcareous sponges, when it issues from the parent, pre-

cludes the possibility of following it to its place of settlement

398 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

previous to further development, as may be done with that of

the embryo of Halichondria simulans, which, from its great

size and opaque white colour, may be seen even with the un-

assisted eye. But the facts of the great resemblance between

the two, and their habit of attaching themselves now and then

to the bottom of the glass vessel or to foreign objects by

the truncated or wnciliated end while in locomotion, and the

latter having been actually seen to fix itself by the truncated

end for further development, while the subsequent develop-

ments are the same in both cases (that is, into the respec-

tive parent structures), render it nore than probable that the

settling down and disappearance of the cilia, which is the only

point in the development of the calcareous sponges that has

not been observed, is also the same as that of the siliceous

sponges.

Since the above was written, I have seen a short article,

with illustrations, on the development of the embryo of the

Calcispongie by E. Metschnikoff, in Siebold and Kélliker’s

‘ Zeitschritt fiir wissensch. Zoologie’ (Band xxiv., erstes Heft,

p- 1, Taf.i., published on the 12th of February last), wherein

I am pleased to find that the author has inserted what Hiickel

has omitted, and that my own views and figures on this subject

have been anticipated, but so much more sequentially and

completely given that they are of far more consequence to the

student than my own. Not less so the second part of the

article, which is devoted to a sharp criticism on Hiickel’s

statements in ‘ Die Kalkschwiimme,’ and, coming from such

high and practical authority as Metschnikoff, merits a con-

fidence which even the uninspired Historian of the Creation

fails to command; that is, it is res non verba!

From the almost identity of Metschnikoff’s single figure of a

“Reniera-Larve,”’ obtained in the Crimea, with mine of Hali-

chondria simulans = Reniera palmata, Sat. (?), found here, it is

just possible that both came trom the same species of sponge.

Embryos of Halisarca lobularis.

Returning to Halisarca lobularis, there are yet two figures

of the embryo of this sponge among the illustrations which,

as before stated, I have purposely omitted to notice, since at the

time of describing the development of the ovum in this sponge

up to the ultimate degree of duplicative subdivision, or to the

end of the second period of development, it was desirable not

to go further.

The first of these figures (Pl. XX. fig. 11) represents the

embryo at that stage in which the spheroidal ovum has become

elongated into an ovoid shape, covered throughout by the

Development of the Marine Sponges. 399

ciliated ectoderm (fig. 11, a), whose cilia in the anterior two

thirds (fig. 11, 6) are much longer than those of the posterior

one, and, although still somewhat inclined backwards, stand out

from the surface in a bristly form (much like the cilia on some

of the embryos of the calcareous sponges), contrasting strongly

with those which cover the posterior third (fig. 11, c), which, on

the other hand, appear much shorter, or, at all events, are much

more inclined backwards, and thus he closer together, ending

in a kind of tuft a little longer than the rest, where they meet

each other from opposite directions at the posterior extremity

of the body (fig. 11, 7). The embryo is now coloured red-

violet, like that of the spongozoa in the parent, but most

strongly over the posterior third, where the colour-margin

appears to be somewhat pressed inwards laterally, and thus,

by its form and deeper colour, distinctly marks this portion.

The other figure (12) represents another embryo (of which

there were forty or fifty swimming about the glass in which

the parent sponge was placed, for nearly a fortnight), of the

same kind as the foregoing, but with a papillary eminence on

the anterior extremity separating the cilia in front (fig. 12, 8),

and a group of large wnciliated cells projecting from behind

in the midst of the “tuft” of longer cilia just mentioned

(fig. 12, c). By lowering the focus, these cells were observed

to be part of a group filling the centre of the embryo (fig. 12, d),

after the manner of those presented by the earlier stages of the

embryo of the calcareous sponges, and indicating in the same

way the existence of a body-substance between them and the

ectodermal layer. Like the embryos of the other sponges, these

swim with the pointed end foremost and present a rotatory

motion from left to right, indicating, as before stated, that

the cilia are arranged over the body in a spiral direction. Of

course such cilia always lie, as before stated, in the opposite

direction to the progress of the body of which they are the

locomotive organs—that is, backwards.

All the embryos had left the parent naturally, and averaged

in size about 16 by 10-1800ths inch in their greatest diameters,

or about 1-112th inch long—therefore much smaller than the

embryo of Halichondria simulans, and much larger than that

of Grantia compressa. The most remarkable feature about

them is their deep red-violet colour; and although they re-

mained alive and active for several days, as before stated, and

I placed objects in the glass vessel for them to become fixed

upon, this was not successful even in a single instance ; hence I

had not the opportunity of following their further development

as in Halichondria simulans.

400 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

Comparison of the Development of the Sponge developed from

the embryo of Halichondria simulans with that of Spongilla

developed from the seed-like body.

On comparing the development of the sponge from the

embryo of Halichondria simulans after it has become stationary

or fixed (viz. the Fourth Period) with that developed from the

seed-like body of Spongilla, one cannot help being struck with

the facts that the appearance of the latter at first in an opaque

unciliated mass, as it issues from the hiliform opening of the

seed-like body, followed by the extension of a homogeneous-

looking sarcode, denticulated at the margin like the pseudopodia

of an Ameba, then the projection from this substance of

spicules which thus raise and angulate the previously round

surface, afterwards the shrinking inwards of the opaque or

parenchymatous portion while the dermal layer is still left

upon the points of the spicules in the form of the “ investing

membrane” and its ‘‘cavity”’ (the intermarginal cavity of

Bowerbank) beneath, together with the exit from the seed-like

body of its transparent spherical germiniferous cells entire and

their subsequent appearance in the general mass as ampulla-

ceous sacs (‘Annals,’ 1849 & 1857 respectively, locc. citt.), are all

identical with what we have observed in the development of the

embryo of Halichondria simulans during the Fourth Period.

But here the identification ends, inasmuch as there are

no spicules already formed in the seed-like body as there are

in the embryo of Halichondria simulans even before the latter

leaves the parent, while the contents of this body chiefly con-

sist of the transparent spherical cells, which already contain the

cell-germs of the spongozoa, preparatory to their passing into

the form of the ampullaceous sac the moment they get into the

general mass which grows out from the hiliform opening of the

seed-like body ; so that, in fact, while the spicules are already

developed at a very early period in the embryo of Halichondria

simulans, and the groups of spongozoa, which finally form the

ampullaceous sacs, do not appear before the sponge is fully de-

veloped, the reverse is the case with the sponge-substance which

issues from the seed-like body of Spongilla, where at first there

are no spicules present, but the ampullaceous sacs are already

foreshadowed by the transparent spherical germiniferous cells,

each of which measures at this time 1-800th inch in diameter.

Now it so happens that in the embryo of Halichondria simu-

lans there are many cells in the body-substance about 1-3000th

inch in diameter, which, bemg evidently filled with cellule

(Pl. XXII. figs. 21,c, & 22,c), I have before suggested might be

the early forms of the ampullaceous sacs; and if this be the

Development of the Marine Sponges. 401

case, then these sacs are also here foreshadowed, which would

account for their great number and full development in the

perfected sponge into which the embryo of the species ulti-

mately passes.

Again, should this be right, and we have thus, in the em-

bryo of Halichondria simulans, something analogous to the

transparent cells in the seed-like body of Spongilla, we shall

have to regard the latter as a single ovum, modified in form

to meet the circumstances of the case (that is, for preserving

the germinative or reproductive substance by a horn-like

covering during the dry weather); whereas the “ swarm-

spore” of Spongilla, first described and figured by Lieberkiihn

(‘ Archiv f. Anat. u. Phys.’ 1856, pl. xv. fig. 35), being like

the soft ciliated embryo of Halichondria simulans, would be

for immediate reproduction.

On referring to the sizes of the seed-like bodies in my

description of the five species of freshwater sponges in the

island of Bombay (‘ Annals,’ 1849, vol. iv. p. 1), I observe

that the diameter of the largest spheroidal form is the same

as the long diameter of the embryo of Halichondria simulans,

viz. about 1-30th of an inch, while that of the other species is

much smaller, and that of Spongilla plumosa, whose seed-like

body is elliptical, is, in its largest diameter, 1-22nd_ part

of aninch. Again, the embryos of the marine sponges Tethya

cranium and Tethya zetlandica, which I described and figured

(loc. ett. pl. xxu. figs. 4 & 10), were, before leaving the parent,

respectively 1-24th and 1-16th of an inch in diameter.

If, then, the contents of the embryo of Halichondria simulans

can contain and develop a great number of ampullaceous sacs

at once, we do not wonder that the seed-like body of Spongilla

should contain a great number of transparent spherical germi-

niferous cells which also at once pass into the young Spongilla

and become ampullaceous sacs—only that they are in the latter

developed in advance of the spicules, while in the former the

spicules are developed in advance of them.

Thus, then, my conclusion respecting the “ real import ” of

the seed-like body of Spongilla, at tne end of my observa-

tions on the subject (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv. p. 100)—viz.

that it was tantamount to an ovary of which each transparent

spherical germiniferous cell was equal to an ovum, and thus

immediately passed into an ampullaceous sac as the new sponge-

substance issued from the seed-like body in the form of the

young Spongilla—becomes untenable, as well as the conclusion

that “ Hiickel’s gastrula developed cn sttu’’ was only equal to

one of these ampullaceous sacs.

I must therefore fall back upon the term “ ovum”? for the

402 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

seed-like body of Spongilla, as it was called in my paper “ On

the Identity in Structure and Composition of the so-called

Seed-like Body of Spongilla with the Winter-egg of the

Bryozoa” (‘ Annals,’ 1859, vol. iii. p. 331, pl. viil.), as first

suggested by Meyen (Microscop. Journ. vol. 1. p. 42, ap.

Johnston, footnote p. 154, B. 8. 1842), and view it now again

as a simple ovum with modified form to meet the requirements

of the case—thus equal, as a whole and after this manner

only, to the “ gastrula” of Hickel—that is, our embryo of

Grantia compressa.

Lastly, it becomes a matter for consideration what the nature

of the perfectly developed sponge is—if, in the end, the single

ovum comes out with a great number of ampullaceous sacs,

composed of a still greater number of spongozoa. And this

brings us back to the point from which we started, viz. where

we found the earliest appearance of the ovum but a little larger

than a single spongozoon (Pl. XX. figs. 2,a, & 3, a). Thence

the question whether this ovum was previously put forth

singly, as the product of a single spongozoon, or in plurality,

as the product of its ovary—and, finally, the question whether

the whole of the perfected sponge has not been evolved from

an ovule probably much smaller, in the first instance, than the

spongozoon itself. If so, then the spongozoon (Pl. XX. fig. 2,a).

must, ¢pso facto, be considered the expression of the Sponge,

in so far that it represents the stomach and the generative appa-

ratus aided by the rest of the body, which thus becomes analo-

gous to such accessories in the highest animals, although the

plurality of spongozoa scattered through the mass may more

nearly resemble in this respect the flower-buds of a plant.

Such, then, appears to be the nature of a sponge.

Not only do the seed-like bodies of Spongilla vary in size

in the different species, but, as may be seen by my illustrations,

this is strikingly the case with the embryos respectively of

Halisarca lobularis, Grantia compressa, and Halichondria

simulans among the marine sponges, while the size of the

embryo itself also differs greatly in the same individual.

Lastly, the constitution of the embryo, its colour, and ultimate

development also differ in different species ; so that here, as

well as everywhere else in connexion with the sponges, their

protean character is sustained by varieties and peculiarities

which must necessitate the examination of every species from

the ovule to the parent before we can hope for a satisfactory

generalization.

Having now premised the development of the sponge—

which, but for the pecuniary aid (from the Government grant)

kindly given to me by the Royal Society, I should never have

Development of the Marine Sponges. 403

accomplished)—I hope to put forth that classification of the

sponges generally which has chiefly resulted from my ex-

amination and arrangement of the collection in the British

Museum.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

N.B. All the figures in Plates XX. and XXI., with the exception of the

first and a little minor detail in figs. 14 & 17 which will be otherwise

mentioned, are drawn, as near as possible, to the scale of 1-12th to

1-1800th of an inch, in order that their relative sizes may be at once

appreciated.

he first figure, although drawn to a much smaller scale, viz. 1-48th to

1-1800th of an inch, has its detail also drawn to this scale,

PLATE XX.

Fig. 1. Halisarca lobularis, Schmidt, vertical section (diagrammatic) of

an oviparous portion, with detail relatively magnified to the scale

of 1-48th to 1-1800th of an inch or thereabouts: a a, sponge

reduced to a thin layer, covering a heap of ova in different stages

of development ; 6 6, ova; cc, surface of the rock on which they

rest ; d, ampullaceous sacs, or groups of He Ae of a red-

violet colour ; e e, layer of cilia on the surface of the sponge ;

J, osculum or vent, provided with a sphinctral diaphragm of

sarcode ; g, sac-like membrane common to the heap of ova,

opening (?) at the vent; hh, spheroidal ova in different stages

of development, showing the segmentation of the yelk; 7, ellip-

tical embryo, whose ciliated ectoderm is marked by the dotted

line; , its capsule.

N.B. Each ovum, although spheroidal, and, for convenience,

represented without capsule, has nevertheless its proper one, and

gradually passes from this form into the elliptical one of the

embryo.

Fig. 2. The same, vertical section of the ampullaceous sac, showing the

position of the pavement-layer of spongozoa: a, separate spon-

gozoon. Scale 1-12th to 1-1800th of an inch.

Fig. 3. The same, ova at an early period: a, ovum when first recogni-

zable, in a passive or spheroidal form, 1-3000th of an inch in

diameter ; 6, ovum when further advanced, viz. 6-6000ths inch in

diameter, showing distinctly the yelk, nucleus, nucleolus, and

germinal vesicle, together with the polymorphic locomotive

envelope c,

Fig. 4. The same, ovum in which the yelk has undergone the first dupli-

cative division, now 31-6000ths of an inch in diameter: a, cap-

sule; b, membrane of the yelk; c, line dividing the yelk into

two equal parts or cells ; dd, nuclei.

Figs. 5, 6,7, 8, 9, & 10. The same, showing the second, third, fourth,

fifth, sixth, and seventh degrees of duplicative subdivision in

the ovum respectively. The nuclei are omitted in all of these

for reasons mentioned in the text.

Fig. 11. The same, embryo: a, ectodermal layer, represented by the dots

over the surface of the body ; 6, long cilia; c, short cilia; d, tuft

at posterior extremity.

N.B. After this the monociliated cells which compose the

ectoderm will be only represented by the dotted line at the

margin of the embryo.

404

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15.

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.

Fig. 18.

Fig. 19.

Fig, 20.

Fig. 21.

Mr. H. J. Carter on the

The same, embryo more advanced: a, ectodermal layer; 6, pa-

pulary projection at the anterior extremity; ce, group of root-

cells at the posterior extremity, produced from d, the same kind

of cells in the centre of the embryo.

Grantia compressa, embryo as it issues from the parent. Assumed

vertical section, showing: a, the conical form of its body;

b, monociliated ectoderm ; ¢, opposite direction of the cilia at

the apex; d, group of root-cells at the posterior extremity ;

e, central cavity; f, line indicating the inner boundary of the

crust of monociliated cells on the surface, or ectoderm.

The same, embryo under pressure of a glass-cover, showing

the same as the foregoing, but with :—a, a conical truncated

form of the central cavity ; b, specimen of cells and granules

of the body between the central cavity and the ectoderm,

magnified on a larger scale, viz. 1-24th to 1-6000th of an inch ;

and c, specimen of the root-cell on the same scale, showing

the nucleus and nucleolus.

The same, embryo slightly more advanced (?). Assumed verti-

cal section, showing the same as fig. 12, but with the central

cavity (a) larger and elliptical in shape.

The same, embryo at the commencement of the Fourth Period

of development, after it has become fixed, the cilia withdrawn,

and a few of the triradiate spicules have been formed: a, dermal

membrane or ectoderm ; 5, triradiate spicules ; ¢, sarcode charged

with cells and granules, filling the interior.

The same, embryo more advanced, where the triradiate spi-

cules have increased in number and the club-shaped surface-

spicules have begun to appear and push outward the dermal

membrane: a, dermal membrane or ectoderm; 4, triradiate

spicules ; cc, club-shaped surface-spicules ; dd, sarcode charged

with cells and granules; e, specimen of the “cells” of the body

on a larger scale, showing that they are spongozoa, and come

from fragments of the ampullaceoussacs ; f, monociliated spongo-

z00n; g, Sspongozoa putting forth pseudopodial processes.

Young individual of Grantia compressa only a little larger than

the embryo from which it has been developed: a, body; 3, tri-

radiate spicules; c, club-shaped surface-spicules.

Young individual of Grantia compressa taken from a branch

of Ptilota sericea, on which old and young specimens abounded :

a, b,c, the same as before ; d, foreign body to which it is at-

tached.

Magnified view of the club-shaped or characteristic form of

surface-spicule of the same, to show its form in figs. 18 & 19.

PLATE XXI.

-Halichondria simulans, Johnston, active locomotive embryo on

issuing from the parent naturally: a, body; 6, spicules, cells,

and granules with which the sarcode of the body is charged;

ce, cells with cellule in their interior, either undergoing endo-

genous cell-formation or foreshadowing the ampullaceous sacs ;

d, monociliated layer of ectodermal cells; e, papillary projection

at the anterior extremity of the body not covered with cilia ;

f, root-cells forming a brownish-yellow ring round the truncated

or posterior end, also not covered with cilia; g, ring of large

long cilia along the line of demarcation between the root-cells

and the body; h, arrow showing the direction in which the

Fig. 22.

Fig. 23.

Fig. 24.

Fug. 25.

Fig. 26.

Fig. 27.

Development of the Marine Sponges. 405

embryo swims; ?¢, arrow showing the direction in which the

body rotates,

N.B. The arrows in this figure also represent the directions

of progress and rotation respectively in the embryos of Halisarca

lobularis and Grantia compressa.

The same, active locomotive embryo a day or two after issuing

from the parent, showing the shortening and widening which

take place previous to its becoming stationary ; also the more

general form of the brownish-yellow mass of root-cells (a), and

an eccentric position of the papilla at the apex (6). Other detail

the same as in the foregoing figure.

The same, vertical section of the ampullaceous sac of adult,

showing its globular form and the position of its pavimental

lining of monociliated spongozoa: a, separate spongozoon.

The same, specimen of the spicule of adult.

Esperia egagropila, Cart. (variety, see p. 333. Loc. Budleigh-

Salterton), spheroidal form of embryo, obtained by forcible ex-

pulsion from the parent, showing that it is encapsuled, ciliated,

and composed internally of sarcode charged with cells of dif-

ferent sizes, granules, and all the forms of spicules peculiar

to the species: a, cells bearing cellule; b, skeleton-spicules ;

c, d, e, forms of flesh-spicules respectively, viz. anchorate, bi-

hamate, and tricurvate; f, monociliated layer of the surface

or ectoderm ; g, capsule.

The same, tricurvate spicule from the substance of the adult,

showing its linear, almost straight form, and entire enclosure in

a mother cell: a, spicule; b, mother cell ; ¢, nucleus of cell.

Microciona armata, Bk.(?) (see description p. 457), tricurvate

spicule, curved suddenly in the centre, elongated at the ends

which are spined : a, spicule ; 6, mother cell; c, nucleus; d, more

magnified view of spined extremity.

PLATE XXII.

N.B. All the figures in this Plate, with the exception of the last,

are drawn to the scale of 1-12th to 1-830th of an inch—that is, to a scale

a little less than half the size of the foregoing.

Fig. 28.

Fig. 29.

Fig. 80.

Fig. 31.

Halichondria simulans, embryo at the commencement of the

fourth period of development, showing that it has become

fixed and attached by the posterior extremity to the surface of

the pebble; the body somewhat contracted, and the cilia of the

ectodermal cells withdrawn, while those forming a ring round

the base are still moving languidly: a, body; 6, papillary emi-

nence at the apex ; ¢, ring of large cilia and expanded base (the

latter formed by the root-cells?); d, surface of pebble; e, posi-

tion of the spicules in the embryo.

The same, more advanced stage, showing the expansion of the

ectoderm laterally into a kind of denticulated foot (a a), and

the opaque body (0) in the centre erect and conical, with the

papilla, now become a depression, at the apex (¢c). Lateral view.

The same, still more advanced stage, showing that the smooth

surface has become monticular or angulated (a), and the aperture

of the vent or osculum more prominent and excavated (6).

Upper view.

The same, embryo, lateral view, but with the foot a little

retracted.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 29

406 Mr. W. T. Blanford on a new Helix.

Fig. 82. The same, more advanced stage, showing that the opaque portion

or body has withdrawn itself within the dermal membrane

or ectoderm, leaving the latter suspended on spicules, which

project in bundles from the former, and thus producing the

angulated surface first seen in fig. 30, now extend nakedly a

little beyond it, leaving a cavity or open interval between it

and the opaque body: aa, opaque portion or body; 66, bundles

of spicules; cc, dermal membrane or ectoderm ; d d, its cavity.

Compare this and the following figures with my illustrations

to the paper “On the Ultimate Structure of Spongilla” (‘ Annals,’

1857, vol. xx. p. 21, plate i.), in which it will be seen that this

dermal membrane is my “investing membrane,” and the interval

between it and the opaque body its “cavity,” in Spongdla, also

that the pores are situated in the former.

Fig. 33. The same, lateral view: a, vent, osculum, or termination of the

end of the excretory branched canal-system, now fully developed.

Fig. 34. The same, embryo torn to pieces in sea-water on a glass slide,

and placed under 4-inch compound power; showing that the

skeleton-structure, now consisting of the spicules bundled to-

gether and held in position by cornified sarcode, is fully de-

veloped into the form of that of the parent, the dermal mem-

brane or sarcode, and also the spongozoa and ampullaceous sacs :

aa, skeleton-structure ; b 4, sarcode of the opaque or parenchy-

matous body charged with fully developed ampullaceous sacs,

separate spongozoa, cells of different sizes below these, and

granules; ec, ampullaceous sacs; d, spongozoon separate ;

ee, dermal or “ investing”? membrane; ff, its cavity ; g, more

magnified view of monociliated spongozoa.

LI.—Description of a new Helix from Southern India.

By W. T. BuAnrorp, F.R.S.

AN immature specimen of a very fine species of snail allied

to Hemiplecta basileus (Bs.) was sent to me some years since

by Colonel Beddome, to whom we owe so many discoveries

amongst the numerous and peculiar molluscan forms inhabit-

ing the forests of the Southern Indian hill-ranges. I named

the species after the discoverer, but on further examination

resolved not to describe it, as the characters taken from the

young shell approached so closely to those of H. basileus and

H. Chenui that there must have been difficulty in recognizing

it. Recently Colonel Beddome has shown me a full-grown

specimen, which he has presented to the British Museum ; and

from this I have taken the following description :—

Hemiplecta Beddomet, sp. n.

lek, testa aperte perforata, convexo-depressa, tenuiuscula, oblique

striata lineisque impressis spiralibus decussata, sulcis brevibus

obliquis subspiralibus rugata ; subtus leeviore, nitidula, striis radi-

Mr. A.G. Butler on the Aigeriide. 407

antibus sulcisque parvis subspiralibus decussata; albido-cornea,

fascia lata fusco-castanea infra peripheriam cincta, epidermide fulva

induta; spira convexa, apice perobtuso, sutura lineari, antice vix im-

pressa ; anfr. 44 planiusculis, sensim accrescentibus, ultimo antice

haud descendente, ad peripheriam obtuse angulato, subtus con-

vexo; apertura obliqua, subovato-lunata, intus opalina, fascia

lata castanea infra peripheriam conspicua; peristomate recto,

tenui, ad umbilicum breviter reflexo. Diam. maj. 50 millim.,

minor 41, axis 24; apertura 27°5 lata, 21-5 oblique alta.

Hab. ad latus occidentale montium in provincia ‘ 'Travan-

core’ dicta, Indie australis.

This shell perhaps resembles the Ceylonese H. Chenui more

than any Indian shell; but it is much more openly perforate,

the aperture somewhat differently shaped, and the sculpture,

though very similar, shows marked distinctions ; the shell is

larger and far more angulate at the periphery, especially near

the mouth.

From the young shell of HZ. bastleus the present form may

be recognized by its very different sculpture, its much shorter

axis and lower spire, by the last whorl being far less inflated

below, and consequently by the lower margin of the peristome

being less convex ; it is a much thinner shell, and the colora-

tion is much browner.

The sculpture is peculiar: the strie of growth are crossed

by impressed spiral lines, and by short, shallow, oblique

furrows at right angles to the striz, and meeting the spiral

lines at an acute angle.

The locality at which alone this shell has been found is

south of Peermede and on the west side of the Travancore

hills, in Southern India.

LII.—Notes on the Aigeriide, with Descriptions of new

Genera and Species. By ARTHUR GARDINER BUTLER,

F.L.S., F.Z.8., Senior Assistant, Zoological Department,

British Museum.

ZHGERIA, Fabr.

Dr. STAUDINGER, in his ‘Catalog der Lepidopteren’ (1871),

has omitted Walker’s species, 4. agathiformis, Cat. Lep. Het.

vi. p. 34. n. 54 (1856). Hven supposing this species to be

identical with any other previously described, it ought not to

have been left out of a professedly complete catalogue of

European Lepidoptera; he has also omitted to place 4. agri-

29*

408 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Genera

liformis, Walker, U. c. p. 16. n. 7, as a synonym of 4. anthra-

ciformis of Rambur.

Af. plecieformis and At. emphytiformis of Walker appear

to me to be better placed in the genus Tarsa, the antenne

being much more pectinated than im the other species of the

genus.

AY. tryphoniformis, At. plectisciformis, and Ai. ischniformis

(all from Paré only) are identical.

4. porizoniformis comes only from Pardé; specimens

quoted from ‘Tapajos and Villa Nova are referable to distinct

species.

A. panurgiformis occurs at Santarem, Tapajos, and Villa

Nova, but not at Para, specimens quoted trom the latter

locality being referable to distinct species.

AY. leieformis may be referred to the genus Tinthia of

Walker.

AY. cryptiformis might be placed in Sannina of Walker, of

which 4. exttiosa, Say (uroceriformis, Walk.), is the type.

i. crassicornis, Walker, Lep. Het. Suppl. i. p. 7 (1864),

would be better placed in Stncara of Walker ; it differs, how-

ever, from the type, in its tufted hind legs, which (unless a

sexual character) would entitle it to be ranked as the type of

a new genus.

A. cupreipennis would be better placed in Tinthia, with

which it agrees structurally.

4. gravis and 44. bicincta are referable to the section

Sctapteron, considered by Staudinger to be a distinct genus.

Aigeria modesta, n. sp.

Wings above hyaline; veins, outer margin, and fringes

black-brown ; primaries rosy-tinted, with dark green costal

margin; inner margin coppery brown; discoidal cell brown :

head black, with greenish reflections; antenne black above,

ferrugmous below ; palpi testaceous, with blackish central line

above; eyes bordered internally by a silvery white streak :

thorax above purplish black, below steel-blue, spotted and

streaked at the sides with gold ; femora of legs greenish steel-

colour, tibiee of first pair blackish externally, golden internally,

of second pair dark greenish, terminating in three golden

spines, of hind pair dark purplish blue above, stramineous,

banded with purple below; two central and three terminal

golden spines; tarsi black above, golden below: abdomen

above uniform steel-colour, below testaceous ; anus with golden

tuft: wings below with the dark margins replaced by golden

cupreous.

and Species of Adgeridee. 409

Expanse of wings 17 millimetres; length of body 9 milli-

metres.

Espiritu Santo (Higgins). Type, B.M.

Not nearly allied to any other species; perhaps best placed

near 47. unicolor, Walk.

Afgeria deceptura, n. Sp.

Wings above hyaline, veins black; primaries with costal

margin purplish black; inner margin, a band crossing the

wing at end of cell, and a broad outer marginal border bronzy

brown; secondaries with a linear bronzy brown marginal

border; fringe pale brown: head above black, crest green,

below silvery white; palpi creamy white, ferruginous towards

the tips; antenne clay-coloured, club black: thorax above’

dark green; pterygodes edged internally with gold, below

shining cream-coloured ; femora of first pair of legs cream-

coloured (tibize and tarsi ?), of second and third pairs. steel-

colour, varied with purple; tibie and tarsi of second pair

cream-coloured, of third pair purplish blue, banded with cream-

colour; spines as in preceding species, but cream-coloured :

abdomen above and below dark green, encircled by three

equidistant creamy-golden bands, and between them by two

indistinct coppery bands; an oblique lateral golden streak at

base; anal tuft brown, purplish in some lights, tipped with

white at the sides.

Expanse of wings 16 millimetres; length of body 9 milli-

metres.

Santa Marta (Bouchard). Type, B.M.

Allied to 4. porizoniformis, Walk.

The 4. basalis (?) of Walker, from Ega, is a distinct

species, and probably referable to his. genus Sincara, the an-

tennee being very short and thick and the abdomen distinctly

fusiform and differently coloured from that of the male ; but, as

we have at present only one example of each sex, I hesitate

to separate them generically ; I shail therefore content myself

with proposing for the female the name of 2. confusa.

EURYPHRISSA, n. gen.

Secondary wings and body broader than in Agerva; second

pair of legs densely clothed with long scales, but scarcely plu-

mose, with two robust long diverging terminal spines ; hind

pair of legs rather short; tibiee densely clothed with long

scales, elongated beyond the middle on the outer margin into

a large wide brush 2 millimetres in length; two long central

and two shorter terminal spines.

Type dgeria plumipes, Walker, from Ega.

410 Mr. A. G. Butler on new Genera

TARSOPODA, n. gen.

Wings with fringe longer than in dgeria; palpi more

porrect; tibize and tarsi of second and third pairs of legs

densely clothed to the end with broad compressed fan-shaped

scale-plumes.

Type Tarsopoda remipes, n. sp.

Wings above hyaline, veins black; primaries rosy-tinted,

with costal margin purplish black; a band crossing the wing

at end of cell and a linear outer and inner marginal border

bronzy brown; fringe pale brown; secondaries with a linear

outer marginal border and fringe as in primaries: body above

and below bronzy brown; palpi and collar white; coxe of

front pair of legs steel-blue ; femora, tibie, and tarsi missing ;

femora of second and third pairs of legs clay-colour, with

steel-blue reflections ; tibize steel-blue at base, clothed with a

dense brush of bronzy brown hair-scales tipped with white

at the centre of the joint, and broadly golden yellow at termi-

nation of tibia in hind leg; tarsus of second pair steel-blue at

base, densely clothed with a compressed tuft of long bronzy

brown hair-scales, barred with white at base; tarsi of hind

legs with a similar tuft of hair-scales, but golden yellow at

base: wings below with all the dark portions bronzy golden.

Expanse of wings 15 millimetres; length of body 8 milli-

metres.

Villa Nova (Bates). Type, B.M.

Meuirria, Hiibner.

(Humallopoda, Wallengren.)

Melittia latimargo, n. sp.

Melittia cyanerfera (part.), Walker, Lep. Het. viii. p. 67. n. 4 (1856).

Wings hyaline, nervures black; primaries above with the

costa, a band crossing the wing at the end of the cell, a broad

apical-marginal border, and the inner margin black-brown ;

fringe pale brown: secondaries with a linear black-brown

external border ; fringe pale brown ; interno-basal area clothed

with greenish testaceous scales: body above clay-colour, be-

coming ochraceous towards the head ; antenne blackish above,

ferruginous below: pectus and first pair of legs ochreous ;

second pair brown, varied internally with ochraceous ; femora

of hind pair testaceous; tibie and tarsi clothed with long

remiform brown scales, varied above by a few red hair-scales ;

tibie below with a patch of pale greenish scales and two ter-

minal cream-tipped black-brown tufts.

and Species of Aigeriidee. All

Expanse of wings 40 millimetres; length of body 20 milli-

metres.

Rio Janeiro (Stevens). Type, B.M.

The above differs from JM. cyanezfera in its greater size,

clay-coloured body (that of MW. cyanezfera being much browner),

the entirely different colouring of the legs, the broader trans-

verse band and outer border of primaries, and the absence of

blue scales at the base of secondaries.

Melittia indica, n. sp.

Melittia bombyliformis (part.), Walker, Lep. Het. viii. p: 69. n, 8 (1856).

Differs from M. bombyliformis (which we have from Moul-

mein and Java) as follows :—Primaries with the margins

black-brown, not varied with ferruginous; fringe darker ;

secondaries with abdominal area dark brown, speckled with

pale greenish-blue scales; fringe darker: thorax more uni-

formly fulvous, palpi darker; front legs black-brown, testa-

ceous internally ; second pair black-brown, tibize varied with

white below; third pair densely clothed with black-brown

hair-scales, with two testaceous tufts below (slightly opaline

at their extremities) and a few radiating testaceous and whitish

hairs externally above; pectus and centre of venter testaceous.

Expanse of wings 33 millimetres; length of body 17 milli-

metres.

N. India (James). Type, B.M.

M. phorcus of Westwood is also clearly distinct from M.

bombyliformis.

Melittia natalensis, n. sp.

Primaries above and below dark chocolate-brown ; seconda-

ries hyaline, the veins black; costa, outer margin, and fringe

dark chocolate-brown ; head and thorax above greenish testa-

ceous; abdomen slaty brown, the segments margined with

reenish-white scales ; antennz black above, with the external

half of the club ferruginous, below ferruginous: palpi, pectus,

front legs, and femora of second pair bright ochreous; tibie

of second pair ferruginous, tarsi black; hind pair chocolate-

brown, tibize clothed with long remiform scales, brown above,

ferruginous on the external side and below, a few white scales

below ; tarsi fringed with white scales.

Expanse of wings 35 millimetres; length of body 17 milli-

metres.

Port Natal (Higgins). 'Two specimens, B.M.

Allied to, but very distinct from, M. tibialis, Fabr.

412 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

LIII.—On the Invertebrate Marine Fauna and Fishes of

St. Andrews. By W. C. M‘INTOSH.

[Concluded from p. 349. ]

Subkingdom VERTEBRATA.

Class PISCES.

Contrasted with the extreme shores of Britain the fish-fauna

of St.-Andrews bay exhibits certain interesting differences,

though of course its features are common to many other parts

of the north-east coast. There are, for instance, no shoals of

young wrasses (chiefly Jago’s goldsinny) gliding amongst

the seaweeds, or swarms of grey mullets, as in the tide-runs of

the sandy flats and inland seas of the western shores ; no large

rock-fish (Ballan wrasse) hiding like dark shadows under the

tangles, groups of black gobies between tide-marks, or of

young congers breaking the border of the flowing tide into

a seething expanse, as in the quiet bays of the southern

parts—just as the “ schulls”’ of glittering pilchards do on the

surface of the open water. The curious Hippocampt, exquisite

red mullets, and the splendid conger-fishing also belong to

the latter region, together with the abundance of the smaller

sharks in-shore. The sandy western shores of England are

also distinguished by the greater variety of large Pleuro-

nectide, and the frequent occurrence of red gurnards, angel-

fishes, and spotted rays. The adjoining bay, moreover, does

not present that richness of finny life—from the little bimacu-

lated sucker nestling beside its ova in the hollows of the

gigantic tangles to the fine cod and coal-fish of the Zetlandic

seas, which also possess the rarer Chimera. While it is thus

vain to look for the vast variety or the gorgeous colours of the

species which a few hours’ fishing off the shores of Guernsey

brings before the investigator, or for the plenitude of large

forms which in the north soon fill the boat to overflowing, yet

there is sufficient success to reward exertion, either in deep

water or off the sea-margin. Good white and flat fish oceur

in the bay, the latter especially abounding on the sandy flats

off the West Sands, which thus form a rich ground for the

trawlers, who are for the most part strangers. The trawl in

common use (see accompanying figure) consists of a beam of

Fishes of St. Andrews. 413

wood about 28 feet long, borne on the top of the bulbous ends

of two pear-shaped iron structures. A large bag-net is fixed

to the apparatus, which is dragged behind the boat by ropes

attached to the convex portion of the iron supports. The under

surface of the latter is flattened, and the point of the apex

(which is posterior) turned upwards—the whole thus forming

a kind of subaqueous sledge, which glides over the sand and

embraces in its progress every thing loose. Young coal-fishes

occur all round the rocks and harbour ; occasionally a sea-trout

is captured off the former; sand-eels frequent the sand near low

water ; and the salmon-nets are often very productive. In the

rock-pools swim hundreds of little two-spotted gobies, swarms

of the beautifully coloured young of the lumpsucker, and

strings of young sand-eels sport in the sunshine amongst the

fringes of seaweeds like flashes of silvery light—affording with

other littoral forms, such as shannies and blennies, ample food

for the aquatic birds that frequent the beach.

The rarer forms include the lancelet, gar-fish, doree, opah,

oar-fish, and bonito.

In the following list the arrangement adopted is that of

Dr. A. Giinther in his valuable and laborious ‘Catalogue of

Fishes in the British Museum.’

Subclass I. TELEOSTEI.

Order I. ACANTHOPTERYGII.

Fam. Gasterosteide.

Genus GASTEROSTEUS, Artedi.

Gasterosteus aculeatus, Albert. Mag.; Giinther, Catalogue of

Fishes in the British Museum, vol. i. p. 2.

Frequent on the West Sands after storms.

Gasterosteus spinachia, L.; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 7.

Abundant in the rock-pools.

Fam. Sparide.

Genus PaGEtuus, Cuv. & Val.

Pagellus centrodontus, De la Roche; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 476.

Not uncommon in the bay.

414 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. Triglide.

Group Corrrwa.

Genus Cortus, Artedi.

Cottus scorpius, Bloch; Gthr. op. cit. ii. p. 159.

Common in the rock-pools. Small sucking-fishes, shrimps,

Terebelle, and fragments of green alge occur in the stomach

of this form.

Cottus bubalis, Euphrasen ; Gthr. op. cit. ii. p. 164.

Frequent in the rock-pools. Distomes are common in this

species.

Genus TrIGLA, Artedi.

Trigla pint, Bloch ; Gthr. op. cit. ii. p. 199.

Occasionally procured in the bay.

Tigla hirundo, Bl. ; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 202.

Rare. A single specimen occurs in the University Museum.

Trigla gurnardus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. ii. p. 205.

Abundant at all seasons.

Group CarapHRacti.

Genus Aconus, Bl.

Agonus cataphractus, L.; Gthr. op. ctt. ii. p. 211.

Fine specimens are common on the West Sands after

storms.

Fam. Trachinide.

Group Tracuryra.

Genus TRACHINUS (Artedi), Cuv.

Trachinus draco, L. ; Gthr. op. cit. 1. p. 233.

Frequent on the West Sands after storms.

Trachinus vipera, Cuv. & Val.; Gthr. op. cit. il. p. 236.

Not uncommon in the same locality, and brought in by the

fishermen.

Fishes of St. Andrews. 415

Fam. Scombridz.

Group Scompriw.

Genus ScoMBER, Artedi.

Scomber scomber, L.; Gthr. op. cit. ii. p. 357.

Common.

Genus Tuynnus, Cuv. & Val.

Thynnus pelamys, L. ; Gthr. op. cit. 1. p. 364.

A fine specimen, about 3 feet long, was procured by Dr.

Mor, of St. Andrews, from a salmon-net near the mouth of

the Kenley Burn in July 1873, and described by Mr. R.

Walker in the ‘ Scottish Naturalist’ for January 1874.

Group Cyrrrina.

Genus Zeus (Artedi), Cuv.

Zeus faber, L.; Gthr. op. cit. u. p. 893.

Rather rare.

Group CorypHzNINA.

Genus Brama (Schneid.), Risso.

Brama Rati, Bl. ; Gthr. op. cit. . p. 408.

A specimen occurs in the University Museum.

Genus Lampris, Retzius.

Lampris luna, Retzius ; Gthr. op. cit. ii. p. 416.

Rare. A single specimen from the bay exists in the Uni-

versity Museum.

Fam. Carangide.

Group Caranerna.

Genus TracHurus, Cuv. & Val.

Trachurus trachurus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 419.

Not uncommon.

Fam. Gobiide.

Group Gosia.

Genus Gosius, Artedi.

Gobius niger, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iil. p. 11.

Mr. Robert Walker states that he has found this species.

It has not occurred in my collection.

416 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Gobius Ruthensparri, Euphrasen; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 76.

Common in the rock-pools and in the stomachs of cod and

haddock.

Group CazLionyurna.

Genus CALLIONYMUS, L.

Callionymus lyra, L.; Gthr. op. cit. ui. p. 139.

Common in deep water, and in the stomach of the cod.

Fam. Discoboli.

Group Crcroprerina.

Genus CycLoprerus, Artedi.

Cyclopterus lumpus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iil. p. 155.

Frequent on the West Sands after storms, and occasionally

in the stomach of the cod. ‘The young abound in the rock-

pools in autumn.

Group Lipari.

Genus Lrparis, Artedi.

Liparis vulgaris, Flem.; Gthr. op. edt. 11. p. 159.

Occasionally.

Liparis Montagui, Donov.; Gthr. op. cit. 111. p. 161.

Abundant in rock-pools, in the laminarian region, and in

deeper water, as well as in the stomachs of cod and haddock.

Fam. Pediculati.

Genus Loputus, Artedi.

Lophius piscatorius, L.; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 179.

Common off the West Sands, and frequently captured in

the salmon-nets. One of the specimens had acute peri-

carditis.

Fam. Blenniide.

Genus ANARRHICHAS, Artedi.

Anarrhichas lupus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. 1. p. 208.

Frequent in deep water. The stomach of this form contains

fragments of Hchinus esculentus, Buccinum undatum, Trochi,

Nassa ‘incrassata, Natica, Mya, starfishes, Stenorhynchus

rostratus, and Gralathea.

Fishes of St. Andrews. A417

Genus Bienntus, Artedi.

Blennius pholis, L.; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 226.

Abundant between tide-marks in moist crevices and rock-

pools. Feeds on Balani, small littoral shells, and sessile-eyed

crustaceans.

Genus BLENNIOPS, Nilss.

Blenniops Ascanii, Walbaum ; Gthr. op. cit. 11. p. 284.

Not uncommon in deepwater, and occasionally in the stomach

of the cod.

Genus CENTRONOTUS, BI.

Centronotus gunellus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. 1. p. 285.

Abundant between tide-marks and on the West Sands after

storms. The food of this form includes Hippolyte, sessile-eyed

Crustacea, annelids, starfishes, and small Mollusca (L¢ssoa,

Skenea, &c.).

Genus ZOARCES, Cuv.

Zoarces viviparus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. 1. p. 295.

Not uncommon between tide-marks and on the West Sands

after storms. Sessile-eyed Crustacea and small starfishes

occur in its stomach; but in confinement it swallows its

fellows.

Fam. Trachypteride.

Genus REeGALECUs, Briinn.

Regalecus Banksti, Cuv. & Val.(?); Gthr. op. cit. iti. p. 309.

An imperfect specimen, 7 feet 2 inches long, occurred

amongst the West Rocks, and was described by Mr. R.

Walker *.

Fam. Atherinide.

Group ArHzeERININA.

Genus ATHERINA, Artedi.

Atherina presbyter, Cuv.; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 392.

A specimen in the University Museum. Rare.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1862.

418 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. Mugilide.

Genus Mueit, Artedi.

Mugil capito, Cuv.; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 439.

Not uncommon in the bay.

Fam. Gobiesocide.

Genus LEPADOGASTER, Gouan.

Lepadogaster bimaculatus, Flem. ; Gthr. op. cit. i. p. 514.

Occasionally in the laminarian region, and in the stomachs

of the cod and haddock.

Order II]. ACANTHOPTERYGII PHARYNGOGNATHI.

Fam. Labride.

Group Lazriwa.

Genus Larus (Artedi), Cuv.

Labrus maculatus, Bl. ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 70.

Occasionally brought from deep water. Many young ex-

amples occur in the rock-pools in autumn.

Genus CRENILABRUS, Cuv.

Crenilabrus melops, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 80.

Not common.

Order IIT. ANACANTHINI.

Suborder ANACANTHINI GADOIDEI.

Fam. Gadide.

Genus GaAbus, Artedi.

Gadus morrhua, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 328.

Common. It is hard to find an inhabitant of the sea that

is not swallowed by this fish.

Gadus eglefinus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 332.

Common.

Fishes of St. Andrews. 419

Gadus merlangus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 334.

Frequent.

Gadus minutus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 335.

Common.

Gadus luscus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 335.

Not uncommon.

Gadus pollachius, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 338.

Occasionally from deep water.

Gadus virens, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 339.

Abundant.

Genus Morya, Nilss.

Molva vulgaris, Flem.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 361.

Common.

Genus CoucuiA, Thomps.

Couchia argentata, Reinh.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 363.

A single specimen in the stomach of a cod.

Genus More.ia, Cuyv.

Motella mustela, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 364.

Common in rock-pools. Feeds often on sessile-eyed Crus-

tacea.

Motella cimbria, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 867.

In a rock-pool at West Rocks. Rare.

Genus Raniceps, Cuv.

Raniceps trifurcus, Walb. ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 367.

Not uncommon. ‘The specimens have chiefly been pro-

cured from the West Sands after storms.

Genus Brosmivs, Cuy.

Brosmius brosme, O. F. Miller ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 369.

Not common.

420 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. Ophidiide.

Group Amuopyrina.

Genus AMMopyTES, Artedi.

Ammodytes lanceolatus, Lesauvage; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 384.

Frequent in the débris of storms on the sands, as well as in

the latter near low-water mark. Bands of young occur in the

tidal pools in May.

Ammodytes tobianus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 385.

Occasionally with the former.

Suborder ANACANTHINI PLEURONECTOIDEI.

Fam. Pleuronectide.

Genus HippoGLossus, Cuv.

Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 403.

Not rare. The parasitic Epibdella hippoglossi is often seen.

On the Caligus of this fish, Udonella caligorum also is

common.

Genus Ruomsvs, Klein.

Rhombus maximus, Will.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 407.

Common. In the abnormal examples, which swim on

their edges, both dextral and sinistral surfaces are coloured,

and each has an eye.

Rhombus levis, Rondel. ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 410.

Abundant.

Rhombus megastoma, Donov.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 411.

Occasionally.

Rhombus punctatus, Bl.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 413.

Not common.

Genus PLEURONECTES (Artedi), Cuv.

Pleuronectes platessa, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 440.

Abundant. The gulls are fond of emptying the stomachs

of those thrown on the sands after storms.

Fishes of St. Andrews. 421

Pleuronectes limanda, Li. ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 446.

Not uncommon.

Pleuronectes microcephalus, Donov. ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 447.

Common.

Pleuronectes flesus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 450.

Abundant. -

Genus Soue (Lacép., sp.), Cuv.

Solea vulgaris, Quensel ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 463.

Frequent.

Solea minuta, Rondel. ; Gthr. op. cit. iv. p. 470.

Common.

Order IV. PHYSOSTOMI.

Fam. Salmonide.

Genus SAuMo, Artedi.

Salmo salar, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vi. p. 11.

Many are caught in the stake-nets on the West Sands, and

also off the East Rocks.

Salmo trutta, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vi. p. 22.

Common.

Genus OSMERUS (Artedi), Cuv.

Osmerus eperlanus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vi. p. 166.

Not uncommon. Large numbers are also caught in the

Tay.

Fam. Scombresocide.

Genus BELONE, Cuv.

Belone vulgaris, Flem.; Gthr. op. cit. vi. p. 254.

Occasionally thrown on the West Sands after storms.

Genus ScomBresox, Lacép.

Scombresox saurus, Walbaum ; Gthr. op. c/t. vi. -p. 257.

Not uncommon.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 30

422 Dr. W. C. M‘Intosh on the

Fam. Clupeida.

Group Crurera.

Genus CLupEA (Artedi), Cuv.

Clupea harengus, L.; Gthr. op. ett. vii. p. 415.

Abundant.

Clupea sprattus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vii. p. 419.

Common.

Clupea alosa, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vil. p. 433.

Not uncommon. In the stomach of a large specimen caught

in the Tay were Conferve, Desmids, and a quantity of vege-

table débris.

Fam. Murenida.

Subfamily Mvrawipaw Praryscuisr2.

Group AweviLLINA.

Genus ANGUILLA (Thunberg), Cuy. Régne Anim.

Anguilla vulgaris, Turt.; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 28.

Abundant in the streams joining the sea, and occasionally

between tide-marks; but the latter occurrence is rare in con-

trast with the western and southern shores.

Anguilla latirostris, Risso; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 32.

Not uncommon in similar localities. A curious instance of

the fatal effects of the voracity of this fish was found in the

Swilken burn. A specimen about 20 inches long had seized

the head of another not much shorter than itself, and attempted

to swallow it. In its struggles the victim’s tail also entered

the mouth of the larger, and passed out at the left gill-slit, so

that several inches were free. The body of the victim thus

formed a large loop which could not be swallowed, while the

impaction of the head and tail, and the direction of the teeth

of the large specimen, prevented the ejection of the prey.

The marauder became exhausted, and was captured at the

edge of the stream at the sands.

Genus CONGER, Cuv.

Conger vulgaris, Cuv.; Gthr. op. cit. viii. p. 38.

Abundant in deep water.

Fishes of St. Andrews. 423

Order V. LOPHOBRANCHII.

Fam. Syngnathide.

Genus SYNGNATHUS, Artedi.

Syngnathus acus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vil. p. 157.

Occasionally seen on the beach after storms.

Genus Nreropuis (Rafinesque), Kaup.

Nerophis equoreus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vil. p. 191.

Not uncommon on the West Sands after storms.

Nerophis lumbriciformis, Willughby; Gthr. op. cit. viii. p. 193.

Often caught by the hand-net amongst the seaweeds border-

ing pools and rocks as the tide enters; on the West Sands

after storms.

Order VI. PLECTOGNATHI.

Fam. Gymnodontes.

Group Mozzwa.

Genus OrTHAGORISCUS, BI.

Orthagoriscus mola, Bl. ; Gthr. op. ctt. viii. p. 317.

Occasionally caught in the bay. A fine specimen occurred

in October 1862, measuring 4 feet 8 inches from the tip of

the dorsal to the tip of the anal fin, and 3 feet 4 inches from

the snout to the posterior margin of the body. Externally

there were several specimens of Tristoma coceineum; and

two wounds existed in the caudal region (from which it was

stated the fishermen pulled two animals like leeches, probably

specimens of Pontobdella). Numerous examples of Gymno-

rhynchus horridus were found in the muscles on dissection.

The intestine measured 10 feet 6 inches ; and the liver weighed

34 pounds.

Subclass III. GANOIDELT.

Order CHONDROSTEI.

Fam. Acipenserida.

Genus ACIPENSER, Artedi.

Acipenser sturio, L.; Gthr. op. cit. viii. p, 342.

Occasionally caught in the salmon-nets.

30*

A24 Dr. W.C. M‘Intosh on the

Subclass IV. CHONDROPTERYGII.

Order II]. PLAGIOSTOMATA.

Suborder SELACHOIDEI.

Fam. Carchariide.

Group CarcHariina.

Genus CARCHARIAS, Cuy.

Carcharias glaucus, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 364.

Not uncommon in the bay. Captured by the fishermen in

the salmon-nets.

Genus GALEUS, Cuv.

Galeus canis, Rondel.; Gthr. op. czt. vil. p. 379.

Frequently caught in the bay.

Group Musreziwa.

Genus MusTE.vs, Cuv.

Mustelus vulgaris, Mill. & Henle; Gthr. op. cit. viii. p. 386.

Not uncommon.

Fam. Scylliide.

Genus Scy.iium, Cuv.

Scyllium canicula, L.; Gthr. op. ett. vill. p. 402.

Not uncommon in the bay.

Fam. Spinacide.

Genus ACANTHIAS, Risso.

Acanthias vulgaris, Risso ; Gthr. op. eit. viii. p. 418.

Often caught on the deep-sea lines of the fishermen.

Genus Lamaraus, Miiller & Henle.

Lemargus borealis, Scoresby ; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 426.

Occasionally caught off the bay, near the estuary of the

Forth.

Fishes of St. Andrews. 425

Suborder BATOIDEI.

Fam. Rajide.

Genus Rava, Artedi.

Raja clavata, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 456.

Frequent.

Raja radiata, Donoy. ; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 460.

Not uncommon on the sandy flats.

Raja circularis, Couch; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 462.

Not uncommon.

Raja batis, L.; Gthr. op. edt. vill. p. 463.

Common.

Raja lintea, Fries ; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 466.

This and the following are entered on the authority of

Mr. R. Walker, Librarian of the University.

Raja fullonica, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 467.

Occasionally seen. i

Subclass V. CYCLOSTOMATA.

Fam. Petromyzontide.

Genus Perromyzon, Artedi.

Petromyzon marinus, L.; Gthr. op. ett. vi. p. 501.

Not uncommon. One was captured by attaching itself to

a boat.

Fam. Myxinide.

Genus Myxine, L.

Myzxine glutinosa, L.; Gthr. op. cit. vill. p. 510.

Occasionally on the cod.

Subclass VI. LEPTOCARDII.

Fam. Cirrostomi.

Genus BrANCHIOSTOMA, Costa..

Branchiostoma lanceolatum, Pall. ; Gthr. op. cit. vii. p. 5138,

Rare. ‘T'wo specimens occurred in the stomach of a cod,

426 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

LIV.—On a Collection of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Descriptions of various new Genera and Species. By

JouHn Scorv.

[ Concluded from p. 365. ]

Family Lygeide.

Genus AROCATUS, Spin.

Arocatus melanostoma.

Red, clothed with very fine depressed yellowish hairs.

Head red: crown with a large round black spot ; face, apex

of the side and central lobes black. Antenne and antennifer-

ous tubercle black. yes black, sometimes reddish. Lostrum

black.

Thorax.—Pronotum red, deeply punctured, and with a broad

A-shaped black patch not reaching to the anterior or posterior

margin. Scutellum black, with a strongly raised red central

keel. Llytra red, unpunctured, somewhat shagreened: clavus

black, base and the margin at the apex next the scutellum

red: corium black; anterior and posterior margins broadly

red, apex of the latter narrowly black. Membrane piceous.

Sternum black, deeply punctured, clothed with very fine, de-

pressed, yellowish hairs; orifice of the odoriferous sac red.

Legs black.

Abdomen above red; beneath red, with a broad black streak

along the sides; last segment, as also the genital segments,

black. Connexivum red.

Length 3-34 lines.

Genus IScHNODEMUS, Fieb.

Ischnodemus spinicaput.

Head and pronotum dull black, thickly punctured, the former

with two spines at the base of the face, longer in the male

than the female; an acute tubercle in front of each eye, and

(in the male) the side lobes of the face testaceous, produced in

front, flattened, separate. Llytra pale testaceous.

Head black, thickly punctured: crown convex: face at the

base with two long stout spines, and in front of each eye an

acute tubercle; side lobes testaceous, produced in front to

about in a line with the basal fourth of the second joint of the

antennae. Antenne black, stout, thickly punctured. yes

purplish. Ocelli deep red.

Thorax.—Pronotum dull black, thickly punctured ; anterior

margin frequently brown ; posterior margin and hinder angles

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 427

broadly brown or brownish testaceous, more sparingly punc-

tured than the disk. Scuwtellum black or pitchy black, punc-

tured, with a transverse and apical longitudinal keel, forming

a T-shaped character; apex narrowly brown. Llytra pale

testaceous: clavys and corium, margins and nerves on both

sides punctured, in the latter the space between the inner

margin and the nerve pale, almost transparent. Membrane

pale yellowish white, nerves slightly darker. Legs pitchy

brown: thighs at the apex pale brown: tébie pale brown:

tarst brownish yellow : claws black.

Abdomen above almost flat, last segment purplish. Con-

nexivum pale brownish testaceous, almost vertical.

Female similar tothe male in all respects, except in the

length of the spines and the side lobes of the face.

Length 13-2 lines.

Genus CHAULIOPS*.

Head short, wider across the eyes than the front of the

pronotum: crown and face almost perpendicular, central lobe

of the latter slightly widest at the apex; side lobes shorter

than the central lobe; underneath each eye a stout spine.

Antenne, first joint stout, almost its entire length extending

beyond the face; second and third thin, second stouter than

the third and a little longer than the first; third two thirds

the length of the second ; fourth fusiform, about as long as the

first. Hyes large, semiglobose, placed on a longish, thick

peduncle. Ocel/i minute, almost concealed beneath the ante-

rior margin of the pronotum. Rostrum stout, reaching to the

third pair of coxe.

Thorax.—Pronotum large, trapezoidal, nearly twice as broad

on the posterior margin as on the anterior; lateral margins

slightly waved; hinder angles rounded and raised into a

callus; posterior margin nearly straight across the scutellum,

from thence to the hinder angles rounded; disk longitudinally

and transversely convex, considerably deflected from in front

of the calli to the anterior margin. Scwtellum large, triangular,

equilateral, with a central longitudinal channel; apex slightly

raised. LHlytra: clavus narrow, apparently without a middle

nerve: cordum, anterior margin constricted in the middle;

posterior margin somewhat S-shaped. Membrane with five

nerves ; first and third exterior nerves almost joined at the

base ; second joined to the third a little below the base ; fourth

with a semicircular bend at the base, then concave interiorly

next the apex; fifth slightly waved. Sternwm deep, with a

* yavALos, projecting ; by, eye.

428 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

rostral channel. Legs: thighs somewhat stout, narrowest at

the base, with a tooth on the underside about one third their

length from the apex; tars? (third pair), first and third joints

of about equal length ; second shortest.

Abdomen deep, convex; ?, upper margin of the last seg-

ment produced posteriorly and pointed.

Chauliops fallax.

Minute. Pale brownish or brownish luteous. Pronotum

somewhat thickly and deeply punctured. Scutellum black,

with a short white streak at the basal angles. Cordwm pale

brownish, somewhat greyish at the base next the anterior

margin; disk near the apex of the clavus with a small black

spot; posterior margin broadly piceous.

Head: crown dark brown; face reddish brown. Antenne

yellow, first joint entirely and apex of the fourth brown.

Eyes piceous or black, placed on a peduncle stretching forward

obliquely in the shape of a wide-spread y. Rostrum brownish

yellow, last joint black.

Thorax.—Pronotum pale brownish or brownish luteous,

somewhat thickly and deeply punctured, in front with a black

transverse band, interrupted by a pale central longitudinal

line. Scutellum black, with a short white streak at the basal

angles; disk with a narrow, deep, central channel not reaching

to the base, its margins acute. lytra pale brownish or

brownish yellow: clavus with a single row of brown punc-

tures: cortwm with a row of punctures next the claval suture;

disk sparingly dark-brown punctured next the base, poste-

riorly with some seventeen to twenty punctures in short irre-

gular oblique rows; near the apex of the clavus a small black

spot; posterior margin broadly piceous, anterior margin from

the base to the constriction somewhat greyish. Membrane

transparent; disk with one or two more or less distinct brown-

ish spots. Sternwm piceous or pitchy brown, sides punctured,

Legs yellow: thighs brown, basal half pale yellow or yellowish

white: tibi@ yellow, with a broad brown band at the base, the

lower half of which is piceous or black: tars? yellow: claws

brown.

Abdomen, above dark brown, beneath pitchy black or brown ;

posterior margin of the segments with a row of fine black

punctures. Connexivum almost perpendicular, greyish yel-

low; posterior margins of the segments broadly pitchy brown,

except the last (in the female), where the spot is in the

middle.

Length 1} line.

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 429

A remarkable genus, which at first sight reminds one of a

minute species of Nystus with the eyes of Henestaris, between

which genera it apparently stands. Independently of size, the

shape of the posterior margin of the corium and the toothed

thighs will separate it at once from either of these.

Genus 'TROPISTETHUS, Fieb.

Tropistethus antennatus.

Black, shining, clothed with fine yellow subdepressed hairs.

Antenne black, last jot canary-yellow. Clavus and corium

pale brownish ochreous, the latter posteriorly brown, irregu-

larly punctured. Membrane abbreviated, pale fuscous, with a

darker triangular patch at the base, its lower margin bordered

with white.

Head black, shining: face, central lobe red or red-brown.

Antenne black, terminal joint canary-yellow. yes purplish

brown. ostrwm brownish ochreous, apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum black, hinder angles and generally a

portion of the posterior margin adjoining pale brownish ochre-

ous. Scutellum black, dull; disk flat; apex very narrowly

brownish. lytra: clavus pale brownish ochreous, with three

rows of brown punctures : coriwm brown, with a pale triangular

patch extending from the base to the middle of the anterior

margin, its inner angle reaching on to the disk beyond the

first nerve, down the exterior margin of which is a row of

fine brown punctures; next the inner margin a narrow pale

streak extending almost from the base to in a line with the

apex of the scutellum; disk somewhat thickly punctured pos-

teriorly ; posterior margin dark brown. JMembrane abbreviated,

pale fuscous, at the base a darker triangular patch extending

from the apex of the anterior margin of the corium to beyond

the middle of the posterior margin, having its lower side with

a white border. Sternum black. Legs brown; thighs, apex

pale; tarst yellow or pale brownish yellow.

Abdomen beneath black, shining; last genital segment

rufous.

Length 17 line.

The yellow terminal joint of the antenne will separate this

species from all others of the genus.

Genus Lasr1osomus, Fieb.

Lasiosomus pallipes.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black, shining. Antenne :

first three jomts pale brownish yellow, base of the second

430 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

narrowly brown, fourth brown, base narrowly pale. lytra

testaceous, brown-punctured : cor’wm posteriorly with a large

triangular brown patch. Legs yellow.

Head black, shining, convex. Antenne pale brownish

yellow, base of the first and second joints narrowly brown ;

fourth brown, base narrowly pale brownish yellow. yes

purplish. Rostrum stout, brown, apex black.

Thorax.—Pronotum black, shining, very finely punctured

posteriorly ; hinder angles pale brownish testaceous or clear

brown. Scutellum black, finely but distinctly punctured ;

apex sometimes castaneous. Llytra: clavus testaceous, with

three rows of brown punctures; scutellar margin narrowly

brown, posterior margin internally narrowly brown. Coriwm

testaceous, nerves and disk posteriorly brown-punctured, and

with a large triangular brown patch extending from about in

a line with the apex of the scutellum to the posterior margin.

Membrane abbreviated, pale fuscous yellow, base brownish

yellow. Sternwm black, shining, punctured. Legs testaceous :

thighs, base of all the pairs piceous.

Abdomen underneath black, shining, last segment red-

brown.

Length 14 line.

Differs from Z. enervis, the only other species I know, in

the puncturing, and by the large triangular brown patch on

the elytra and piceous base of the thighs.

Genus DIPLONOTUS.

Diplonotus rusticus.

Black ; elytra grey, with piceous punctures.

Head black. Antenne yellowish or pale brownish yellow ;

first joint piceous, base very narrowly and apex broadly yellow;

fourth brown, paler at the base. Hyesblack. Rostrum brownish

yellow ; first, third, and fourth jomts brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum black, collar more or less distinctly

brown ; between the constriction and the posterior margin

reddish brown, thickly punctured, with a black central line

and a more or less defined black patch on either side; margins

narrowly yellowish. Scutellum black, punctured, and with a

reddish-brown Y-shaped mark ; extreme apex yellowish white.

Elytra grey, with piceous punctures. Clavus with the punctures

more or less thickly disposed towards the outer margin in dif-

ferent individuals. Cordwm: anterior margin pale yellowish

white, apex black, edge pitchy black, and a little way before the

apex is a very short longitudinal line composed of about three

confluent punctures ; inner posterior angle with a somewhat tri-

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 431

angular greyish white patch ; the punctures in the space from

the latter to the base more or less confluent in different indi-

viduals. Membrane white, the spaces between the nerves at

the apex more or less broadly fuscous. Sternum black. Pro-

sternum round the base of the legs brown. Legs black or

dark piceous : coxe, first pair black, shining, second and third

pitchy brown: fulcra, first pair dark pitchy brown, second

and third yellow: thighs, first pair black or dark piceous, apex

yellow ; second and third yellow, more or less broadly dark

piceous before the apex, second always less broadly than the

third: tébie yellow, apex of the first pair and base of the

third fuscous or blackish : tars? yellow, apex of the first joint

and third joint entirely brown.

Abdomen, underside black.

Length 2-23 lines.

Somewhat allied to D. luridus ; but it is much broader than

that insect, and has besides differently coloured antenne and

legs.

Diplonotus hemipterus.

Black, not shining. lytra grey, with piceous punctures.

Membrane rudimentary.

Head black. Antenne pale brownish yellow; first joint,

basal half black ; third at the apex broadly and fourth entirely

black; sometimes the apex of the second joint is narrowly black.

Eyes black. Rostrum piceous.

Thorax.— Pronotum black, anterior half of the collar generally

brown, posterior angles and margin more or less broadly brown.

Scutellum black, with a few punctures on the sides; apex

narrowly greyish white. lytra grey, with piceous punctures ;

anterior margin pale yellowish white, next the apex a black

spot, apex narrowly pale yellowish white; a little before the

apex is a small piceous spot formed by the confluence of a

few of the punctures, not reaching the outer edge of the an-

terior margin; inner posterior angle with a somewhat trian-

gular greyish white patch, in which there are generally one or

two piceous punctures, and above the patch frequently several of

the punctures are confluent and forma dark blotch. Membrane

rudimentary, black ; apical margin with two white or whitish

spots. Sternwm black; posterior margin of the pro- and

metanotum narrowly brown. Legs black: cove black : fulcra

of all the pairs yellow: thighs, first pair black, base narrowly

and apex yellow; second and third pale brownish yellow,

apical half more or less dark brown: ¢ibie yellow: tarsi

yellow, third joint brown.

Abdomen black : connextcum brown.

Length 21-24 lines.

432 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Readily distinguished from the other species by its elongate

appearance, the different form of the pronotum, and the rudi-

mentary membrane.

Diplonotus luridus.

Pale brownish yellow ; elytra finely brown-punctured.

Head black. Face, apex of the central lobe more or less

brown. Antenne yellow ; first joint somewhat brown at the

base; third, apex reddish; fourth, apical two thirds black.

Eyes piceous. Rostrum yellowish, apex piceous.

Thorax.—Pronotum black ; collar brownish yellow, with a

transverse row of punctures; between the constriction and

the posterior margin brownish yellow, somewhat thickly

brown-punctured, two longitudinal keels and the posterior

angles paler. Scutellum black, with a central keel, extending

from the middle to the apex, punctured exteriorly, the central

keel and two side pieces forming a Y-shaped patch more or

less distinctly brown. L/ytra pale brownish yellow. Clavus

with three rows of brown punctures. Coriwm: anterior

margin pale yellowish white, with two short black streaks—

one at the apex, the other almost in a line with the apex of

the clavus ; at the inner posterior angle an unpurctured tri-

angular patch. Membrane fuscous, nerves white; on the an-

terlor margin, a little way below the apex of the corium, is a

small black spot, and exteriorly, at the base of the second

nerve from the inner margin, is another; the spaces between

the nerves next the apex more or less white, in which are a

few minute fuscous spots. Sternum black or pitchy black,

finely punctured. Legs yellow: thighs, first pair reddish

brown, apex yellowish, second and third somewhat brownish

yellow: tars? yellow, apex of the third joint brown.

Abdomen underneath more or less clear chestnut-brown.

Length 24 lines.

At first sight of this insect one is reminded of Plociomerus

luridus; but its narrower and more elongate form, longer

head, thicker anterior thighs, and different number of teeth on

the latter easily separate them.

There are only two specimens of this species in the collec-

tion.

Diplonotus lateralis.

Black, not shining ; anterior margin of the elytra yellowish

white.

Head lack, finely shagreened. Antenne brown ; first joint

darker than the second; third black, base dark brown; fourth

black, basal third yellowish, base with a narrow black

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 433

ring. Hyes black. Rostrum yellow, first joint pitchy brown,

apex piceous.

Thorax.—Pronotum black ; collar with a punctured central

channel; between the constriction and the posterior margin

coarsely punctured ; posterior angles more or less distinctly

dark brown. Scutellum black, extreme apex yellow or brownish

yellow, sides with a few coarse punctures. lytra pitchy

brown. Clavus pitchy brown, margins paler. Coriwm pitchy

brown; anterior margin yellowish white from the base to a

little before the apex, where it widens and extends for a little

way upon the disk, forming an irregular-shaped blotch ; nerve,

from the base to about the middle, yellowish; between the

inner edge of the anterior margin and the nerve towards the

base, more or less mottled with yellowish; a little below the

inner posterior angle a yellowish spot. I/embrane abbreviated,

fuscous brown; nerves white ; a small patch at the apex, and

a transverse streak extending from the apex of the corium

to about midway across the disk, nearly in a line with the

sutural margin, white. Sternwm black-punctured. Legs yellow:

thighs, first pair pitchy brown, shining, apex yellow ; second

and third yellow, the latter before the apex broadly brown:

tibie and tarst yellow, apex of the first and third joints some-

what brown.

Abdomen black.

Length 2-2; lines.

Genus MetTocuus*.

Elongate.

Head longer than broad. Crown convex transversely. Face

convex. Antenne: first joint stoutest, somewhat clavate, not

half the length of the second; second joint longest; third and

fourth subequal. Rostrum reaching to between the middle

pair of coxe.

Thorax.—Pronotum very much constricted beyond the

middle ; anterior margin with a narrow collar; sides with a

narrow margin; posterior margin slightly concave ; posterior

angles raised. Scutellum triangular, elongate. Elytra : anterior

margin somewhat concave near the base. Membrane: disk

with five nerves, the first two approximating at the base and

distinctly waved, third about midway between the second and

fourth, curving round near the base towards the fourth and

fifth, which are united near the apex of the corium. Sternum:

prosternum with a faint central keel, depressed from the an-

terior margin to a little before the middle, from thence to the

* péroxos, a participator.

434 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Spectes

base of the first pair of legs gently rounded ; posterior margin

in the centre considerably recurved. Legs: coxe, first pair

in front armed with two teeth: thighs, first pair incrassated,

fusiform, with two rows of teeth on the underside, each row

consisting of seven or eight; three of the teeth on the inside

row longer than any of the others, and the one next the apex

longest: tébie straight ; first pair dilated at the apex; inner

margin with four or five spines: tars?, first jomt of the

third pair more than twice the length of the second and third

together, which are very short.

The shape of the head and pronotum, and form and arrange-

ment of the nerves of the membrane, associate this genus

with Diplonotus more than with any other I know; but

the toothed coxe, and different number and disposition of

the teeth on the anterior thighs, and straight anterior tibize are

sufficiently characteristic to separate the one from the other.

Metochus abbreviatus.

Dull black, somewhat thickly punctured.

Head black, with a few longish erect pale hairs; very finely

punctured, except a small space round the ocelli. Hace: central

lobe produced considerably in front of the sidelobes. Antenne

black ; second joint as long as the third and fourth together ;

base and apex of the first and second joints and base of the

third very narrowly brownish yellow; fourth, basal half

yellow or yellowish white, except a narrow black ring at the

base. yes black. Ocelli red. Rostrum yellowish or pale

brownish yellow, fourth joint piceous.

Thorax.—Pronotum black; anterior portion very convex,

finely and sparingly punctured ; anterior margin with a narrow

collar, jommed to which is a very short, central, Jongitudinal

keel ; disk posteriorly coarsely punctured, more or less mottled

with brown, and with a distinct central keel; sides at the

constriction much depressed, the margin somewhat acute, and

terminating in a fovea before reaching the posterior angle, so

that when viewed from above, in certain positions, it appears

to be notched; posterior angles raised into an unpunctured

callus. Scutellum black, irregularly punctured ; apex yellow.

Elytra black. Clavus: inner margin and nerve interiorly

with a row of black punctures, between which is a central

row extending from about in a line with the apex of the scu-

tellum to the lower edge of a yellow spot near the base ; lower

half of the scutellar margin yellowish; claval suture yellow,

and with a row of punctures on either side. Corzum yellowish

at the base, black-punctured; anterior margin yellow for a

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 435

little more than half its length, the edge piceous, exteriorly

minutely multiindentate, thereby giving it a submoniliform ap-

pearance ; the two inner nerves with a row of punctures ex-

teriorly, and between them another row placed at wide inter-

vals, and terminating before reaching the base ; on the inner-

most nerve are two yellow streaks—one near the apex, the

other about ina line with the middle of the scutellum ; between

the two inner nerves are two yellow spots—one at the apex,

the other midway between the streaks above mentioned ; inner

edge of the anterior margin with a row of black punctures,

between this and the nerve more or less clear yellowish or

brownish yellow, as far as about the middle of the claval

suture ; next the apex a large irregular yellow patch, in which

are a few black punctures; posterior margin black, the colour-

ing widest and irregular interiorly next the anterior margin ;

apex of the latter very narrowly yellow. Membrane abbre-

viated, pitchy brown, with a small yellow spot at the apex of

the anterior margin of the corium, and another on each of the

three adjoining nerves ; next the apex a somewhat semicircular

yellow streak. Sternum black, thickly punctured. Legs black :

coxe, outer edge in front with two teeth, the anterior one

largest : fulcra yellow, apex narrowly piceous: thighs black ;

first pair narrowly yellow at the base, and with two rows of

teeth (seven to eight in each row) on the underside; second

and third pairs broadly yellow at the base; before the apex of

the latter, on the underside, are two long black spinose hairs :

tibie, first and third pairs brown or pitchy brown, second

yellowish ; apex of all the pairs piceous: tars? piceous ; base

of the first joint narrowly and second entirely yellow.

Abdomen black. Connexivum black ; fourth and fifth seg-

ments with a yellow spot, that on the former segment largest.

Length 44 lines.

There are three specimens in the collection.

Genus Prosoma@us *.

Elongate, narrow.

Head long, somewhat pointed in front. Face: central lobe

produced beyond the side lobes. Antenne: first joint stout,

reaching for half of its length beyond the end of the face;

second twice and a half as long as the first, more slender,

apex somewhat clavate; third clavate, about two thirds the

length of the second; fourth spindle-shaped, as long as the

third. yes small. Rostrum scarcely reaching to the second

pair of coxe ; first joint not so long as the head.

* rpoodpo.os, resembling,

436 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Thorax.—Pronotum considerably deflected from the posterior

to the anterior margin, the latter with a narrow collar; disk

with a transverse channel; lateral margins constricted before

the middle, to which point they are slightly rounded, from

thence posteriorly straight and gradually widening; hinder

angles raised into a callus; posterior margin somewhat deeply

concave across the scutellum, from thence rounded to the

hinder angles. Scutellum slightly elongate, with a short apical

and two side keels, forming a Y-shaped character. Llytra:

clavus deflected to the corium. Corvwm: anterior margin con-

cave before the middle. Membrane with four nerves, the two

inner nearer to each other than the two outer ones, free at the

base, first curved inwardly and then outwardly ; the two outer

ones approximate at the base, then diverge, and curve inwardly.

Legs: thighs, first pair incrassated, spindle-shaped, and with

four teeth on the underside, the two middle ones long ; second

and third pairs thin at the base, clavate next the apex; third

stouter than the second, and with two teeth on the underside :

tibie, first pair widened inwardly at the apex: tars7, third

pair, first jot longest, about one third longer than the second

and third together.

The genus Paromius, Fieber, is the nearest with which I

can associate the above ; but it has the following differences,

viz. the elytra slightly contracted before the middle, the posi-

tion and number of the teeth on the anterior thighs, and, in

addition, the two teeth on the underside of the third pair.

Prosomeus brunneus.

Brown; pronotum somewhat thickly, and elytra sparingly

dark-brown punctured.

Head dull black or pitchy brown, very finely wrinkled

transversely, and sparingly clothed with fine, depressed, pale

yellowish hairs. Face: central lobe reddish brown, Antenne

brownish yellow, clothed with short yellow hairs ; second joint

red at the apex; third, apical half red ; fourth pitchy red,

base broadly and the extreme apex red. yes reddish brown.

Ocelli bright red. Rostrum pale brownish yellow, last joint

(except the base) piceous.

Thorax.—Pronotum, collar fuscous brown, from thence to

the transverse channel dull black, very finely and sparingly

punctured: posterior portion brown, with coarsish piceous

punctures. Scutellum fuscous, black-punctured, extreme apex

white, apical and side keels dull reddish brown. Elytra:

clavus brown, the space between the suture and the nerve

white, except the apex; margins and nerve on both sides

a ; QO

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 437

thickly and regularly dark-brown punctured, between the

inner margin and the nerve an irregular row of punctures :

corium white; sutural margin and the adjoming nerve €x-

teriorly thickly and regularly dark-brown punctured ; apex

of the space enclosed between these with two or three remote

punctures; disk with an irregular, transverse, thickly punc-

tured brown band before the apex, broadest at the anterior

margin, and terminating before reaching the inner posterior

angle; anterior margin thickly and finely dark-brown punc-

tured from the base to the lower margin of the band ; posterior

margin dark brown, apex next the anterior margin black.

Membrane brown, with an irregular darker cloud extending

from the apex of the corium, and widening until it reaches

the inner margin. Sternwm pitchy black or black : prosternum

thickly and somewhat finely punctured: mesosternum more

sparingly and coarsely punctured: metasternum thickly punc-

tured, the punctures similar to those on the mesosternum.

Legs pale brownish yellow: cowa, first pair brown, second

and third clear brown, apex yellow: fulera of all the pairs

yellow: thighs clear brown; base of the first pair narrowly,

second and third broadly yellow: tars? pale brownish yellow,

third joint dusky brown.

Abdomen: underside brown.

Length 23-3 lines.

Genus GYNDES.

Gyndes albomarginatus.

Black, dull. Head and pronotum clothed with a fine some-

what golden pubescence, intermixed with long erect dark

hairs; anterior margin of the elytra white from the base to

beyond the middle.

Head black, somewhat shagreened. Antenne-black. Eyes

dark pitchy brown. Rostrum pitchy black, shining; first

joint black; apex of the first, second, and third joints narrowly

pitchy red; second, third, and fourth joints with longish erect

dark hairs.

Thorax.—Pronotum black; between the constriction and

the posterior margin thickly, coarsely, and irregularly punc-

tured. Scutellum black, with long, erect, dark hairs; from the

middle to the apex is a central keel, on either side of which

are a few deep punctures; anterior portion finely punctured.

Elytra piceous, with a few erect dark hairs not so long as

those on the head, pronotum, or scutellum: clavus piceous,

base and a patch before the apex black: coriwm piceous to

beyond the middle, beyond which is a broad transverse band

extending from the anterior to the interior margin, bounded

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 31

438 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

ROL aD by a white lunate patch; anterior margin white to

eyond the middle, where the colour is widest ; edge narrowly

black ; posterior margin black ; apex and a round spot a little

below the inner posterior angle white. Membrane black, apex

with an oval white patch. Sternum black: prosternum fmely

wrinkled on the sides, and sparingly and delicately punctured,

anteriorly as far as the channel somewhat deeply punctured.

Legs black: coxa, second and third pairs at the apex white:

thighs black; first pair clothed with long erect dark hairs ;

second and third pairs broadly white at the base, all the pairs

at the apex narrowly yellowish white or brownish: tbie

black : tart piceous, second joint palest.

Abdomen black, beneath clothed with a somewhat golden

pubescence: connexivum black; fifth and sixth segments

with a yellowish-white patch exteriorly.

Length 3 lines.

Genus LETHAUS, Dallas.

Letheus Dallasi.

Piceous, shining, finely punctured.

Head dark piceous or black, very finely and thickly punc-

tured above and beneath, except a narrow space next the

basal margin. Antenne pale pitchy brown; apical half of

the second joint, apical three fourths of the third, and the

fourth entirely (except a narrow white ring at the base) pitchy

black ; extreme apex of the second and third joints white.

Eyes dark brown. Ocelli red. Rostrum brownish yellow,

apex darker.

Thorax.—Pronotum, except the callosities, thickly and finely

punctured, the punctures appear slightly elongated, as if made

obliquely ; anterior portion pitchy black; posterior pitchy

brown; collar, lateral margins, and posterior angles brownish

yellow. Scutellum pitchy black, depressed in the middle and

very finely punctured; sides sparingly punctured. lytra

pale, almost white, finely brown-punctured: clavus with four

rows of brown punctures; base with a dark brown patch;

between the inner margin and the nerve two elongate pale

spots separated by a brownish cloud: cortwm near the base,

between the claval suture and nerve, a triangular brown patch ;

anterior margin beyond the middle with a broad irregular-

shaped brown patch, darkest exteriorly, and widening as it

approaches the nerve; apex brown; the area enclosed between

the bifurcation of the nerve brown, with a pale patch extending

somewhat obliquely in the direction of the inner posterior angle;

nerve pale. Membrane pale fuscous brown, nerves darker ; the

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 439

space between the first and second exterior nerves and third and

fourth interior whitish. Sternwm pitchy brown, shining, finely

' punctured. Legs pitchy brown: thighs, apex pale brownish

yellow or yellowish : tb¢e pale brownish yellow or yellowish,

spines on the second and third pairs dark brown: tars? yellow-

ish, apex of the joints sometimes narrowly brownish.

Abdomen beneath pitchy brown or castaneous, shining, very

finely punctured.

Length 33-34 lines.

Genus CALYPTONOTUS, Dougl. & Scott.

(Subgenus Raglius, Stal.)

Calyptonotus albomaculatus.

Grey, yellowish, or whitish, black-punctured. Pronotum,

anterior half black. Cortwm with a black spot at the inner

angle of the posterior margin. Membrane with numerous small

white spots on the disk.

Head black. Antenne black ; first joint, apical half brown,

with a few long nearly erect stout black hairs; fourth with a

yellow ring before the base. yes black. Rostrum pitchy

black.

Thorax.—Pronotum anterior half black, not extending on

to the reflexed lateral margins, except at the anterior angles ;

lateral margins pale yellowish or whitish, extreme edge black ;

inner margin of the raised posterior angles black; posterior

margin dark fuscous. Seutellwm black, punctured on the sides ;

before the apex two short longitudinal brown streaks; apex

yellowish white. lytra grey-yellowish or whitish, black-

punctured: clavus with a black spot at the base; apex very

narrowly black: coriwm posteriorly with a somewhat rhom-

boidal black spot ; inner angle of the posterior margin narrowly

pale; anterior margin at the apex and the inside of the pos-

terior margin narrowly black. Membrane dark fuscous, with

a number of minute white spots scattered over the disk ;

sutural margin black; apex narrowly white. Sternwm dull

black: prosternum, anterior margin brown, posterior fuscous

white; outer posterior angle yellowish or whitish : metasternum,

posterior margin white. Legs black, base of all the pairs

exteriorly white: cove black, apex of the second and third

pairs white: fulera, first pair black, base brownish; second

and third yellowish white, apex narrowly black: thighs, first

pair black, second and third broadly yellowish or yellowish

white at the base: ¢/bie, first and second pairs brown, outer

margin paler; apex pitchy black or black; third pitchy

31*

440 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

black or black: tars? piceous, base of the first joint narrowly

brownish.

Abdomen beneath black.

Length 3 lines.

Very closely allied to Pachymerus pineti, H.-Sch.

Family Pyrrhocoride.

Genus Pyrruocoris, Fall.

Pyrrhocoris coriaceus.

Male pale luteous, female reddish brown ; both sexes thickly

punctured with piceous.

Flead black, thickly punctured, with a longitudinal luteous

central line. Crown more or less brown on either side the

base of the central lobe of the face, and with a short, shallow,

black, central channel. Antenne pitchy black. yes reddish

brown or piceous. Rostrum piceous.

Thorax.—Pronotum luteous or reddish brown, coarsely

punctured, except two somewhat shining, trapezoidal, black

patches a little before the middle; these are separated by a

luteous line, and have also a pale margin. Scuwtellwm luteous

or reddish brown, with piceous punctures and generally a black {

patch in the centre. /ytra luteous or reddish brown, with

piceous punctures, the punctures much finer than those on the

pronotum : coriwm with two minute piceous spots—one almost

in a line with the middle of the scutellum, the other almost in

a line with the apex of the clavus (in the female these are

very indistinct). Membrane imperfectly developed, pale or

dark luteous, with piceous nerves. Sternum black, shining,

delicately punctured: prosternum, anterior and _ posterior

margins yellowish white: meso- and metasternum, posterior

margins whitish. Legs dark piceous, base exteriorly white:

coxe piceous, apex whitish: fwlera pale brownish yellow:

thighs dark piceous, somewhat shining, apex narrowly whitish

or yellowish : #¢b¢e whitish or yellowish : tarsz pale brownish.

Abdomen above more or less pale ; beneath chestnut, shining ;

posterior margin of the last segment yellowish white.

Length 3-32 lines.

Family Tingidide.

Genus TINGIS, Fab.

Tingis pyriotdes.

Extremely lke 7. pyri in nearly every particular; and

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 441

therefore it will only be necessary to point out the characters

which will separate them.

Tingis pyri. Tingis pyriordes.

Disk of the elytra from the apex Disk of the elytra from the apex

of the rhomboidal cell with five of the rhomboidal cell with three

transverse rowsof irregular meshes. _ transverse rows of irregular meshes.

Pronotum, lateral margins more

upright than in T. pyri.

Length 13 line.

I have only seen a single example.

Genus MonanTuia, Lep. et Serv.

Monanthia monstrosa.

Pale cinnamon-yellow. Pronotum, side margins overlapped

and produced posteriorly into a large bladder-like process of a

dark chocolate-brown colour. Elytra with a dark brown or

blackish patch in the middle of the anterior margin, and

another smaller one of the same colour near the apex ; anterior

margin at the base and beyond the central dark patch with

two rows of meshes; on the patch itself the meshes are

minute.

Head black. Crown in front pale brown, and armed with

five spines of the same colour placed as follows, viz. a short

central one, one on each side in front (approximating and

appearing but as one between the antennz), and another ap-

pressed one along the inner margin of each eye. Antenne

thin, pale clear brown, fourth joint wanting. yes black.

Thorax.—Pronotum pale cinnamon-yellow, narrow in front ;

sides almost straight ; the overlapped side margins produced

posteriorly into a large bladder-like process of a dark chocolate-

brown colour, and covered with large, for the most part five-

sided meshes ; hood small, anterior margin in the middle angu-

lated; side keels of the scutellar process in a line with the inner

mar ein of the cysts, the middle one, between the latter, appa-

rently clothed with fine brown hairs, /ytra, anterior margin

gradually widening to the gently rounded middle, then sinuate

to the broadly rounded apex ; marginal field narrow, with two

rows of transparent meshes ‘from the base and beyond the

dark brown or blackish middle patch, in which last the meshes

are minute ; reticulation of the outer row of meshes beyond

the patch black and Y-shaped; disk within the cells flat,

brownish; outer nerve cinnamon-yellow ; meshes finer vee

those on the cysts, posterior to the cells with a dark brown or

blackish cloud, and the meshes gradually becoming larger

442 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

towards the apex. Legs clear brown: tars?, third joint dark

brown, towards the apex fuscous : claws fuscous.

Length 13 line.

This insect belongs to the section in which are M. scapularis,

quadrimaculata, dumetorum, lupuli, &c. In colour it some-

what resembles MW. guadrimaculata ; but the bladder-like form

into which the overlapped side margins are produced posteriorly

will be found sufficient to separate it from every other known

species.

There appears to be only one example in the collection.

Monanthia Fiebert.

Slightly dusky cinnamon-brown, darker across the elevated

posterior portion of the overlapped sides of the pronotum, and

also in that portion of the elytra posterior to the cells ; anterior

margin of the elytra with two rows of meshes throughout.

Head black. Crown with five pale brownish-yellow spines

placed as follows, viz. a short one in the centre in front,

another on either side of the last (approximating and appear-

ing to form but one between the antenne), and one along the

inner margin of each eye, its apex curving round until it

touches the base of the anterior pair. Antenne pale brown;

first, second, base of the third, and fourth joint entirely darker.

Eyes black.

Thorax.—Pronotum, sides at the base for a very short

distance straight, then slightly convex towards the hinder

angles; hood very small, anterior margin almost straight ;

the overlapped side margins swelled up posteriorly, viewed

from above united and enclosing the middle keel, from the side

somewhat semiovate, flattened above; side keels of the scu-

tellar process brown at the base, slightly diverging posteriorly.

Elytra, sides gradually but gently rounded to beyond the

middle, atwhich last they are widest, then sinuate to the broadly

rounded apex; marginal field with two rows of transparent

meshes, becoming larger beyond the middle, in which last

some of the reticulation is dark brown and forms almost a

patch ; base of three or four of the reticulations in the sinuate

portion next the anterior margin with a brown spot; round

the apex dark brown. Legs brown: tebie pale brownish

yellow : tars¢ pale brownish yellow, third jomt brown.

Length 1} Ime.

This insect also belongs to the same section as M/. monstrosa,

from which, however, it is easily separated by the difference

in form of the overlapped side margins, which in M. Fiebert

unite posteriorly and enclose the middle keel of the pronotum

—a character which will also distinguish it from any other in

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 443

the genus. In colour it most nearly resembles a dingy

dumetorum.

Genus CANTACADER, Am, et Serv.

Cantacader Lethierryt.

Clear pale brownish yellow. Crown armed with four long

spines. Pronotum with five keels; the three inner ones

parallel, extending throughout its entire length; the two outer

posterior, short, curving round interiorly. lytra with an

irregular fuscous shade throughout, darkest in the cells; sides

in the middle and the apex with a blackish patch.

Head brownish yellow. Crown with four long spines, placed

two in front, stout, reaching to about in a line with the base

of the third joint of the antenne, and two, more slender than

the others, springing from near the middle of the inner margin

of each eye; antenniferous processes produced into a stout

spine exteriorly. Antenne brownish yellow; first joint stoutest,

somewhat obconic, and with asmall petiole ; second oval, about

half the length of the first; third long, slender; fourth fusi-

form, black, and with a few longish erect dark hairs. yes

dusky purplish. ostrum: cheek-plates of the sheath some-

what luteous, with about four rows of fine meshes; apex

blackish.

Thorax.—Pronotum pale brownish yellow, narrow in front ;

lateral margins straight, gradually but gently widened to the

acutely rounded hinder angles; anterior margin concave,

almost angular; posterior margin semiovate, straight between

the first and second outer keels, concave between the inner

ones ; disk with five keels,—the three inner ones parallel, ex-

tending throughout the entire length of the pronotum, viewed

from above slightly waved ; the two outer ones spring from

the posterior margin near to the hinder angles, and curve

round interiorly about the middle of the disk, which is some-

what depressed. iytra somewhat elliptic, pale brownish

yellow, with an irregular fuscous shade throughout, darkest

in the cells; cell-nerves pale; marginal field very narrow,

with one row of meshes ; disk within the cells almost straight,

exteriorly (on the sides) sloping towards the anterior margin ;

reticulation throughout fine; anterior margin in the middle

and apex witha blackish patch. Legs brownish yellow : tarsi

dark brown.

Length 14 line.

Somewhat like C. Staudinger, but larger and darker in

colour, and having the third joint of the antennz more slender,

the three inner keels of the pronotum parallel, and the posterior

margin of the same of a totally different form.

444 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Family Brachyrhynchide.

Genus Mezira, Am. et Serv.

Meztra scabrosa.

Pitchy black or brown, covered with minute tubercles.

Head pitchy black, thickly tuberculate. Antenne pitchy

black, thickly punctured; fourth joint, apex dusky yellow.

Eyes pitchy brown. Rostrum dark brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum dull pitchy brown, tubercles thickly

and irregularly disposed, four anterior callosities generally

brown inthe centre. Scutellum black or pitchy black, thickly

tuberculate, central keel and apex sometimes brownish. Elytra

pale brownish yellow; between the anterior margin and the

first nerve, towards the apex, more or less brown 3 posterior

marginal nerve piceous; all the nerves tuberculate and the

spaces between sparingly so; tubercles brown. Membrane

brownish yellow, nerves brown ; below the apex of the corium

a yellowish patch. Sternwm black-brown, round the base of

the legs dark brown. Legs dark brown: thighs thickly and

finely granulate.

Abdomen beneath dark brown; anterior margin of the first

four segments in the middle finely granulate, fifth and sixth

entirely granulated. Connexivum dark brown; posterior margin

of the segments pale brown.

Length 3-4 lines.

Family Reduviide.

Genus ACANTHASPIS, Am. et Serv.

Acanthaspis humeralis.

Black, clothed with long, fine, yellow and black hairs.

Head black. Face, apex round the base of the rostrum

brown. yes pitchy brown. Antenne black, clothed with

long, almost erect, black hairs; third and fourth joints, in

addition, with short yellowish hairs. Rostrum black.

Thorax.—Pronotum dull cmnamon-brown, clothed with long,

fine, yellow hairs ; anterior portion to behind the callosities,

and a transverse streak across the centre of ithe posterior

portion, not reaching to the margin, black. Scwtellum black,

base narrowly and somewhat indistinctly fuscous yellow.

Elytra black. Corium, base with a somewhat triangular

yellowish-brown patch. Membrane black. Sternum, legs,

and abdomen black.

Length 63-7 lines.

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 445

Family Ectrichodide.

Genus MeEnpis, Stal.

Mendis japonensis.

Deep red, shining. Head and pronotum anteriorly clothed

with short, erect, very fine, black and pale hairs intermixed.

Corium, anterior margin crimson, terminating in a triangular

patch, in the centre of which is a short, fine, curved, black

streak.

Head lurid. Crown between the ocelli reddish. Antenne

black, clothed with long black hairs ; first joint more sparingly

clothed than the others ; apex of the second and fourth very

narrowly, and the pedunculation reddish; neck above black.

Rostrum brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum deep red, anterior portion as far as

the transverse channel somewhat lurid testaceous ; transverse

channel interiorly with a black spot ; posterior portion of the

central longitudinal channel with about eight or nine punctures.

Scutellum black, the H-shaped portion reddish, clothed with

long, erect, pale hairs. lytra black, base and the anterior

margin as far as the first nerve crimson, apex narrowly black ;

in the centre of the triangular patch a short, fine, curved black

streak, the convexity turned towards the apex of the scutellum.

Membrane pitchy black, nerves black; base of the trifurcate

nerve testaceous, exterior margin of the two outer nerves with

a brown margin. Prosternum black, shining. Legs red:

coxe dark brown: thighs at the base narrowly piceous: tibie

at the apex exteriorly piceous or black: tars? piceous, first

joint brown.

Abdomen above red; underneath red, sparingly clothed

with longish, fine, pale hairs, and with a large, black, some-

what ovate patch on each segment just within the spiracles.

Length 6 lines.

There is only a single example (3), wanting an elytron.

It was submitted to Dr. Stal, who returned it as unknown

to him, but with the remark, “ndgripennd, Fab., aftinis,” a

species I do not possess, and therefore cannot point out the

differences.

Family Nabide.

Genus Nasis, Latr.

Nabis brevilineatus.

Male pale brownish yellow. Cortiwm, anterior margin at

the base and beyond the middle with a short biack line.

446 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

Head brown, with a reddish tinge, sparingly clothed with

fine depressed yellow hairs. Antenne yellow or pale brownish

yellow ; first joint, apex narrowly fuscous; second, base

narrowly fuscous, apex black. Hyes dark red or chestnut-red.

Rostrum yellow, last joint orange-red.

Thorax.—Pronotum pale brownish yellow, sparingly clothed

with depressed yellow hairs; anterior portion as far as the

transverse channel darker than the posterior, and with a

reddish tinge ; posterior portion punctate crenate. Seutellum

pale brownish yellow, with a slight reddish tinge. Hlytra

pale brownish yellow: clavus, inner marginal nerve from

the base to beyond the apex of the scutellar margin red:

corium, anterior margin beyond the middle with a short

black line, first nerve at the base with a short black line, the

space between the nerves more or less powdered with red

towards the base; apex broadly brown. Membrane pale,

almost white, spaces between the nerves at the base brown;

from the apex to the coloration between the two exterior

nerves is a pale brownish cloud, concave on its lateral margins.

Sternum brownish yellow, with more or less of a reddish tinge,

down the middle broadly black : mesosternum round the base

of the legs yellow, below which is a black spot. Legs yellow:

coxe and fulcra of all the pairs yellow: thighs, first pair red,

apex yellow ; second and third pairs yellow ; all the pairs with

two dark brown or piceous rings: tars? yellow, apex of the

third joint blackish.

Abdomen above red or red-brown, basal segment entirely

and the posterior margin of the last in the middle black,

genital segments with a broad black dash down the middle ;

beneath red, four basal segments down the middle broadly

black. Connexivum red, exterior margin narrowly yellow,

posterior angle of the third, fourth, and fifth segments black.

Female yellowish, with a red tinge. Head and pronotum

red. Llytra, clavus- and corium-nerves red. All the other

characters as in the male.

Length, ¢4, ?4# lines.

Family Pelogonide.

Genus PreLoconus, Latr.

Pelogonus flavomarginatus.

Dull black; lateral margin of the pronotum and anterior

margin of the elytra yellow.

Head black, with a fine central keel terminating between

the ocelli. Face bronzy black, finely wrinkled, and with a

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 447

golden shimmer in certain lights ; on each side of the central

keel between the eyes is a depression; apex with a yellow

margin. yes dark brown. Antenne yellow, third and fourth

joints dusky. Rostrum piceous, shining; apical half of the

third joint and fourth entirely brown.

Thorax.—Pronotum black, finely punctured ; lateral margin

anteriorly brown, posteriorly yellow, next the base the colour

is widened out into a triangular yellow patch ; posterior margin

yellow, the colour widest across the scutellum, and with a

row of fine black punctures on its inner edge; disk on the

sides with one or two almost obsolete milky white spots.

Scutellum black, finely punctured. Elytra black: clavus,

posterior margin and apex narrowly yellowish; base with one

or two almost obsolete milky white spots: cordwm, anterior

margin narrowly yellow, within which, at almost regular in-

tervals, are five almost obsolete milky white spots ; opposite

to these the colour of the anterior margin is paler; disk with

a few small, scattered, almost obsolete milky white spots.

Membrane dark fuscous brown, with a few longitudinal whitish

streaks round the apex. Sternuwm black, punctured: pro-

sternum, posterior margin brownish yellow; xyphus, margin

pale yellow : metasternum, posterior margin brownish yellow.

Legs yellow: coxe, first pair fuscous : thighs, apical two thirds

of all the pairs on the upper half fuscous brown, inside with

one or two rows of fuscous or black punctures: thie yellow,

inclining to brown exteriorly ; apex narrowly blackish; base

of the long, yellow, spinose hairs set in a black puncture:

tarsi, first and second pairs yellow, third joint black ; third

pair brown, third joint black.

Abdomen beneath black, posterior margin of some of the

last segments narrowly brownish.

Length 23 lines.

I have only seen one specimen of this species.

Family Gerride.

Genus Limnosates, Burm.

Limnobates albolineatus.

More or less dark fulvous brown.

Head.— Crown with a depression between the eyes; from

the base to the latter a more or less distinct, fine, white, central

line ; sides between the base and the eyes more or less broadly

black. ace, apex red, shining. Antenne pale brown; first

joint, except the base, pitchy brown; second, apex narrowly

pitchy brown or blackish ; third and fourth blackish. Eyes

448 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

dark pitchy brown. Rostrum brown, last joint black ; beneath,

from the base to the eyes, with a more or less broad pale

central line, apex pale.

Thorax.—Pronotum between the base and the constriction

brown, posteriorly yellowish, with a white central line through-

out its entire length; central line and sides margined with

brown, and with a few scattered white atoms ; shoulder-calli

somewhat piceous. Hlytra fuscous: clavus with a short

white line at the base: coriwm, nerves dark brown or piceous,

the very narrow space enclosed between the bifurcation of the

anterior marginal nerve white; central longitudinal nerve

exteriorly from the clavus to the apex with a broad white

streak. Legs brown: thighs, apex black: tébiw, apex very

narrowly black: tars¢ black.

Abdomen beneath black, with a somewhat hoary covering ;

down the middle a somewhat indistinct, broad, brown line.

Length 5-53 lines.

Family Veliide.

Genus Microve.iA, Westwood.

Microvelia Douglast.

Olivaceous brown, dull. Crown with a narrow silvery-

white streak along the inner margin of each eye. Face, apex

pale brownish yellow. Pronotwm in front with a narrow

brown collar (in certain lights whitish), divided by the fine,

central, longitudinal keel; hinder angles acute, prominent,

slightly tuberculate ; side margins of the scutellar process

convex. Slytra white, the entire margin and cell-nerves

brown-black. Connexivum brown. Legs pale brownish

yellow.

Head olivaceous brown, dull, very convex. Crown with a

narrow silvery-white streak along the inner margin of each

eye. ace, apex of the central and side lobes entirely pale

brownish yellow. Antenne pale brownish yellow, apex of

the second and fourth and fifth joints with a dusky hue. yes

deep pitchy black. ostrwm pale brownish yellow, base of

the first joint in the middle exteriorly with a narrow longitu-

dinal black line.

Thorax.—Pronotum olivaceous brown, dull ; anterior margin

straight, adjoming which is a narrow brown collar, having a

silvery white appearance in certain lights; lateral margins

straight, diverging widely to the acute, prominent, and some-

what tuberculate hinder angles; the latter, viewed from the

side, narrowly brown; margin of the scutellar process spatu-

late-acuminate ; disk very convex, with a fine, black, central

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 449

longitudinal keel not reaching to the apex of the scutellar

process, Llytra white; anterior margin broadly and in-

terior margin narrowly brown-black; cell-nerves brown-

black ; central cell suboval, elongated towards the base,

divided throughout its length by a slightly curved brown-

black line; longitudinal half of the apical cell brown-black,

with a tooth on its inner margin towards the base. Sternum,

sides clothed with a thick, shining, silvery-white pile. Legs

pale brownish yellow: tarsi, apex of the second joint

brownish.

Abdomen black, beneath clothed with a thick, shining silvery

pile. Conneatvum pale brown.

Length 3 line.

Very closely related to the M. pygmea, L. Duf., but differs

from that species in having the antenne, legs, and connexivum

pale. On the other hand, the characters on the elytra in both

species seem very similar ; and not having seen a macropterous

specimen of M. pygmea, I am unable to point out in what the

differences consist. .

This insect is not included in the list given at the commence-

ment of this paper, as since its publication I have only re-

ceived a specimen from Mr. Lewis.

Family Naucoride.

Genus Naucoris, Geoffr.

(Ilyocoris, Stal, Ofv. Vet. Ak. Férh. 1861, p. 201.)

Naucoris exclamationis.

Head and pronotum yellow; the former in front with a

short, more or less distinct, brown or black clavate streak.

Elytra fuscous brown.

Head yellow. Crown posteriorly somewhat ferruginous,

and dotted with numerous dark brown atoms; in front, and

nearer to the centre than the inner margin of the eyes, with a

short, more or less distinct, brown or black clavate streak.

Thorax.—Pronotum on the sides broadly yellow ; disk more

or less ferruginous, and dotted with numerous dark brown

atoms. Scutellwm brownish yellow, disk sometimes brownish,

margins brownish yellow. /ytra fuscous brown, very finely

shagreened. Wéngs and nerves milk-white. Sternum yellowish

or testaceous. Legs yellowish: thighs, first pair underneath

black : tébiw, second and third pairs with long brown spines :

tarst and claws, second and third pairs brownish yellow.

Abdomen above somewhat ochraceous, fuscous or brownish

450 Mr. J. Scott on new Genera and Species

down the middle; posterior margin of the segments broadly

brown, outer angle black ; beneath testaceous or dusky testa-

ceous, outer angle black, marginal hairs long, yellowish.

Length 5 lines.

Smaller than N. cimicotdes, to which it is allied. It is,

however, much clearer-coloured than that species, and has

also the posterior margin of the abdominal segments broadly

brown, which, with the clavate streak on the head, is sufficient

to separate them.

Family Belostomide.

Genus Appasus, Am. et Serv.

Appasus Lewist.

Luteous, testaceous, or brownish.

Head testaceous. Crown sometimes brownish. yes black.

Thorax.—Pronotum testaceous or luteous infront; posteriorly

from the transverse channel frequently brown, and somewhat

thickly and irregularly punctured; disk towards the front

with a pale or dark brown triangular fovea on each side joined

to a >-shaped black line. Seutellum testaceous grey or

brownish, finely crenulate ; near the basal angles a more or

less distinct, somewhat triangular, pale spot; towards the

apex generally a dark, somewhat heart-shaped patch; apex

more or less clear brownish yellow. /ytra luteous or testa-

ceous yellow, crenulate punctate: clavus, disk more or less

fuscous ; inner and posterior margin and claval suture testa-

ceous yellow : cor’wm, disk more or less fuscous, base and

anterior margin broadly testaceous yellow ; inner posterior

angle with a triangular patch of short golden hairs: or the

entire clavus and cor‘um brown, anterior margin of the latter

broadly paler. Membrane unicolorous. Sternum testaceous.

Legs testaceous or brownish yellow: thighs, first pair some-

times brownish: tébiw, second and third pairs sometimes

brownish.

Abdomen beneath somewhat dusky testaceous.

Length 8 lines.

Family Nepide.

Genus LACCOTREPHES, Stal.

Laccotrephes japonensis.

Fuscous brown. Prosternum at the base and apex with a

tubercle. Abdomen above orange-red, with a broad black

streak down the back.

Head: central keel granulated.

of Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan. 451

Thorax.—Pronotum longer than broad, narrower in front

than behind, sides concave, rounded in front ; anterior margin

behind each eye with a tubercle ; on each side of the centre a

longitudinal curved ridge, roughly granulated; sides in front

and posteriorly from the transverse channel coarsely granulated.

Scutellum with a granulated keel on each side next the base,

and a central keel extending from the apex to the termination

of the side keels. Wangs milky white, principal nerves yellow.

Legs fuscous brown.

Abdomen above orange-red, with a broad black streak down

the centre; apex thickly clothed with greyish hairs; anal

appendages yellowish towards the apex.

ength of body 13, appendages 15 lines.

Genus RANATRA, Fab.

Ranatra pallidenotata.

Male brownish yellow ; posterior portion of the pronotum

finely punctured. lytra with several small, almost round,

pale spots. Anterior theghs beyond the middle with a large

triangular tooth, and before the apex with a smallone. Anal

appendages longer than the body.

Head.— Crown with a transverse channel a little in front of

the posterior margin of the eyes. Hyes black, shining.

Thorax.—Pronotum brownish yellow; posterior portion

finely punctured ; callus of the hinder angles dark brown or

piceous. /ytra more or less inclined to brown next the base:

clavus pale brownish yellow ; inner marginal nerve testaceous ;

central nerve brownish, with several oblong spots or short

streaks; disk at the base, between the central nerve and

claval suture, with a long, brown, somewhat triangular dash :

cortum brown, near the apex of the clavus pale brownish

yellow ; first exterior nerve testaceous or brownish yellow ;

disk with several pale yellowish-white spots of unequal size

and irregularly disposed. Membrane pale yellowish white,

nerves brown. Sternum brownish yellow. Legs brownish

yellow : tébiw, second and third pairs at the base and apex

narrowly pitchy brown: tars? brownish yellow; second and

third pairs at the apex pitchy brown: claws brown.

Abdomen above black, dull, and with a mouldy appearance

in certain lights; margins next the connexivum brownish ;

connexivum brownish yellow ; beneath testaceous or brownish

yellow ; anal appendages reddish at the base, towards the apex

testaceous.

Female similar to the male, but with darker elytra.

452 On Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan.

Length, ¢ (without appendages) 17, appendages 20 lines ;

? 19, appendages 20 lines.

According to Dr. Stal, who has seen the insect, it is allied

to his 2. valida; but, unfortunately, I do not possess a speci-

men wherewith to compare it and point out the differences.

In the shape of the metasternum it resembles 2. chinensis,

Mayr, ‘ Reise der dst. Freg. Novara,’ p. 191, t. v. fig. 59d.

Ranatra unicolor.

Luteous. Crown between the eyes with a small callus.

Pronotum, anterior portion appearing as if thrust into the

posterior; the latter finely dark-grey punctured, and its an-

terior margin above ~~-shaped. Anterior thighs with a tri-

angular tooth beyond the middle. Anal appendages not two

thirds. the length of the body.

Head.—Eyes piceous or purplish brown, faintly shining.

Thorax.—Pronotum, anterior portion pale brownish yellow,

stouter next the head than at its junction with the posterior

portion, into which latter it has the appearance of being thrust ;

posterior portion luteous, thickly and finely dark-grey punc-

tured; its anterior margin above ~~-shaped. Seutellum

brownish, with a small fovea on each side of the centre below

the middle. lytra lurid, very thickly and very finely dark-

grey punctured. Membrane darker than the elytra, nerves

brown. Sternum lurid or somewhat testaceous. Legs luteous

or somewhat testaceous: thighs, first pair with a triangular

black tooth beyond the middle, second and third at the apex

narrowly brown: thie lurid or yellowish; second and third

pairs, especially towards the apex, on the sides with short,

spinose, black hairs ; apex narrowly dark brown: tars?, second

and third pairs pale brownish yellow; apex dark brown:

claws, second and third pairs at the base pale; apex brown.

Abdomen above pitchy brown, paler on the sides; con-

nexivum luteous or pale brownish yellow: beneath lurid or

somewhat testaceous : anal appendages luteous.

Length of body 13, appendages 7 lines.

This.is a genus of which I have seen and possess but few

species. All of those known to me are larger than the insect

above described, and which, although belonging to the group

with only one tooth in the middle of the anterior femora, has

as a distinguishing character short anal appendages.

There are two male specimens in the collection.

Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Fishes. 453

LV.—Descriptions of new Species of Fishes in the Brijish

Museum. By Dr. ALBERT GUNTHER, F.R.S. &e.

[Continued from p. 371. }

Corvina nigripinnis.

D. 9] 5. A: 2/7. Li. lat-“ea. 65,

The height of the body equals the length of the head,

and is contained thrice and two thirds in the total length

(without caudal). Snout obtuse, with the upper jaw overlap-

ping the lower. Przoperculum with a fine spinous serrature.

Dorsal spines slightly flexible at the top. The second anal

spine strong, rather more than half as long as the longest ray.

Silvery, with oblique dusky lines along the series of scales.

All the fins black.

A single specimen, 9 inches long, from the coast of the

Cameroon country, has been presented by Dr. J. A. Smith.

Gobius caffer.

Pybt | 14 A 2. Lie dat, «0:

The head and neck are entirely naked; the scales very

small on the front part of the trunk, but becoming gradu-

ally larger hindwards. There are about twenty-two longitu-

dinal series of scales between the second dorsal and anal.

Head broader than high, with a broad obtusely rounded snout.

The height of the body is two ninths or two elevenths of the

total length (without caudal), the length of the head two

sevenths. Eye rather small, two thirds of the length of the

snout. Height of dorsal fins less than that of the body; the

ventral terminates at a great distance from the vent. The last

dorsal rays extend to the root of the caudal, which is obtusely

rounded. Canine teeth none. This fish is (in spirits) of a

brownish-olive colour, with twelve purplish vertical bands,

which are as broad as the interspaces. The bands are very

regular in one specimen, and anastomosing in another. Dorsal

fins with series of dark spots; caudal and anal immaculate.

Two specimens, 43 inches long, from Port Elizabeth ; pur-

chased.

Gobius natalensis.

DeGr |) tieeks 10s - Tas lat. 54.

Head and nape naked; scales rather irregularly arranged,

small on the anterior part of the trunk, and becoming gradu-

ally larger hindwards. About eighteen longitudinal series of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 4. Vol. xiv. 32

454 Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Fishes.

scales between the second dorsal and the anal. Head rather

broader than high. The height of the body is contained five

times and a half in the total length (without caudal), the length

of the head three times and a half. Eyes rather close together,

somewhat shorter than the snout, and nearly one fifth of the

length of the head. Dorsal fins nearly as high as the body ;

caudal rounded; ventral extending to the vent. Canine teeth

none. Light brownish, mottled with darker, the dark spots

having a tendency to form vertical stripes on the sides of the

body. An indistinct dark spot above the base of the pectoral.

Dorsal and caudal fins with small dark spots arranged in

series.

Two specimens, 32 inches long, from Port Natal. Collected

by Mr. Ayres.

GASTROMYZON (g. n. Homalopterin.).

Distinguished from Homaloptera by having a great number

of rays in the ventral fins, which are united into a suctorial

disk.

Gastromyzon borneensis.

Doth? AL. Be2s.” Ve20 ae ate ee

Snout short, with semicircular outline and trenchant mar-

gin; barbels very small. Eye small, entirely in the posterior

half of the length of the head. Lower lip fringed. Scales

smooth. Origin of the dorsal fin immediately in front of the

first ventral ray. Caudal subtruncated. Blackish brown ;

dorsal and caudal rays annulated with black.

Several specimens from mountain-torrents of the interior of

Borneo. The largest examples are 33 inches long.

The collector at Labuan has accompanied the specimens of

this most singular fish with the following notes :—-‘ The fish

are only found in the rapid sources of rivers as they descend

from the mountains of the interior ; when disturbed they dart

rapidly across the swiftest current from one stone to another,

and stick like limpets to the stones, along which they crawl

slowly like a molluscous animal. These specimens come from

the sources of the Mingalong river.”

Chalcinus paranensis.

Doll. A. 30: V.7. UL. lat. 325 1. transy.-6/2--

The height of the body is contained twice and two thirds

in the total length, the length of the head four times. Oper-

culum twice as high as long, reaching to the vertical from the

axil of the pectoral. The scales. in the thoracic region are

Dr. A. Giinther on new Species of Fishes. 455

much larger than the others. The distance of the origin of

the dorsal fin from the root of the caudal is two thirds of its

distance from the extremity of the snout. The length of the

head is only two thirds of that of the pectoral. Silvery, the

paid caudal rays and the posterior half of the pectoral

ack,

One specimen, 43 inches long, from the river Parana.

Engraulis olidus.

D.16. A. 27. L. lat. 42.

The height of the body is two ninths of the total length

(without caudal), the length of the head one fifth. The dia-

meter of the eye is much more than the length of the snout

and one fifth of that of the head. Snout not much projecting

beyond the lower jaw. Teeth in both jaws; those in the

upper very small, the lower being larger, about thirty on each

side. Maxillary narrow behind, reaching somewhat beyond

the mandibulary joint. Giull-rakers lanceolate, of moderate

length, about twenty-four on the lower branch of the outer

branchial arch. Origin of the dorsal fin rather nearer to the

root of the caudal than to the end of the snout; anal fin com-

mencing below the middle of the dorsal. Abdomen scarcely

compressed. Pectoral fins not reaching to the ventrals.

Silvery, without spots; posterior margin of the caudal fin

blackish.

One specimen, 10 inches long, from the Parana.

Syngnathus Jonesit.

D. 18. Segment. 17+32.

Allied to Syngnathus nitidus, and perhaps to Syngnathus

crinitus, but without filaments on the head. A ridge runs

across the operculum, but without reaching to its end. Head

and snout short, the latter somewhat bent upwards, shorter

than the postorbital portion of the head, keeled above, but

without spines in the median line. Interorbital space concave ;

crown and occiput with a median keel. Keels of the body sharp,

but not spiny; the lateral keel of the trunk passes into the

lower keel of the tail. Tail twice as long as the trunk without

head. ‘The base of the dorsal fin is not raised above the level

of the back; it occupies six segments, of which the first is the

anal segment. Caudal very short. Blackish brown; upper

half of the trunk with three, upper half of the tail with seven

equidistant whitish cross bands.

A single female has been sent by J. Matthew Jones, Esq.,

from the Bermudas; it is 43 inches long.

32*

456 Mr. H. J. Carter on the

LVI.—Further Instances of the Sponge-Spicule in its Mother

Cell. By H. J. Carrer, F.R.S. &c.

[Plate XXI. figs. 26 & 27.]

SINCE my description and figures of the mother cell of the

sponge-spicule were published (‘ Annals,’ 1874, vol. xiv.

p- LOO, pl. x.), [ have met with two more examples where the

cells respectively enclosed a single tricurvate (flesh-spicule)

so nearly approaching in length and form (in one instance

especially) to a skeleton-spicule, that I have given representa-

tions of them in Plate X XI. figs. 26 & 27, to show also how

a long, linear spicule may be thus enclosed throughout in an

equally long, bolster-shaped or tubular, nucleated sponge-cell.

Figure 26 comes from a variety of Hsperia cegagropila,

Carter; and although much thinner than the skeleton-spicule of

this species, it is so slightly undulous and so much longer than

the latter, that it might be easily mistaken for a second form

of skeleton-spicule, which is contrary to one of the characters

that I have assigned to the Esperiadee, viz. that they only

possess one form of skeleton-spicule. Finding it, however, in

a cell (fig. 26, 6), and seeing it more tricurvate in form in the

ovum of the parent (fig. 25), there was no difficulty in con-

cluding that it was the tricurvate of this variety of Esperia

egagropila, As it appears in the adult it is linear, very thin,

smooth, slightly undulous (fig. 26, a), and longer than the

skeleton-spicule both in the parent and in the ovum which

has nearly arrived at the embryonal degree of development

(fig. 25, e); so that we may fairly assume that this, which is the

chief peculiarity of the variety, is constant. In measurement

it is more than twice the length of the tricurvate in the typi-

cal species, which, on the other hand, gains in stoutness

what it loses in length, the former being 90-6000ths inch long.

Growing in small patches scantily on the rocks (at Budleigh-

Salterton) towards low-water mark, it (with the exception of

possessing a much smaller bihamate) agrees with the typical

species, viz. Esperia cegagropila, in the form and size of its

single inequianchorates as well as in their rosette-forms, together

with all the other characteristics of the latter.

Figure 27, on the other hand, comes from a distinct species of

Microciona, Bk., in which the small, abruptly subangular form

of the tricurvate in the centre of the spicule contrasts strongly

with its greatly extended and almost straight arms. Ending in

spined extremities, however, causes it to differ from all the

species described by Dr. Bowerbank, although that called “M/,

armata”’ (B.S. vol. 1. p. 129) seems to come so near to it

that I cannot help thinking that, if it had been more accu-

Sponge-Spicule in its Mother Cell. 457

rately noticed in detail, there would be no difference be-

tween the two whatever. The tricurvate in the adult of this

sponge is at once recognized by its form (fig. 27, a), while the

nucleated cell (fig. 27, 6) which encloses it, corresponding with

its extreme length, presents the same bolster-like appearance

or tubular form as that in the variety of Hsperia egagropila

just mentioned.

As this sponge appears to me to be Microciona armata of

Dr. Bowerbank, I shall describe it under this appellation.

Microciona armata, Bk. (?).

General form incrusting, thin, spreading indefinitely. Ses-

sile, flat. Colour sponge-yellow or scarlet. Structure con-

sisting of short, erect, scopuliform bundles of spicules in juxta-

position, imbedded in sarcode and based on a minutely reticu-

lated horny membrane. Spicules of two kinds, viz. skeleton-

and flesh-spicules. Skeleton-spicules of three forms, viz. :—

Ist, the largest and longest, curved, acuate, smooth, except at

the large end, which is round and spined ; average largest size

45 by 1-1800th in its greatest diameters: 2nd, sub-pinlike,

nearly straight, acuate, smooth throughout except at the inflated

end, which may bear one or two minute spines; size variable,

from 10 to 30 by 3-1800th inch in its greatest diameters (? in-

cipient forms of the foregoing spicule): 3rd, the smallest, short,

acuate, straight, more or less spined throughout or to within

a short distance of the point. All these spicules have their

large ends fixed in the scopuliform bundle. Flesh-spicules of

two forms, viz.:—Ist, tricurvate (fig. 27, a), abruptly bent

into a subtriangular form in the centre, with the arms ex-

tended in a more or less straight line on each side, ending in

pointed extremities which are spined (fig. 27, d); average

longest forms 30-1800ths inch in length: 2nd, equianchorate,

minute, navicular or weaver’s-shuttle-like in form, 1-1800th

inch long; these are scattered throughout the sarcode in

which the scopuliform bundles are imbedded. General size

of species about a line in thickness and of indefinite extent.

Hab. Marine, on rocks of the New Red Sandstone conglo-

merate.

Loc. Budleigh-Salterton, south coast of Devon.

Obs. This seems to me, as before stated, to be Dr. Bower-

bank’s Microciona armata; and if so, his description is so im-

perfect that the above will be found absolutely necessary be-

fore it can be identified. ‘The characters mentioned easily

distinguish it from Microciona atrosanguinea, Bk., whose

colour, although sometimes also sponge-yellow, is crimson or

dark blood-red and not “ scarlet”’ or bright red.

458 Mr. E. Ray Lankester on the Planula- or

It occurs just now in an advanced oviparous state, from which

the embryos are issuing. The latter are ciliated all round ex-

cept over the root-cells at the posterior extremity, like the

embryo of Halichondria simulans ; but there is no ring of long

cilia round the base. It is also much smaller, measuring 22

by 15-1800ths inch in its greatest diameters, which brings it

near to the size of the embryo of Halisarca lobularis (Pl. XX.

fig. 11); while it is remarkable for having the third form of

skeleton-spicule, viz. the acuate spiniferous one, together with

the two forms of flesh-spicules, alone developed, all of which,

as in other embryos, are confined to the posterior end of the

body, where the former (that is, the spined acuates) lie grouped

parallel to each other, with their heads posteriorly and their

points anteriorly directed, not mixed up heterogeneously in

the cell-mass throughout the body (see the position in Hali-

chondria simulans, Pl. XXII. fig. 28, e).

This sponge should come into my fourth division, or

ARMAT&—that is, where the spicular skeleton-structure is

armed with spined acuates (the echinating spicule), as in

Dictyocylindrus and the like, since the third form of skeleton-

spicule above mentioned appears to be the latter.

I must be pardoned for not believing in the existence of the

‘bidentate’ anchorate mentioned and figured by Dr. Bower-

bank here and elsewhere, which I believe to be an optical

illusion, since I have sought often and never been able to find

one. In no instance does an anchorate appear to me to

exist without the elements of the ¢hree arms or teeth at each

extremity, whether it be of the equi- or inequianchorate form,

LVII.—Note on the Planula- or Gastrula-phase of Development

in Mollusca. By E. Ray LaAnxester, M.A.

Pror. SALENSKY, of Kasan, in a recent paper in Leuckart and

Troschel’s ‘ Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte,’ expresses doubts as to

the occurrence of a Planula- or Gastrula-phase of development

in certain Mollusks in which I have asserted its occurrence *,

Tam anxious to make some reply to Prof. Salensky ; and, first

of all, I must ask him and others who, rightly enough, are not

prepared to accept “ bare assertion” to wait until my drawings

are published in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for 1875

before speculating as to whether I am right or not. Let me

repeat emphatically what is the condition I have observed in

the embryos of Pisidium, Tergipes, Polycera, Limax, Lymneus,

and, I may now add, Paludina. The first cleavage of the

* [A translation of Prof. Salensky’s paper has been prepared, and will

appear in the next number of the ‘ Annals.’—Ep. ]

Gastrula-phase of Development in Mollusca. 459

ege-cell leads to the formation of a mulberry mass (Morula

of Hiickel) ; at one point the cells forming this mass become

invaginated ; the cavity of invagination is the primitive ali-

mentary canal, the invaginated cells constitute its walls.

The orifice of invagination closes up, and the pedicle formed

by that portion of the primitive alimentary cavity which is

continuous with the cells of the outer or body-wall, the pedicle

of invagination as I term it, becomes the rectum. In the

cases above cited, with the exception of Paludina, the rectum

is thus for a long time blind. In Paludina, however, the

orifice of invagination does not close up until a very late

stage, if at all, and is ciliated. The mouth and cesophagus

eat their way into the primitive alimentary sac subsequently

in all these cases. In a recent paper on Lymneus I have

shown that the cells which are invaginated to-form the primi-

tive gastric sac of the Planula or Gastrula undergo very

remarkable modifications before the ultimate form of the ali-

mentary canal is developed (see ‘Quarterly Journal of Micro-

scopical Science for October 1874).

do not hold that the formation of a double-walled sac by

invagination of a primitively single-walled sac is the essential

feature which constitutes a Gastrula or Planula. The endo-

derm of this developmental stage may take its origin by

delamination—that is, by direct cell-division from the primi-

tive single series of cells constituting the wall of a hollow

Morula. We have accordingly to distinguish these two very

different modes of origin of the Diploblastic Planula or Gas-

trula. Facts must be accumulated to enable us to decide

which is the original mode of formation of this developmental

form, and to understand the steps by which the one process

was substituted for the other. The origin of structures by

invagination, when looked at broadly in a large series of

animal forms and in the case of many organs, points to the

conclusion that invagination is an economy of material—a

mode of rapidly filling in the outline of an organ in the em-

bryo, whilst leaving the organ in a hollow condition for sub-

sequent completion. ‘This is seen in the contrasted modes of

development (by delamination on the one hand and by in-

vagination on the other) of the nerve-chord in annelids, in

osseous fishes, and in higher Vertebrata, also in the cases of

the otocysts of Gasteropods and of Cephalopods. At the same

time I do not know that at present we have any strong reason

for supposing that the delaminate mode of origin of the Gas-

trula-endoderm preceded the invaginate. ‘That the difference

between these two modes of origin is not a fundamental one

appears from the fact that in closely allied genera we find

either the one or the other occurring indifferently. As I have

460 Bibliographical Notice.

suggested, the presence of ‘“nutritive-yelk”’ particles is very

probably a disturbing factor in the early stages of recapitulative

development; and I hope by the application of this hypothesis

that some further results of a definite kind may be attained.

Meanwhile I beg to assure Prof. Salensky and other doubters

that the primitive endoderm does arise by invagination in the

Mollusks cited by me, as there will, [ hope, shortly be evidence

to show in the form of careful drawings.

The drawings of Lovén of embryos of Crenella and Cardium,

which clearly indicate a diploblastic phase brought about by in-

vagination as I have followed it out in other Mollusks, are not

in the least degree elucidated or touched by Prof. Salensky’s

figures of young Ostrea in the paper in the ‘ Archiv fiir Natur-

geschichte.’ ‘There is no question whatever about the mouth :

these stages are long antecedent to the formation of mouth or

velum. The figures of Lovén to which I refer are those in

which the “ Richtungsbliischen ” is seen escaping from the

mass of cells, and in which an orifice is marked as the orifice

at which the “ Richtungsblischen ” escape. This orifice is, I

am persuaded (by analogy with fully worked-out examples in

other Mollusks), the orifice of invagination of the Gastrula-

endoderm, and no¢ connected with the ‘ Richtungsbliischen ”’

as Lovén supposed.

Let me, in conclusion, point out that the publication of

figures to illustrate such observations as those which now

have to be made, on embryological matters, is in this country

a terribly lengthy and tedious affair, and that naturalists must

have some patience and consideration for one another under

the infliction.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Evenings at the Microscope ; or Researches among the Minute Organs

and Forms of Animal Infe. By Puirre Henry Gossz, F.R.S. A

new edition. 8vo. London: Society for promoting Christian

Knowledge, 1874.

Turs little book of Mr. Gosse’s (a writer whom one is always pleased

to meet in the field of natural history) is intended as a guide to

those who, possessing a microscope, are desirous of using that in-

strument asa means of obtaining something more than mere passing

amusement. It is founded for the most part upon his own observa-

tions, or at least upon observations practically verified by himself, a

circumstance which gives it a very different character from that of

most of the compilations which aim at popularizing natural history.

The author’s plan is a very admirable one. Instead of going out

of his way to describe and figure objects whose great interest is

their rarity, he sticks almost throughout to those common forms

Miscellaneous. 461

which are within the reach of almost every one, and while confining

himself pretty strictly to the description of strictly microscopic

objects, contrives at the same time to furnisha tolerable general sketch

of the animal kingdom.

Of the vertebrates, of course, Mr. Gosse cannot speak as micro-

scopic objects, but he describes the structure of hairs, feathers, and

scales, and the characters presented by the blood of these animals.

Had he gone a little further and noticed the structure and mode of

formation of bones and teeth, and of some of the more important

soft parts, he might have made this section of his work far more in-

structive. In the treatment of the invertebrate animals, Mr. Gosse

arranges his subject in accordance with the generally received classi-

fication, devoting a chapter or more to each of the great groups or

classes (which he notices separately), and describing in a clear and

pleasant style all those parts in the investigation of which the use of

the microscope is necessary. Not unnaturally the Rotifera, the Sea-

Anemones, and some other groups, upon which Mr. Gosse has worked

with results well known to all zoologists, come in for a favourite’s

share of his attention: but on the whole he has behaved with a com-

mendable impartiality; and the student who works through the

course of study here laid down by Mr. Gosse, will rise from his

labour with no contemptible amount of zoological knowledge. We

may add that the book is adorned with a considerable number of

good wood-engravings, and, although published by the Society for

promoting Christian Knowledge for the express purpose of indicating

the wonders of the Divine handiwork in the animal world, is not

disfigured by any undue obtrusion of the natural-theological element,

such as we are but too much accustomed to in many books with a

similar purpose.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Note on Ablepharus pusillus. By W. T. Branrorp.

In the description of the above-named species in the ‘Annals’ for

July last. p. 33 of the present volume, a serious error occurs, the

number of transverse rows of ventral scales between the axils being

stated to be 26 instead of 36. The latter number is correct; and

as the only important difference between A. pusillus and A. Brandti,

Strauch, consists in the number of scales between the axils, which are

fifty in the last named form, whilst Blepharosteres agilis of Stoliczka

(Proc. As. Soc. Bengal, 1872, p. 126) has forty to forty-five, and

appears from the description to agree in every other character of

importance with the other two species, there is every probability

that these three races must be considered varieties of one species,

which will bear Strauch’s name A. Brandti. The type of the latter

isfrom Turkestan ; Dr. Stoliczka’s species is from the Punjab; and

A, pusillus was procured by me close to Basrah, commonly called

Bussorah, the port of Mesopotamia on the estuary of the united

Tigris and Euphrates ; so this scinque has a wide range in Asia.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser.4. Vol. xiv. 33

462 Miscellaneous.

The Winged Fruits of the Carboniferous Genus Cardiocarpus.

The genus Cardiocarpus was probably related to the modern

Conifers of the Welwitschia type, as shown by the similarity of the

fruit and also by the close relation of the leaves, if those called

Corduaites belong, as both Geinitz and Newberry have independently

remarked, to Cardiocarpus. ‘The Welwitschia is an embryonic form

of Conifer, it producing no leaves except the cotyledonous; but,

while probably unlike Cordaztes in its embryonic features, it shows

what leaves and fruit are consistent with the type of Conifers.—

Dana’s Manual of Geology, New Edition, pp. 328, 330.

Remarks on the Fishes of the Algerian Sahara. By M. P. Gervais.

In the communications which have recently been made to the

Academy on the subject of the possibility of establishing a sea in the

Algerian Sahara, there have been urged, successively for or against

that project, facts derived from geology, botany, and even zoology.

In fact M. Cosson, calling in the aid of this last branch of natural

history, has cited the Coptodon Zilli, described by me, as proving the

continuity of the sheet of water under this region*.

This Coptodon, which M. Valenciennes has proposed to unite with

Glyphisodon, a genus of marine fishes, although it differs therefrom

in several characters, and especially in the non-ctenoid character of

its scales, has received several other denominations. It is the Perca

Guyonii of Heckel; and Dr. Giinther has made it the type of a new

genus under the name of Haligenes Tristrami ; but it had been pre-

viously indicated under the name of Bolti from examples collected

in other parts of Africa, principally in the Nile; and it is also the

Tilapia of Andrew Smith, who had the opportunity of observing it in

South Africa. Itis known also in the Senegal and Mozambique, and

everywhere lives in fresh water. We cannot say, therefore, like Dr.

Tristram, that in Algeria it may be regarded as a last living vestige

of the fauna which peopled the Saharian sea during the Tertiary

epoch “ before the elevation of the ground in Northern Africa poured

into the Mediterranean the waters of that vanished ocean.”

In my memoir on the fishes of Algeria + I brought forward the

objection which the essentially fluviatile character of the Bolti en-

ables us to oppose to this opinion, and indicated that this was also

the case with the Cyprinodon, which is likewise ejected by the

artesian waters of the Sahara under the same conditions; and I

added that 1 did not think we ought any longer to accept the ex-

pression that has been sometimes employed with regard to this genus

of fishes (namely, that they are derived from a sea stretching beneath

the region in question), seeing that, wherever we know the Cypri-

nodons, they are, like the Bolti, exclusively proper to fluviatile or

lacustrine waters, and, like it, are strangers tothe sea. This is what

we ascertain, whether we observe these fishes in Algeria or capture

them in Portugal, Spain, Syria, Egypt, and even in America. More-

over the fossil Cyprinodonts which Agassiz names Lebias are like-

* See ‘Comptes Rendus,’ tome Ixxix. p, 984.

+ Zool. et Pal. gén, p. 200.

Miscellaneous. 453

wise foreign to deposits of marine origin; and all those which we

know, have been found buried in lacustrine formations, at whatever

epoch of the Tertiary period they may have lived. It is under

these conditions that we meet with them at Aix in Provence, at the

Puy en Velay, in the Limagne d’Auvergne, and in the gypseous

deposits of the neighbourhood of Paris.—Comptes Rendus, August 3],

1874, tome Ixxix. p. 557.

On Fossil Evidences of a Sirenian Mammal (Eotherium egyptiacum,

Ow.) from the Nummultic Eocene of the Mokattam Cliffs, near

Cairo. By Prof. Owen, F.R.S., F.G.S., &c.

The specimens described in this paper were obtained by Dr. Grant,

of Cairo, in a block of the white limestone of the Cerithian Nummu-

litic zone, quarried extensively for building-purposes in the Mokattam

Cliffs. They consisted of a few fragments of the base of the cranium

and a cast of the entire brain with the commencement of the myelon.

The author discussed the characters presented by these remains,

which he regarded as having belonged to an extinct sirenian, pro-

bably allied to Halitherium, which he proposed to name Lotherium

cegyptiacum. The characters of the brain, as deducible from the

cast, were detailed, and shown to be sirenian. By comparison with

the brains of other Sirenia, the author was led to trace a progress

in the cerebral characters of the animals of this type, from its first

known appearance in the Nummulitic formation of Egypt to the

present day. He also inferred, from its presence in the Nummulitic

limestone, that this rock had been deposited not far from a shore.—

Proc. Geol. Soc. Nov. 18, 1874.

Coal of the Carboniferous Era not made of Bark.

The suggestion has been made, in view of the many Stgillaria-

stumps hollowed out by decay, and flattened stems of other trees,

found in the coal-measures, filled with shale or sandstone, that the

vegetable débris from which the coal has proceeded was largely bark,

or material of that general nature. But the occurrence of such

stumps and stems outside of the coal-beds, while proof that the

interior wood of the plants was loose in texture and very easily

decayed, is no evidence that these trees contributed only cortical

portions to the beds of vegetable débris. Moreover the cortical part

of Lepidodendrids (under which group the Sigillarids are included

by the best authorities), and of Ferns also, is made of the bases of

the fallen leaves, and is not like ordinary bark in constitution; and

Equiseta have nothing that even looks like bark. This cortical

part was the firmest part of the wood; and for this reason it could

continue to stand, after the interior had decayed away,—an event

hardly possible in the case of a bark-covered Conifer, however

decomposable the wood might be. Further, trunks of Conifers are

often found in the later geological formations, changed, throughout

the interior, completely to brown coal or lignite.—Danas Manual of

Geology, New Edition, p. 362.

33*

464

INDEX to VOL. XIV.

———

ABLEPHARUS, new species of, 33,

461.

Acanthaspis, new species of, 444.

Acanthodactylus, new species of, 33.

Acanthosoma, new species of, 501.

Acarina, on the metamorphoses of

some, 95.

Adolias, new species of, 357.

/Egeria, new species of, 407.

/Ageriidze, on new genera and species

of, 407.

/Blia, new species of, 297.

/Ethus, new species of, 294.

Agonostoma, new species of, 370.

Air-bladder, on a remarkable kind

of, 349.

Alcedo, new species of, 158.

Alcippe, new species of, 156.

Allman, G. J., on a new order of

Hydrozoa, 257; on the structure

and development of Myriothela

phrygia, 317.

Amphipoda, observations on tube-

building, 240.

Amphithoé, on some species of, 111.

Amycle, new species of, 178.

Annelida of St. Andrews, 144; of

the Gulf of Marseilles, on the,

313.

Ants, on the habits of, 89.

Appasus, new species of, 450.

Araneidea, on some new genera and

species of, 169,

Arocatus, new species of, 426.

Ascidia, on the structure of the

caudal appendage in the larve of

some, 164.

Asellid, on a new genus of, 168.

Asellopsis, description of the new

genus, 168.

Astetholea, characters of the new

genus, 20.

Atthey, T., on the skull and other

bones of Loxomma Allmanni, 38.

Aulacorhamphus, new species of, 183.

_ Bacteria, on the mode of origin of,

86.

Barbus, new species of, 38.

Bates, H. W., on the longicorn Co-

leoptera of New Zealand, 16, 118.

Batrachia Urodela, on the fecunda-

tion of the, 96.

Biogenesis, studies on, 86.

Birds, new, 63, 156, 183, 373.

Blanford, W. T., on new Reptilia

and Amphibia, 51; on a new

Helix, 406; on Ablepharus pusil-

lus, 461.

Books, new :—Bell’s British Quadru-

peds, 75; Saxby’s Birds of Shet-

land, 307 ; Gosse’s Evenings at the

Microscope, 460.

Brady, H. B., on the discovery of the

canal-system in Foraminifera, 64,

305.

Bucephalus Haimeanus, on the en-

cystation of, 375.

Bufo, new species of, 35.

Butler, A. G., on two new species of

Fulgora, 131; on new species of

Glomeride, 185; on new species

of Sesia, 8365; on the Augeriide,

with descriptions of new genera

and species, 407.

Callisoma, new species of, 16.

Calydna, characters of the genus,

174.

Calyptonotus, new species of, 459.

Cambridge, Rey. O. P., on new genera

and species of Araneidea, 169,

Cantacader, new species of, 445,

Canthophorus, new species of, 295.

Cardiocarpus, on the winged fruits

of, 462.

Carpenter, Dr., on Eozoon canadense,

371.

Carpophaga, new species of, 167.

Carter, H. J., on the nature of the

seed-like body of Spongilla, on the

origin or mother cell of the spicule,

and on the presence of spermatozoa

in the Spongida, 97, 456; on the

strie of foraminiferous tests, and

on the discovery of the canal-

system in the Foraminifera. 138 ;

on new deep-sea Sponges, 207, 246;

INDEX.

on the development of the marine

Sponges from the ovum, 321, 389.

Celestus, new species of, 257.

Ceratiocaris, on the structure of, 9.

Chalcinus, new species of, 454.

Chauliops, description of the new

genus, 427.

Chelmo, new species of, 368.

Chondrocladia virgata, observations

on, 217.

Cliona, new species of, 249.

Coal of the Carboniferous era not

made of bark, 463.

Coleoptera, on the longicorn, of New

Zealand, 16, 118.

Colophon, description of the new

genus, 170.

Cophoscincus, new species of, 35.

Corticium, new species of, 253.

Corvina, new species of, 453.

Crenidens, new species of, 368.

Crustacea, amphipodous, observations

on some, 10, 15, 111; of St. An-

drews, on the, 258, 337.

Dana, Prof., on the winged fruits of

Cardiocarpus, 462; on the origin

of the coal of the Carboniferous

era, 463.

Deep-sea dredgings in the South

Atlantic, on, 231.

Dendrohyrax, new species of, 132.

Diapterus, new species of, 379.

Dictyocylindrus, new species of, 251.

Didymocantha, new species of, 18.

Difflugia, on the enemies of, 377;

new species of, 385.

Diplonotus, new species of, 430.

Dipsas, new species of, 34.

Dolichodon Traversii, note on, 316.

Drinostia, new species of, 296.

Ear shell, on a scarlet, 378.

Elasmucha, new species of, 302.

Embleton, Dr. D., on the skull and

some other bones of Loxomma

Allmanni, 38.

Engraulis, new species of, 380, 455.

Eotherium segyptiacum, note on, 463,

Eozoon, on the nature of, 274, 371.

Equula, new species of, 369.

Eremias, new species of, 31.

Esox Lewini, on the identity of, with

Dinolestes Miilleri, 159.

Esperia, new species of, 213.

Etheridge, R.,jun., on lower Silurian

Graptolites from Victoria, Austra-

lia, |; on the structure of Ceratio-

caris, 9.

465

Kuphysetes Pottsii, note on, 167.

Kurycercus, new species of, 156.

Eurycheena, characters of the new

genus, 127,

Euryphrissa, characters of the new

genus, 409.

Farlow, Dr. W. G., on partheno-

genesis in Ferns, 166.

Fauna of St. Andrews, on the in-

vertebrate, of, 68,144, 192, 258,337.

Felidz, on the kittens of the species

of, 377.

Feresa attenuata, on the skull of,

238.

Ferns, on parthenogenesis in, 166 ;

on the organization of the, of the

coal-measures, 222.

Fishes, of the river Tigris, on the,

36; new, 368, 379, 453; of St.

Andrews, on the, 412; of the

Algerian Sahara, 462.

Foraminifera, on the discovery of

the canal-system in, 64, 141, 305;

on the strive of the tests of, 138.

Fulgora, new species of, 131,

Fundulus, new species of, 370.

Gamaside, on the metamorphoses of

the, 93.

Gammarella brevicaudata and G.

Normanni, on the identity of, 13.

Gastromyzon, characters of the new

genus, 454.

Gastrosarus, characters of the new

genus, 22.

Geocichla, new species of, 156.

Gervais, P., on the fishes of the

Algerian Sahara, 462.

Giard, A., on the structure of the

caudal appendage of some Ascidian

larvee, 164; on the encystation of

Bucephalus Haimeanus, 375; on

the embryogeny of the Rhizo-

cephala, 381; on the ethology of

Sacculina carcini, 386.

Gill, Dr. T., on the identity of Esox

rattan with Dinolestes Miilleri,

Glomeride, new species of, 185.

Gobius, nev species of, 453.

Goode, G. B., on two new species of

Fishes, 379.

Gould, J., on three new species of

Toucans, 183.

Grantia compressa, on the develop-

ment of, 389.

Graptolites, on lower Silurian, from

Victoria, Australia, 1.

466

Gray, Dr. J. E., on the skulls of Sea-

bears and Sea-lions, and on the

Seals of the Auckland Islands,

24; on Nearctos and A¢lurina, 98 ;

on Dendrohyrax Bakeri, 152; on

the skull of a new species of Dol-

phin, 238 ; on the genera Paradox-

urus, Platyschista, and Paguma,

241; on Stenobaleena xanthogaster,

305; on the species of Feline ani-

mals, 851 ; on the varieties of the

Western-American Weasels, 374 ;

on the colour of the kittens of the

species of Cats, 3877 ; on a scarlet

Ear shell, 378; on the skull of

the Leopard, 385.

Greef, Dr. R., on Pelomyxa palustris,

161.

Guitarra, new species of, 211.

Gummina, new species of, 252.

Giinther, Dr. A., on the Fishes of

the Tigris, 86; on anew European

species of Zootoca, 158; on the

Tortoises of the Galapagos Islands,

311; on a remarkable kind of air-

bladder, 349; on new species of

Fishes, 368, 453.

Gyndes, new species of, 437.

Haast, Dr. J.,on Euphysetes Pottsii,

167.

Halichcerus grypus, note on the oc-

currence of, in Cornwall, 96.

Halichondria, new species of, 245; on

the development of, 351, 400.

Halisarca lobularis, on the develop-

ment of, 524, 398.

Harger, O., on a new genus of Asel-

lidee, 168.

Hector, Dr. J., on the Sulphur-bot-

tom Whale of the New-Zealand

Whalers, 304; on the Pigmy

Whale, 316; on Dolichodon tra-

versli, 2b.

Helix, new species of, 406.

Hemiplecta, new species of, 406.

Hemiptera Heteroptera from Japan,

descriptions of new genera and spe-

cies of, 289, 360, 426,

Hewitson, W. C., on new species of

Butterflies from the Andaman

Islands, 356; on a new genus of

Butterfly from Madagascar, 359.

Histoderma, new species of, 220.

Homeeocerus, new species of, 362.

Hybolasius, characters of the new

genus, 128.

Hydrozoa, on a new order of, 237.

INDEX.

Hyleocarcinus, description of the

new genus, 187.

Ianthoenas, new species of, 157.

Iphiclides Ajax, note on, 239.

Iphimedia Kblane, description of,

ipl:

Ischnodemus, new species of, 426.

Jones, Prof. T. R., on the discovery

of the canal-system in Foramini-

fera, 64, 305.

King, Prof. W., on Eozoon, 274.

Laccotrephes new species of, 450.

Lacerta, new species of, 31,

Lankester, I. R., on the’ develop-

mental history of the Mollusca,

81; on the Planula or Gastrula-

phase of development in Mollusca,

458.

Lasiosomus, new species of, 429.

Leidy, J., on the revivilication of

Rotifer vulgaris, 316; on the ene-

mies of Difflugia, 377; on some

new freshwater Rhizopods, 883.

Lemming, on the alleged existence

of remains of a, in caye-deposits in

England, 510.

Leopard, on the skull of the, 385.

Leptachrous, character of the new

genus, 19.

Letheus, new species of, 438.

Liljeborgia, new species of, 10.

Limnobates, new species of, 447.

Liogramma, description of the new

genus, 18.

Lobiophasis, description of the new

genus, 373.

Lobornis, description of the new ge-

nus, 63.

Loligo, on the early development of,

Loxomma Allmanni, on the skull and

some other bones of, 38.

M‘Intosh, Dr. W. C., on the inverte-

brate marine fauna and fishes of

St. Andrews, 68, 144, 192, 258,

337, 412.

Macrones, new species of, 36,

Macroscytus, new species of, 294,

Mammals, on the small size of the

brain in tertiary, 167.

Marion, A. F., on the Annelids of the

Gulf of Marseilles, 513.

Marsh, Prof. O. C., on the small size

of the brain in tertiary Mammals,

167.

Megapodius trinkutensis, observations

on, 163.

INDEX. 467

Megnin, M., on the. metamorphoses of

the Acarina of the families Sarcop-

tide and Gamasidee, 93.

Melanitis, new species of, 358.

Meldola, R., on Iphiclides Ajax, 239.

Melittia, new species of, 410.

Melonanchora, new species of, 212.

Mendis, new species-of, 445.

Mesalina, new species of, 32.

Mesostomum, new British species of,

151.

Metochus, description of the new

genus, 453.

Mezira, new species of, 444.

Miagrammopes, new species of, 177.

Microciona armata, observations on,

457.

Microdeuteropus versiculatus, obser-

vations on, 12.

Microlamia, characters of the new

genus, 125.

Microprotopus maculatus, notes on,

15.

Microvelia, new species of, 448.

Moggridge, T., on the habits of the

Ants of the South of France, 89.

Molgula, on the structure of the

larvee of, 164,

Mollienesia new species of, 371.

Mollusca, contributions to the deve-

lopmental history of the, 81; on

the Planula- or Gastrula-phase of

development in, 458,

Monanthia, new species of, 441.

Moseley, H. N., on the structure and

development of Peripatus capensis,

225.

Mustela, on some varieties of, 374.

Mutusca, characters of the genus,

172.

Myriothela phrygia, on the structure

and development of, 317.

Nabis, new species of, 445.

Naucoris, new species of, 449.

Nearctos and Alurina, observations

on, 93.

Neobalzena marginata, note on, 316.

Neptis, new species of, 357.

Nezara, new species of, 299.

Nisaétus pennatus, on sexual varia-

tions in the nestling-plumage of,

156.

Notothenia, new species of, 570.

O’Shaughnessy, A. W. E., on a new

species of Skink, 35 ; on a new spe-

cies of Lizard, 257.

Otariadve, on the skulls of the, 24.

Ouramceba, description of the new

genus, 384.

Owen, Prof., on the alleged exist-

ence of remains of a Lemming in

Cave-deposits in England. 310; on

fossil evidences of a Sirenian mam-

mal from the Nummulitic Eocene

near Cairo, 463.

Paguma, observations on the genus,

241

Palomena, new species of, 300.

Papilio, new species of, 356,

Paradoxurus, observations on the

genus, 241.

Paraplesius, characters of the new

genus, 564.

Parker, W. K., on the discovery of

the canal-system in Foraminifera,

64, 506.

Pelogonus, new species of, 446.

Pelomyxa palustris, observations on,

161.

Peripatus capensis, on the structure

and development of, 225.

Picromerus, new species of, 293.

Plants, fossil, of the Coal-measures,

on the organization of the, 222.

Platyschista, observations on the ge-

nus, 241.

Plautia, new species of, 299.

Plinachtus, new species of, 863.

Peecilippe, characters of the new

genus, 129.

Prosomeeus, description of the new

genus, 435.

Psilocneeia, characters of the new

genus, 125,

Pteroptes vespertilionis, on the meta-

morphoses of, 95.

Pyrrhocoris, new species of, 440.

Ranatra, new species of, 451.

Reptiles, new, 31, 35, 257.

Rhamphocottus, characters of the

new genus, 369.

Rhizocephala, on the embryogeny of

the, 381.

Rhizopods, notice of some new fresh-

water, 383.

Roberts, Dr. W., on biogenesis, 86.

Robin, C., on the fecundation of the

Batrachia Urodela, 96.

Rotifer vulgaris, on the revivification

of, 316,

Rowney, Prof. T. H., on Eozoon,

274.

Royal Society, proceedings of the,

81, 222, 310.

468

Sacculina carcini, on the ethology of,

386,

St. Andrews, on the invertebrate ma-

rine fauna and fishes of, 68, 144,

192, 258, 337, 412.

Salticus, new species of, 178.

Sarcoptidz, on the metamorphoses of

the, 93.

Saunders, H., on sexual variations in

the nestling-plumage of the Booted

Eagle, 136.

Scotinophora, new species of, 292.

Scott, J., on new genera and species

of heteropterous Hemiptera from

Japan, 289, 360, 426.

Seals of the Aucklands, on the, 26.

Sehirus, new species of, 296.

Sesia, new species of, 565.

Sharpe, R. B., on the new genus Lo-

bornis, 63; on anew Pheasant from

Borneo, 373.

Smerina, description of the new ge-

nus, 399,

Smith, 8. T., on tube-building Am-

phipoda, 240.

Somatidia, new species of, 124.

Sphzerotherium, new species of, 186.

Spilotrogia, characters of the new

genus, 126,

Sponges, descriptions and figures of

deep-sea, 207, 245; on the deve-

lopment of the marine, 321, 389.

Spongida, on the origin or mother

cell of the spicule in the, 100, 456 ;

on the presence of spermatozoa in

the, 105.

Spongilla, on the nature of the seed-

like body of, 97.

Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R., on amphi-

podous Crustacea, 10, 111.

INDEX.

Stenellipsis, characters of the new

genus, 124,

Stenobalzena, description of the new

genus, 305.

Stephanoscyphus, description of the

genus, 237.

Sunamphithoé, on some species of,

114.

Syngnathus, new species of, 455.

Tarsopoda, characters of the new ge-

nus, 410.

Thomson, Prof. W., on deep-sea

dredgings in the South Atlantic,

251.

Tingis, new species of, 440.

Tortoises, on the living and extinct

races of gigantic land-, 311.

Tropistethus, new species of, 429.

Typhlops, new species of, 54.

Tyroglyphus, on the metamorphoses

of, 93.

Urostylis, new species of, 360.

Walden, Arthur, Viscount, on some

new species of birds, 156; on Me-

gapodius trinkutensis, 163.

Whales, on New-Zealand, 166, 167 ;

new, 504.

Williamson, Prof. W. C., on the or-

ganization of the fossil plants of

the Coal-measures, 222.

Wood-Mason, J., on a new genus and

species of Land-crabs, 187.

Wrzes'niowski, Prof. A., on Callisoma

Branickii, 15.

Xylotoles, new species of, 119.

Zephronia, new species of, 185.

Zootoca, new European species of,

158.

Zygnopsis, characters of the new ge-

nus, 33.

END OF THE FOURTEENTH VOLUME,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.